» 



£°* 




* ' 






-» t 














<<&> .11. _ <* 




4? ^ o 5ft 







.*>•%, V 




v^ 
^ 



.* 






® 



I I 



THE FIRST PART 



Li 



OF 



JACOBS' LATIN READER, 



ADAPTED TO 



BULLIONS' LATIN GRAMMAR; 



with an introduction, on the idiobis of the latin 
language; an improved vocabulary; and exer- 
cises IN LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION, 
ON A NEW PLAN. 



By Rev. PETER BULLIONS, D. D., 

PROFESSOR OF LANGUAGES IN THE ALBANY ACADEMY J AND AUTHOR OF THK 

SERIES OF GRAMMARS, GREEK, LATIN AND ENGLISH, ON 

THE SAME PLAN, ETC. ETC. 



A 



TWENTY-NINTH ! V>r, !'»>. 

NEW-YORK : 
PRATT, WOODFORD & COMPANY, 



1853. 



s 









Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1846, by 

PETER BULLIONS, 
in the Clerks Office of the Northern District of New- York. 



PREFACE 



This work has been prepared at the request of many teachers 
who use the author's Latin Grammar, and is intended to follow it 
as a " First Reading Book." The body of the work consists of the 
first part of Jacobs' Latin Reader; a work already well known in 
this country, and w-hich appears to be well adapted to the end for 
which it was intended. The introductory exercises, however, are 
arranged a little differently, and a few sentences have been intro- 
duced from other sources, for the purpose of illustrating some con- 
structions more fully. 

The object of such a work as this is to furnish to the beginner, 
who is supposed to have become acquainted with the leading prin- 
ciples of the Grammar, a. praxis on those principles, both in Ety- 
mology and Syntax, by which they may be rendered perfectly famil- 
iar to his mind, so as to be applied with more success and ease, 
when he comes to read and analyze the writings of the Roman au- 
'thors. It is in fact a Supplement to the Grammar, and the founda- 
tion of thorough scholarship must be laid here. 

In order more fully to meet the wants of the beginner, and to 
render Ihe study of the Latin language more pleasant and easy to 
pupils of every capacity, an Introduction is prefixed, containing 
explanations of the leading idioms of the language, arranged under 
proper heads, and illustrated by numerous examples, all of which 
are numbered, so as to be easily referred to for the purpose of illus- 
trating similar modes of expression which occur in the course of 
reading, as is more fully explained p. 54. Though this part is in- 
tended chiefly for reference, much advantage will be derived from 
studying it in course in short lessons, simultaneously w r ith lessons 
in reading and parsing, and rendering the whole familiar by fre- 
quent reviews. 

The Introductory Exercises consist of short and simple sentences 
classed in such a way as to illustrate the leading grammatical prin- 
ciples in the construction of sentences, both simple and compound, 
and by a sufficient number of examples to render these principles 
familiar and easy of application. In these, as well as throughout 



IV PREFACE. 

the body of the work, constant reference is made to the Grammar 
itself, as well as to the preceding Introduction, to illustrate and ex- 
plain the principles of the language as they occur, and by repeated 
refeience to render them familiar to the pupil and impress them in- 
delibly on his mind. These references are more numerous at first; 
but when any construction or idiom may be supposed to have be- 
come familiar, the references to it are less frequent, and the pupil 
is left to exercise the knowledge acquired in applying the principles 
without the aid of references. The construction and use of the 
subjunctive mood being one of the greatest difficulties and niceties 
of the language, and all important to be well understood, references 
for explanation, to the Grammar and Introduction, are more nume- 
rous and longer continued on this point than on any other. 

These references also form a sort of index, by which the pupil 
may be able to find at once other constructions of a similar kind in 
the portion of the work previously studied, and so compare the one 
with the other. For example, the letter *, p. 103, refers to the 
Grammar, § 140, 5; by running the eye back along the references 
at the foot of the page, the same construction will be found at the 
letter >, p. 95; at c , p. 90; at d , p. 89. at d , p. 87, &c.; all of which 
may thus be compared with great facility. 

The method of reference and explanation here adopted entirely 
supersedes the use of notes, by rendering them unnecessary, and it 
is believed will prove vastly more profitable to the student than any 
number of notes could be, which generally do nothing more than 
give the meaning of an idiom or phrase in a free translation, with- 
out any explanation of its construction. Though this sort of aid 
enables the pupil to get along with the translation of a sentence, it 
leaves him as much in the dark as ever respecting its construction. 
The consequence is, that when he meets with a similar construction 
again in different words, he is as much at a loss as ever, and finds 
his progress, arrested unless he is again lifted over blindfold by the 
aid of another friendly note . It is obvious that persons, in this 
way, may go over much surface; and if they have a memory capa- 
ble of bringing to their aid the translation in the note when it is 
wanted, they may be able to give a good translation of what they 
have gone over, and yet know nothing, or next to nothing, of the 
construction of what they have read; and hence it happens that 
knowing but little of principles, or of the method of analyzing the 
idioms and more difficult constructions of the language, whenever 
they come to an author or passage where the wonted supply of notes 
is wanting, they find themselves unable to proceed; or if they do, 



it is so much in the dark that it is with them a mere peradventure 
whether they are right or wrong. It is therefore not without rea- 
son that many of our best teachers think that such notes, like trans- 
lations, do more evil than good. This evil, it is hoped, is in a great 
measure avoided by the method here pursued; for while all needful 
assistance is furnished, it can be attained only by referring to the 
grammatical principle which contains the explanation needed; 
and which soon becomes so familiar, that it can be readily applied 
to the analyzing of every sentence in which it is involved. 

Besides the application of the principles of Grammar in the analy- 
sis of sentences, no less important is the study of the words them- 
selves of which these sentences are composed. This belongs to the 
department of Etymology, and, to the enquiring and philosophical 
mind, presents a most interesting and pleasing field of investigation. 
A proper selection of words is no less necessary to the expression 
of our thoughts than their proper arrangement in sentences. Much, 
accordingly, of the interest and advantage of studying the models oi 
antiquity lies in the study of the words selected by these writers 
for conveying their sentiments to others. The derivation and com- 
position of words, and the variety of meanings which they assume 
in the expression of thought, should therefore form an important 
part of study to the classical student from the very beginning, and 
if properly conducted will prove as pleasing as it is profitable. It 
may be laid down as a principle capable of abundant illustration, 
that every word has one primitive and radical signification, to 
which all its other significations and uses are related, and from 
which they are drawn. This may be regarded as its strict and 
proper meaning, and should constantly be associated in the mind of 
the learner with the word itself. Once in possession of this, and 
accustomed to trace the varied shades of meaning which the words 
assume as they diverge from their radical and primary signification, 
he will feel an interest and see a beauty in the study of language, 
which he would otherwise never be likely to attain. 

This primary meaning o r a word is not always indeed its most 
common meaning: this may even have passed into disuse; but still 
it is necessary to be known, in order to have a clue to its various 
derived significations, both in its simple and compound forms. If 
instead of the primary, a secondary and distant meaning, though a 
more common one, should be associated in the mind with the word, 
it will be found impossible in many instances to account for, or to 
perceive any sort of propriety or analogy in its use in certain cases. 
Take, as an example, the verb emo, the more common but not the 



V] PKEFACE. 

primary meaning of which is, " to buy," and it will be impossible 
to trace any sort of connection between such a meaning and that of 
its compounds, adimo, tximo, intertmo, pertmo, dirlmo, and the like. 
But assign to emo its primary meaning, " to take," and the whole is 
perceived at once to be clear and consistent. This one example will 
show how important it is that not only the derivation and composi- 
tion of words should be fully exhibited in a good dictionary, but 
also the radical and primary signification of all words, where that 
can be ascertained, should be first stated, and then the secondary 
and more distant meanings in that order which appears the most 
natural. In this respect our school dictionaries, with one exception, 
(Leverett's Latin Lexicon,) are exceedingly defective. This defect 
I have endeavored to supply in the Vocabulary appended to this 
work, in which the plan just stated has been followed; so that the 
pupil is here furnished with the means of tracing every derivative 
and compound word to its source, (if that is in the Latin language, 
derivations from the Greek not being given,) and of ascertaining 
what is the primary signification of each word, from the best au 
thorities within my reach, as well as those significations which are 
more common, or which belong to the words in the various places 
where they occur in this work. Care has been taken in connection 
with this also to distinguish those words usually considered as syn- 
onymes. An earlier and more special attention to this part of study 
than is usual, it is believed would amply repay the labor bestowed 
upon it. 

A few Exercises in composition are appended, drawn, as will be 
perceived, from the reading lessons indicated both by the number of 
the page and the paragraph. Lessons in composition, of the sim- 
plest character and to any extent, may be framed in the same way 
from every reading lesson, or even from every sentence, and ren- 
dered mto Latin, either orally in the class, or as an exercise in 
writing, as suggested in the remarks prefixed to the Exercises 
themselves. 

A few suggestions have been introduced at the beginning of the 
work respecting what is supposed to be the best method of using it, 
especially with young pupils. These I am well aware are of nr 
importance to the experienced teacher; nevertheless they may be 
of some use to the young and inexperienced, and especially to those 
who pursue the study of the Latin without the aid of a teacher. 



INTRODUCTION 



SENTENCES. 

1. A sentence is such an assemblage of words as makes 
complete sense; as, Man is mortal. 

2. Sentences are of two kinds, simple and compound. 

3. A simple sentence contains but one subject and one 
verb ; as, Life is short. Time flies. 

4. A compound sentence contains two or more simple sen- 
tences combined ; as, Life, which is short, should be well 
employed. 

5. In the combining of words to form a sentence, observe 
carefully the following 

General Principles of Syntax. 

1. In every sentence there must be a verb in the indica- 
tive, subjunctive, imperative, or infinitive mood, and a sub' 
jeet, expressed or understood. 

2. Every adjective, adjective pronoun, or participle, must 
have a substantive expressed or understood with which it 
agrees, y 98 and y 146.* * 

3. Every relative must have an antecedent or word to 
which it refers, and with which it agrees, y 99. 

4. Every nominative has its own verb expressed or under- 
stood, of which it is the subject, yy 100, 101, 102. Or is 
placed after the substantive verb in the predicate, y 103. 

5. Every finite verb ; i. e., every verb in the indicative, 
subjunctive or imperative mood, has its own nominative, 
expressed or understood, yy 101, 102, and when the infini- 
tive has a subject it is in the accusative, y 145. The infini- 
tive without a subject does not form a sentence or proposi- 
tion, y 143. 

6. Every oblique case is governed by some word, express- 
ed or understood, in the sentence of which it forms a part. 

* The references are to the sections in the Latin Grammar. 



8 INTRODUCTION. 

Resolution or Analysis. 

Every simple sentence consists of two parts, the subject 
and the predicate, § 94, 6. 7. 8. In analyzing a sentence, 
it is necessary to distinguish between the Grammatical sub- 
ject and predicate, and the Logical subject and predicate. 

The Grammatical subject is the name or thing spoken of, 
without, or separated from, all modifying words or clauses, 
and which stands as the nominative to the verb, or the ac- 
cusative before the infinitive. 

The Logical subject is the same word in connection with 
the qualifying or restricting expressions, which go to make 
up the full and precise idea of the thing spoken of. 

The Grammatical 'predicate is the word or words contain- 
ing the simple affirmation made respecting the subject. 

The Logical -predicate is the grammatical predicate com- 
bined with all those words or expressions that modify or 
restrict it in any way ; thus : 

In the sentence, u An inordinate desire of admiration 
often produces a contemptible levity of deportment;" the 
Grammatical subject is "desire;" the Logical "iw inordi- 
nate desire of admiration." The Grammatical predicate is 
"produces " the Logical, "produces often a contemptible 
levity of deportment." 

In Latin and English, the general arrangement of a sen- 
tence is the same, i. e., the sentence commonly begins with 
the subject and ends with the predicate. But the order of 
the words in each of these parts, is usually so different in 
Latin, from what it is in English, that one of the first diffi- 
culties a beginner has to encounter with a Latin sentence, 
is to know how " to take it in," or to arrange it in the proper 
order of the English. This is technically called constru- 
ing or giving the order. To assist in this, some advan- 
tage may be found by carefully attending to the following 

Directions for Beginners. 
Direct. I. As all the other parts of a sentence depend 
upon the two leading parts, namely, the subject or NOMI- 
NATIVE, and the predicate or VERB; the first thing to be 
done with every sentence, is to find out these. In order to 
this. 



INTRODUCTION. 9 

1. Look for the leading verb, which is always m the 
present, imperfect, perfect, pluperfect, or future of the indic- 
ative, or in the imperative mood,* and usually at or near 
the end of the sentence. 

2. Having found the verb, observe its number and person; 
this will aid in finding its nominative, which is a noun or 
pronoun in the same number and person with the verb, com- 
monly before it, and near the beginning of the sentence, 
though not always so, § 151. R. I. with exceptions. 

Direct. II. Having thus found the nominative and verb, 
and ascertained their meaning, the sentence may be resolved 
from the Latin into the English order, as follows : 

1. Take the Vocative, Exciting, Introductory, or connect- 
ing words, if there are any. 

2. The NOMINATIVE. 

3. Words limiting or explaining it, i. e., words agreeing 
with it, or governed by it, or by one another, where they 
are found, till you come to the verb. 

4. The VERB. 

5. Words limiting or explaining it, i. e., words which 
modify it, are governed by it, or depend upon it. 

6. Supply everywhere the words understood. 

7. If the sentence be compound, take the parts of it seve- 
rally as they depend one upon another, proceeding with each 
of them as above. 

Direct. III. In arranging the words for translation, in the 
subordinate parts of a sentence, observe the following 

Rules for construing. 

I. An oblique case, or the infinitive mood, is put after the 
word that governs it. 

Exc. The relative and interrogative are usually put before the gov- 
erning word, unless that be a preposition; if it is, then after it. 

II. An adjective, if no other word depend upon it or be 
coupled with it, is put before its substantive; but if another 
word depend upon it, or be governed by it, it is usually 
placed after it. 

* All the other parts of the verb are generally used in subordinate 
clauses. So, also, is the pluperfect indicative. In oblique discourse, 
the leading verb is in the infinitive. § 141. Rule VI. 



10 INTRODUCTION. 

IU . The participle is usually construed after its substan- 
tive, or the word with which it agrees. 

IV. The relative and its clause, should, if possible, comp 
immediately after the antecedent. 

V. When a question is asked, the nominative comes after 
the verb; (in English between the auxiliary and the verb.) 
Interrogative words, however, such as quis, quotus, quaytfus, 
liter ^ &c, come before the verb. 

V[. After a transitive active verb, look for an accusative, 
and after a preposition, for an accusative or ablative, and 
arrange the words accordingly. 

VII. Words in apposition must be construed as near 
together as possible. 

Vin. Adverbs, adverbial phrases, prepositions with their 
cases, circumstances of time, place, cause, manner, instru- 
ment, &c, should be placed, in general, after the words 
which they modify. The case absolute commonly before 
them, and often first in the sentence. 

IX. The words of different clauses must not be mixed 
together, but each clause translated by itself, in its order, 
according to its connection with, or dependence upon, those 
to which it is related. 

X. Conjunctions should be placed before the last of two 
words, or sentences connected. 



LATIN IDIOMS.* 



PARTICULAR DIRECTIONS AND MODELS FOR TRANS- 
LATION. 

The following explanations and directions are intended chiefly for reference. But 
it will be of great advantage for the pupil to become familiar with them by going through 
them two or three times, in course, simultaneously with his reading lessons. 

1. -Before translating, every sentence should be read 
over till it can be read correctly and with ease, paying spe- 
cial attention to the quantity and pronunciation. The words 
should then be arranged according to the preceding general 
directions, and translated as they are arranged, separately 
or in clusters, as may be found convenient ; always remem- 
bering to place adjectives and adjective pronouns with their 
substantives before translating. The sense and grammati- 
cal construction being thus ascertained, the translation may 
then be read over without the Latin, and due attention paid 
to the English idiom. The whole sentence, whether simple 
or compound, may then be analyzed as directed § 152, and 
last of all, every word parsed separately as directed, § 153. 

2. In order to arrange and translate with ease, it is neces- 
sary to be familiar with, and readily to distinguish the dif- , 
ferent cases, genders, and numbers of nouns, pronouns, 
adjectives, and participles, and to translate them correctly 
and promptly, in these cases and numbers, &c; and also to 
distinguish and correctly translate the verb in its various 
moods, tenses, numbers, persons, &c. This can be acquired 
only by continual practice and drilling, which should be kept 
up till the utmost readiness is attained. 

3. The English prepositions used in translating the dif- 
ferent cases in Latin, for the sake of convenience, may be 
called signs of those cases ; and in translating these, the 
English definite or indefinite article is to be used as the sense 
requires. The signs of the cases are as follows: 

Nom. (No sign.) Ace. (No sign.) 

Gen. Of. Voc. 0. or no sign. 

Dat. To or for. Abl. With, from, in, by, See. 

* A Latin idiom, strictly speaking, is a mode of speech peculiar 
to the Latin language. It is here used in a more extended sense, to 
denote a mode of speech different from the English, or which, if ren 
dered word for word, and with the ordinary signs of cases, moods, 
tenses, &.c, would not make a correct English sentence. 



12 INTRODUCTION. 

In certain constructions the idiom of the English language 
requires the oblique cases in Latin to be translated in a man- 
ner different from the above. The chief of these construc- 
tions are the following : 

4. The Genitive. 

1. The genitive denoting the place where, R. XXXVI., is 
translated at; as, Romce, " At Rome." 

2. Denoting price, sometimes for; as, Vendidit pluris, 
"He sold it for more;" or without a sign; as, Constitit 
pluris , "It cost more. 

5. The Dative. 

1. After a verb of taking away, R. XXIX. ; the dative is 
translated from ; as, Eripuit me mor ti , "He rescued me 
from death-" Eripitur morti, "He is rescued from 
death." R. XXXII-III. See $ 123, Exp. 

2. Denoting the doer after a passive verb, R. XXXIII., it 
is translated by; as, Vix audior ulli, "I am scarcely heard 
by any one." 

3. Denoting the possessor, R. XV., Obs. 1, it is transla- 
ted as the genitive ; as, Ei in mentem venit, " It came into 
the mind to him" i. e., of him, or into his mind. 

4. After verbs signifying " to be present," at; as, Ad- 
fuit precibus, He was present at prayers. § 112, R. I. 

6. The Ablative. 

1. The ablative denoting a property or quality of another 
substantive, R. VII., is translated of; as, Vir mird mag- 
nitudine, "A man of wonderful size." 

2. The place where, R. XXXVI. Exc, commonly at, 
sometimes in. 

3. After the comparative degree, § 120, R. XXIV., than, 
as, Dulcior melle, " Sweeter than honey." 

4. Denoting the material of which a thing is made, § 128, 
Obs. 2, of; as, Factus ebore, "Made of ivory." 

5. After dignus and words denoting origin ; also after 
opus and usus, signifying need, of; as, Dignus hondre, 
" Worthy of honor." 



LATIN IDIOMS. 13 

6. Denoting time how long, sometimes in ; as, JJ no die 
fecit, " He did it in one day ; " sometimes without a sign ; 
as Uno die abfuit, "He was absent one day."" 

7. Time when, at, on; as, Solis ocedsu, "At the set' 
ting of the sun ; " Id t bus Aprllis, " On the ides of April." 

8. After verbs of depriving, § 125, of; as, Eum v est e 
spolidvit, "He stripped him of his garment." 

Cases without Signs. 

7. When the genitive, dative, or ablative, is governed by 
an intransitive verb which is translated by a transitive verb 
in English, (§38, Obs. 4.,) or by an adjective denoting like- 
ness, the sign of the case is omitted ; as, 

1. Gen. Miserere m. e i , Pity me. 

2. Dat. Prcefuit exer cltui , He commanded the army. 

3. " Placuit r e g i , It pleased the king. 

4. Abl. Utitur fr aud e , He uses deceit. 

5. (l Potitus est imp erio , He obtained the government. 

6. Dat. Simllis patri, Like his father. 

Obs. But when rendered by an intransitive verb in Eng- 
lish, the sign of the case must be used ; as, 

7. Insidiantur nobis , They lie in wait for us. 

8. When a verb governs two datives, by R. XIX., the 
dative of the end or design is sometimes rendered without 
the sign; as, 

1. Est mihi voluptati , It is to me [for] a pleasure ; i.e. 

It is [or brings] a pleasure to me. 

9. The ablative absolute, R. LX., (See No. 109,) and 
frequently time how long, R. XL., are without the sign; as, 

1. Bellofinlto, The war being ended. 

2. Sex men si bus abfuit, He was absent six months. 

10. When the ablative is governed by a preposition, the 
English of that preposition takes the place of the sign of 
the ablative, and no other will be used; thus, 

1. Abexercltu, Fromthe army. 4. Cumdignitdte, With dignity. 

2. E x urbe, Out of the city. 5. Pro castris, Before the camp. 

3. In agro, In the field. * 6. T enus pube, Up to the middle. 

1 1. In order to specify more particularly, the English idiom 
sometimes reqtiires the possessive pronouns, my, thy, his, 
her, its, our, your their, (not expressed in Latin unless con- 
trasted with others,) to be supplied before a noun, and espe- 

2 



J4 INTRODUCTION. 

cially if they refer to the subject of the sentence. The 
sense will shew when this is to be done and what pronoun 
is to be used; as, 

1. Films similis patri, A son like his father. 

2. Revtrere parentes, Reverence your parents. 

12. Nouns in apposition, (§ 97, R. I.,) must be brought 
as near together as possible, and the sign of the case, when 
used, prefixed to the first only ; as, 

1. Nom. Cicero Orator, Cicero the orator. 

2. Gen. Ciceronis oratoris, Of Cicero the orator. 

3. Dat. Ciceroni oratori, To Cicero the orator, 

4. Abl. Cicerone oratore, With Cicero the orator. 

13. The noun in apposition is sometimes connected with 
the noun before it by the words as, being, &c. ; as, 

1. Misit me c omit em , He sent me as a companion. 

2. Hie puer venit , He came, when [or being'] a boy. 

Adjectives and Substantives. 

14. In translating an adjective or adjective pronoun and 
a substantive together, the adjective is commonly placed 
first, and the sign of the case is prefixed to it, and not to the 
noun, $ 98, R. II. ; as, 

1. Nom. Altus mons, A high mountain. 

2. Gen. Alti montis, Of a high mountain. 

3. Dat. Alto monti, To [for] a high mountain. 

4. Abl. Alto monte, With a high mountain. 

15. When two or more adjectives, coupled by a conjunc- 
tion belong to one substantive, they may be placed either 
before or after it ; as, 

1. Jupiter optlmus et maxlmus, Jupiter the best and greatest; or 
Optlmus et maxlmus Jupiter, The best and greatest Jupiter. 

2. Viri sapientis et docti, Of a man wise and learned; or 
Sapientis et docti viri, Of a wise and learned man. 

16. The adjective must be placed after its substantive 
when the former has a negative joined with it, or another 
word in the sentence governed by it, or dependent upon it. 
So also solus; as, 

1. Dux peritus belli, A general skilled in war. 

2.. Filius similis patri, A son like his father. 

3. Poeta dxgnus honor e, A poet worthy of honor. 

4. Homines soli sapiunt, Men alone are wise. 

5. Avis tamp arum decora, A bird so little beautiful. 

6. Littore non molli neque arenoso, With a shore not soft nor sandy 



LATIN IDIOMS. 15 

17. The adjectives primus, medius, ultimus, extrlmus, 
infimus, imus, summus, supremus, reliquus, ceter, or cete- 
nts, and some others describing a part of an object, are 
translated as substantives, with the sign of the case prefixed, 
and of before the substantive following, § 98, Obs. 9 ; as, 

1. Media node, In the middle of the night. 

2. Ad sum mum montem, To the top of the mountain. 

18. When these adjectives (No. 17,) describe the whole 
and not a part only, they are translated as No. 11. ; as, 

Summum bonum, The chief good. 

Supremus dies, The last day. 

19. An adjective without a substantive usually has a sub- 
stantive understood, but obvious from the connexion, § 98, 
Obs. 5. Masculine adjectives, (if plural,) commonly agree 
with homines, or, if possessives, with amtci, cives, or milites, 
understood; and neuters, with factum, negotium, verbum, 
tempus, &c. ; as, 

1. Boni (homines) sunt rari, Good men are rare, 

2. Ccesar misit suos (milites,) Caesar sent his soldiers. 

3. Codes transndvit ad suos Codes swam over to his fellow 

(cives,) citizens. 

4. Labor vincit omnia (negotia) Labor overcomes all things. 

5. In posterum (tempus,) In time to come, — for the future. 

6. In eo (loco) ut, In such a situation that. 

20. Adjectives commonly used without a substantive, (but 
still belonging to a substantive understood,) may be regard- 
ed as substantives. They are such as mortdles, boni, mali, 
superi, inferi, Grcecus, Romdnus, &c. (See § 98, Obs. 5,) ; as, 

1. Mali oderunt bonos, The wicked hate the good. 

2. Grce cos Romdni viclrunt, The Romans conquered the Greeks. 

21. Adjective words when partitives, or used partitively, 
take the gender of the noun expressing the whole, and 
govern it in the genitive plural, (if a collective noun, in the 
genitive singular,) § 107, Rule X. In this case verbs and 
adjectives agree with the partitive as if it were a noun; as, 

1. Alt quis phil osophorumSome one of the philosophers has 

dixit, said. 

2 Una musdrum veniet, One of the muses will come 

3. M u Iti nobilium juvenum, Many noble young men. 

22. The comparative degree not followed by an ablative ,• 
or the conjunction quam, (than) is usually translated by the 
positive with too or rather prefixed. For explanation see 
$ 120 Obs. 5. : as. 



16 INTRODUCTION 

1. Iracundior est, (scil. He is too (or rather) passionate. 

cequo,) 

2. JE gr ius ferebat. He took it rather ill. 

3. Altius voldvit, He flew too high. 

Obs. In a comparison, eo or tanto with a comparative in 
one clause, and quo or quanto in the other, maybe rendered 
" the ;" (See No. 44. 7. 8.) as, 

4. Quo plures, eo feliciores, The more the happier. 

23. The superlative degree expressing comparison, is 
usually preceded by the article the in English, ($ 25,) as, 

1. D o ctissimus Romanorum, The most learned of the Romans. 

2. F ortisslmus miles in ex- The bravest soldier in the army. 

ercitu, 

24. When the superlative does not express comparison, 
but only eminence or distinction, it is translated with the 
article a or an prefixed in the singular, and without an arti- 
cle in the plural ; or by the positive, with very, emi?iently, 
&c, prefixed, (§ 25,) ; as, 

1. Homo doctissimus , A most learned (or a very learned) 

man. 

2. Homines doctissimi, Most learned (or very learned) 

men. 

25. Alius repeated with a different word in the same clause, 
renders that clause double, and requires it to be translated 
as in the following examples : 

1. Alius alia via, One by one way, another by another. 

2. Aliud aliis videtur, One thing seems good to some, another to 

others, i. e. Some think one thing, 
and some another. (See other varie- 
ties. § 98. Obs. 11.) 

The same usage occurs with words derived from alius. 
See Gr. § 98, Obs. 12. 

26. The distributive numeral adjectives are usually trans- 
lated by the cardinal number indicated, with " each," or 
" to each," annexed ; sometimes by repeating the cardinal 
thus, " one by one;" "two by two," &c, § 24, 11; as, 

1. Consoles bin as naves habe- The consuls had each two ships, or, 

bant, had two ships each. 

2. Qua singuli carri duceren- Where wagons could be led one by 

tur. one. 

H. Tigna bin a . Beams two by two, or in pairs. 

4. Singulis singul as par- He distributed equal parts, one to 

tes destribuit cequdles each. 

5. Singulis menslbus hoc fecit, This he did every (or each) month. 

6. Plures s in g uliuxores habent , They have each many wives. 



LATIN IDIOMS. ]7 

Pronouns. 

27. 1st, The adjective pronoun, hie, hcec, hoc, with a noun 
following, is used as an adjective, and means, in the singu- 
lar, "this" — in the plural, "these." — Hie, ilia, illud, — is, 
ea, id, — iste, ista, istud, with a noun, in the singular, mean 
11 that," — in the plural, " those." 

2d. Without a noun following they are all used substan- 
tively, and mean, in the singular, he, she, it ; in the plural, 
they ; thus, 

1. Hie vir, This man. 4. Hie fecit, .He did it. 

2. Illafemina, That woman. 5. Ilia venit, She came. 

3. Eaurbs, That city. 6. E a (Dido) condidit earn, She 

built it, (Carthage.) 

Obs. In sentences containing an enumeration of particu- 
lars, the same pronoun is sometimes used in successive 
clauses, but they require to be translated differently, (§ 98, 
Obs. 12,) ; thus, 
7. Hie, \ hie, \ 

8 - /s ' i "one" (, theone" **» > u another," u the 

9. Ille, ( one > me one - ille, ( other." 

10. Alter, ) alter, ) 

When antithesis or contrast is stated, hie is translated 
" this," and refers to the nearer antecedent, ille, " that," 
ancbrefers to the more distant ; as, 

11." Hie minor natu est, ille major, This is the younger, that the 

older. 

23. Is, ea, id, followed by ut, or the relative, qui, qu&, 
quod, in the next clause, means " such," and implies com- 
parison. The relative after it may be translated, that I, 
that thou, that he, that they, &c, according as the antece- 
dent requires, or it may be translated as, and its verb by the 
infinitive (§ 31, Obs. 2.) ; thus, 

1. Is homo erat ut, fyc, He was such a man that, &c. 

2. Neque is sum qui terrear, I am not such that I may be fright- 

ened. Or better thus, I am 
not such a one as to be fright- 
ened. 

Ota. The adverb eo with ut following it means "so far," 
11 to such a degree " " to such a point," " in such a state ;" as, 

3. E b pervSnit ut, " He came so far, (i. e. made such 

progress,) that;" 



18 INTRODUCTION 

Possessive Pronouns. 

"29 The possessive pronoun is- equivalent in meaning to 
the genitive of the substantive pronoun, and may often be 
so tianslated; as, 

1. Beneficio suo populique Ro- By the kindness of himself and of 

mdni, the Roman people. 

2. Cum m e a nemo scripta legat, Since no one reads the writings of 

vulgo rccitdre timentis, me, fearing to recite them pub- 

licly. 

30. The possessives, suus, sua, suum, in Latin, agrees in 
fytmler, number, and case, with the noun denoting the object 
possessed, but in English must be translated by a pronoun 
denoting the possessor; Jthus, 

1. Pater dill git suo s liberos, A father loves his children. 

2. Parentes dillgunt su am jobolem, Parents love their offspring. 

3. F rater dillgit suam sororem, A brother loves his sister. 

4. Soror dillgit suum fratrem, A sister loves her brother. 

Obs. In the first sentence, " suos," agrees with " liberos," 
but must be translated " his," denoting " pater" the pos- 
sessor. In the second, suam, though singular, to agree with 
sobolem, must be translated " their" so as to denote the pos- 
sessors, "parentes" &c. 

Usage of Sui, Suus; — Ule, Iste, Hie, Is. 

31. The reflexive, sui, and its possessive, suus, generally 
refer to the subject of the leading verb* in the sentence ; 
Ule, iste, hie, is, never refer to that subject, but to some 
other person or thing spoken of; thus, 

1. C at o occldit s e, Cato killed himself. 

2. Pater dillgit suo s liberos, A father loves his (own) children. 

3. Parentes dillgunt suam Parents love their (own) off- 

sobolem, spring. 

4. Dicit se valere, He says that he is well. 

Obs. In the second and third sentence, suos, "his," and 
suam-, "their," referring to sohie other person than pater or 
parentes, would be made by the genitive of Ule, iste, hie, is. 
In the first and fourth, se would be made eum. For the dif- 
ference between these words usually translated " he," see 
Gr $ 28, Obs. 3. 

* See Gr. § 28, Obs. 3, 1st., with note. 



LATIN IDIOMS. - 19 

Note. If a second subject and verb be introduced, the 
reflexive governed by that verb will belong to the new sub- 
ject, unless the whole clause refer to the words, wishes, or 
actions, of the first subject ; as, 

5. Scipio civitatibus Italia reddu Scipio restored to the States of 
dit omnia qua sua recog- Italy, all the things which they 
noscebant, recognised as their own. 

Usage of Ipse. 

32. Ipse renders the word with which it is joined em- 
phatic, whether expressed or understood, and is equal to the 
English, myself thyself himself themselves, &c, annexed 
to it ; sometimes to the word very prefixed. With numbers 
it denotes exactness, and sometimes it is used by itself as 
a reflexive instead of sui, § 28, Obs. 3, 2d. ; as, 

1. Ipse faciam, (i. e. ego ipse,) I will do it myself. 

2. I p s e frueris olio , (i. e. tuipse,) Thou thyself enjoyest ease. 

3. Jaculo cadit ipse, (i. e. ille ipse,) He himself falls by a dart. 

4. Ccesar ipse venit, Caesar himself came. 

5. Tempus ip sum convenit, The very time was agreed on. 

6. Ad ip s a s portas, To the very gates. 

7. Decern ij/si dies, Ten whole days. 

8. Precdtus est utipsum liberdret, He begged that he would lib 

erate him. 
9 Donum ip s i datum, A present given to him. 

33. When joined with the personal pronouns, used in a 
reflexive sense, and in an oblique case, it sometimes agrees 
with them in case, but more commonly with the subject of 
the verb in the nominative or accusative. It is always, how- 
ever, to be translated with the oblique case, to which it adds 
the force of the word self or simply of emphasis ; thus, 

1. Se ipse inter fecit (or se ipsum,) He slew himself. 

1. Nosceteip s e (or te ipsum,) Know thyself. 

2. Mihi ipse (or ip s i,) faveo, I favor myself. 

3. Agam per me ip s e, I will do it myself. 

4. Virtus est per se i p s a lauda- Virtue is to be praised for it- 

bilis, self. 

5. Se ipsos omnes naturd dill- All men naturally love them- 

gunt. selves. 

RELATIVE AND ANTECEDENT. 

General Principle. 

34. Every sentence containing a relative and its antece- 
dent, is a compound sentence, of which the relative with its 



20. INTRODUCTION. 

clause forms one of the parts, and is used further to describe 
or limit its antecedent word in the other part. That word 
may be the subject, or belong to the predicate, or to some 
circumstance connected with either. But to whichsoever 
of these it belongs, the relative and its clause must all be 
translated together, and in immediate connexion with its 
antecedent word. Hence the following 

General Rule of Arrangement. 

35. The relative with its clause should be placed imme- 
diately after, or as near as possible to the antecedent, and, 
unless unavoidable, another substantive should not come 
between them; thus, 

Latin Arrangement. 

1. JJrbi imminet mons, qui ad Arcadiam procurrit. 
Here "qui" with its clause, "ad Arcadiam procurrit" 
belongs to, and further describes the antecedent subject, 

' mons." As then ihe subject with all that belongs to it 
must be taken before the verb, (Gr. § 152, Direct. 2, 2d, 3d,) 
the above sentence should be arranged for translation, thus : 
Mons qui procurrit ad Arcadiam, imminet urbi, A moun- 
tain, which extends to Arcadia, hangs over the city. 

Or, the English order may be inverted, thus : Urbi immi- 
net mons, qui procurrit ad Arcadiam, Over the city hangs 
a mountain, which, &c. 

But not, Mons imminet urbi, qui, &c, because this arrange- 
ment would place "urbi" between the antecedent, "mons," 
and the relative, "qui," and so lead to a false translation. 
The following sentence also affords an example : 

2. Proximeurbem Eurdtas Jluvius delabitur, ad cu- 
ju s ripas Spartdni se exerclre solebant. Arrange, Proxime 
urbem delabitur, &c, Close to the city flows ; or, Eurdtas 
Jluvius, ad cujus ripas, &c. 

36. When another noun necessarily comes between the 
relative and its antecedent, there is more danger of ambi- 
guity in English than in Latin, as the gender and number 
of the Latin relative will generally direct to the proper an- 
tecedent, to which in English we are directed chiefly by the 



,*LATIN IDIOMS. 21 

sense. The following- sentence affords an example of this 
kind: AdByzaMium jugit, opptdum naturd mumtum et 
arte, quod copid abundat. 

37. The antecedent in Latin is often understood when 
the English idiom requires it to be supplied. It is gene- 
rally understood, and should be supplied in the proper case : 

1st. When it is intentionally left indefinite, or is obvious 
from the gender and number of the relative, and the con- 
nexion in which it stands, as in No. 19; as, 

1. Sunt (homines) quos jurat, There are men whom it delights. 

2. Hie est (id) quod qucerlmus , That which we seek is here. 

" Hie sunt, (ea) quce queer imus, Those things which we seek are 

here. 

3. (Is) qui citodat, bis dat, (He) who gives promptly, gives 

twice. 
Note. In the preceding sentences the antecedent supplied is in 
parentheses. 

2d. The antecedent is usually understood before the rela- 
tive, when it is expressed after it, and in the same case, 
($ 99, Obs. l,2d.); as, 

4. (Pars) quce pars terrenafuit, The part which was earthy. 

5. (Locus) in quern locum venit, The place into which he came. 
" Apud Actium (locum) qui lo- At Actium a. place which is, &c. 

cus est, fyc. 

Note. 1. When the antecedent word is expressed in the 
relative clause, as in the examples Nos. 4, and 5, or is 
repeated, as in the following, No. 6, (§ 99, Obs. 1, 3d.,) it 
is omitted in translating; as, 

6. Erant omnlno duo itinera, qui- There were only two ways by 

bus it in eri b us domo ex- which they could go from 
Irepossent, home. 

Note 2. Quisquis, quidquid, or quicquid, (and also quicun- 
que, qucecunque, quodcunque,) "whoever, whatever," used as 
a relative without an antecedent, includes a general or indefi- 
nite antecedent, in such case as the construction requires, 
and is equivalent to omnis, or quivis qui, — omne, or quidvis 
quod', as, 

7. Fortunam quce cun que (i.e. They would hazard whatever 

quamv is fortunam quce) fortune (i. e. any fortune 
accidat experiantur, which) might happen. 

8. Quidquid tetigerat aurum Whatever (i. e. every thing which) 

fiebat, he had touched became gold. 



22 INTRODUCTION . 

Note 3. When the antecedent is a proposition, or clause 
of a sentence, § 99, Exp., the relative is put in the neuter 
gender, and sometimes has id before it referring to the same 
clause ; as, 

9. Servi, quod (or id quod) nun- The slaves, which never had been 

quam ante factum, manu- done before, were set free and 
missi et milites facti sunt; made soldiers. 

38. In the beginning of a sentence, a relative, with or 
without quum, or other conjunctive term, and referring to 
some word, clause, or circumstance, in a preceding sentence, 
usually has the antecedent word repeated, or, if evident, 
understood; and instead of who or which, may be rendered 
this, that, these, those, or, and this, and that, &c, according 
as the closeness of the connexion may require, (§ 99, Obs. 
8,); as, 

1. Qua urbs quum infest aretur , And since (or because) this city 

was infested. 
"Qui legdti quum missi essent. When these ambassadors had been 

sent. 

2. Q u ce contentio cuncta per- This contention threw all things 

miscuit, into confusion. 

3. Quih us nunciis acceptis, These tidings being received. 

4. Quod quum ille cerneret, And when he saw this. 

5. Quo facto, This being done (or accomplished) 

6. Q u ce dum omnia contempld- And while they were contemplat- 

bantur, ^ ing all these things. 

7. Quod quum impetrdsset, And when he had obtained this. 

8. A quo consilio quum revocd- When he recalled him from thu 

ret. design. 

9. Quo ictu Hie extinctus est, And by this blow he was killed. 

Note. To this construction belongs quod, (apparently for 
propter or ad quod, § 128,) in the beginning of a sentence, 
referring to something previously stated, and meaning, " on 
account of, with respect to, or as to, this thing ; " as, 

10. Quod diis gratias habeo, On account of this, (for this thing, 

wherefore,) I give thanks to the 
gods. _ 

11. Quod dicer et se venturum, As to what (as to that thing 

which) he said, %at he would 
come. 

39. When the antecedent word is not repeated, as in No. 
38, the relative, with or without quum, or other conjunctive 
term, may be rendered he, she, it, they, or and he, and she, 
&c, according as the antecedent word requires, (§ 99, Obs. 
8,): as, 



LATIN IDIOMS. 23 

1. Qu i quum admittereret, And when he admitted 

2 Q u ce quum vidisset, And when she had seen. 

Qu ce quum visa esset, When she had been (or was) seen. 

3. Quam quum dare nollet, And when he would not give it. 

4. Quibu s quum occurrisset, When he had met them. 

5. Qui (quce; pi. qui, qua,) res- And he, (she, they) replied. 

pondit, • 

6. Qui (or quce) quum ades- And when they were present. 

sent. 

7 Quern Meledger interfecit, And Meleager slew him. 

8 Quam quum duceret, And when he was leading her. 
9. Ad quern quum venissent, And when they had come to him. 

10. Quemut vidit, As soon as, (or when) he saw him. 

40. When the relative in any case is followed by the 
subjunctive mood, and the two clauses, viz: the antecedent 
and relative, involve a comparison; or the latter expresses 
the 'purpose, object, or design, of something expressed by the 
former, the relative is better translated by the conjunction 
that and the personal pronoun ; thus, that I, that thou, that 
he, that they, &c.,.as the antecedent word may require, (See 
Gr. § 141, R. II. and Explanation,); 

1. Missus sum qui te adducerem, I have been sent that I might 

bring you. 

2. Neque is qu i facias id, You are not such a person that 

you should do that. 

3. Quis est tarn lynceus qui, SfC. Who is so sharp sighted that he. 

4. Misit legdtos qui cognosce- He sent ambassadors that they 

rent, might find out. 

5. Fruges manddvit quas diss%- She gave him fruits that he might 

minaret, scatter them. 

41. In the expressions, quippe qui, ut qui, utpote qui, ffll 
relative is better translated by the personal pronoun which 
represents the antecedent, ($ 141, Obs. 4,) ; as, 

1. Quippe qui nunquam legerim, For, (or because) /have never 

read them. 

42. After dignus, indignus, idoneus, and the like, in the 
predicate, the relative and subjunctive mood may be ren- 
dered by the infinitive, 141, Obs. 2. 1st.); as, 

1. Dignus qu i ametur, Worthy to be loved. 

2. Sidignum qui numer etur If you shall elect a person worthy 

crearltis, to be reckoned, &c. 

43. Sometimes the natural order of the sentence is in- 
verted, so that the relative clause stands first and the ante- 
cedent follows it. In translating, the antecedent clause 
should generally be placed first ; as, 



24 INTRODUCTION. 

1 . Q u i bonis non recte ufltur, e i Good things become evil to him 

bona mala fount, who does not use good things 

well. 

2. Qui cito dat, (is) bis dat, He gives twice who gives quickly. 

Correlative Adjectives. m 

44. The demonstratives, tot, so many," and totidem, just 
so many ; tardus, as great, so great, as much, so much ; 
talis, such ; are followed hy their relatives, quot, quantus, 
qualis, signifying as, to denote comparison ; as, 

1. Tot homines quot, As many men as. 

2. Totidem naves quot , Just so many ships as 

3. T ant us exercitus quantus, As great (or so great) an army as, 

4. Tal is homo qua I is, Such a man as. 

So also the correlative adverbs. 

5. Toties quoties, As often as. 

6. Tarn ' quam, So as. 

7. Eb quo By so much as. 

8. Tanto quanto, By so much as; or 

In proportion —— as. 

45. Instead of the relative in such sentences, the conjunc- 
tions ac, atque, (§ 149, Obs. 6,) ut, and the relative qui, 
quce, quod, are sometimes used and may generally be trans- 
lated, " as," or " that." 

1. Honos talis paucis test deldtus Such honor has been bestowed 

a c mihi, upon few persons, as upon me. 

2. Cum totidem navtbus at que He returned with just as many 

profectus erat, rediit, slfips as he had departed with. 

S.jtfulla est tanta vis quce non No power is so great as (or, that 
^ frangi possit , it) cannot be broken. 

46. When the relative only is expressed in sentences im- 
plying comparison, the demonstrative (No. 44,) must be sup- 
plied and the sentence translated as above; as, 

1. Crocodilus parit (tanta) ova The crocodile lays (as large) eggs 

quanta anseres, as geese lay. 

2. (Tot) millia quot unquam As many thousands as ever came 

ventre Mycenis, from Mycenae. 

47. Sometimes, as in No. 43, the natural order of the 
sentence is inverted, so that the relative clause stands first 
and the antecedent follows it. In translating, the antece- 
dent clause should be placed first ; as, 

1. Q u o t homines t o t causes , } 

arrange > As many causes as there are men 

Tot causa quot homines, ) 



LATIN IDIOMS. 25 

4S. The relatives, quo?, qupties, quantus, q;/aiis, used in- 
ttnvga? ixi' '//, or in an exclamation, or indefinitely, in the 
indirect interrogation, and without implying comparison, 
have no reference to an antecedent term either expressed 
or understood, and are translated respectively, "how many," 
"how often," "how great, 1 ' or "how much," "what," or 
" of what kind; " as, 

1 . Inter. Quo t annos habet ? How many years has he ? i. e. 

how old is he ? 

2. Indef. Nescio quot , I know not how many. 

3. Excl. Cum quanta gravi- With how much gravity. 

tate ! 

4. Indef. Doce qua I es sint. Tell us of what kind they are. 

THE VERB AND ITS SUBJECT. 
General Principle. 

49. Every finite verb (§ 95, 5,) has its own subject, ex- 
pressed or understood, in the nominative case. 

Obs. The subject of the verb is the person or thing spoken 
of, and may be a noun, a pronoun, a verb in the infinitive, 
mood, a clause -of a sentence, or any thing which, however 
expressed, is the subject of thought or speech. (§ 101, 
Exp.) 

General Rule of Arrangement. 

50. The subject and all the words agreeing with it, gov- 
erned by it, connected with it, or dependent upon it, must 
be arranged in the order of their connection and dependence, 
and translated before the verb. 

1. Canis I at rat, The dog barks. 

2. E go Scribo, /write. 

3. Lude r e est jucundum, To play is pleasant. 

4. Dulce est pro putrid mori, To die for one's country is sweet. 

5. Totus Grcecorum exer- The whole army of the Greeks had 

citus Aulide convenerat, assembled at Aulis. 

o. Virsapit qui paucu lo- The man who speaks little is wise. 
qui tur, 

51. When the subject of a verb is the infinitive, either 
alone or with its subject; or a clause of a sentence, con- 
nected by ut, quod, or other conjunctive term, the English 
pronoun, it, is put with the verb referring to that infi- 
nitive or clause following it, and which is its proper sub- 
ject; as, 

3 



26 INTRODUCTION. 

1. Facile est jubere, It is easy to command. 

2. Xuritidtum est classem devinci, 11 was announced that the fleet 

was conquered. 
3 Semper acctdit ut absis, It always happens that you are 

absent. 
I. Qui fit ut metuas, How happens it that you Tear. 

5. Nunquam Romanis placuisse That it never had pleased the Ro- 
imp er at or em a suis mans, that a commander should 
militi bus inte rfi c i. be killed by his own soldiers. 

52. The verb must always be translated in its proper 
tense, and in the same person and number with its nomina- 
tive. (See paradigms of the verb, §§ 54-70.) But when it 
has two or more nouns or pronouns in the singular, taken 
together, or a collective noun expressing many as individu- 
als, as its subject, the verb must be translated in the plural; 
as, 

1. Et pater et mater v ene runt , Both his father and mother have 

come. 

2. Turba quoquoversum ruunt, The crowd rush in every direc- 

tion. 

53. The nominative to a verb in the first or second per- 
son, being evident from the termination, is seldom express- 
ed in Latin; but must be supplied in translating; as, 

1. Scribo, /write. 3. Scribimus, We write 

2. Legis, Thou readest. 4. Legitis, You read. 

54. When the verb in the third person has no nominative 
expressed, it refers to some noun or pronoun evident from 
the connection ; and, both in translating and parsing, the 
pronoun Me, or is, in the nominative case, and in the gender 
and number of the noun or pronoun referred to, must be 
supplied; as, 

1. (Ille) scribit, (He) writes. 2. (Illi) scribunt, (They) write. 

55. When the same word is the subject of several verbs 
closely connected in the same construction, it is expressed 
with the first and understood to the rest, both in Latin and 
English ; thus, 

1. C <e s ar venit, vidit, et vicit, Ccesar came, saw, and conquered. 

2. Dicitur C ce s ar em venisse, It is said that Ccesar came, saw, 

vidisse, et vicisse, and conquered. 

Interrogative Sentences. 

56. A question is made in Latin in four different ways, 
as follows : 



LATIN IDIOMS. 27 

1st. By an interrogative pronoun; as, Quis venit ? 
" Who comes?" Quern misit? " Whom did he send ? " 
Cujus pecus hoc? " Whose flock is this ? " &c. 

2d. By an interrogative adverb; as, TJnde venitl 
" Whence came he ? " Cwr .venit ? " PFA?/ did he come ? " 

3d. By the interrogative particles, num, an, and the en- 
clitic, ne. Thus used these particles have no corresponding 
English word in the translation; they merely indicate a 
question; as, Num venit, or an venit, or venitne? "Has he 
come? " Num videtur? "Does it seem? " 

4th. By simply placing an interrogation mark at the end 
of the question ; as, Vis me hoc facer e ? " Do you wish me 
to do this?" 

57. The interrogative pronoun or adverb, in all cases, is 
translated before the verb ; as, 

1. Quis fecit ? Who did it ? or who has done it ? 

2. Quern misit ? Whom did he send ? 

3. Quart to constitit? How much did it cost ? 

4. Qua I is fuit ? What sort of a man was he ? 

This is true also of the indirect question, i. e., when the 
substance of a question is stated but not in the interroga- 
tive form; as, 

5. Nescio quant o constiterit, I know not how much it cost. 

6. Docuit quam firma res esset He shewed them how firm a thing 

concordia, agreement was. 

Note. When the verb in the direct or indirect question 
comes under § 103, R. V., the predicate, or nominative after 
the verb, is translated first, and the subject or nominative, 
in the direct question after the verb, as in Ex. 4 ; but in the 
indirect, before it, as in Ex. 6. Thus, in Ex. 4, qualis is 
the predicate, and ille understood, the subject; in Ex. 6, 
res is the predicate, and concordia the subject. 

58. In all forms of interrogation not made by an inter- 
rogative pronoun, as in No. 57, the nominative or subject is 
translated after the verb in English, in the simple forms, 
and after the first auxiliary in the compound forms ; as, 

1. Videsne? Seest thou? or dost thou see? 

2. An venisti ? Hast thou come? or have you come' 

3. Scribetne ? Will he write ? 

4. Num iblmus? Shall we go? 

5. Nonne fecit? Has he not done (it?) 



2b INTRODUCTION. 

6. An egisset melius ? Would he have done better ? 

7: Nome alinus? Shall vie support? 

8. Nonne Dei est ? Does it not belong to God? 

9. Iste est f rater ? Is that your brother ? 

59. When a sentence not interrogative is introduced by wee 
or neque, not followed by a corresponding conjunction, (See 
No. 124,) in a connected clause, the verb will be translated 
by an auxiliary, and the English nominative will stand after 
the first auxiliary ; as, 

1. Nei/ue hoc intelligo, Neither do I understand this. 

2. Nee venisset, Neither would he have come. 

3. Nee adeptus sum, Nor have / attained. 

The object of the verb. 

60. In translating, the object of a transitive verb in the 
accusative is arranged after the verb, and as near to it as 
possible. That object may be a noun, a pronoun, an infini- 
tive mood, or a clause of a sentence, (§ 116, Exp.); as, 

1. Romulus condidit ur b em , Romulus built a city 

2. Vocdvit earn Romam, He called it Rome. 

3. Disce die ere vera, Learn to speak the truth. 

4. Obtulit ut c apt iv o s re- He offered that they should redeem 

dimer ent , the captives. 

61. The interrogative or relative pronoun is always trans- 
lated before the verb that governs it ; as, 

1. Quern mitUmus ? Whom shall we send ? 

2. C u i dedisti ? To whom did ye give it ? 

3. Deus quern collmus, God whom we worship. 

4. Cui omnia debemus, To whom we owe all things. 

62. When a transitive verb governs two cases, the imme- 
diate object in the accusative, according to the natural order, 
is usually translated first, and after that the remote object 
in the genitive, § 122 ; dative, § 123 ; accusative, § 124 ; or 
ablative, § 125 ; as, 

1. Arguit m e furti, He accuses me of theft. 

2. Comparo Vir g ilium Homero, I compare Virgil to Homer. 

3. Poscimus te p a c em , We beg peace of thee. 

4. Onerat naves auro, He loads the ships with gold. 

Note. The accusative of the person after verbs of asking, 
is translated by of or from; as, 

5. Pyrrhum auxilium poposcerunt , They demanded aid of (or from) 

Pyrrhus. 



LATIN IDIOMS. 29 

63. But when the remote object is a relative, or when the 
immediate object is an infi?iitive, or a clause of a sentence, 
or a noun further described by other words, the remote object 
must be translated first ; as 

1. C ui librum dedimus, To whom we gave the book. 

2. Da mi hi fallere, Give me to deceive; . 

" Dixit ei conftteor meum -pec- He said to him, I confess my fault. 
cdtum, 

3. Eumrogaverunt,ut ipsos defen- They entreated him, that he would 

deret, defend them. 

4. Docuit ill os quamfirma esset, He shewed them' hovr firm it was. 

5. Civitdtem, antea solicitdtam, He supplies with amis, the city 

armi s ornat, already excited. 

64. When a verb, whkh in the active voice governs two 
cases, is used in the passive form, that which was the im- 
mediate object in the accusative, becomes the subject in the 
nominative, and the remote object in its own case immedi- 
ately follows the verb. Thus, the examples No. 62, may 
be arranged and translated as follows, § 126. 

1. Arguor furti, Jam accused of theft. 

2. Vir g il ius compardtur Ho- Virgil is compared to Homer. 

mero, 

3. P a x poscitur te, Peace is begged of thee. 

4. Nav e s onerantur auro, The ships are loading with gold. 

So also the participles 

5. Accusdtus fu rti , Accused of theft. 

6. Compardtus Homer o , Compared to Homer, 

7. Onerdta auro, Loaded with gold. 

8. Nuddta ho mini b us . Stripped of men. 

9. Ereptus mor t i , Saved from death. 

Impersonal Verbs. 

65. The impersonal verb has no nominative before it in 
Latin. It is translated by placing the pronoun it before it 
in English; as, (§ 85, 2.) 

1. Decet, It becomes. 4. Pugndtur, It is fought. 

2. Constat, It is evident. 5. Itur, It is gone. 

3. Tonat, It thunders. 6. Currltur, It is run. 

66. Impersonal verbs governing the dative or accusative 
in Latin, may be translated in a personal form by making 
the word in the dative or accusative the nominative to the 
English verb, taking care always to express the same idea 
(§85, 6, and § 113); thus, 



30 



nrrnoDUCTioN. 



1. Placet m ih'i , 

2. Licet t ib i , 

3. Decet cum , 

4. Pudet n o s , 

5. Tcedct v o s , 

6. Favetur, il lis 

7. Nocetur ho s t i 



8. Miser et me tui, It moves me to pity 

of you j 

9. Paznltet eos , It repents them. ; 
me pec- It repents me, i.e., 



Impersonally. Personally. 

It pleases me ; . J am pleased. 

It is permitted to you; You are permitted. 
It becomes him ; He ought. 

It shames us ; We are ashamed. 

It wearies you ; You are wearied. 

Favor is done to them; They are favored. 
Hurt is done to the The enemy is hurt. 

enemy; 



I pity you. 

They repent. 
/ repent of having 
sinned. 



Pugndtur a me , 
Currltur ate, 
Favetur a nobis 
Favetur tibi a no- 
bis , 



10. Panitet 
cdsse, 

67. When the doer of an action denoted by an imper- 
sonal verb, or by a passive verb used impersonally, is ex- 
pressed by the ablative with a, (§ 85, 6,) the verb may be 
translated personally in the active voice, and the doer, in the 
ablative, be made its English subject or nominative ; as, 

Impersonally. 

It is fought by me ; 
It is run by thee ; 
It is favored by us ; 
It is favored to you 
by us ; 

Note. The doer in the ablative with #, is frequently un- 
derstood, (especially when no definite person or thing is in- 
tended,) and must be supplied as the context requires; as, 

5. Ubi perventum est (ab illis,) When it was come by them, i. e., 

when they came. 

6. Descenditur (ab hominlbus,) Men (or people,) go down 

7. Conveniebdtur(ab hominlbus,) People assembled. 

68. Some verbs, not impersonal, are used impersonally, 
when used before the infinitive of impersonal verbs, (§ 113, 
Obs. 1,) ; as, 

Impersonally. Personally. 

1. Potest credi It can be trusted to you ; You can be trusted j 

tibi, 66. 2. 

2. Non potest no- It cannot be hurt to the The enemy cannot 

ceri hosti, enemy ; be hurt ; 66. 7. 

3. Ut fieri so let, As it is wont to be done ; 

or. As is usual. 

69. Verbs usually impersonal are sometimes used person- 
ally, and nave their subject in the nominative, (§ 113, Obs. 
1,); as, 



Personally. 

I fight. 

Thou runnest. 

We favor. 

We favor you; or, 

you are favored by us. 



•LATIN IDIOMS. 



31 



1. Doleo, 1 grieve, (Impersonally Dolet mihi,) It grieves me, 
2 Candida pax homines deed, Candid peace becomes men. 
3. Ista g est amina nostros hu- These arms become my shoul- 
meros decent, ders. 



Usage of Videor, " I seem.'" 

70. Videor, "I seem," though never impersonal in Latin 
is often rendered impersonally in English ; and the dative 
following it, seems properly to come under Rule XXXIII 
§ 126, to denote the person to whom any thing seems oi 
appears, i. e., by whom it is seen; thus, Videor till esse 
pauper, I seem to you, (i. e., I am seen by you,) to be poor. 
Videor mihi esse pauper, I seem to myself, (i. e., I am seen 
by myself,) to be poor; or, I think that I am poor. So the 
following: 

I seem to be free; or, It seems that 

I am free. 
I seem to myself to be free ; or 

It seems to me, (or, I think) thai 

I am free. 
You seem to be; or, It seems thai 

you are. 
You seem to yourself to be; or, It 

seems to you, (i. e., you think) 

that you are. 
You seem to me to be; or, It seems 

to me, (i. e.. I think) that you 

are. 
You, as you seem, (or, as it seems) 

do not write. 



1. Videor esse liber, 

2. Videor mihi esse liber, 

3. Videris esse, 

4. Videris tibi esse, 

5. Videris mihi esse, 

6. Tu, ut videris, non scribis, 



Obs. The third person singular of videor followed by an 
infinitive, with its subject in the accusative, or by a depend- 
ent clause after ut, or quod, may be said to be used imper- 
sonally; though strictly speaking, that infinitive with its 
accusative, or that clause, is the subject, (See No. 51,); as, 

It appears to me that you are well; 
strictly rendered, That you are 
well appears to (or, is seen by) 
me. 

It appears to him, (or, he thinks) 
that he, {another person) is well. 

It appears to him, (or, he thinks) 
that he, (himself) is well. He 
seems to himself to be well 



7. Videtur mihi te valere, 

8. Illi videtur ut valeat, 

9. Videtur sibi valere, 



32 INTRODUCTION. 



Verbs', — hidicati ve Mood. 

71. Verbs in the indicative mood are translated as in the 
paradigm in the Grammar. Care must be taken, however, 
to notice when the sense requires the simple, or emphatic, 
or progressive form. 

72. When the perfect tense expresses a past action or 
event extending to, or connected with the present, in itself 
or in its consequences, it is used definitely, and must be 
rendered by the auxiliaries, have, hast, has, or hath; as, 

1. Regem vidi hodie I have seen the king to day. 

73. When the perfect tense expresses a past action or 
event, without reference to the present, it is used indefi- 
nitely, (Gr. § 44, III.) and cannot be rendered by have, hast, 
has, or hath; as, 

1. Regem vidi nuper, I saw the king lately. 

Subjunctive Mood. 

The subjunctive mood is used in two different ways, viz : 
subjunctively and potentially. (Gr. § 42, II. and §§ 139-141.) 

Subjunctive used subjunctively. 

74. This mood is used subjunctively, but for the most 
part translated as the indicative, when it expresses what is 
actual and certain though not directly asserted as such. 
This it does, 

1st. When it is subjoined to some adverb, conjunction, 
or indefinite term in a dependent clause, for the purpose of 
stating the existence of a thing, (without directly asserting 
it ) as something supposed, taken for granted, or connected 
with the direct assertion, as a cause, condition, or modifying 
circumstance, (§ 140, Obs. 4,) ; as, 

1. Eacumita sint discedam, Since these things are so, I will 

depart. 

2. Si ma de at, If it is wet. 

3. Quum Ccesar r edlr et , When Caesar returned — was re- 

turning. 

4. Ita pcrterritus est ut mo r i- He was so frightened that he died. 

r e t ur, 

5. Gratulor tibi quod r e d i c r i s, I am glad that you have returned 



LATIN IDIOMS. p 33 

6 Si i mp e r i t a v e r i nt, If they have commanded, 

7. Si reliquissem, inlqui If I had left him, &c. 

dicerent, 

8. Quum Ccesar p r ofe ctus When Caesar had departed. 

e s s et, 

Obs. In the first of the above examples the direct asser- 
tion, is discedam, "I will depart." The dependent clause, 
ea cum ita sint, "since these things are so," expresses the 
existence of certain things referred to without directly as- 
serting it, but taking it for granted as a thing admitted or 
supposed, but still affecting in some way the event directly 
asserted. This holds good of all the other examples above. 

The dependent clause connected by ut, or ubi, "when;" 
dum, " whilst ; " priusquam, " before ; " poslquam, " after ; " 
and other conjunctions, (§ 140, Obs. 2 and 3,); and also by 
quum or cum, "when, " (Obs. 4,) sometimes take the indica- 
tive mood. 

2d. The subjunctive mood is used subjunctively, as above, 
after an interrogative word used indefinitely, in a depend- 
ent clause, or in what is called the indirect question, i. e., 
an expression containing the substance of a question with- 
out the form. All interrogative words may be used in this 
way, (See § 140, 5,) ; thus, 

9. Nescio qui s sit — quid I know not who he is — what is do- 
fiat, ing. 

10. Doce me ub i sint dii, Tell me where the gods are. 

11. Nescio uter s c rib e r et, I know not which of the two wrote. 

12. Nescio quid s c r ijptum I know not what was written. 

e s s et, 

13. Scio cui, (a quo) scrip- I know to whom (by whom) it was 

turn e s s et, written. 

14. An scis qui s hoc fe c e r it' Do you know who has done this? 

15. An scis a quo hoc fac- Do you know by whom this has 

turn fuer it ? been done ? 

16. Nemo scubat quis hcec f e- None knew who had done these 

c is s et , things. 

17. Percunctdtus quid v ell et , Having enquired what he wished. 

Note. The direct question requires the indicative ; as, 
Quis fecit ? " Who did it? " The indirect requires the sub- 
j unctive ; as, Nescio quis fecerit, "I know not who did it." 

75. This mood is used subjunctively, and usually trans- 
lated as the indicative in a relative clause, after an indefi- 
nite general expression, (§ 141, R. I.) a negation, or a ques- 



34 INTRODUCTION 

tion implying a negation, and also after the relative in ob- 
lique narration, (§ 141, R. VI.) ; as, 

1. Est qui die at , There is one who says. 

2. Nullus est qui ne g et , There is no one who denies. 

3. Quis est qui hoc faciat ? Who is there that does this ? 

4. Antonius inquit, artem esse Antonius says that art belongs to 

edrum rerum quae s cian- those things which are known, 
tur , 

The Subjunctive used Potentially. 

76. The subjunctive mood is used potentially; 1st, in 
interrogative sentences ; and 2d, to express a thing not as 
actual and certain, but contingent and hypothetical, (Gr. 
§ 42, II. 2, and Obs. 3.) Thus used it is much less definite 
with respect to time, and is translated with some variety ; 
as follows: 

1. Present, by may, can, shall, will, could, would, should. 

2. Imperfect, by might, could, would, or should. 

3. Perfect, by may have, can have, must have, fyc. 

4. Pluperfect, by might have, could have, would have, should have, 

and denoting futurity, should. 

The most usual renderings of each tense, are the follow- 
ing: 

77. Present. The present subjunctive used potentially, 
expresses present liberty, power, will, or obligation, usually 
expressed by the English auxiliaries, may, can, shall, will, 
could, would, should. (§ 4-5, 1.) 

1. Licet ea s , You may go. 

2. An sic int elli g at ? Can he so understand it ? 

3. Men 1 mo v eat cimex Panti- Shall (or should) the insect Panti- 

lius ? lius discompose me ? 

4. Quis istos f er at ? Who could bear those men ? 

5. Si hie sis, allter s entias , If you were here you would think 

otherwise. 

Imperatively. 

6. Sic eat, Thus let her (or him) go. 

7. Edmus, Let us go. 

8. Pugnetur, {Impersonally ,) Let it be fought. 

9. Diifaciant, May the gods grant. 

78. Imperfect. The imperfect subjunctive used poten- 
tially, is preceded by a past tense, and expresses past lib- 
erty, power, will, or duty, but still in its* use expresses time 
very indefinitely. It is usually rendered by the English 



LATIN IDIOMS. 35 

auxiliaries, might, could, would, should, sometimes had, 
would have, should have; as, 

1 . Legtbat ut disceret, He read that he might learn. 

2. Quid facerem ? What could I do ? 

3. Iret si j ub e r es , He would go if you should order it. 

4. Cur venlret, Why should he come. 

5. Ro gave runt ut venlret, They entreated that he would 

come. 
fi. Si quis die e r et , nunquam If any one had s-aid it, I would nol 
putdrem, have thought it. 

Note. After verbs denoting to hinder, forbid, and the like, 
quo minus with the subjunctive, may be rendered by from 
and the present participle, (§ 45, II. 3,) ; thus, 

7. Impedivit quo minus iret, He hindered him from going. 
Obs. An action or state which would, or would not exist, 

or have existed; in a case supposed, but the contrary of which 
is implied, is expressed in Latin by the imperfect or pluper- 
fect subjunctive, without an antecedent verb or conjunction, 
($ 139,2,); as, 

8. Scriberem, si necesse es- I would write, if it were necessary. 

set, 

9. Scripsissem, si necesse I would have written, had it been 

fuisset, necessary. 

79. Perfect. The perfect subjunctive properly expresses 
what is supposed to be past, but of which there exists uncer- 
tainty. Thus used it is commonly rendered by the auxilia- 
ries may have, can have, &c. It is also used sometimes in a 
present and sometimes in a future sense, with much variety 
of meaning, according to its connection, (§ 45, III.); as, 

1. Fortasse erraverim, Perhaps I may have erred. 

2. Etsi non scripscrit, Though he cannot have written. 

3. Ut sic di x e rim , That I may so speak. 

4. Citius c r e did e r im , I would sooner believe. 

5. Facile dix t r im , I could easily tell. 

6. Quasi affutrim, As if I had been present. 

80. Pluperfect. The pluperfect (§ 45, IV.) is usually ren- 
dered by the auxiliaries, might have, could have, would have, 
should have, as in the paradigm of the verb. But when an 
action is related as having been future at a certain past 
time, it is expressed in Latin in the pluperfect subjunctive, 
and translated should ; as, 

I. Quodcunque j u s s is s e.t me I said that I would do whatsoever 
facturum dixi, he should order. 



.'iti liNTRODUCTION. 

■2 PromUisti te s'criptuTum, si You promised that you would 

rog avis s e m , write, if I should desire it. 

3 l)um convaluisset. Until he should get well. 

81. The pluperfect subjunctive active, with quum, in 
verbs not deponent, is used instead of a past participle 
active, (§ 49, 8,) and may be rendered by the compound per- 
fect participle in English; as, 

1. Ccesar, quumhcec dixis ? et , Coesar having said these things; 

(literally, Caesar, when he 
had said these things.) 

82. When the subjunctive has a relative for its subject, 
and the relative and antecedent clause involve a comparison, 
they may be rendered as in No. 40, or the sense will be 
expressed if we render the relative by as, and the subjunc- 
tive by the infinitive; thus, 

1. Quis tarn esset amens qui sent- Who would be so foolish as to live 

per viv er et , always. 

2. Neque tu is es qui nes cias , You are not such a one as not to 

know. 

83. When the relative and subjunctive follow such adjec- 
tives as dignus, indignus, idoneus, (§ 141, Obs. 2.) and the 
like ; or when they express the end or design of something 
expressed in the antecedent clause, their meaning will be 
expressed as in No. 40, or by the infinitive alone, or prece- 
ded by the phrase " in order to ;" thus, 

1. Dignum qui secundus ah Ro- Worthy to he ranked next after 

mulo numeretur, Romulus. 

2. Lcgatos miserunt qui eum a c- They sent legates to accuse (or, in 

c us dr ent , order to accuse) him. 

3. Virgas Us dedit quibus He gave them rods to drive, (in 

a g er ent , order to drive ; or, so that with 

these they might drive.) 

84. The subjunctive with, or without ut, after verbs sig- 
nifying to bid, forbid, tell, allow, hinder, command, and the 
like, (§ 140, 1, 3d, and Obs. 5,) may be rendered by the 
English infinitive preceded by the subject of the verb in the 
objective case; as. 

1. Precor venias, I pray that you may come; i. e., 

I pray you to come. 

2. Die v eniat , Tell her to come. 

3. Sine eat , Permit him to go. 

4. Non patieris ut eant , You will not suffer them to go. 

5. Non pateris. ut vescdmur. You do not suffer us to eat. 



LATIN IDIOMS. 37 

85. When several verbs m the same mood and tense, 
have the same nominative, and are connected in the same 
construction, the auxiliary and " to" the sign of the infini- 
tive, in the translation is used with the first only, and under- 
stood to the rest ; as, 

1. Et vidisset et audivisset, He might have hoth seen and 

heard. 

2. Et visus et auditus esset, He might have been both seen and 

heard. 

3. Cupimus et videre et audlre, We wish both to see and hear. 

The Infinitive Mood. 

86. When the infinitive is without a subject, it is to be 
considered as a verbal noun, (§ 144,) and translated as in 
the paradigm of the verb ; as, 

1. Volo s crib er e , I wish to write. 

2. Dicitur didi c is s e , He is said to have learned. 

3. Dicitur iturus ess e , He is said to be about to go. 

4. Dicitur iturus fu is s e , He is said to have been about to go. 

87. When the verbs possum, volo, nolo, malo, in the indi- 
cative or subjunctive, are translated by the English auxilia- 
ries, can, will, will not, will rather, and sometimes, in the 
past tense, by could, would, &c, the infinitive following is 
translated without to before it ; as, 

1. Potest fieri , It can be done. 

2. Volo ire, I will go. 

3. Nolo fac ere. I will not do it. 

4. Malo fac ere , I will rather do it. 

5. Ut se volucrem fac ere vellet, That he would make her a bird. 

6. Nihil jam defendi potuit, Nothing could now be defended. 

7. Hoc facere non potuit, He could not do this. 

8. Nolite timer e, Do not fear. 

88. The present is generally translated as the perfect 
without " to," after the imperfect, perfect and pluperfect 
tenses of possum, volo, nolo, malo, when translated could, 
would, would not, would rather; and with " to" after the 
same tenses of debeo, and oportet, translated ought; as, 

1. Melius fieri non potuit, It could not have been done better. 

2. Volui die ere, I would have said. 

3. Sumere arma noluit, He would not have taken arms 

4. Maluit auger e , He would rather have encr eased. 

5. Quampotuisset e d e r e , Than he could have caused. 

6. Debuisti mihi ignos c ir e , You ought to have pardoned me. 

7. Dividi oportuit , It ought to have been divided. 

4 



oS INTRODUCTION. 

Note. A strictly literal translation of most of the above 
sentences would not express the precise idea intended ; thus, 
in the third sentence, " He would not have taken arms," 
and "He was not willing to take arms," manifestly do not 
mean the same thing. 

89. After verbs denoting to see, hear, feel, and the like, 
the present infinitive is often translated by the English pre- 
sent participle ; as, 

1. Audlvi eum dicer e , I heard him saying. 

2. Sur g er e videt lunam, He sees the moon rising. 

3. Terramtremere sensit, He felt the earth trembling. 
Obs. So also when the infinitive alone, or as part of a 

clause, is the subject of another verb ; as, 

4. Morari periculosum est, Delaying is dangerous. 

5. Morari periculosum (esse) They think that delaying is dan- 
arbitrantur, gerous. 

The Infinitive with a subject. 

90. The infinitive with its subject in the accusative, 
though but seldom, is sometimes translated in the same 
form in English ; as, 

1. Cupio t e venlr e , . I wish you to come. 

2. Quo s dis c or dar e nove- Whom he had known to differ 

rat, • 

3. Hoc optimum esse judicdvit, He decided this to be the best. 

4. Eum v o c dr i jussit, He ordered him to be called. 

91. The infinitive with a subject, usually is, and always 
may be, translated by the English indicative or potential, 
according to the sense intended. When so rendered, its 
subject must always be translated in the nominative; and 
this, if not a relative, is usually preceded by the conjunction 
that, (§ 145,) ; as, 

1. Cupio t e v enlr e , I wish that you would come. 

2. Dicit me s crib e r e, He says that I write. 

3. Eos ivis s e putdbat, He thought that they had gone. 

4. Quern nunquam risisseferunt, Who they say never laughed. 

5. Rogdvit quid f a ciendum He asked what he thought 

(esse) putdret, ought to be done. 

92. Both the Latin and the English infinitive, by their 
tenses, represent an act, &c, as present, past or future, at 
the time of the governing verb. Hence, when the one is 
translated by the other ; that is, the Latin infinitive by the 
English infinitive, (Nos. 86 and 90,) any tense of the one 



LATIN IDIOMS. 39 

will be correctly translated by the same tense m the other, 
(except as in No. 88,) no matter what be the tense of the 
governing verb; as, 

1. Pres. Dicltur, ) Pres. Past, v Future. 

2. Past, Dicebdtur, > habere ; habuisse ; habiturus esse. 

3. Fut. Dicetur, ) 

1. Pres. He is said ) 

2. Past, He was said > to have; to have had; to be about to have. 

3. Fut. He will be said > 

93. But when the Latin infinitive, with its subject, is 
translated by the English indicative or potential, the tense 
used in these moods, must be that which will correctly ex- 
press the time of the act expressed by the Latin infinitive 
as estimated, not from the time of the governing verb, as in 
Latin, but as estimated from the present. That is, events 
present at the same time, or past at the same time, will be 
expressed in English by the same tense ; an event repre- 
sented in Latin as prior to the present time, (perfect infini- 
tive after the present tense,) will be expressed by the Eng- 
lish imperfect or perfect indefinite ; and an event represent- 
ed in Latin as prior to a past event, (perfect infinitive after 
a past tense,) will be expressed by the English pluperfect ; 
thus: 

1. Pres. Dicunt eum venire , They say that he is coming, or 

comes. 

2. Past, Dixerunt eum venlr e , They said that he came. 

3. Pres. Dicunt eum venisse, They say that he came. 

4. Past, Dixzrunt eum venisse , They said that he had come. 

5 Past, Caperunt suspicdri illam They began to suspect that she 
venire, came. 

Note. The infinitive after the future does not follow this 
analogy, but is always translated in its own tense ; as, 

Pres. Perf. Future. 

6. Dicent eum venire, venisse, v enturum esse. 

They will say that he comes, has come, will come. 

94. 1. Present, past, and future time, are variously ex- 
pressed as follows : 

1st. Present time is expressed by the present tense, and 
generally by ^e perfect definite. 

2d. Past time is expressed by the imperfect, perf indefi- 
nite and pluperfect. — by the perfect participle, — the 
present infinitive after a past tense, — the present tense 
used to express a past event, § 44, I, 3, — and by the pre- 



40 INTRODUCTION. 

sent participle, agreeing with the subject of the govern- 
ing verb in any of these tenses, § 49, 5. 
3d. Future time is expressed by the future, and future 
perfect. 

2. The infinitive of deponent verbs, is translated in the 
same manner as the infinitive active in the following ex- 
amples in Nos. 95 to 100. 

3. After verbs denoting to promise, request, advise, com- 
mand, and the like, implying a reference to something fu- 
ture, the present infinitive, with its subject, is usually trans- 
lated as the future, by should, or ivould, (See No. 100, 1,2, 
3, 7, 8, 9,); as, Jussit, eos per castra duci, He ordered 
that they should be led through the camp. 

4. The Latin words for " he said," " saying," or the like, 
introducing an oblique narration, are often omitted, and the 
infinitive takes the form of translation corresponding to the 
time expressed by the word to be supplied. 

From these principles are deduced the following direc- 
tions for translating the infinitive with a subject. 

Present Infinitive after Present or Future time. 

95. Direct. I. When the preceding verb is in the present, 
the perfect used definitely, ox future tense, the present infin- 
itive is translated as the present ; as, 

Active Voice. 

1. Dico eum I auddr e , I say that he praises. 

2. Dixi eum I auddr e , I have said that he praises 

3. Dicam eum I auddr e , I will say that he praises. 

Passive Voice. 

4 . Dico eum I auddr i , I say that he is praised. 

5. Dixi eum I auddr i , I have said that he is praised, 

6. Dicam eum I auddr i , I will say that he is praised 

Present Infinitive after P^st time. 

96. Direct. II. When the preceding verb is in the im- 
perfect, perfect indefinite, or pluperfect, or in the present in- 
finitive after a past tense, the present infinitive is translated 
as the imperfect, or perfect indefinite ; as, 



LATIN IDIOMS. 41 

Present Infinitive Active. 

1. D'xczbam eum I auddr e , I said that he praised. ' 

2. Dixi eum I auddr e , I said that he praised. 

3. Dixcram eum I au d a r e , I had said that he praised. 

4. Ccepi dicere eum I auddr e , I began, to say that he praised. 

Present Infinitive Passive. 

5. Dicebam eum I auddr i , I said that he was praised. 

6. Dixi eum I auddr i , I said that he was praised. 

7. Dixeram eum I auddr i , I had said that he was praised. 

8. Ccepi dicere eum I aud dr i , I began to say that he was praised. 

Exc. I. When the present infinitive expresses that which 
is always true, it must be translated in the present, after any 
tense, § 44, I. 1 ; as - 

9. Doctus erat deum gub er - He had been taught that God gov- 

ndr e mundum, ems the world. 

Exc. II. When the present infinitive expresses an act 
subsequent to the time of the governing verb, it is transla- 
ted after any tense, by the potential with should; would; as, 

10. Jubet } He orders ) 

11. Jussit >te ire, He ordered > that you should go. 

12. Jusserat ) He had ordered ) 

Perfect Infinitive after Present or Future time. 

97. Direct. III. When the preceding verb is in the pre- 
sent, perfect definite, or future tense, the perfect infinitive is 
translated as the imperfect or perfect indefinite ; as, 

Active Voice. 

1 . Dico eum I audavisse , I say that he praised. 

2. Dixi eum I audaviss e , I have said that he praised. 

3. Die am eum laudavis s e , I will say that he praised. 

Passive Voice. 

4. Dico eum I auddtum esse, I say that he was praised. 

5. Dixi eum. I au datum esse, I have said that he was praised 

6 . Die am eum I auddtum ess e , I will say that he was praised. 

7. Dico eum I auddtum fu- I say that he has been praised. 

is s e , 

8. Dixi eum I auddtum fu- I have said that he has been praised 

is s e , 

9. Die am eum I auddtum fu - I will say that he has been praised. 

i s s e. 



42 INTRODUCTION. 

Perfect Infinitive after Past Tenses. 
98. Direct. IV. When the preceding verb is in the im- 
perfect, perfect indefinite, or pluperfect, or in the present hi- 
finitive after a past tense, the perfect infinitive is translated 
as the pluperfect ; as, 

Active Voice. 

1. Dicebam eum I aud avis se , I said that he had praised. 

2. Dixi eum I audaviss e , I said that he had praised. 

3. Dixeram eum I audaviss e , I had said that he had praised. 

4. Ccepi dicere eum lauda- I began to say that he had praised. 

v is s e , 

Passive Voice. 

5. Dicebam eum I auddtum I said that he had been praised. 

esse, 

6. Dixi eum I auddtum esse, I said that he had been praised. 

7. Dixeram eum I aud at um I had said that he had been praised. 

esse, 

8. Ccepi dicere eum I auddtum I began to say that he had been 

esse, praised. 

9. Dicebam eum I auddtum I said that he had been praised, 
fuis s e, 

10. Dixi eum I auddtum fu - I said that he had been praised. 

is s e , 

1 1 . Dixeram eum I auddtum I had said that he had been praised. 

fuisse , 

12. Ccepi dicere eum lauddtuml began to say that he had been 
fuisse, praised. 

Future Infinitive after the Present Tense. 
99. V. When the preceding verb is in the present, ox perfect 
definite, or future tense, the future infinitive with esse, is 
translated as the future indicative; and with fuisse,by would 
have, or should have, in the pluperfect potential in a future 
sense; and fore, forfuturum esse, is translated by will be. 

Active Voice. 

1. Dico eum I audaturum I say that he will praise. 

esse, 

2. Dixi eum I audaturum I have said that he will praise. 

esse, 

3. Dicam eum I aud atur um I will say that he will praise. 

esse, 

4. Dico eum laudaturumfu- I say that he would have praised. 

is s e , 

5. Dixi eum I audaturum fu- I have said that he would have 

i ss e , praised. 

6. Dicam eum I aud at urum I will say that he would have 

fuisse, praised. 



LATIN IDIOMS. 43 

Passive Voice. 

7. Dico eum laud a t u m iri, 1 say that he will be praised. 

8. Dixi eum I au da turn iri, I have said that he will be praised. 

9. Dicam eum I a u d a t u m iri, I will say that he will be praised. 

Future Infinitive after Past Tenses. 
100. Direct. VI. When the preceding verb is of the im- 
perfect, perfect indefinite, or pluperfect, the future of the 
infinitive with esse, is rendered by would or should', and 
with fuisse, by would have, and should have; and fore for 
futiirum esse, after any past tense, by would be; as, 

Active Voice. 

1. Dicebam eum I aud at u rum I said that he would praise. 

esse, 

2. Dixi eum I audaturum , §c. I said that he would praise. 

3. Dixeram eum I audaturum I had said that he would praise. 

4. Dicebam eum I aud at uruml said that he would have praised. 

fu is s e , 

5. Dixi eum I audaturum , §c. I said that he would have praised. 

6. DixSram eum I aud at ur um\ had said that he would have 

fuisse, praised. 

Passive Voice. 

7. Dicebam eum I auddtum I said that he would be praised. 

iri , 

8 . Dixi eum I auddtum iri , I said that he would be praised. 

9. Dixeram eum I auddtum I had said that he would be praised. 

iri, 

10. Dicebam {dixi) eum fore I said that he would be safe. 

tutum, 

Usage of Fore. 
Obs. Fore is used forfuturum esse, and, with a subject 
after present tenses means " will be," after past tenses 
" would be." Both of them when followed by a subjunctive 
with ut (§ 145, Obs. 6,) after a present tense, may be trans- 
lated by the future indicative of that verb; and after a past 
tense, by the imperfect potential ; as, 

11. Credo eumfo r e tutum, I believe that he will be safe. 

12. Credebam, or credldi, (credi- I believed, (had believed) that he 

deram) eum fore tutum, would be safe. 

13. Credo fo r e (or futiirum esse) I believe that you will learn. 

ut discas, 

14. Credebam or credidi (credide- I believed, (had believed) that you 

ram) fore (or futiirum es- would learn, 
se) ut discires, 



44 INTRODUCTION. 

Participles. 

101. Participles are usually translated after their nouns, 
as in the paradigms of the verb; thus, 

J. Present active, Homo c ar en s fraude, A man wanting guile. 

2. Future active, Homo scripturus, A man about to write. 

3. Perfect passive, Vita bene acta, A life well spent. 

4. , Ccesar coactus, Caesar being (or hav- 

ing been) compelled. 
5 (Deponent,) Ccesar r e gres sus , Caesar having returned 

6. Future passive, Mala vit and a , Evils to be avoided, 

i. e., which ought to 
be avoided. 

Exc. But when a participle is used as an adjective, ($ 49, 
3,) it is translated, like the adjective, before its substantive; 
as, 

7. T igrin ostendit mansue- He exhibited a tamed tiger, 

fa ct am , 

8. In ferv entib us ar enis Standing on the burning sands. 

insistens, 

Future Participle Active. 

102. When the Future participle active is used to ex- 
press a purpose, end, or design of another action, (§ 146, 
Obs. 3,) it is rendered by " to," or the phrase " in order to," 
instead of " about to ;" as, 

1. Pergit consulturus ora- He goes to consult (or, in order to 

cftla, consult) the oracle. 

Obs. The present participle is also sometimes used in 
this sense; as, 

2. Venerunt p o stul ant e s ci- They came to (or, in order to) ask 

bum, food. 

Perfect Participle Passive. 

103. As the Latin verb has no perfect participle in the 
active sense, (except in deponent verbs,) its place is usually 
supplied by the perfect participle passive in the case abso- 
lute, (§ 146, Obs. 8,) ; thus, " Caesar having consulted his 
friends," rendered into Latin, will be, Ccesar ami c is 
consultis, literally, " Caesar, his friends being consulted." 
Hence, 

104. When the action expressed passively by the perfect 
participle in the case absolute, or agreeing with the object 
of a verb, is something done by the subject of the leading 



LATIN IDIOMS. 45 

verb in the sentence, the participle is rendered more in ac- 
cordance with English idiom, by the perfect participle in the 
active voice in English, agreeing with the subject of the 
verb, and followed by its noun in the objective case, (§ 49, 
8, and $ 146, Obs. 8,); thus, 

1. Ccesar, his dicti s , profectus est, translated in the 
Latin idiom, Caesar, these things being said, departed. 
English idiom, Caesar, having said these things, departed. 

2. Opereperacto, ludSmus, 

Latin idiom, Our work being finished, we will play. 
English idiom, Having finished our work, we will play. 

3. Pythiam ad se vocdtum pecunia instruxit, 

Latin idiom, He supplied with money Pythias being called to him. 
English idiom, Having called Pythias to him, he supplied him with 
money. 

10-5. The perfect participle of deponent verbs having an 
active signification, accords with the English idiom, and is 
best translated literally ; as, 

1. Na^ctus naviculum, Having found a boat. 

2. Cohort at us exercitum. Having exhorted the army. 

106. When the perfect participle of deponent or common 
verbs, expresses an act nearly or entirely contemporaneous 
with the leading verb, it may be translated by the English 
present participle in ing, (§ 49, 5, Note,) ; as, 

1. Rex hoc f acinus mirdtus The king, admiring this act, dis- 

juvenem divdsit, missed the youth. 

2. Columba delap s a refert sa- The dove falling brings back the 

gittam, arrow. 

The Future Participle Passive. 

.107. After verbs signifying to give, to deliver, to agree or 
bargain for, to have, to receive, to undertake, and the like, 
the participle in dus generally denotes design or purpose, 
and is rendered simply as in the paradigm, or with the 
phrase " in order to," prefixed, (§ 146, Obs. 4,) ; as, 

1. Testamentum tibi tradit le- He delivers his will to you to (or 

g end urn , in order to) be read. 

2. Attribuit nos tru c id an do s He has given us over to Cethegus 

Cethego, (in order) to be slain. 

103. The participle in dus, especially when agreeing with 
the subject of a sentence or clause, generally denotes pro- 
priety, necessity, or obligation, and is rendered variously, as 



46 INTRODUCTION. 

the tense of the accompanying verb and the connection re- 
quire, (§ 146, Obs. 5,); the following are examples: 

1 Legdtus mittendus est, An ambassador must (or should) 

be sent. 

2. Legdtus mitt endus erat or An ambassador had to be sent. 

fu it , 

3. Legdtus mitt endus erit, An ambassador will have to be sent 

4. Legdtum mitt endum esse, That an ambassador should be sent. 
5 . mitt endum fu ought to or 

i s s e , should have been sent. 

6. D is simul and a loquitur, He speaks things that ought to be 

concealed. 

7. D is simul an da loquebd- He spake things which ought to 

tur, have been concealed. 

8. Qucb dis simul and a Which will have to be concealed. 

er unt , 

9. Die, quid st at u endum Say, what is to be (or must be) 

sit , thought. 

Ablative Absolute. 

109. When a participle stands with a substantive in the 
ablative absolute, R. LX., the substantive is translated with- 
out a sign, No. 9, and after it the participle, as in the para- 
digm of the verb ; as, 

1. Romulo r egnant e , Romulus reigning. 

2. Hac oratione habit a , This oration being delivered. 

3. Ccesdre v entur o . Caesar (being) about to come. 

4. Praceptis tr ad en dis , Rules being to be delivered. 

5. Bello or t o , War having arisen. 

Note. The future participles, Ex. 3, 4, are seldom used in 
the case absolute. 

110. When two nouns, — a pronoun and a noun, — a noun 
or a pronoun and an adjective, are used in the ablative 
without a participle, (§ 146, Obs. 10,) they are translated in 
the nominative without a sign, and the English participle 
" being" inserted between them; as, 

1. Adolescentulo duce, A young man being leader. 

2. Mario consule, Marius being consul. 

3. Me suasore, I being the adviser. 

4. Annibdli vivo, Hannibal being alive. 

5. Se invito, He being unwilling. 

Gerunds and Gerundives. 

111. The gerund, being a verbal noun, is translated in 



LATHS IDIOMS. 47 

the same manner as other nouns of the same case, and at 
the same time may govern the case of its own verb, § 147; 
as, 

1. N. Petendum pacem, Seeking peace. 

2. G. Petendi pacem, Of seeking peace. 

3. D. Utendo libris, To (or for) using books. 

4. Ac. Obliviscendum injuridrum, Forgetting injuries. 

5. Abl. Parendo magistratui By obeying the magistrate. 

6. Abl. Petendo pacem, With, from, in, by seeking peace. 

112. Of verbs that govern the accusative, instead of the 
gerund in the oblique cases, the Latins commonly used the 
participle in dus, in the sense of the gerund, and agreeing 
with its object in gender, number and case; the case being 
governed by the same word that would have governed the 
gerund. When thus used it is called a gerundive. (§ 147, 
R. LXII.) 

Gerunds. Gerundives. 

1. Ars librum I eg endi , 5. Ars lib ri legendi, 

The art of reading a book. 

2. Utile vulnera cur ando , 6. Utile vulneribus curandis. 

Useful for healing wounds. 

3. Ad literas s c r ib endum ,7. Ad liter a s s crib end as , 

For writing a letter. 
4 De captlvos c ommut an - 8. Be c ap tlvi s commut an- 
do . dis , 

Respecting exchanging captives. 

113. When the gerund is the subject of the verb ^gov- 
erning the dative, it implies necessity, and is variously 
translated into the English idiom, as the tense of the verb 
requires, (§ 147,) ; as, 

Latin Idiom. English Idiom. 

1. Legendum est mihi, I must read; I ought to read; 

Reading is to me; i. e., I should read. 

2. Legendum erat (fuit) mihi. I had to read; I ought to have 

Reading was to me; read; I should have read. 

3. Legendum fuer at mihi, I had been obliged to read. 

Reading had been to me; 

4. Legendum erit mihi, I will have to read; It will be 

Reading will be to me; necessary for me to read. 

5. Dicit legendum esse mihi, He says that I must read — 

He says that reading is to me; ought to read — should read. 

6. Dicit legendum fuisse mihi, He says that I had to read — 

He says that reading was tome; ought to — or should — have 

read. 
Obs. The dative is frequently omitted, and generally 
when it denotes persons or things, in a general or indefinite 



48 INTRODUCTION. 

sense. In such cases, homtni, komimbus, nobis, or the liko, 
must be supplied ; as, 

7. Vivendum est recte (scil hominl- Living honestly is, viz : to men ; 

bus,) • i. e., men ought to live hon- 

estly. 

8. Dicit vivendum esse recte, (scil. He says that living honestly is, 

homini,) viz: to a man; i. e., a man 

ought to live honestly. 

Supines. 

114. The Supines are rendered without variation, as in 
the paradigm, and under the rules, (§ 148,) ; as, 

1 . JLbiit deambuldtum , He has gone to walk. 

2. Facile dictu , Easy to tell, or to be told. 

Passive Voice. 

115. The passive voice, in the indicative mood, is trans 
lated as in the paradigms. The subjunctive mood is sub- 
ject to all the variety of construction and translation used in 
the active voice, Nos. 74-84, acting on the verb to be, which 
as an auxiliary with the perfect participle, makes up the 
passive form of the verb in English. 

In the compound tenses, (§ 53, 3,) when two or more 
verbs in a sentence are in the same tense, and have the 
same nominative, or are in the same construction, the verb 
sum is commonly expressed with the last and understood to 
the rest, as in the following Ex. 1. But when the nomina-. 
tive is changed, the verb " to be" should be repeated as in 
Ex.2. 

1. Nisus a Minoe victus et occlsus Nisus was conquered and killed 

est, by Minos. 

2. Tres naves captce, decern de- Three ships were taken, ten sunk; 

mersce, duo millia hostium two thousand of the enemy wen 
capta, trede, dm millia occlsa taken, thirteen thousand killed 
sunt. 

Passive Voice in a Middle Sense. 

116. The Latin passive voice is often used to represent 
its subject, not as acted upon by another, but as acting on 
itself, or for itself, or intransitively, by its own impulse ; and 
so corresponds in sense to the middle voice in Greek. Thus 
used, it is best translated by the active voice followed by 
the reflexive pronoun as an object, or by an intransitive 



LATIN IDIOMS. 49 

verb expressing the idea intended, (§ 41, Obs. 3.)- The fol- 
lowing are examples. 

1. Paludibus abditi sunt, They concealed themselves in the 

marshes. 

2. Cum omnes in omni genere see- Since all give themselves up to 

lerum volutentur, every kind of wickedness. 

3. F ertur in hostes, Rushes against the enemy. 

4. Vol utati super poma, Rolling themselves over the apples. 

5. C ingitur armis, Girds himself with his armor. 

6. S t ernuntur tumulo, Throw themselves on the grave. 

7. Gallus victus o c cult dtur , The cock, when conquered, hides 

himself. 

117. The verb sum governing the genitive by R. XIL, § 
108, may generally be translated by the phrase " belongs 
to," "is the part," "is the property," &c. See explanation 
under Rule; as, 

1. E st regis, It belongs to the king. 

2. Pecus est Melibcei, The flock belongs to Melihceus. 

3. Prudentia est senectutis, Prudence is the characteristic of 

old age. 

118. The verb sum, (also desum,) in the third person, 
governing the dative by § 112, Rule II., may generally be 
translated by the corresponding tenses of the verb " to have," 
with the Latin dative for its subject, and the Latin subject 
for its object; as, 

Latin Idiom. English Idiom. 

1. Liber est mihi, A book is to me, I have a book. 

2. Liber erat mihi, A book was to me, I had a book. 

3. Liber fuit mihi, A book was (or has I had, or have had a 

been) to me, book. 

4. Liber fue rat mihi, A book had been to I had had a book. 

me, 

5. Liber erit mihi, A book will be tome, I will have a book 

6. Libri sunt mihi, Books are tome, I have books. 

7. Est mihi, It is to me, I have it. 

3. Liber deest mihi, A book is not to me, I have not a book. 

119. When a compound verb, rendered by the simple 
verb and a preposition, is followed by two cases, the simple 
verb with the immediate object (always in the accusative,) 
is usually translated first, and then the preposition with the 
remote object. 

i. Flumen copias transduxit , He led his forces across the river. 
2 C ir cumd dr e mcenia op- To build walls around the city. 

ptdo, 
3. Caput dejficit saxo, He threw the head down from the 

rock. 

5 



.50 INTRODUCTION. 

120. An .adverb, adverbial phrase, or clause expressing 
some circumstance in translating, may often be arranged in 
different situations in a sentence, due regard being paid to 
the sense and harmony of the whole ; thus, Magna debemus 
suscipere dum vires suppetunt, may be arranged variously 
for translating, as follows: 

1. Debemus suscipere magna, dum vires suppetunt ; or, 

2. Dum vires suppetunt, debemus suscipere magna; or 

3. Debemus, dum vires suppetunt, suscipere magna. 

121. The negative conjunction ne, is variously rendered 
lest, lest that, that-not, 'not; and after verbs signifiying to 
fear, forbid, and the like, it is translated that, while ut in 
the same situation, means that not. 

1. Ne quis eat, Lest (or that not) any one may go. 

2. Orat ne seperdat, She entreats that he would not 

destroy her. 

3. Egi ne interessem. I managed that I should not be 

present. 

4. Dum n e veniat t Provided he do not come. 

5. Respondit ne cogitata quidem He replied that not even the 

latent. thoughts are concealed. 

6. Vereor n e cadas, I am afraid that you may fall. 

7. Timui ut veniret, I feared that he would not come. 

Note 1. But when the fear expressed, refers to such things 
as we wish, ne means that-not ; as, Paves n e ducas illam, 
You are afraid that you do not get her to wife. 

Ne, after a command implying a negative, or prohibition, 
is often omitted ; as, cave titubes, take care that you do ?iol 
stumble. 

Note 2. Ne quidem, (always separate,) is an emphatic ne- 
gative, and has the emphatic word between; as, ne hoc 
quidem, not even this; ne turn quidem, not even then. 

122. When a verb is translated into English by the aid 
of an auxiliary, an adverb, or clause modifying it, will often 
have to be placed between the auxiliary and the verb, (Eng. 
Gr. §74,); as, 

1. Dixit ne ob hoc alios con- He said that we should not on this 
temndmus, account despise others. 

123. Some prepositions are variously translated according 
to the meaning of the words, or the case with which they 
are connected; thus, 



LATIN IDIOMS. 



51 



1. In, followed by an accusative, means to. into, towards, for. against, 

&c, (§ 136, R. L.) 

2. In, followed by the ablative, means in, upon, among, in, in the 

case of, (§ 136, R. LI.) 

3. Inter, referring to two, means between; to more than two, among. 

4. Sub means under, at the foot of, close up to. 

5. Prce means before, in comparison of: — sometimes, more than. 

124. When the following conjunctions, adjectives, and 
adverbial particles, are placed, one before each of two suc- 
cessive words or clauses, the first is commonly translated 
differently from the second, and usually in the following 
manner, (§149, Obs. 5.) 

Both 

Both 



1. Et 

2. Que 

3. Aut, vel, 

sive, 

4. Nee 

5. Neque 

6. Sive, seu 



Turn 



8 . Cum or quum 

9. Jam — 

10. Nunc — 

11. Simul - 

12. Modo, alias 




and. 
and. 



Either 
Neither 



turn, < 



Whether 


or. 


Not only 


but also. 


Both 


and 


Not only 


but also. 


Both 


and 


Now 


then. 


At one time 


at another. 


Not only 


but also. 


No sooner 


than. 


As soon as 


instantly. 


At one time 


at another. 


Sometimes 


sometimes. 



ut, 



Corresponding Conjunctive Terms. 

Whether or. 

Whether or. 

So that; so 

Such, so great 

Such, of such a kind 

As soon as. 

As long as. 

As so. 



13. Ne an, 

14. Utrum an, 

15. Ita, sic, tarn, adeo 

16. Talis, tantus ut, 

17. Is, ejusmodi ut t 

IS. Simul ac, or atque, 

19. Tamdiu quamdiu 

20. Ut sic, 



that 
that. 



Ne is frequently omitted with the first word or clause, and must 
be supplied when an stands with the second; as, 
21. Recti an perperam, (Whether) right or wrong. 



52 INTRODUCTION. 

Preliminary Suggestions and Explanations. 

1. There can be no pleasure either to the teacher or pupil in re- 
citing, unless the lesson is thoroughly prepared. Pupils who are 
anxious to go over a great space in a short time should remember 
that a short lesson well prepared, is vastly more profitable than a 
long one ill prepared. Nothing is more injurious than superficial 
learning. Festina I cute. Hence, 

2. No lesson should be assigned longer than can be thoroughly got 
by all the class. And no lesson should be allowed to pass, unless it 
is thoroughly prepared. 

3. Every word, at first, should be looked out in the vocabulary or 
dictionary, and its primary meaning, at least, fixed in the memory. 
And if more meanings than one are given, the pupil should try 
which will answer best in the sentence he is reading. Nor should 
he pass to another till he know all about this one — its class, gender, 
declension, &c, as directed Gr. § 153. And if he forget, he should 
look it out again, and if necessary, again, till he know it thoroughly. 

4. Frequent and accurate reviews of the portion previously studied, 
are of great importance. This is the best way to fix permanently in 
the memory, the acquisitions made. 

5. Every instance of false quantity, either in reading or parsing, 
should be instantly corrected. Bad habits in this particular are 
easily formed, and, if ever, are corrected with great difficulty. If 
proper attention has been paid to this in going through the grammar, 
there will be less difficulty now. In order to assist in this, the pupil 
should commit to memory and apply the few following 

General Rules for the Quantity of Syllables. 

1. A vowel -before another vowel is short ; as, via, deus. 

2. A vowel before two consonants, or a double consonant 
is long by position; as, arma^fallo, axis. 

3. A vowel before a mute and a liquid, (Z and r,) is com- 
mon ; i. e. either long or short ; as, volucris, or volucris. 

4. A diphthong is always long ; as, Ccesar, aurum. 

Note. In this work, when the quantity of the penult is determined 
by any of these rules, it is not marked; otherwise it is marked. 

6. The pupil should never satisfy himself with being able to read 
and translate his lesson, or even to parse it tolerably, but should try 
to understand the construction of every word, ana the connection 
and dependence of every part. And moreover, should hold himself 
ready, if called upon, to answer such questions as the following, viz: 

1 Questions that may be asked concerning every sen- 
tence. 

Has this sentence any connection with the preceding? If so — 
What is the connecting word ? In arranging or construing this sen- 



INTRODUCTION. 53 

tence, which word do you take first ? — which next ? — which next ? 
&c. Why? (See introduction — directions, &c.) In this sentence, 
what is the grammatical subject? What is the grammatical predi- 
cate ? What is the logical subject ? What is the logical predicate ? 
Which should be taken first? (§ 152.) In what voice, mood, and 
tease, is the verb ? Why? 

2. Questions that may be asked when the words in the 

sentence render them proper. 

Is this sentence simple or compound ? If compound — What are 
the simple sentences composing it ? By what words are they con- 
nected? Analyze the whole, and each part, (§ 152.) Is this word 
simple or compound. If compound — Of what is it compounded? 
What is the meaning of each part? What is the meaning of the 
compound ? Form other compounds and tell their meaning. Is this 
word primitive or derivative ? If derivative — From what is it de- 
rived ? What is its primary meaning? What is its meaning here? 
(If different) — How came it to have this meaning? What English 
words are derived from it ? Change the verb, if active, into passive, 
and express the same idea — If passive, change it into the active, 
and express the same idea. Change the verb into different tenses, &c. 

Nouns. How do you know this word to be a noun? 'Proper? or 
common? Why? In what case? Why? For what purpose is the 
nominative used? Is it the subject or predicate here? For what 
purpose is the genitive commonly used ? — the dative? — the accusa- 
tive ? — the vocative ? — the ablative ? For what purpose is it used, 
and by what is it governed here ? 

Adjectives. How do you know this word to bfc an adjective ? What 
noun or pronoun does it qualify or limit here ? Is it compared ? 
Why ? Why not ? (If a numeral) — To what class does it belong ? 

Pronouns. How do you know this to be a pronoun? To what 
class of pronouns does it belong ? (If used substantively) — Instead 
of what noun does it here stand ? (If adjectively) — With what noun 
does it agree ? (If a relative) — What is its antecedent ? 

Verbs. How do you know this word to be a verb ? Of what class ? 
In Avhat mood, tense, number, person? For what purpose is the 
indicative mood used ? — the subjunctive ? — the imperative ? — the in- 
finitive ? For what purpose is it used here ? For what purpose is 
the present tense used? — the imperfect? — the perfect definite? — 
indefinite ? — the pluperfect ? — the future ? — the future-perfect ? 

From what point is the time of the infinitive mood reckoned ? 
(§ 47.) How is the present infinitive translated after a verb denoting 
present time ? — past time? — future time ? How is the perfect trans- 
lated (the future — the future-perfect) after a verb denoting present 
time ? — past time ? — future time ? (§ 47.) In what mood is the lead- 
ing verb in oblique narration? (§ 141, R. VI. Exp.) In what mood 
are verbs in dependent clauses in oblique narration? (§ 140, 6.) 
For what purpose is the participle used? How does it become an 
adjective ? How are gerunds used ? — supines ? 



54 INTRODUCTION. 

Adverbs, Prepositions, Interjections, Conjunctions. — What is the 
use of the adverb ? What word does it modify here ? What is the 
use of the preposition ? Between what words does it show the rela- 
tion here ? What is the use of the interjection ? What emotion 
does it express here ? What is the use of the conjunction ? What 
words or sentences does it join here ? 

7. If the lesson contain names of persons or places, or allusions 
to events or fables, in history or mythology, or to the manners or 
customs of any people, let the pupil inquire into them and be ready 
to tell something respecting them. This however should be only 
a secondary matter with the beginner, as it properly belongs to a 
more advanced stage; but still a little attention to it may serve to 
interest and stimulate him to further research. 

EXPLANATION OF REFERENCES. 

The references at the foot of each page to which a section mark 
( § ) is prefixed, are to the sections and their subdivisions in the 
Grammar, and are intended chiefly to explain the construction. 

In the references which have not a section mark prefixed, the first 
number directs to the corresponding number in the preceding intro- 
duction, and the second to the example under that number. Thus, 
for example, 42, 1, directs to the example, Dignus qui ametur, 
(p. 23,) and shows how the words qui ametur, in that, and all simi- 
lar constructions, are to be translated. The words particularly re- 
ferred to and intended to be noticed in the reference, are distin- 
guished by being printed in a different character. These references 
are intended to explain particular phrases and idioms, and to give 
an example of the mode of translating them. This will be found a 
more valuable .aid in translating than notes, as it reduces the idioms 
of the language to a sort of system, with every part of which the 
attentive pupil will soon become familiar. 

In many cases there is a reference both to the Grammar and to 
the Introduction. All of these should be carefully looked out and 
applied. 

In the references to the Rules of Syntax in the Grammar, if there 
is only one Rule in the section, it is indicated simply by the letter 
R.; if there are more than one, the number of the Rule is annexed. 

Exp. refers to the Explanation under the rule. Words to be sup- 
plied are indicated by the syllable " Sup." for " supply," prefixed. 



INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 



Substantives, Adjectives, and Adjective Pronouns 

Decline the following adjectives and substantives separately- 
then together — translate them in each case and number. (See Nos. 
3, and 14.) Tell the case and number here, and translate them. 
Give the rule for their agreement (§ 98.). Show how they agree. 

Bonus vir. Ingenui pueri. Prima hora. Sumraum 
bonum. In omnibus terris. In toto orbe. Decimo 
anno aetatis (No. 11.). Melioris naturae. Praesens peri- 
culum. Muliebri habitu. Ad quinlum diem. Fugaces 
anni. Breve tempus. Altus mons. Arbor altissima. 

Omnibus viris. Primo anno. Praesente tempore. 
Meliore habitu. Ad omnem aetatem. Summi periculi. 
Totum annum. Brwis aetatis. Fugaces horae. Omni- 
bus temporibus. Media nocte (No. 17.). Ultima via. 
Ad imam vail em. 

Ille dies. Hoc tempore. Ipsi fontes. Tuum nomen. 
Hie caper. Ista carmina. ^Lupus ipse. His montibus. 
Re ipsa. Ex tuis libris. Ad hunc ignem. Tua facta. 
Carminibus nostris. Hoc apri setosi caput. Pater nos- 
ter. Eodem tempore. 

The Verb and its JVominative. (§ 94, 7.). 

Translate each noun or pronoun according to its number and case ; 
and each verb according to its voice, mood, tense, number, and per- 
son. Parse each word as directed, § 153, and show how the verb 
agrees with its nominative, according to § 101, Rule IV. 

Indicative Mood. 

Present. A mo.* Amamus. Legimus. Ventus spirat. 

* The nominatives of the first and second persons, ego. tu, no*, 
vos. are usually omitted (§ 101, Obs. 1.). 



56 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 

Jftt 
Domiims jubet.f Servus paret. Tempus fugit.. Aves 
volant. Bonus homo amatur. Stella videtur. Nos 
monemus. Ignis urit. Lunalucet. Homines dormiunt. 

2. Imperfect. Monebamus.^Rex regebat.> Vigil voca- 
bat. Canis custodiebat. Sol occidebat. Stellse vide- 
bantur. Cameli currebant. Equus hinniebat. Boni 
homines amabantur. 

3. Perfect. Nos amavimus. Illi monuerunt. Domi 
nus jussit. Servus paruit. Homines docuerunt. Scrip 
sistis. Arbores creverunt. Venisti. Amavi. 

4. Pluperfect. Sol occiderat. Hostes fugerant. Pueri 
legerant. Vos videratis. Tu scripseras. Hie biberat. 
Amati eramus. Monitus eram. Aves volaverant. Illi 
jusserant. Vos legeratis. Illi docuerant. 

5. Future. Scribemus. Amabitis. Umb'ra fugiet. 
Viator cantabit. Erimus Uret^gnis. Deus dabit. 
Tempora venient, Illi monebunt. Nos moneblmur. 

6. Future-Perfect. Amavero. Hannibal vicerit. Nos 
venerimus. Moniti erimus. Hora fugerit. Docuero. 
Riseris. Pomum ceciderit. Ambulaverimus* Legero. 

Subjunctive Mood, 
i 1. Present. Canis latret. Sim. Amemus. Ager are- 
tur. Vos videatis. Tempus fugiat.y Luna luceat. Ven- 
tus spiret. Dormiamus. Hie capiatur. Illi equi currant. 

2. Imperfect. Caperem. Moneremus. Pueri lege- 
rent. Sol luceret. Luna occideret. Illi amarent. Phi- 
lomela cantaret. Amor vinceret. Amaremur. 

3. Perfect. Miserim. Duxerimus. Si deus dederit. 
Quum hiems venerit. Nos fuerimus/ Miles pugnaverit. 
Domus eedificata fuerit. Sol occiderit. Vos amiseritis. 
Monuerimus. Illi ceperint 

4. Pluperfect. Fuissemus. Bella finita essent. Ama- 



INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES 67 

vissem. Mercatores venissent. Poma pependissent. 
Vos vendidissetis. Risissem. Illi mansissent. Pueri 
snripsissent. Fuissem. Literae scrip tse essent. 

Imperative Mood. 
Ama. Maneto. Regunto. Avis volato. Canes la- 
tranto. Scribe. Illi scribunto. Time. Currito. Au- 
ditote. Tene. Faciunto. Amate. Amanto. Literae 
leguntor. Diesabito. 

Miscellaneous Exercises. 
Ego eram. Sylva stabat. Musa canebat. Nox erat. 
Dormiebas. Arma sonabant. Ego videbo. Tempus 
erit. Rura manebunt. Troja fuit. Prata biberunt. Non 
juravi. Umbra fugerat. Cicero scripserat. Caesar vicit. 
Surge. Legito. Studete. Disce aut discede. Vox 
auditur. Prgemia dentur. Bellum parabitur. Hostes 
capti essent. PoitaB panduntur. Verba legebantur. Leges 
datse sunt. Pueri ducuntur. Tempora mutantur, et 
nos mutamur. 

Transitive Verbs and their Object. 
Translate and parse as in the preceding. Point out the subject 
of the verb, i. e. the person or thing that acts. Point out the object 
of the verb, i. e. the person or thing acted upon. State what case 
it is in, and give the rule. 

Audivi sonum. Hi pueri legunt Homerum. Csesar 
vicit Galliam. Vidi patrem (11.). Romiini bella para- 
bant. Vicerunt hostes. Vulpes viderat leonem. Pavo 
explicat pennas (No. 11.). Canis arcebat boves. Ac- 
cipiter rapuit lusciniam. Boni mortem non timent. Bac- 
chus duxit exercitum in Indiam. Scipio delevit Cartha- 
ginem. Mummius cepit Corinthum. Divitiae non semper 
felicitatem praestant. 



58 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 

Verbs modified by Adverbs. 

Pugnat bene. Veniebant celeriter. Pugnatum est 
acriter. Res prospere gestae sunt. Corvus forte reperit 
caseum. Libenter bonas artes sequere. Forte erravit, 
fortasse erraverit. Gallina quotidie ovum parit. Sem- 
per esto paratus. Nunquam dice mendacium.. Icito, 
statim reverte. Egredior mane. Elephanti maxime ode- 
runt murem; gregatim ingrediuntur. 

Prepositions and their Cases. 

Sub solem. Infra lunam. In urbem venit. In urbe 
habitat. Sedebat in loco aprico. E sylva rediit. Trans 
Tiberim natat. Ex illo die Caesar tendit in Galliam. 
In rus abiit. Niobe lociita est in Apollinem et Dianam. 
Flumina in mare currunt. In forum descendit. In au- 
reo saeculo flores nascebantur sine semine. Hannibal 
bellum in Italia gessit. 



INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 59 

SIMPLE SENTENCES. 



General Remarks 

1 A. simple sentence consists of two parts; the subject, or thing 
spoken of, and the predicate, or that which is affirmed of the sub- 
ject, § 152. In the natural order the subject is translated first, and 
the predicate last. 

2. Nouns and pronouns, either in the subject or predicate, may be 
limited by nouns in apposition — by nouns in the genitive case, and 
by adjectives and their regimen.* 

3. Verbs belong to the predicate, and are limited by the noun or 
pronoun governed by them as their object, by adverbs and adverbial 
phrases. 

4. Both subject and predicate may be further modified and limited 
by circumstances of time, place, manner, &c, by a preposition and 
its regimen, or by a dependent clause or phrase connected by a re- 
lative or connective term; — and all these should occupy that place 
in the sentence in which their effect will be best perceived, and the 
meaning of the whole sentence be most clearly exhibited. 

N. B. Before proceeding with the following sentences, the pupil 
should now be made perfectly familiar with § 152 of the Grammar, 
and commit to memory, so thoroughly as to have always ready at 
hand the " directions for beginners," p. 270, and the Rules for con- 
struing, p. 271. This being done, these rules should be applied 
in the analysis of every sentence for some time, till the exercise 
becomes perfectly familiar and easy. This requires some attention 
on the part both of teacher and pupil for a short time at first, and 
the quantity read will necessarily be small; but both will be reward- 
ed tenfold for this labor by the ease, rapidity and certainty with 
which the pupil, even without the aid of his teacher, will soon ana- 
lyze and translate the most intricate sentences. Let the trial be 
properly made, and success is certain. 

* By " regimen," is meant the noun or pronoun governed by any 
word. Thus in the phrases, Amor p atria, avidus gloria , ama deum, 
adpatrem, the words patrice, gloria, dcum, patrem, are the regimen 
of Amor, avldus, ama, ad, respectively. 



(50 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 

1. Subject and Predicate. 

The subject or thing spoken of, before a finite verb, is always in 
the nominative case, and has a verb agreeing with it by R. IV 

The predicate, or the thing affirmed or denied of the subject, is 
usualJy placed after it, and is expressed two ways, as follows : 

1. The predicate consists of a noun, an adjective, or a participle, 
in the same case with the subject, and connected with it by an in- 
transitive verb, or passive verb of naming, appointing, &c, called 
the copula. In all such sentences the predicate word, if a noun, 
comes under R. V ; — if an adjective or participle, it agrees with the 
subject, and comes under R. II. (See § 103, Obs. 2;) or 

2. The predicate consists of a verb, either alone or with its limit- 
ing or modifying words. 

1. The Predicate a Noun. 
Eurdpa est Peninsula* Tu eris rex. 9 - PlurimaB b stellse 
sunt soles* Boni pueri egregii viri* fient. Castor et 
Pollux erant c fratres* Ego sum discipulus .* Cicero 
factus est consul* Ego salutor poeta* 

2. Predicate an Adjective or Participle. 

Terra est rotunda* Vita brevis A est. Vera amicitia 
est sempiternal Fames et sitis sunt c molestce. 6 Nemo 
semper felix A est. Non omnes milites sunt fortes. A 
Mundi innumerabiles sunt. d Nemo nimium bedtus d est. 
Avarus e nunquam est contentus. d Pater reversurus d est. 
Virtus laudan e?a, f ebrietas vitanda est. 

3. The Predicate a Verb, &fc. — Jlctive Voice. 

Elephanti semper gregatim ambulant. 5 Cornices am- 
bulant f passeres et merulae saliuntf perdices curruntf 
plurimge h etiam nidificant. 

Democritus explicate cur ante lucem galli canunt. 8 
Etiam infantes somniant. s ParvaB res crescunt. g 

*§103,R. d § 103, Obs. 2. «§101,R. IV. 

b 24, and § 26. ■ 19, 1. »» 19, Sup. aves. 

e § 102, R. I. f 108. 1. 



INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 61 

4. Passive Voice 
Oves non ublque tondentur* 
In India b gignuntur maxima animalia. 
In Africa 5 nee cervi, nee apri, nee ursi inveniuntur* 
In Syria b nigri leones reperiuntur. 
Apud Romanos mortui c plerumque cremabantur. 
Fortes laudabuntur, ignavi c vituperabuntur. 
Litterae a Phcenicibus inventce d sunt. 
Carthago, Corinthus, Numantia, et multae alias urbes 
a Romanis eversce sunt. 

5. Deponent Vei'bs. 
Formicas etiam noctu operantur. e 
Ursi interdum bipedes f ingrediuntur. 
Aquilse semper solae f prcedantur. 
Apud iEthi6pes g maximi elephanti in silvis b vagantur. 
Sturni et psittaci humanas voces h imitantur. 

6. The Accusative after Transitive Verbs, Active Voice 9 

and Transitive Deponents. 
i^Diem 1 perdidi. Terra parit flores} 

Crocodilus ova 1 parit. Elephantus odit murem 1 et j 
suem.^ 

Cameli diu sitim k tolerant. 

LanaB nigrae nullum color em i bibunt. 

Senes minime sentiunt morbos i contagiosos. 

Cervi cornua 1 sua quotannis amittunt. 

Ceres frumentum' 1 invenit; Bacchus 1 vinum; s Mercu- 
rius * litteras. 1 

» § 101, R. IV. • § 72. s § 116, R. XX. 

b § 136, R. LI. « § 98, Obs. 10. i § 149, R. 

« 19, 1. « § 136, R. XLVIII. k § 15, 1. 

a § 44, III. Note. h § 116, R. I. i § 101, Obs. 4. 

6 



62 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 

Canes soli a dominos b suos bene novere, soli nomtna 
sua agnoscunt. 

Hystrix aculeos h longe jaculatur. 

Sturni et c psittaci humdnas voces h imitantur. 

Miltiades Athenas* totamque Grceciam liberavit. 

The Genitive. 

The genitive is used to limit the signification of the word which 
governs it, by connecting with that word the idea of origin, proper- 
ty, or possession, § 105. It is commonly governed, 

1st. By substantives, § 106, Rules VI., VII., and VIII. 

2d. By adjectives, § 107, viz: verbals, partitives, and adjectives 
of plenty or want; Rules IX., X., XI. 

3d. By verbs. § 108. Rules XII., XIII., XIV.; also, Rules 
XXVII., XXVIII., § 126. R. I.. &IL, § 113, Exc. I. & II. See 
also § 95, 7, 4th, and 5th. 

7. The Genitive governed by Substantives. 
Crescit amor nummi. d 
Infinita f est multitudo morborum d 
litter arum*- usus est antiquissimus. f 
Asia et c Africa greges h fer drum asinorum alit. g 
Magna f est lingudrum inter homines 1 varietas. 
Innumerabilia f sunt mortis d signa, salutis* paucissima. f 
Cyrus omnium in exercitu k suo militum d nomina b ten- 
ebat memoria. 

Canis vestigia 11 ferdrum d diligentissime scrutatur. 
Nemo non benignus est sui d judex. 6 
Leonum d animi d index 6 cauda est. 

8. Genitive governed by Adjectives. 
Semper fragilitdtis 1 humanae sis meraor/ 

* 16, 4. c § 103, R. V. i§ 136, R. XLVIII 

b § 116, R. XX. * § 103, Obs. 2. i § 106, Obs. 3. 

c § 149, R. « § 102, R. I. 4 i 36) R. LI. 

d § 106, R. VI. * § 116, R. I. »§ 107. R. IX. 



INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 63 

ElephantiyWgom a impatientes b sunt. 

Stultissima c animalium d sunt lanata. b 

VelocissTmum c omnium animaliumd est delphinus. 

Stultorum d neque quisquam beatus b est. 

Gallorum d omnium fortissimi b sunt Belgae. 
9. Genitive governed by Verbs. 

Omnia e erant hostiumS Hoc e non nostri moris f est. 

Miserere nostril Amici ( est recordari amicorum) 

Platonem magni h eestimo, sed Socratem pluris. h Mon- 
uisti me diei 1 natdlis. Bonorum f est injuriarum* obli- 
visci, et beneficiii recordari. Stulti* est dicere k "non 
putaram." Est l magni laboris* multum scribere. k 

The Dative. 
The dative denotes the remote object to which any thing is done 
or given, or that to which any quality, action, or state tends or refers, 
without directly acting upon it, and is governed chiefly, 

1. By substantives, § 110. 

2. By adjectives, § 111. 

3. By verbs, § 112, 123, and 126; R. III. and R. XXXIII. 

10. The Dative governed by Substantives and Adjectives. 

Clodius semper virtuttbus m hostis 11 erat. 

Vir bonus amicis m et patrice decus 11 est. 

Nox somno v opportuna b est. 

Nero primo bonis m amicus, 11 et studio* musarum^ de- 
ditus b fuit; sed postea monitoribus* asper et iratus fuit, 
generi p humdno infestus, omnibus r inimicus, diis invisus, 
et multa illi* adversa fuerunL 

* § 107, R. IX. s § 108, R. XIII. »§ 110. R. 

i» § 103, Obs. 2. h § 122, R. XXVIII. » § 103, R. V. 

c 21, & R.X.Exp, i § 122, R. XXVII. ° § 149, R. 

<» § 107, R. X. J § 108, R. XIV. p § 111, R. 

e 19, 4. s § 144, R. LVI. i § 106, R. VI 

* § 108, R. XII. ■ 51. 1 « 19, 1 



64 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 

iEquus cunctis* et benignus esto, paucis* familiaris, 
hostlbus b mitis, et nemini molestus; sic omnibus a carus 
eris, et invisus nulli. h 

Asino h segni nullum onus gratum, et puero h igndvo 
omnis labor molestus est. 

11. The Dative governed by Verbs. 

Natura animalibus c varia tegumenta d tribuit, testas, d 
coria, spinas, villos, setas, pennas, squamas. 

Homini e soli f avaritia et& ambitio data b est. 

Leoni 1 vis summa est j in pectore. 

Antiquissimis hominibus 1 specus erant k pro domibus. 

JVulli animdli 1 memoria major est, quam cani. s 

Gallinacei leonibus m terrori m sunt. 

Homini e plui ima ex homine l fiunt n mala. 

Homo furiosus ne liberis quidem suis* parcit. 

Via mali q omnibus r semper vitanda 8 est. 

The Accusative. 

The accusative is used for the most part to express the object of 
a transitive active verb, or of some relation, and is governed, 

1. By transitive verbs in the active voice, or by transitive depo- 
nent verbs, No. 6. 2. By prepositions. 

12. The Accusative governed by Prepositions. 
Camelus natural e odium ad versus equos x gerit. 
Pictae vestes jam ap u d Homerum 1 commemorantur. 
Multa animalia congregantur et contra alia n dimicant. 

* 19, 1. • § 112, R. II. q § 106, R. VI. 

b § 111, R. i 118,1. ' 5, 2, and 19, 1. 

'§123, R. * 118,2. • 108, 1, and 

* § 116, R. XX i § 136, R. XLIX. § 103, Obs. 2. 

e § 126, R. Ill *§ 114, R. t § 136, R. XLVII1 

' 16, 4. * § 83, Obs. 3. » § 19, 4, and 

e § 149, R. o § H2, R. V. & 7, 2. § 136, R.XLVIII 

b§ 44, III. Note. p 30,1. 



INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 65 

Hippopotamus segetrs circa JYilum* depascitur. 
Apud Romdnos u mortui plerumque cremabantur. 
Inter ornnes bestias a simia homini b simillima est. 

The Ablative. 

The ablative generally denotes that from which something is se- 
parated or taken, or by or with which something is done or exists. 
It is governed, 

1. By nouns, § 118, or adjectives, §§ 107, 119, 120. 

2. By verbs, §121, R. XXV., and XXVI. § 125, R. XXXVI., and 
§ 126, R. V. 

3. By prepositions. 

4. It is used to express various circumstances, § 11, 5th & 6th. 

13. The Ablative governed by Nouns and Adjectives. 

(jh'atid c opus est nobis d tua^ tuaqxxe auctoritdte* 

Nunc virlbus c opus est vobis, d nunc prudenti consilio. 

Reperiuntur interdum cervi candido colore? 

Catilina nobili genere s natus erat, magna vi f et anl 
mi h et corporis, 6 sed inge?iio f malo pravoque. 

Animus per somnum est sensibus 1 et curis e vacuus. 

Est philosophia paucis contents. juditibus. s 

Nihil video in Sulla odio s dignum, misericordia s dig- 
na multa. Natura parvo% contenta est. 

14. The Ablative governed by Verbs 
Lesense jubai carent. Leones facile per triduum ciboi 
carent. 

Elephanti maxime amnibus* gaudent. 

Apes tinnitu k seris gaudent. 

Numidse plerumque lacte ] etferina carne m vescuntur. 



* § 136, R. XLVIII. 


f § 106, R. VII, 


& 


J § 121, R. XXV. 


b § 111, R. 


6,1. 




*§ 121. Obs. 2. 


« § 118, R. and 6, 5, 


g § 119, R. 




i § 121, R. XXVI. 


<• § 112, R. II. 


h § 106, R. VI. 




™§ 14, 5, and (1.) 


• § 149, R. and Exp. 


i § 107, R. XI. 







66 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 

Plurlmis bonis* friumur atque utimur. b 
Hispania viris, c equis, ferro, plumbo, cere, argento, 
awroque abundat. 

15. The Ablative governed by Prepositions. 

Quidam homines nati sunt cum dentibus. d 

Xerxes cum paucissimis militibus d ex Grcecia d aufu- 
git. 

Lucius Metellus primus e elephantos ex primo Punico 
hello d duxit in triumpho. 

Cantabit vacuus coram latrone d viator. 

Sidera ab ortu ad occasum commeant. 

Britannia a Phcenicibus inventa f est. 

Apes sine rege esse non possunt. 

Infans nihil sine aliend ope potest. 

Dulce s est h pro patrid mori. 1 

Venenum aliquando pro remedio fuit. 

Litteras a Phozniclbus invents f sunt. 

16. The Accusative and Ablative with In and Sub, § 136, 
R. L. and LI. 

Aquilse nidif leant j in ruplbus et arboribus. 

Coccyx semper parit in alienis nidis. 

In senectute hebescunt k sensus ; visus, auditus debili- 
tatur. 1 

In India gignuntur maxima animalia. 

Hyaense plurimse in Africa gignuntur. 

In Africa, nec m cervi, nee apri, nee ursi reperiuntur. 

In Syria nigri leones reperiuntur. 



* § 121, R. XXVI. 


* § 44, III., Note. 


* § 88, 2. 


b § 149, R. and Exp. 


k § 98, Obs. 6. 


i § 102, Obs. 1. 


o § 121, R. XXV. 


*» 51, 1. 


» § 149, Obs. 5, and 


d § 136, R. XLIX. 


i § 144, R. LVI 


124, 4. 


e § 98, Obs. 10. 


i §44,1., 1. 





INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 67 

Serifs m avium fedeas. a 

Victi Persae in naves confugerunt. 

Numa Pompilius annum in duodecim menses distribuit 

Pontius Theleslnus Romanos sub jugum misit. 

Gallia sub septentrionibus posita est. 

17. The Ablative used to express various circumstances 
without a Preposition. 
The circumstances commonly denoted by the ablative without a 
preposition, are Respect wherein, § 128; Cause, manner , means or in- 
strument, § 129; Place, § 130; Time, § 131; Measure, § 132; Price, 
§ 133. 

Apri in inorbis sibi b medentur hederd. 

Pyrrhus rex, d tactu c pollicis in dextro pede,lien5sis e 
medebatur. 

Oleo inseeta exanimantur. 

Ferae domantur fame atque verberibus. 

Anacreon poeta d acino c uvae passae exstinctus est. 

Crocodilus pelle c durissima contra omnes ictus muni- 
tur. 

In Africa elephanti capiuntur foveis* 

Elephanli spirant, bibunt, odorantur probostide* 

Dentes usu atteruntur, sed igne non cremantur. 

Mures Alplni hints pedibus gradiuntur. 

Apes tinnitu aeris convocantur. 

Quibusdam in locis f anseres bis anno% velluntur. 

Color lusciniarum autumno h mutatur. 

Hieme s ursi in antris dormiunt. 

Nemo mortalium omnibus horis h sapit. 

Primores dentes septimo mense gignuntur ; septimo 



§ 45, I., 1, and ■ § 129, R. * § 136, R. LI. 

§ 42, Obs. 4 and 5. * § 97, R. f § 131, R. XLI. 

§ 112, R.V.&7.2. • §112,R.V.&19. 1. >> § 131. R. XL 



(56 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 

Anlipater Sidonius, poeta, a quotannis, die natali suo b 
febre corripiebatur. 

JEstdte dies sunt longiores quam hieme. 

Isocrates orator imam orationem viginti talentis c ven- 
dldit. 

Luscinia Candida, sex sestertiis c Roma? venit. 

18. Nouns in Apposition. 

PlurimiScythse, bellicosissimi homines? lacte d vesciin- 
tur. 

Delphinus, animal a homini e amicum, cantu f gaudet. 

Carthago atque Corinthus, opulentissimce urbes, s ed- 
dem anno a Romanis eversse h sunt. 

Quam brevi tempore 1 popiili Romani, omnium gen- 
tium victoris* libertas fracta h est ! 

Mithridatem, Ponti regem, Tigranes, rex Armenius^ 
excepit. 

Circa Cyllenen, montem in Arcadia, meruit nascuntur. 

19. The Infinitive Mood without a Subject. 

The infinitive without a subject is usually regarded as the subject 
of a verb, § 144, R. LVL, or as the object of another verb, R. 
LVIL; and in this case always expresses an act or state of the sub- 
ject of the verb that governs it. 

In the following, let the pupil state whether the infinitive is the 
subject or the object of the verb with which it is connected. 

Errdrei est humanum. k 

Turpe k est beneflcium repetere) 

Benenciis' gratiam non referre etiam turpius est. 

Parentes suos non amdre est impium. k 

*§97, R. •§111, R. »§131, R.XLI. 

b § 131, R. XL. f § 121, Obs. 2. J § 144, R. LVI. 

o § 133, R. s § 97, Obs. 2. * § 98, Obs. 6. 

* § 121, R. XXVI. * § 44, III., Note. ' § 123 R. 



INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 69 

Te cupio videre.* Volui dormire* 

Aude ccntemnere a opes. Carmina possumus dondre. 

Poteram contingere ramos. 

Nihil amplius scribere possum. 

Ego cupio ad te venire. Intelligere non possum. 

Cessator b esse noli. Cur timet flavum Tiberim tangere? 

Philippus volebat c amdri. Alexander metui volebat. 

Tecum d vivere amo. Naturam mutdre pecunia nescit. 

Bene ferre disce magnam fortunam. 

Angustam pauperiem pati puer discat. e 

Dici beatus b ante obitum nemo debet. 

iEquam memento f rebus in arduis servdre mentem. 

Aurum vestibus s intexere invenit rex Attalus. 

Non omnes homines aBquo am5re h complecti possumus. 

Illecebras voluptatis vitdre debemus. 

RomaB i elephantes per funes incedere docebantur. 

20. Gerunds. 

Gerunds are construed like substantives, and, at the same time, 
govern the case of their own verbs, § 147. 

Etiam post malam messem serendumi est. 

Omnibus •> aliquando moriendum* est. 

Semper pugnandum^ est contra cupiditates et lubidi- 
nem. 

Plurima?. k sunt illecebrae peccandi) 

Artem scribendi J PhceniceSj artem acu pingendi 1 Phry- 
ges invenerunt. 

Cupiditas vivendi nunquam immensa b esse debet. 

• § 144, R. LVII. § 42, Obs. 5. J § 147, R. LXI., & 
*> § 103, Obs. 6. « § 84, 2. Obs. 1. 

e § 44, II., 1. % § 123, R. k § 103, Obs. 2. 

d § 90, 2. h § 129, R. ' § 147, Obs. 2. 

• § 45, I. 1, and < § 130, 1, & 4, 1 



70 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 

Honestissima est contentio beneficiis a beneficia vin- 
cendi. 

Homo natura a est cupidus nova semper videndi et 
audiendi. 

Libri sunt inutiles ignaro b legendi. 

Olim calamus adhibebatur scribendo* 

Aqua marina inutilis est bibendo. 

Culex habet telum et d fodiendo et sorbendo idoneum. 

Non omnes sequallter ad disce?idum e proni sumus. 

Simise catulos saepe complect endo f necant. 

Beneficia exprobrando* corrumplmus. 

Amicus amicum semper aliqua re a juvabit, aut re, aut 
consilio aut consolando f certe. 

21. Gerundives. 

Gerundives are participles in dus, with the sense of the gerund, 
and agreeing in gender, number, and case, with their nouns, § 49-7, 
and § 147, R. LXII. 

Initum est consilium urbis delendcef civium trucidan- 
ddrumf nominis Romani exstinguendi. s 

Puer par est oneri h ferendo. 

Omnes civitates Greeciaa pecuniam ad classem (Bdifican* 
dam, et exercitum comparandum dederunt. 

Vir bonus, in mails aliorum amovendis, seipsum sub- 
levat. 

Compound Sentences. 

A compound sentence consists of two or more simple sentences 
connected together by conjunctions, relatives, or adverbs, §§ 149, 99, 
140 and 141. • 

*$ 129, R. 124, 1. 6 § 147, R. LXII, & 

b 19, Sup, homlni. e § 147, Obs. 4. 112. 

« § 147, Obs. 3. » § 147, Obs. 5. * § 111, R. 
d § 149, Obs. 5, and 



INTROOUCTOKY EXERCISES. 71 

22. Conjunctions. - 

Sol ruit,c£ a monies umbrantur. 

Vir h bonus et prudens clioi delector ego. 

Immensa est, finem^c 6 potentia Dei non habet. 

Accipere d preestat qudm a facere injuriam. 

Rapere at que abire semper assuevit lupus. 

Semper honos, nomenque c tuum,laudes5#e manebunt. 

Sapientem neque e paupertas, neque mors, neque vin- 
cula terrent. 

Juno erat Jovis et f soror et conjux. 

Nox erat, et fulgebat luna. 

In prselio cita mors venit, aut victoria lseta. 

Marius et Sylla civile bellum gesserunt. s 

Leti vis rapuit, rapiet^we gentes. 

Non formosus erat, sed erat facundus Ulysses. 

Si h divitise felicitatem prsestant, avaritia prima virtus 
est. 

23. Adverbs. 

Quoties literas tuas lego, omnem mihi 5 praeteriidruiil 
temporum memoriam in mentem revoco. 

Magna j debemus suscipere, dum vires suppetunt. 

Cervi, quamdiu cornibus k carent, noctu ad pabula 
procedunt. 

Quidam crocodilum, 1 quamdiu vivat, m crescere 11 exis- 
timant, vivit autem multos annos.° 

Gloria virtutem, tanquam umbra, p sequitur. 

* § 149, R. i 124, 1. i § 145, R. LVIII. 
b § 103, Obs. 6. e § 102, R. I. » § 141, Obs. 8. 

« § 93, Obs. 2. »» § 140, Obs. 3, n 95, 1. 

a § 144, R. LVL, & " § 110, Obs. 1, &5, 3 » §. 131, R. XLI 

Obs. 1. J 19, 4. p § 97. 

• § 149 ,R. & Obs 1. * § 121. R. XXV 



72 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 

24. Comparison. 

Comparison is made in two ways, 1st By a conjunction, quam, ac, 
atque, connecting the words denoting the things compared in the same 
case, § 149,- — and 2d, By the ablative after the comparative without 
a conjunction, § 120. 

Canes Indici grandiores sunt quam ceteri. a 

Nullum malum est vehementius b et importunius b quam 
invidia. c 

Interdum ferarum animos mitiores invenimus quam 
hominum. d 

Latro ferae e est similior quam homini. c 

Major est animi voluptas quam corporis. 11 

In montibus aer purior est, et tenuior quam in valli- 
bus. 

Comparison without a Conjunction. 

Nihil est clementicL f divinius. 

Aurum gravius est argento. f 

Adam as durior est j 'err of ferrum durius ceteris me- 
tallis. 
. Luna terras propior est sole. 

Quid magis est durum saxo, quid mollius aqua 1 

25. Relative Pronouns. (§ 99.) 

Non omnis ager, qui s sentur, fert fruges. 

Psittacus, quern India mittit, reddit verba^ qua accepit. 

Achilles ) cujus res gestas Homeri carmina celebrant, 
ad Hellespontum sepultus est. 

Myrmecides quidam quadrigam fecit ex ebore, quam 
musca alis h integebat. 

Qui 1 bonis non recte utitur, ei* bona mala fiunt. k 

a § 149, R. and 19. e §Hl,R. i § 99, Exp. & 43, 1 

" § 103, Obs. 2. * § 120, R. and 6, 3. J § 126, R. III. 

' § 149, R. s § 99, R. * § 83, Obs. 3. 

<* § 106, Obs. 3. h § 129, R 



INTRODUCTORY KXJERCISES. 



73 



Beneficiuiu remiit, qui- ejus b bene memor est. 
Grues in itineribus ducem^ quern sequantur, c eligunt 
Copias suas Cansar in proximum collem subduxit, equi- 
tatumque, qui sustineret d hostium impetum, misit. 

Subjunctive Mood. 

The subjunctive mood is used in dependent clauses, connected 
with the leading clause by conjunctive particles, adverbs, or by the 
relative pronoun. When it expresses a fact, real or supposed, but 
not directly asserted or vouched for, it is translated by the English 
indicative. When it expresses a thing as not actual and certain, but 
only as conditional or contingent, as what may, can, might, or should 
take place, it is translated by the English potential, § 42, II., and 
§ 140, and 141 

26. The Subjunctive with cum or quum. 

Platea, cum devoratis se implevit e conchis/ testas 
evomit. 

Ceres frumenta invenit, cum antea homines glandibus 5 
vescer entur. e 

Nave h primus 1 in Graeciam Danaus advenit, cum an- 
tea ratibus h navigareturJ 

Alexander, rex k Macedonian, cum Thebas cepissetf 
Pindari vatis k familise m pepercit. 

27. The Subjunctive after Conjunctive Particles. (§140.) 
Tanta est in India ubertas soli, ut sub una ficu n tur- 

mse equitum condantur. 

Ursi per hiemem tarn gravi somno h premuntur, ut ne 

vulneribus h quid em excitentur .° 

* 37, 1st. 3. 8 § 121, R. XXVI. > § 140, Obs. 4, and 
b § 107, R. IX. h § 129, R. 74, 8. 

«=§ 141, R. II.&40,5 i § 98, Obs. 10. m § 112, R. V. 

«»§141,R.II.&40,4. i § 85, 3, & § 140, " § 136, R. LI. 

• § 140. Obs. 3. Obs 3. ° § 140, 1, 1st. 
f § 125. H. " § 97, R. 

7 A- . 



74 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 

Delphini tanta intenlum vi e mari exsiliunt, ut Yela* 
nsivium transvolent. h 

In India serpentes ad tantam magnitudmem adolescunt, 
ut integros hauriant b cervos taurosque. 

Fac, c ut homines animum tuum pluris faciant* quam 
omnia, quae illis e tribuere possis. f 

Alexander edixit, ne quis ipsum s prseter Apellem^m- 
geret. h 

Pythagoreis 1 interdictum fuit, J ' ne k fabis 1 vescerentur. h 

Oculi palpebris m sunt muniti, ne 11 quid incidat. h 

Nihil fere tarn reconditum est, quin° quaerendo m inve- 
niri possit. 

Nunquam tarn mane egredior, neque tam vesperi do- 
mum p revertor, quin° te in fundo conspicer fodere, q aut 
arare, q aut aliquid facere. 

Xerxes non dubitabat, quin copiis suis Graecos facile 
superaturus esset.* 

28. The Subjunctive with words expressing an indirect 
question. (§ 140, 5.) 

Quaeritur, unus ne 8 sit 1 mundus, an plures. 

Disputabant veteres philosophi, casu™ ne* f actus sit x 
mundus, an mente m divina. 

Augustus cum amicis suis consultabat, utrum lmpe- 
rium servdret* an deponeret. 

Perperam quaeritur, num in amici gratiam jus violari 
possit} 



» § 136. R, LII. 


h § 137, R. and Exp. 


n 121,1. 


» § 140, 1, 1st. 


and § 140, 1, 3d. 


• § 140, 3. 


§ 79, 4. 


» § 126, R. III. 


p § 130, 4. 


« § 140, 1, 3d. 


i 51,3. 


i 89, 1. 


• § 123, R. 


* 121, 6. 


' § 45, 1. 


f § 141, Obs.8. 


» § 121, R. XXVI. 


■ 124, 13. 


* 32,8 . 


w § 129, R. 


* § 140. 6. 



INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 75 

Ciconiae quonam e loco veniant, aut in quas se regiSnes 
conferant, incompertura est. a 

Quis nuraerare potest, quoties per totam vitam lacrjf- 
mas fuderit ? 

29. Subjunctive after the Relative. (§ 141.) 

Quis est qui nesciat h quid voluptas sit 1 C 

Non invenies qui Demosthenem oratorem maximum 
esse neget. h 

Nemo felix est, qui ea lege vivatf ut impiine necari 
posset. d 

Caesar legatos misit, qui iter cognoscerent. e 

Sunt qui amicitiam molestam reddant. h 

Hos libros non contemno, quippe qui nunquam lege- 
rim. { 

Veiba, qua sententias indicentf reperta sunt. 

Peccavisse mihi videor, g qui a te discesserim. h 

Decemviri creati sunt, qui civitati leges scriberentf 

Regulus dixit se desiisse Romanum esse, ex ilia die 
qua in potestatem Pcenorum venisset} 

30. The Infinitive with a subject , § 145. 

The infinitive with a subject is translated by the indicative or po- 
tential in English. Its subject, which is always in the accusative, 
is translated in the nominative, and usually has the conjunction thai 
before it. It forms a distinct but dependent proposition which, like 
the infinitive without a subject, forms either the subject or object 
of the verb on which it depends. (See § 145.) 

Aristoteles tradit, in Latmo, Cariae monte, hospites a 
scorpionibus non Icedi, indigenas interimi.^ 

• 51, 3. * § 141, Obs. 2. 4th. « § 141, R. VI. 
» § 141, R. I. f § 141, Obs. 4. i § 126, R. III. 

e § 140, 5. s 70, 2. * 95, 4, & § 145. 

* § 140, 1, 1st. h § 141, R. III. 



7tf INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 

M Varro narrat, a cuniculis suffossum 11 in Hispania 
Qpyidumf a talpis in Thessalia; ab ranis incolas h urbis 
in Gallia pulsosf ab locustis in Africa; ex Gyaro insula 
incolas h a munbusfugatos, in Italia Jimyclas a serpen- 
tibus deletas esse. 

Observatum est, c pestilentiam h semper a meridianis 
partibus ad occidentem ire. d 

Homerus Pygmceos h populum ad oceanum, a gruibus 
infestdri* prodidit; Aristot&les eosdem in cavemis vivere d 
narrat. 

Posteri aliquando querentur nostra culpa mores h ever- 
sos esse/ 

Virgilius per testamentum jusserat carmina h sua ere- 
marif id h Augustus^/teW^ vetuit. 

Sertorius cervam alebat candidam, quam h Hispanise 
gentes fatidicam h esse 1 credebant. 

Illustre est inter philosophosnomen Anaxagora3j5wem b 
veteres nunquam in vita, risissei fertfnt. 

31. Participles. (§146.) 

Participles are usually translated after their nouns, with which 
they agree in gender, numher, and case, in the same manner as the 
adjectives ; and at the same time govern the case of their own 
verb. 

Exempla fortune variantis k sunt innumera. h 

Galli diem venientem cantu nuntiant. 

Cecrops urbem l a se conditam h appellabat Cecropiam. 1 



a § 47, 6, 8c 97, 4. 


• 95, 4. 


• 90, 2, or 91, 4 


b § 145, R. and Exp. 


* 97, 6. 


i 91, 4. 


« 51, 2, &94. 1. 


s 96, 12, or 90, 4. 


k 101, 1 


<» 95, 1. 


* § 103. Obs. 2. 


i § 116, Obs. 1. 



INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. tl 

Augustus primus a Romse b tigrin c ostendit mansue- 
f actum. d 

Gymnosophistae in India toto die e ferve?itibus <1 arenis f 
insistunt, Solem s intuentes. 

Epimenides puer, 11 sestu 1 et itinere J fessus, k septem et 
quinquaginta annos e in specu dormivisse dicitur. 

Julius Ceesar simul dictare, 1 et legentem™ audire solebat. 

Leo prostratis 11 parcit. 

Aves aduncos ungues habentes carne vescuntur, nee 
unquam congregantur. 

Canis venaticus venatorem comitantem loro 1 ad fera- 
rum lustra trahit. 

Beneficium non in eo p consistit, quod datur, sed in 
ipso dantis m ammo. 

Struthiocameli Africi altitudinem equitis equo q i?m- 
dentis excedunt. 

Interdum delphini conspecti sunt, defunctum d delphl- 
num portantes, et quasi funus agentes. 

Multa, quae de infantibus ferarum lacte nutritis k pro- 
duntur, fabulosa r videntur. 

Homo quidam, lapTde ictus f oblitus est literas; 9 alius, 
ex prsealto tecto lapsus, matris et affinium nomina dicere 
non potuit. 

L. Siccius Dentatus, centies vicies prczliatus, quadra- 
ginta quinque cicatrices ad verso corpore f habebat, nul- 
lam in tergo. 



a § 98, Obs. 10. 


s § 116, R. 


I. 


*§ 112.R.V. &19, 1 


b § 130, 1, & 4, 1 


h 13, 2. 




" § 121, R. XXVI 


c § 15, 13. 


; § 129, R. 




p 19, 4. 


d 101, 7, and 8. 


J § 149, R. 




i § 112, R. IV. 


e § 131, R. XLI. and 


k 101, 4. 




' § 103, Obs. 2. 


6,6, 


1 § 144, R. 


LVII. 


• § 108, R. XIV. 


f § 136, Obs. 5, (in) 


™ 19", 1. 







78 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 

Leones satidti mnoxii sunt. 
Elephantes nemmi* nocent, nisi tucessiti. 
Elephantes amnem b transituri* minimos prsemittunt. 
Pavo lauddtus* gemmdtam pandit caudam. 
Gallus, ab adversario victusf occultatur d silens, et ser- 
vitium patitur. 

Leo vulnerdtus c percussorem intelligit, et in quanta- 
llbet multitudine appetit. 

Olores iter facientes c colla imp5nunt prcecedenttbus ; * 
fessos duces ad terga recipiunt. 

Testudines in mari degentes conchyliis f vivunt; in ter- 
ram egressaf herbis. f 

Sarmatae longinqua itinera facturif inedia pridie prae- 
parant equos, potum exiguum impertientes ; atque ita lon- 
gissimam viam continuo cursu conficiunt. 

Elephanti, equitatu circumventi, infirmos aut fessos 
vulneratosque in medium agmen recipiunt. 

Multos morientes cura sepulturae angit. 

Danaus, ex .ZEgypto in Grseciam advectus, rex h Argi- 
vorum factus est. 

Alexander, Bucephalo equo 1 defuncto^ duxit exequias, 
urbemque Bucephalon appelldtam ejus tumulo j circum- 
dedit. 

P. Catienus Plotinus patronum adeo dilexit, ut, heres 
omnibus ejus bonis k institutusf in rogum ejus se conji- 
ceret x et concremaretur. m 

* § 112, R. V. ' § 121, Obs. 2. i § 123, R. &Obs. 3, 

* § 136, R. LII. e 105, 1. & 119, 2. 

« § 146, Obs. 6. h § 103, R. &Exp. * § 110, Obs. 1. 

d 116, 7. ' 9, 1. & § 146, R. i § 140, 1, 1st. 

° § 123, R. & 19. LX. m § 149, R. 



INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 79 

Erinacei voiutali* super poma, humi b jacentia, ilia 
spinis c afflxa in cavas arbores portant. 

Indicum mare testudines tanta? magnitudmis d alit, ut 
singular tugurio tegendo e sufficiant/ 

Leones, series facti^ appetunt homines s quoniam ad 
persequendas feras vires non suppetunt. 

Struthiocamelis h ungula? sunt cervlnis 1 similes, com- 
prehendendisi lapidibus utiles, quos k in fuga contra se- 
quentes l jaculantur. 

32. Ablative Absolute. (§ 146, R. LX.) 

Senescente Luna m ostrea tabescere dicuntur, crescente 
eddem, gliscunt. Cepe contra, Luna deficiente, revires- 
cere, adolescente, inarescere dicitur. 

Ge?yone n inter emto Hercules in Italiam venit. 

Sabinis 11 debellatis, Tarquinius triumphans Romam 
rediit. 

Jasone m Lycio interfecto^ canis, quern habebat, cibum 
capere noluit, inediaque confectus est. 

Regis Lysimachi canis, domino m accensae pyrse e impo- 
sito, in flammas se conjecit. . 

Nicomede m rege interfecto, equus ejus vitam finlvit 
inedia. 

Chilo, unus e septem sapientibus,°^'o victore p Olym- 
pise, q pree gaudio exspiravit. 



* 116,4. s 112,7. Obs. 9. 

f § 130, Obs. 7. h § 112, R. II. ° § 146, Obs. 9, and 

c§126, R. III. ! 19, § 106, Obs. 4. 104,1. 

a § 106, R. VII. i 112, 6. • § 107, Obs. 8. 

«§ 147, Obs. 3,ScR. " § 116, R. I. p § 146, Obs. 10. and 

LXII. & § 112, « 19,1. 110,4. 

R. IV. & 112, 6 ■« § 146, R. LX, and q § 130, 1. & 4, 1 
f $ 140, 1 1st. 



FABLES FROM JESOl? 



1. Accipiter et Columba. 

Columb^ milvii metu accipitrem a rogaverunt,* ut eas b 
defenderet. c Ille b annuit. At in (l columbare receptus, 
uno die e majorem stragem edidit, quam milvius longo 
tempore 6 potuisset edere. f 

Fabula docet, malorum s patrocinium vitandum h esse. 1 

2. Mus et Milvius. 

Milvius laqueis irretitus musculum a exoravit, ut eum, 
corrosis plagis J liberaret. c Quo k facto, milvius liberatus 
murem arripuit et devoravit. 

Hsec fabula ostendit, quam gratiam mali s pro bene- 
ficiis reddere soleant. 1 N 

3. Hcedus et Lupus. 

Hcedus, stans in m tecto domus, lupo 11 praetereunti ° 

* The remote object of rogaverunt here is accipitrem; the imme- 
diate, ut eas defenderet. (R. XXX § 124.) So generally in these 
fables, after inquit, dixit, respondit, and the like, the immediate ob- 
ject of the verb is a clause expressing the thing said or replied, 
and, if in direct discourse (§ 141 R. VI. Explan.), is printed in italics. 



63,3. « 88,5. 




* 38, 5. 


27, 6. e 20, 1. 




I 74. 9. 


78, 5. § 140, 1, 3d. h 108,4. 




m 123,2. 


123, 2. i 95, 1. 




» § 112, R. Ill 7. 3 


6 6. j 109. 2. 


104 1 


101,1. 


-W- 







FABLES FROM JESOP. 81 

maledixit. Cui a lupus, Non tic* inquit, sed tectum mihi c 
maledicit. 

Saspe locus et tempus homines timidos audaces reddit. d 

4. Grus et Pavo. 

Pavo, coram grue pennas suas e explicans, Quanta* est , 
in quit, u for mo sit as mea et tua deformitas I At grus evo- 
lans, Et quanta est, inquit, levitas mea et tua tarditas I 

Monet" heec fabula, ne s ob aliquod bonum, quod no- 
bis nattira tribuit, k alios contemnamus, h quibus a natura 
alia 1 et fortasse majora 1 dedit. k 

5. Pavo. 

Pavo graviter conquerebatur ] apud Junonem, domi- 
nam suam, e quod vocis suavitas sibi m negata esset, n dum 
luscinia, avis tarn parum decora, cantu excellat. n Cui a 
Juno, Et meritby inquit ; ?wn enim omnia bona y in unum 
conferri oportuit. 

6. Anseres et Grues. 

In eodem quondam prato pascebantur 1 anseres et 
grues. Adveniente domino p prati, grues facile avola- 
bant; sed anseres, impediti corporis gravitate, q depre- 
hensi r et mactati sunt. 

Sic seepe pauperes, 8 cum potentioribus in eodem crim- 
me deprehensi, soli* dant pcenam, dum illi salvi evadunt. 



a 63, 1. & § 


123, 


h 77, 3, &§ 140, 


1,3d 


.p 9, and 109, 1 


Obs. 2. 




« 19, 4. 




q § 129. 


*>§ 102, Obs. 3. 




k 72, 1. 




«■ 115, 1. 


«§ 112, R. III.&7,3 


i § 44, II. 1. 




» 20. 


d§ 102, Obs. 1. 




» 64, 2. 




t 16, 4. 


« 30, i. 




» § 141, Obs. 7. 




«§ 116, Obs. 6. 


' 48. 




° 16,5. 




v § 113, Exc. Ill 


g 121,3. 











82 FABLES FROM JEHOT. 

7. Capra et Lupus. 
Lupus capram in a alta rupe stantera conspicatus, Cur 
?wn, inquit, relinquis h nuda ilia et sterilia loca, et hue 
descendis in c herbidos campos, qui tibi Icetum pabulum 
offeruntl Cui d respondit capra: Mihi e non est in ammo, 
dulcia f tutis f prceponere. 

8. Venter et Membra. 

Membra quondam dicebantventri: d Nos?ie e te semper h 
ministerio nostro alemus, dum ipse 1 summo otioi frueris ? 
Nonfaciemus.* Dum igitur ventri k cibum subducunt, 
corpus debilitatur, et membra 1 sero invidiae suae pceni- 
tuit.™ 

9. Canis et Boves. 

Canis jacebat n in a praesepi bovesque latrando ° a pab- 
ulo arcebat. Cui d unus p boum, Quanta ista q inquit, in- 
vidia est , quod non pateris, ut eo cibo* vescdmur,* quern 
tu ipse 1 caper e nee velis 9 nee possis!* 

Hsec fabiila invidiae indolem declarat. 

10. Vulpes et Leo. 

Vulpes, quae nunquam leonem viderat, quum ei 1 forte 
occurrisset, u ita est v pertemta, ut paene moreretur w for- 









* Supply hoc. 19, 4. 




a 


123, 2. 




» 32, 2. 


i § 31, Obs. 2. 


t> 


56, 2d., 3d. 




J § 121, R. XXVI. 


' 84, 4. 


c 


123, 1 




* 5. 1. 


- § 141, Obs. 8. 


d 


63, 1. 




» § 113, Exc. II. 


* 7, 2, & § 112, 


e 


118, 7, and 51. 




* 66, 9, 


R. IV. 


f 


19, 4. & § 123. 


R. 


a § 44, II. 1 


« 74, 8. 


e 


58,7. 




o 111,5. 


* 124, 15. 


b 


120. 




p 21, 2. 


w§ 140,1, 1st. &74,4 



FABLES FROM ^SOP. , ■ 83 

midine.* Eundem conspicata b iterum, timuit quidem, sed 
nequaquam, c ut antea. c Tertio illi d obviam facta, ausa 
est etiam propius accedere, eumque e alloqui. 

1 1 . Cancri. 

Cancer dicebat f filio s : Mi h filij ne* sic obliquis semper 
gresslbus* incede, sed recta via* perge. Cui ille. Mi 
pater , respondit, libenter tuis prceceptis k obsequar, si te 
priiis idemfacientem videro} 

Docet heec fabula, adolescentiam m nulla re a magis 
quam ex'emplis 11 instrui. 

12. Boves. 

In eodem prato pascebantur f tres boves in maxima 
concordia, et sic ab omni p ferarum incursione tuti erant. 
Sed dissidio q inter illos orto, sin^uli a feris petiti r et 
laniati sunt. 

Fabula docet, quantum boni s sit * in concordia. 

13. Asinus. 

Asinus, pelle u leonis indutus, territabat homines et 
bestias, tanquam ]eo esset. v Sed forte, dum se celerius w 



» § 129. 


i § 10, Exc. 5. 


q 9, 1, & 109, 5 


b 105, 1, 


i § 142, 2. 


' 115, 1. 


c Sup. timuit. 


k 7, 2. 


• § 106, R. VIII 


J § 135, R. XLVII. 


• § 44, VI. 


« § 140, 5. 


« § 136, R. LII. 


m § 145, R. LVIII. 


« 64, 7. 


r § 44, II. & § 123, 


» § 120, Obs. 1. 


* § 140, 2. 


Obs. 2. 


° 95, 4. 


w 22, 3, and § 120 


s 11. 


p§ 151, R. II. 2d. 


Obs. 5. 


»> § 20, Note 1. 







84 FABLES FROM JESOP. 

ino\et, aures eminebant; unde agmtus in a pistriiram ab- 
ducius est, ubi pcenas petulantiee dedit. 

Heec fabula stolidos b notat, qui immeritis honoribus" 
superbiunt. 

14. Mulier et Gallina. 

Mulier quaedam habebat gallinam, quae ei quotidie 
ovum pariebat aureum. Hinc suspicari d coepit, illani e 
auri massam inlus eel are/ et gallinam occidit. Sed nihil 
in ea repent, nisi quod s in aliis gallinis reperiri solet. 
Itaque dum majoribus divitiis h inhiabat, etiam minores 1 
perdidit. 

15. Viator es et Asinus. 

Duo b qui una iter faciebant, asinum oberrantem in 
solitudine conspicati, j % accurrunt laeti, et uterque eum sibi 
vindicare coepit, quod eum prior k conspexisset. 1 Dum 
vero contendunt et rixantur, nec m a n verbenbus absti- 
nent, asinus aufugit, et neuter eo° potltur. 

16. Corvus et Lupi. 

Corvus partem praedse petebat a lupis, quod eos totum 
diem 1 ' comitatus esset. 1 Cui illi, JVon tu nos, inquiunt, 
sed prcedam sectdtus es, idque* 1 eo animof ut ne nostris 
quidem corporlbus r parceresf si exanimarentur. 1 



» 123, 1. 


* § 112, R. IV. 


° 7, 3, & § 121, R. 


b 19, 1. 


» Sup. divitias. 


XXVI. 


° § 129, R 


i 105, 1. 


p § 131, R. XLI. 


i § 144. R. LVII. 


* § 98, Obs. 10. 


q Sup . fecisti. 


e § 145, R. LVIII. 


1 § 141, Obs. 7. 


'§ 112, R. V. &7, I, 


r 96. 4. 


m § 93, 1. 


* § 140, 1. 1st. 


' 37' 2. 


» § 136, Obs. 7. 


» § 140, 2. 



FABLES FROM -ESOP. 85 

Merito in actionibus non spectatur, quid fiat, a sed quo 
ammo fiat. a 

17. Past ores et Lupus. 

Pastores caesa ove convivium celebrabant. Quod c quum 
lupus cerneret, d Ego, inquit, si agnum rapuissemf quan- 
tum tumultus fieret / f At isti% impune ovem comedunt ! 
Turn unus ill5rum, h Nos enimf inquit, nostra, non atte- 
nd, ove 1 epuldmur. 

18. Carbonarius et Fullo. 

Carbonarius, qui spati5sam habebat domum, invitavit 
fullonem,ut ad se commigrareU Ille respondit: Qucenam 
inter nos esse possit k societas ? quum tu vestes, quas ego 
nitidas reddidissem, 1 fuligtne et maculis inquinaturus 
esses. m 

Hasc fabula docet dissimilia 11 non debere conjungi. p 

19. Tubicen. 

Tubicen ab hostlbus captus, Ne q me, inquit, interficite; 
nam inermis sum, neque 1 ' quidquam habeo prceter hanc 
tubam. At hostes, Propter hocipsum, inquiunt, te inter- 
imemus, quod, quum ipse 9 pugnandi x sis n imperitus, 
alios ad pugnam incitdre soles. 

Fabula docet, non soliim malef icos v esse puniendos, w 
sed x etiam eos, qui alios ad male faciendum y irritent. 1 



•§ 140,5, &74,9. 


§ 140, 1, 3d. 


* 32, 2. 


«> 9, 1, & 109, 2. 


* 77, 4. 


t § 147, Obs. 2 & 


• 38, 4.&§99,Obs.8 


J § 141, Obs. 8. 


§ 109, R. IX.' 


& 74, 3. 


» § 79, 8. 


«• § 140, Obs. 3. 


e 74, 7, & § 140, 2. 


a 19, 4, &§ 145, R. 


* 19, 1. 


t § 140, 5. 


LVIII. 


* 108, 4, & 


e § 28, Obs. 3, 3d. 


o 95, 1. 


§ 146, Obs. 5. 


h 21, 2. 


p § 144, Obs. 2. 


* § 149 R. LXV. 


j § 121, Obs. 2. 


q § 142, 2. 


y § 147, Obs. 4. 


' 78, 5. & 


r§93 ' 1 8 


■ Sup. Verum est. 



86 FABLES PROM JESOP. 

20. Jiccipitres et Columbce. 

Accipitree quondam acerrime inter se belligerabant. 
Hos columbae in a gratiam reducer e conata3 b effecerunt, 
ut illi pacem inter se c facerent. d Qua e firmata, accipi- 
tres vim suam f in ipsas columbas converterunt. 

Hsec fabula docet, potentiorum discordias imbecilliori- 
bus s saepe prodesse. 

21. Mulier et Gallina. 

Mulier vidua gallinam habebat, quae ei quotidie unum 
ovum pariebat. Ilia existimabat, si gallinam diligentius 
saginaret, 11 fore, 1 ut ilia bina aut terna ova quotidie par- 
eret. Quum autem cibo superfluo gallina pinguis esset 
facta, j plane ova parere desiit. 

Hsec fabula docet, avaritiam saepe damnosam esse. 

22. Vulpes et Uva. 

Vulpes uvam in vite conspicata b ad illam subsiliit 
omnium virium suarum f contenti5ne, k si earn forte attin- 
gere posset. 11 Tandem defatigata inani labore k disce- 
dens dixit: Jit nunc etiam acerbce sunt, nee 1 eas in vid 
repertas m toller em. n 

Hsec fabula docet, multos ea° contemnere, quae se 
assequi posse desperent. p 



» 123, 1. 


s§ 112, R.I. 


i § 93, 1. 


»> 105, 2, 


* § 140, 2. 


* 101, 4. 


c 31, Note. 


i § 145, Obs. 6. 


» 78, 8. 


d § 140, Obs. 1, 3d. 


J 74, 8. 


° 19, 1,&4. 


• 38, 3. 


* § 129, R. 


p § 141, Obs. 8. 


' 31,3. 







FABLES FROM jESOP. 87 

23. Vulpes et Lecena. 

Vulpes leaense 3 exprobrabat, quod nonnisi unum catu- 
lum pareret. b Huic dicitur respondisse, TJnum, sed led- 
nem. 

Haec fabula, non copiam sed bonitatem rerum sestiman- 
dam c esse, docet. 

24. Mures. 

Murjes aliquando habuerunt consilium, quomodo sibi a 
fele caverent. d Multisaliis e propositis, omnibus f placuit,s 
ut ei h tintinnabulum annecteretur; 1 sic enim ipsos J soni- 
tu admonitos earn fugere posse. k Sed quum jam inter 
mures quaereretur, 1 qui fell m tintinabulum annecteret, 11 
nemo repertus est. 

Fabula docet, in suadendo plurimos esse audaces, sed 
in ipso periculo timidos. p 

25. Canis Mordax. 

Cani h mordaci paterfamilias jussit tintinnabulum ex 
sere appendi, q ut omnes eum cavere possent. 1 Ule verb 
seris tinnitu gaudebat, et, quasi virtutis suae praemium r 
esset, 8 alios caries prae se contemnere coepit. Cui unus 
senior, 1 te u stolldum^ inquit, qui ignordre videris™ isto 
tinnitu pravitdtem morum tuorum indicdri! y 

» 63,2; &§ 123, R. 1 32,8. <i 90,1. 

* § 140, Obs. 2. * § 145, Obs 7. Sup. ' § 103, R. V. 

c 108, 4. existimavcrunt. 8 § 140, 2. Sup. id. 

& § 140, 5. l 65, & 74, 3. sc. tintinnabulum. 

« 9, 1,& 19, 4. » § 123, R. l Sup. ceteris 6. 3. 

f § 113, R. XVIII n 76, 2, & « § 117. 

s 65. § 34,Obs. 1. » 95, 4. 

»» § 126, R III. o § 103, Obs. 2. " 70, 3. 

: § 140, 1,4th. p§ 149. R. 



88 FABLES FROM ^ESOP. 

Heec fabula scripta est in a eos, qui sibi b insignibus 
flagitiorum suorum placent. 

26. Canis et Lupus. 

Lupus canem videns bene saginatum, Quanta est, in- 
qxiit, felicitas tual Tu, ut videris , c laute vivis , at ego fame 
enecor. Turn canis. Licet, in quit, mecum d in urbem veni- 
as, e et eadem felicitate 1 fruaris. Lupus conditionem ac- 
cepit. Dum una eunt, animadvertit lupus in collo canis 
attritos ff pilos. Quid hoc estl inquit.* JVum h jugum 
sustmes ? i cervix enim tua tota est glabra. Nihil est, 
canis respondit. Sed interdiu me alligant, ut noctu sim 
vigilantior ; at que hcec sunt vestigia colldris, quod cer- 
vicii circumddrisolet. Turn lupus. Vale, inquit, amice! k 
nihil l moror felicitatem servitute emptam ! 

Hsec fabula docet, liberis* nullum commodum tanti m 
esse, quod n servitutis calamitatem compensate possit. 

27. Lupus et Grus. 

In faucibus lupi os inhseserat. Mercede igitur con- 
ducit gruem, qui n illud extrahat. p Hoc q grus longitu- 
dine colli facile efFecit. Quum autem mercedem postu- 
laret, subridens lupus et dentibus infrendens, JVum h tibi, 
inquit, parv a merces r videtur, u quod caput incolume ex 
lupi faucibus extraxisti ? s 

* Supply lupus. 

a 123, 1. i 58, 1. 2, 2d. 

* § 112, R. V. i § 126, R. III. p §141, R. II. Obs. 2. 

c 70, 6. k § 117. 4th, 

a § 28, Obs. 4. i § 122, Obs. 6. q 19, 4. 

e § 140, Obs. 5. » § 133, Exc. & § 122, ' § 103, R. V. 

f § 321, R. XXVI. R. XXVIII. Exp. ■ § 138. 

b 97, 4, & § 47, 6. » 40, 1. « § 110, R. XV. 

h 56, 3d. ° § 141. R. II. Obs. « 51, & 70. 



FABLES FROM JSSOP. 



89 



28. Agricola et Anguis. 

Agricola anguem reperit frigore psene extinctum. Mis- 
ericordia, motus eum fovit sinu, a et subter alas b recondidit. 
Mox anguis recreatus vires recepit, et agricolee c pro bene- 
ficio letale vulnus inflixit. 

Hsec fabula docet, qualem d mercedem mali pro bene- 
fices re.ddere soleant. d 

29. A sinus et Equus. 
Asinus equum beatum prsedicabat, qui 6 tarn copiose 
pasceretur, 6 quum sibi post molestissimos labores ne 
paleae quidem satis praeberentur/ Forte autem bello 8 
exorto equus in h proelium agitur, et circumventus ab 
hostibus, post incredibiles labores tandem, multis vulneri- 
bus confossus, collabitur. Haec omnia asinus conspicatus, 1 
mei stolidum, inquit, qui e beatitudmem ex prcesentis 
temp oris fort una cestimaverim J e 

30. Agricola et Filii. 

Agricola senex, quum mortem sibi k appropinquate l 
sentiretj filios convocavit, quos, ut fieri solet, m inter- 
dum discordare n noverat, et fascem virgularum afferri n 
jubet. Quibus allatis ; filios hortatur, ut hunc fascem 
frangerent. p Quod q quum facere non possent, distri- 
buit singiilas virgas, iisque celeriter fractis, docuit 



» § 136, Obs. 5. 


§ 140, Obs. 3. 


> 96, 1. 


* § 136, R. LI. 


e 9,1,& 109, 5. 


» 68, 3. 


c § 123, R. XXIX. 


h 123, 1. 


» 90, 2. 


J § 140. 5. 


I 105, 1. 


o 38, 3. 


c§ 141, R. III. 


J § 117, R. XXI. 


p§ 140, 1,3d. 


t 74, 3, 8c 


k§ 112, R. IV. 


q 38, 4. 



90 CABLES FROM ^SOl*. 

illos," quam firma res b esset c concordia, quamque im- 
becillis discordia. 



31. Equus et Jlsinus. 

Asinus onustus sarcmis equum a rogavit, u- aliqua 
parte' 1 oneris se e levaret, si se e vivum videre vellet. f 
Sed ille asini preces repudiavit. Paulo post igitur asi- 
nus labore consumptus in via corruit, et efflavit animam. 
Turn agitator omnes sarcinas, quas asinus portaverat, 
atque insiiper etiam pellem asmo e detractam in h equum 
imposuit. Ibi ille sero 'priorem superbiam dep!5rans, 
me miserum, inquit, qui parvulum onus in h me recipere 
noluerimf quum nunc cogar^ tantas sarcinas ferre, una 
cum pelle comitis mei, cujus preces tarn superbe con- 
tempseram. . 

32. Mulier et Ancilla. 

Mulier vidua, quee texendo k vitam sustentabat, solebat 
ancillas suas 1 de nocte excitare ad opus, quum primura 
galli cantum audivisset. At ills diuturno labore fatiga- 
tse statuerunt gallum interficere. m Quo" facto, deteriore 
conditi5ne° quam prius* esse coeperunt. Nam domina, 
de hora noctis incerta p nunc famulas saepe jam prima 
nocte q excitabat. 



* Supply fulrant. 

a 63, 4, 3. t § 126, R. V. ■» § 144. R. LVII. 

b 57, 6, and Note. h 123,1. » 38,5, & 109, 

c § 140, 5. i § 141, R. III. <> § 136, Obs. 5. 

a § 125. J 74, 1. P 16. 

c § 28, Obs. 3, 1st. *§ 147, Obs. 5. 1 § 131, R. XL. 

f §140,2. 1 30,1. 



FABLES FROM J2SOP. 91 

33. Testudo et Aquila. 

Testiido aqiulam magnopere orabat, ut sese a voJare 
doceret. Aquila ei ostendebat quidem, eam b rem petere c 
natural suae contrariam; sed ilia nihilo 6 minus instabat, 
et obsecrabat aqullam, ut se a volucrem facere f vellet. 
Itaque ungulis arreptam* aquila sustulit in sublime, et de- 
misit illam, ut per aerem ferretur. Turn in saxa incidens 
comminuta interiit. 

Heec fabula docet, multos^ cupiditatibus suis occoeca- 
tos consilia prudentiorum respuere s et in exitium mere g 
stultitia sua. h 

34. Luscinia et Jlccipiter. 

Accipiter esuriens rapuit lusciniam. Quae, 1 quum in- 
telligeret sibi-J mortem g impendere, ad preces conversa 
orat accipitrem, ne k se perdat sine causa. Se s enim 
avidissimum ventrtm- illius non posse explere, et suadere 
adeb, ut grandiores aliquas volucres venetur} Cui ac- 
cipiter, Insanirem™ inquit, si partam pradam amitteref 
et incerta ° pro certis ° sectdri vellem? 

35. Senex et Mors. 
Senex in silv'a ligna ceciderat, iisque q sublatis domum r 

* Supply illam. 

• § 28, Obs. 3, 1st. b 91- 2. » 78, 8. 
*> 27, 2, 6, and 91, h 31, 3. » 87, 5. 

§ 145, Obs. 1, &2. " 39,5. ° 19,4. 

■ 96, 1. i § 112, R. IV. p§ 140, 2. 

d § 111, R. k 121,2. q 9, 1, &109. 

• § 132, R. XLIII. > § 141, Obs. 8. ' § 130, R. XXXIX. 
f 87. 5. 



92 FABLES FROM ^ESOP. 

redJre cuepit. Quum aliquantunr 1 viae b progressus esset, c 
et d onere et via defatigatus fascem deposuit, et secum 
setatis et inopise mala contemplatus 6 Mortem clara voce 
invocavit, quae f ipsum % ab omnibus his malis h liberaret. f 
Turn Mors senis precibus auditis 1 subito adstitit,* et, 
quid vellet, j percunctatur. k At Senex, quern 1 jam voto- 
rum m suSrum poenitebat, 1 Nihil, \ inquit, sed requiro, 
qui n onus paululum allevet* dum ego rursus subeo.% 

36. Inimici. 

In eadem navi vehebantur duo, qui inter se p capitalia 
odia exercebant. Unus eorum q in prora, alter in puppi 
residebat. Orta tempestate ingenti, quum omnes de 
vita desperarent, interrogat is, r qui in puppi sedebat, 
gubernatorem , Utram partem navis prius submersum iri 8 
existimdret) Cui gubernator, Proram,||respondit. Turn 
ille, Jam mors mihi non molesta est, quum inimici mei 
mortem adspecturus sim. x 

37. Hinnuleus et Cervus. 

Hinnuleus quondam patrem suum his verbis interro- 
gasse dicitur : Mi u pater, quum multo v sis w major canibusf 



* Supply seni, § 112, 


R. IV. f Supply volo. 


X Supply id, viz : onus 


;| Supply prius submersum iri. 






* § 132. 


i 74, 16. 




q 21, 2. 


b § 106, R, VIII. 


k § 137, Obs. 1. 




r 34, and 35. 


« 74, 8. 


i 66, 9. 




" 100, 7. 


d 124, 1. 


* § 113, Exc. II. 




t § 45, 1, & § 79, 8 


e 106, 1. 


» 37, 1, &. 




» § 20, Note 1. 


f 40, 4. 


§ 99, Obs. 1, 


4tb 


v § 132, R. XLIII. 


« 32, 8. 


° 19, 1. 




" 74, 1. 


h § 125. Obs. 2. 


p 123, 3, & 




* 6,3. 


1 104, 1. 


§ 28. Obs. 5. 







FABLES FKOM JESOT. i)3 

et tarn ardua cornua habeas? quibus a te vim propulsdre 
possis* qui jitf ut canes tantopere metuasl Ibi cervus 
ridens,.oMz nate, inquit, vera d memoras; mihi e tamen, 
nescio quo pacto, semper acciditf ut audita canum voce, 
infugam statim convertar. 

Haec fabula docet, natura f formidolosos nullis rationi- 
bus f fortes reddi posse. 

38. Hcedus et Lupus. 

Quum hoedus evasisset lupum, et confugisset in caulam 
ovium, Qmd tu, stulte, inquit ille, Jiic te salvum futurum s 
sperasj ubi quotidie pecitdes rapi h et diis' 1 mactdri h vid- 
easl h Non euro, inquit hcedus; nam si moriendum* 
sit , quanto^ prceclarius 1 mihi m erit, meo cruore aspergi 
aras deorum immortalium : quam irrigdri siccas lupi 
fauces. 

Heec fabula docet, bonos 11 mortem, quae omnibus 6 
imminet, non timere, si cum honestate et laude conjunc- 
ta sit.P 

39. Corvus et Vulpes. 

Corvus alicunde caseum rapuerat, et cum illo in altam 
arborem subvolarat.* 1 Vulpecula ilium caseum appetens 
corvum blandis verbis f adoritur; quumque primum for- 



a § 149. 


e § 47, Note 1. 


i § 98, Obs. 6. 


b § 141, Obs. 8. 


b 95, 4. 


»§ 111. 


c 51,4. 


' § 126, R. III. 


» 91,2. 


* 19, 4. 


i § 147, R. LXI. and 


° 95, 1. 


•§ 112, R. IV. 


Obs. 1. 


p § 140, 2. 


1 § 129. 


k § 132, R. XLIII. 


<§79, 1. 



94 FABLES FROM JESOP. 

mam ejus a pennarumque nitSrem laudasset, Pol, inquil, 
te avium regem esse dicer em, b si canius pulchritudini c 
tuce responderet. Turn ille laudibus vulpis inflalus etiam 
cantu se a valere d demonstrate voluit. Ita vero e rostro 
aperto caseus delapsus est, quern. vulpes arreptum devo- 
ravit. 

Hffic fabula doeet, vitandas e esse adulatorum voces, 
qui blanditiis suis nobis f insidiantur. 

40. Leo. 

Societatem junxerant leo, juvenca, capra, o^. Prae- 
da s autem, quam ceperant, in quatuor partes sequales 
divisa, leo, Prima]* ait, mea h est; debetur enim hac h 
prestantid* mece. Tollam et secundam, quam meretur 
robur meum. Tertiam* vindicat sibi egregius labor mens. 
Quartam qui sibi arrogdre voluerit, is k sciat, 1 se habitu- 
rum m me inimicum sibi. n Quid facerent imbecilles 
bestiae, aut quae* sibi n leonem infestum habere vellet? 

41. Mus et Rustlcus. 

Mus a rustico in caricarum acervo deprehensus tarn p 
acri morsu ejus a digitos vulneravit, ut p ille eum dimit- 
teret, q dicens: Nihil, mehercule, tarn pusillum est, quod r 
de salute desperdre deb eat, modo se defender e et vim de- 
pulsar e velit? 

* Supply bestia, 19. 

a 31, &Obs. h 19. » § 111. 

b 78,8. i 64, 2, &§ 126. ° § 42, II, 2d. 

« § 112, Obs, 5, 5th. i 62, & § 123. p 124, 15. 

* 96, 2. * § 28, Obs. 3, 3d. <i § 140, 1, 1st. 

8 108, 4. i § 45, I. 1. * 40, 3. 

' § 112, R.V. also 7, 7 ™ § 47, Note 1. • § 140, 4. 
« 9. 1, & 109. 



FABLES FROM JESOP. 95 

42. Vultur et Jlviculce. 

Vultur aliquando aviculas invitavit a ad convivium, 
quod illis datiirus esset b die c natali suo. Quse d quum 
ad tempus adessent, eas carpere et occidere, epulasque 
sibi de invitatis instruere coepit. 

43. Ranee. 

Ranae laetabantur, quum nuntiatum esset e Solem uxo- 
rem duxisse. f Sed una ceteris s prudentior, vos stolt- 
dosy inquit; nonne meministis ^ quantopere nos scepeunius 
Solis (Bstus excruciet? 1 Quid igiturjiet, quum liberos 
etiam procreaveri tl* 

4:4:. Ranee et Jupiter. 

Ranae aliquando regem sibi a Jove k petivisse dicuntur. 
Quarum ille precibus exoratus trabem ingentem in la- 
cum dejecit. Ranae sonitu perterritae primum refugere, 1 
deinde vero trabem in aqua natantem conspieatae magno 
cum contemptu m in ea consederunt, aliumque sibi novis 
clamoribus regem expetiverunt. Turn Jupiter earum 
stultitiam puniturus n hydrum illis misit, a quo°quum plu- 
rimae captae perirent, sero eas p stolidarum precum pceni- 
tuit. 

45. Lupi et Pastor es. 

Quum PhilippuSj rex Macedonia^ cum Atheniensibus 
foedus initurus esset ea conditi5ne, q ut oratores suos 



» 73. 


t 6,3. 


i § 144, Obs. 6. 


»>§ 141, Obs. 7. 


*§84, 2, &58, 1. 


» § 129, Obs. 2. 


c§ 131, R. XL. 


I § 44, I. 1, and 


» 102, 1. 


* S9, 6. 


§ 140, 5. 


o § 126, Obs. 2. 


• 51, 2. 


i § 44, VI. 


p 66, 8, &§ 113,11 


' 98, 3. 


«< § 124, Obs. 2. 


« § 129 R. 



96 FABLES FROM ^SOP. 

ipsi a traderent, Demosthenes populo narravit fabuiaia, 
quaiis b callidum regis consilium ante oculos potier* \\ % 
"Dixit enim lupos quondam cum pastoribus pactos esse, a 
se nunquam in posterum e greges esse impugnaturos/ si 
canes ipsis s dederentur. Placuisse stultis pastoribus 1 ' 
conditi5nem; sed quum lupi caulas excubiis 1 nudatas 
vidissent, eos J impetu facto omnem gregem dilaniasse. 

46. Puer mendax. 

Puer oves pascens crebro per lusum magnis clamori- 
bus opem rusticorum imploraverat, lupos gregem suum 
aggressos esse k fingens. Sa;pe autem frustratus eos, qui 
auxilium laturi 1 advenerant, tandem lupo revera irruente, 
multis cum lacrymis vicinos orare ccepit, w£ sibi m etgregi m 
subvenirent. At illi eum parlter ut antea ludere" existi- 
mantes preces ejus et lacrymas neglexerunt, ita ut lupus 
libere in oves grassaretur, plurimasque earum p dilani- 
aret. 

47. Corvus. 

CorvuSj-qui caseum forte repererat, gaudium alta voce q 
significavit. Quo r sono q allecti plures corvi famelici 
advolaverunt, 8 impetuque in ilium facto, oplmam ei* da- 
pem eripuerunt. 

a § 123. e§126, R. III. °94,l,2d,&96, 2. 

f 5, 3, and * 7, 2. ° § 140, 1, 1st. 

§ 110, Obs. 1, 2. J 64, 8. p § 107, R. X. 

« § 141, R. II. J § 149. q § 129. 

d 98, 2, & 94, 3. * 94,l,2d,2,&98,2 » 38. 

e § 89, Obs. 1, & 19, 5 i 102, 1. «> Supply ad eum. 

' 100,3. « 7, 2,&§112.R.V t 5,1. 



FABLES FROM JESOV. 97 

48. Comix et Columha. 

Comix columbse a gratulabatur fcecunditatem, b quod 
singulis mensibus pullos excluderet. c At ilia, JVe mei, 
inquit, doloris causam commemores* Nam quos pullos e 
educo, eos f dominus raptos aut ipse comedit, aut aliis 
comedendos s vendit. Ita mihi mea fcecunditas novum 
semper luctum parit. 

49. Leo, Asinus, et Vulpes. 

Vulpes, asinus, et leo venatum h iverant. 1 Ampla 
prseda facta, leo asinum illam partiri jubeU Qui k quum 
singulis singulas 1 partes poneret eequales, leo eum cor- 
reptum dilaniavit, et vulpeculse partiendi m negotium 
tribuit. Ilia astutior leoni partem maximam apposuit, 
sibi vix minimam reservans particulam. Turn leo subri- 
dens ejus prudentiam laudare, et unde hoc didicerit" in- 
terrogate, coepit. Et vulpes, Hujus me, inquit, calami- 
tas docuit, quid minor es v potentioribus debeant. n 

50. Muscce. 

Efiusa mellis copia est: Muscae advolant: q 

Pascuntur. At mox impedltis cruribus 

Revolare nequeunt. Heu miser am, inquiunt, vicem ! r 



• 7, 2, & § 112, R.V. s 107, 2. 


» § 140, 5. 


b § 128, Obs. l,Exc. h 114, 1. 


° Viz: asini. 


and Note. '* § 102, R. I. 


p 19, 1. 


°§ 141, Obs. 7 J § 44, I. 3. 


<i Sup. ad id (scil. 


d § 45, I. 1. k 39, 1. 


mel.) 


c 37, 2d, Note, & 6. » 26,4. 


» § 117. 


' Supply pullos. «» § 147, Obs. 2. 





1)8 FABLES FROM JESOY. 

Cibus iste* blandus, qui pell exit suaviter. 
Nunc fraudulentus quam crudeliter necat ! 
Perfida voluptas fabula hac depingitur. 

51. Cancer. 
Mare cancer olim deseruit, in litore 
Pascendi b cupidus. Vulpes hunc simul c adspicit 
Jejuna, simul accurrit, d et prsedam capit. 
Na, dixit ille, jure plector, qui : salo* 
Quumfuerim natus, voluerim e solo ingredi ! 

Suus unicuique f prsefinitus est locus, 
Quem prseterire sine periclo non licet. 

52. Culex et Taurus. 
In cornu tauri parvulus quondam culex 
Consedit; seque g dixit, mole si sua ff 
Eum s gravaret, avolaturum h illico. 
At ille : x Nee te considentem senseram. 



* There is a play upon the words salo and solo, which cannot be 
preserved in the translation; — a loss of but little importance. 

* § 28, Obs. 3, 3d. «§141,R. III. h § 100, 2, and 
•> § 147, Obs. 2. * § 126. § 47, Note 1. 

e 124, 11. s 31. i § 101, Obs. 4. 

d Sup. ad eum. 



MYTHOLOGY. 



1. Cadmus, Agenons filius, a quod draconem, Martis 
filium, fontis cujusdam in Bceotia custodem, a occiderat, 
omnem suam prolem interemptam vidit, et ipse cum 
Harmonia, b uxore a sua., in Ulyriam fugit, ubi ambo c in 
dracones conversi sunt. 

2. Amyous, Neptuni filius, a rex Bebryeiae, omnes, qui 
in ejus regna venissent, d cogebat eaestibus secum conten- 
dere, et victos occidebat. Hie quum Argonautas ad cer- 
tamen provocasset, e Pollux cum eo contendit, et eum 
interfecit. 

3. Otos et Ephialtes, Aloei filii f mira magnitudme s 
fuisse dicuntur. Nam singulis 11 mensibus 1 novem digitis j 
crescebant. Itaque quum essent annorum novem , & in 
ccelum ascendere sunt conati. Hue sibi aditum sic faci- 
ebant, k ut montem Ossam super Pelion ponerent, alios- 
que prseterea montes exstruerent. Sed Apollinis sagit- 
tis interempti sunt. 

4. Daedalus, Euphemi filius, artifex peritissimus, ob 



• 12, 1. » 74, 8. h 26, 5. 

b § 102, Obs. 2. ' § 97, Obs. 2. I § 131, R. XLL 

• § 98, Obs. 1, & 2. e 6, 1, and i § 132, R. XLII. 
*§ 141, R.I. § 106, R. VII. k§44,n. 2. 



100 MYTHOLOGY. 

eaedem Athenis a commissam in Cretam b abiit ad regem 
Minoem. Ibi labyrintfrum exstruxit. A Minoe c ali- 
quando in custodiam conjectus, sibi et Icaro filio alas 
cera d aptavit, et cum eo avolavit. Dum Icarus al this e 
evolabat, cera solis calore calefacta, in mare decldit, 
quod ex eo Icarium pelagus f est appellatum. Daedalus 
autem in Siciliam b pervenit. 

5. iEsculapius, Apollinis films, medicus praestantissi- 
mus, Hippolyto, Thesei filio, vitam reddidisse dicitur. 
Ob id facinus Jupiter eum fulmine percussit. Turn 
Apollo quod filii mortem in Jove s ulcisci non poterat, 
Cyclopes, qui fulmina fecerant, interemit. Ob hoo fac- 
tum, Apollinem Jupiter Admeto, h regi Thessaliee, in ser- 
vitutem dedit. 

6. Alcestim/ Peliae filiam, quum multi in matrimonium 
peterent, Pelias promisit, se filiam ei esse daturum, j qui 
feras currui junxisset. k Admetus, qui earn perdite ama- 
bat, Apollinem rogavit, ut se in hoc negotio adjuvaret. 
Is quum ab Admeto, dum ei l serviebat, liberaliter esset 
tractatus, aprum ei et leonem currui junxit, m quibus n ille 
Alcestim avexit. Idem gravi morbo implicitus, munus 
ab Apollme accepit, ut prsesens periculum efFugeret, si 
quis sponte pro eo moreretur. Jam quum neque pater, 
neque mater Admeti pro eo mori voluissent p uxor se 
Alcestis morti obtulit, quam Hercules forte adveniens 
Orci manibus q eripuit et Admeto reddidit. 

7. Cassiope filias su83 Andromedss formam Nereidum 



» 6,2. 


s 123,2. and 




» § 114. R. XIX, and 


* 123, 1, and 


§ 136, Obs. 3, 4. 




Obs. 3. 


§ 130, Obs. 10. 


h § 123. 




» § 99, Obs. 6. 


« § 126, Obs. 2. 


i § 15. 2. 




o § 42, II. 2d, and 


d 6,4. 


J 100 2. 




§ 140, 2. 


e 22, 3. 


k 80, 2. 




p § 102, Obs. 1. 


' § 103. 


1 7.2&§112,R. 


V 


« 5,1, 



MYTHOLOGY. 101 

formae a anteposuit. Ob hoc crimen illae a Neptuno b 
postulaverunt, ut Andromeda ceto c immani, qui oras 
populabatur, objiceretur. Quae d quum ad saxum alli- 
gata esset, Perseus ex Libya, ubi Medusam occiderat, 
advolavit, et, bellua devicta e et interempta, 6 Androme- 
dam liberavit. 

8. Quam quum abducere vellet victor, Agenor, cui 
antea desponsata fuerat, Perseo insidias struxit, ut eum 
interficeret, sponsamque eriperet/ Ille, re cognita, e ca- 
put Medusse insidiantibus ostendit, quo e viso, omnes in 
saxa mutati sunt. Perseus autem cum Andromeda in 
patriam rediit. 

9. Ceyx, Hesperi filius, quum in naufragio periisset, 
Alcyone, conjugis morte audita, 6 se in mare praecipitavit. 
Turn deorum misericordia ambo in aves sunt mutati, quae 
Alcyones appellantur. Hae aves pariunt hiberno tem- 
pore. 11 Per illos dies mare tranquillum esse dicitur; 
unde nautae tranquillos et serenos dies Alcyoneos appel- 
lare solent. 

10. Tantalus, Jovis filius, tam carus fuit diis, 1 ut Ju- 
piter ei consilia sua concrederet, eumque ad epulas deo- 
rum admitteret. f At ille, quae J apud Jovem audiverat, 
cum mortalibus communicabat. Ob id crimen dicitur k 
apud inferos in aqua collocatus esse, semperque sitlre. 
Nam, quoties haustum aquae sumpturus l est, aqua rece- 
dit. Turn etiam poma ei m super caput pendent; sed, quo- 
ties ea decerpere conatur, rami vento moti recedunt. Alii 



* § 123, R. 


t 85. 


i 37, 2. 


b § 124, Obs. 2. 


s 38, 5. 


k § 145, Obs. 4 


c§ 126, R. III. 


h § 131, R. XL. 


1 §79,8. 


«• 39, 2. 


' § 111. 


^ 5,3, &§ 110, Obs. 1 


« 104, 1. 







102 MYTHOLOGY. 

saxum ejus capiti a impendere dicunt,cujus ruinam timens 
perpetuo metu cruciatur. 

1.1. In nuptiis b Pelei et Thetidis omnes dii invitati 
erant praeter Discordiam. Hsec ira commota malum misil 
in medium, cui c inscripla erant verba: Pulcherrtma me 
habeto. Turn Juno, Venus et Minerva illud simul ap- 
petebant; ll magnaque inter eas discordia exorta, Jupiter 
Mercurio imperat, ut deas ad Paridem, Priami filium, 
dueeret, e qui inmonte Ida greges pascebat;* hunc earum 
litem dirempturum esse. f Huic Juno, si se pulchemmam 
judicasset, s omnium terrarum regnum est pollicita ; Mi- 
nerva ei splendidam inter homines famam promisit ; 
Venus autem Helenam, Ledae et Jovis filiam, se ei in 
conjugium dare h spopondit. Paris, hoc dono prioribus 
anteposito i Venerem pulchemmam esse j judicavit. Pos- 
tea Veneris hortatu Lacedsemonem k profectus, Helenam 
conjugi 1 suo m Menelao eripuit. Hinc bellum Trojanum 
origin em cepit, ad quod tota fere Graecia, duce 11 Aga- 
memnone, Menelai fratre, profecta est. 

12 Thetis, Pelei conjux, quum sciret Achillem filium 
suum cito periturum esse, f si Graecorum exercitum ad 
Trojam sequeretur, g eum misit in insulam Scyron, regi- 
que Lycomedi commendavit. Hie eum,muliebri habitu, 1 ' 
inter filias suas servabat. Graeci autem quum audivis- 
sent eum ibi occultari,* 1 unus e6rum r Ulysses, rex Itha- 
cae, in regio s vestibulo munera feminea s in calathiscis 



* Supply 


dicens, agreeing with Jupiter, 94. 4. 


a § 112, R. IV. 


h 94, 3, & 100, 


2. 


•> 110, 1. 


b § 136, Obs. 3. 


" 104, 1. 




§ 10. Greek nouns. 


« § 126, R. III. 


J 90, 3. 




P § 129. 


J § 102, R. I. 


* § 130, 2. 




q 96, 7. 


e § 140, 1, 3d. 


i 5,1. 




r 21, 2. 


i 94,l,2d.&100, 


1. n. 30,4, & 




■ § 106, Obs. 4. 


? $ 140, 2. 


§ 28, Obs. 3, 


Exc. 





MYTHOLOGY. 103 

posuit, simulque clypeum et hastam; mulieresque advo- 
uari* jussit. Quae b dum omnia contemplabantur, subito 
tubicen cecinit; quo sono audlto, Achilles arma arripuit. 
Unde eum virum c esse d intellectum est. 

13. Quum totus Graec5rum exercitus Aulide e conve- 
nisset, adversa tempestas eos ob irara Dianae retinebat. 
Agamemnon enim, dux illius expeditionis, cervam deae f 
sacram s vulneraverat, superbiusque h in Dianam locutus 
erat. Is quum haruspices convocasset, responderunt, 
iram deae expiari 1 non posse, d nisi filiam suam Iphige- 
niam ei immolasset.J Hanc ob causam Ulysses Argos k 
profectus mentitur 1 Agamemnonem filiam Achilli in 
matrimonium promisisse.™ Sic earn Aulidem k abduxit. 
Ubi quum pater earn immolare n vellet, Diana virginem 
miserata cervam ei p supposuit. Iphigenlam ipsam per 
nubes in terram Tauricam detulit, ibique templi sui sa- 
cerdotem fecit. 

14. Troja eversa, quum Greeci domum q redire vellent. 
ex Achillis tumiilo vox dicitur fuisse audita, quae Graecos 
monebat, ne fbrtissimum virum sine honore relinquerent/ 
Quare Graeci Polyxenam, Priami filiam, quae virgo fuit 
formosissima, ad sepulcrum ejus immolaverunt. 

15. Prometheus, Iapeti filius, primus s homines ex 
luto finxit, iisque p ignem e coelo in ferula attulit, mon- 
stravitque quomodo cinere obrutum servarent. 1 Ob hanc 
rem Vulcanus eum in monte Caucaso Jovis jussu clavis 



1 90, 4. 




h 22, 3. o 106, 1. 


b 38, 6. 




i 87, I. p § 123, R. XXIX. 


« § 103, R. 


V. 


J § 141, Obs. 8.&80. and Exp. 


* 96, 2. 




k § 130, 2. <i § 130, 4. 


* 6, 2. 




i § 44. 3. r§ 140, l, 3d. 


» § 111. 




» 94, 1, 2d, &9S, 2. ■ § 98, Obs. 10. 


t 16, I. 




■ 88, 2. i § 140, 5, 



]04 MYTHOLOGY. 

ferreis alligavit ad saxum, et aquilam ei apposuit, quae a 
cor exederet. Quantum b vero interdiu exederat, tantum b 
nocte crescebat. Hanc aquilam insequenti tempore Her- 
cules transfixit sagittis, Prometheumque liberavit. 

16. Pluto, inferorum deus, a Jove fratre petebat, ut 
sibi Proserpinam, Jovis et Cereris filiam, in matrimonium 
daret. c Jupiter negavit quidem Cererem passuram esse,' 1 
ut filia in tenebris Tartari moraretur; c sed fratri permisit, 
ut earn, si posset, raperet. c Quare Proserpinam, in ne- 
more Ennae in Sicilia flores legentem, Pluto quadrigis ex 
terrae hiatu proveniens rapuit. 

17. Ceres quum nesciret ubi filia esset, f earn per totum 
orbem terrarum queesivit. In quo itinere ad Celeum ve- 
nit, regem Eleusiniorum, cujus uxor Metaiiira puerum 
Triptolemum pepererat, rogavitque ut se tanquam nutri- 
cem in domum reciperent. c Quo facto, quum Ceres 
alumnum suum s immortalem reddere vellet, h eum inter- 
diu lacte divino alebat, noctu clam igne obruebat. Ita- 
que mirum in modum crescebat. Quod * quum miraren- 
tur parentes, earn J observaverunt. Qui k quum viderent 
Cererem puerum in ignem mittere, 1 pater exclamavit. 
Turn dea Celeum exanimavit; Triptolemo autem currum 
draconibus m junctum tribuit, frugesque mandavit, quas 
per orbem terrarum vectus disseminaret. n 

18. Althaea, Thestii filia, ex CEneo peperit Meleagrum. 
Ei Parcae ardentem titionem dederunt, praefantes Mele- 
agrum tarn diu victurum d quam diu p is titio foret q in- 



a 40, 1, & 


s 


30, 4. 


"> 64, 6. 


§ 141, Obs. 2,4th. 


b 


74, 3. 


» 40, 5, & 


b 44, 3, & 47. 


i 


38,4. 


§ 141, R. II. 


c § 140, l"3d. 


J 


27,6. 


o 94, 1, 2d. 


d 100, 2. 


k 


39, 1. 


p 124,19. 


c § 145, Obs. 5, 5th. 


1 


96,1. 


q § 140, 6. 


f § 141 Obs. 8. 









MYTHOLOGY. 105 

columis. Hunc a itaque Althaea liligenter in area clau- 
sum servavit. Interim Diana CEneo b irata quia ei sacra 
annua non fecerat, aprum mira magnitudine c misit, qui 
agrum Calydonium vastaret. d Quem e Meleager cum 
juvenibus ex omni Graecia delectis interfecit, pellemque 
ejus Atalantae donavit. Cui f quum Althaeae fratres earn 
eripere vellent, ilia Meleagri auxilium imploravit, qui 
avunculos occidit. Turn Althaea, gravi ira * in filium 
commota, titionem ilium fatalem in ignem conjecit. Sic 
Meleager periit. At sorores ejus, dum fratrem insola- 
biliter lugent, in aves mutatae sunt. 

19. Europam, Agenoris filiam, Sidoniam, Jupiter in 
taurum mutatus Sidone h Cretam 1 transvexit, et ex ea 
procreavit Minoem, Sarpedonem, et Rhadamanthum. 
Hanc ut reducerent Agenor suos filios misit, conditione 
addita, ut nee ipsi J redirent, nisi sororem invenissent. k 
Horum unus, Cadmus nomine, 1 quum erraret, Delphos' 
venit, ibique responsum accepit, bovem praecedentem se- 
queretur; m ubi ille decubuisset, k ibi urbem conderet.* 
Quod quum faceret, n in Bceotiam venit. Ibi aquam quae- 
rens ad fontem Castalium draconem invenit, Martis 
filium, qui aquam custodiebat. Hunc Cadmus interfecit^ 
dentesque ejus sparsit et aravit. Unde Sparti enati sunt. 
Pugna inter illos exorta, quinque superfuerunt, ex qui- 
bus quinque nobiles Thebanorum stirpes originem dux- 
erunt. 



* Conderet is 


in the same construction with sequeretur. 


a Sup. titionem 


' 39 "from her," 


t§ 141, Obs. 8. 


b § 111. 


and 5, 1. 


i § 128, R. XXXIV. 


« 6. 1, and 


e § 129, R. XXXV. 


^ § 140, Obs. 5. 


§ 106, R. VII. 


*§ 130,3. 


» 38, 4. 


d 40,4. 


' § 130, 2. 


° § 44, II. 2. 


6 39,7. 


J 32,3. 





106 MYTHOLOGY. 

20 Quum Bacchus, Jovis ex Semele Alius, exercitum 
in fndiam duceret, Silenus ab agmme aberravit. Quern* 
Midas, rex Mygdoniee, hospitio b liberaliter accepiteique 
ducem dedit, qui c eum ad Bacchum reduceret. Ob hoc 
oeneficium Bacchus Midee optionem dedit, ut quicquid 
vellet d a se peteret. f Ille petiit, ut quidquid f tetigisset d 
aurum fieret. e Quod s quum impetrasset, h quidquid f te- 
tigerat aurum fiebat. Primo gavlsus est hac virtute i sua; 
mox intellexit nihil ipsi J hocmunere k perniciosius esse. 
Nam etiam cibus et potio in aurum mutabatur. 1 Quum 
jam fame cruciaretur, petit a Baccho, ut donum suum 
revocaret. e Quern a Bacchus jussit in flumine Pactolo se 
abluere, quumque aquam tetigisset, facta est colore™ 
aureo. 

21. Schoeneus Atalantam filiam formosissimam dicitur 
habuisse, quae cursu viros superabat." Haec quum a 
pluribus ° in conjugium peteretur, pater ejus conditionem 
proposuit, ut, qui earn ducere vellet, d prius cursu cum ea 
contenderet; e si victus esset, d occideretur. e Multos quum 
superasset et interfecisset, tandem ab Hippomene victa 
est. Hie enim a Venere tria mala aurea acceperat. Dum 
currebant, horum unum post alterum projecit, iisque b 
Atalantse cursum tardavit. Nam dum mala colligit, Hip- 
pomenes ad metam pervenit. Huic itaque Schceneus 
filiam ux5rem dedit. Quam p quum in patriam duceret, 
oblitus Veneris beneficio b se vicisse, q grates ei r non egit. 



a 39, 7. 


g 38,7. 


*'6, 1,&§106,R.VI1 


b § 129, R. XXXV. 


h 74, 8, and 


n § 44, II. 1. 


c 40, 4, and 


§ 140, Obs. 4. 


° 19, 1. 


§ 141, R. II. 


1 § 136, Obs. 5. 


p 39, 8. 


d § 141, Obs. 8. 


i § 111. 


< 94, 1, 2d,& 98, 2. 


•§ 140, 1, 3d. 


* 6, 3. 


' 27, 2d, 6, and 


t 37,8 


i § 102, Obs. 1. 


§ 123. 



MYTHOLOGY. 107 

Hanc ob causam Hippomenes mutatus est in leonem, At- 
alanta in leeenam. A 

22. Nisus, rex Megarensium, in capite crinera purpu- 
reum habuisse dicitur, a e que prsedictum b fuit, tarn diu 
eum regnaturum, c quam diu d eura crinem custodisset. e 
Hunc Minos, rex Cretensium, bello f aggressus est. Qui* 
quum urbem Megaram oppugnaret, Scylla, Nisi filia, 
amore f ejus correpta est, et, ut ei victoriam pararet, h 
patri * dormienti fatalem crinem praecidit. Ita Nisus a 
Minoe victus j et occisus est. Quum autem Minos in 
Cretam rediret, k Scylla eum rogavit, ut earn secum ave- 
heret. Sed ille negavit Cretam tantum scelus esse recep- 
tiiram. c Turn ilia se in mare praecipitat, navemque per- 
sequitur. Nisus in aquilam marinam conversus tot, 
Scylla in piscem, quern Cirim vocant. Hodieque, si- 
quando ilia avis hunc piscem conspexerit, 1 mittit se in 
aquam, rap turn que unguibus f dilaniat. 

23. Amphion, Jovis et Antiopes nlius, qui Thebas 
muris cinxit, Nioben, Tantali filiam, in matrimonium 
duxit. Ex qua procreavit filios septem totidemque filias. 
Quem partum Niobe Latonae liberis anteposuit, super- 
biusque m locuta est in Apollinem et Dianam. Ob id 
Apollo filios ejus venantes sagittis interfecit, Diana au- 
tem filias. Niobe liberis n orbata in saxum mutata esse 
dicitur, a ej usque lacrymae hodieque manare narrantur.* 
Amphion autem, quum templum Apollmis expugnare 
vellet, ab Apolline sagittis est interfectus. 



a § 145, Obs. 4. 


* § 129, R. 


* § 44, II. 


b 51,2, & 


8 39, 1. 


i § 45, III. 1, 2. 


§ 101, Obs. 5. 


■» § 140, 1, 2d. 


» 22, 2. 


• 100, 2. 


i 5. 1. 


■ 64, 8, & 5-1. 


* 124, 19. 


J 115, 1. 


o § 140, Obs. 4. 


*§ 141, Obs. 8. 







108 MYTHOLOGY. 

24. Phineus, Agenoris films, ab Apolline futurarum 
rerum scientiam acceperat. Quum vero hominibus a deo- 
rum consilia enuntiaret, b Jupiter eum excsecavit, et im- 
misit ei a Harpyias, quae Jovis canes c esse dicuntur, ut 
cibum ab ore* ei d auferrent. e Ad quern f quum Argo- 
nauts venissent, ut eum iter g rogarent, h dixit se illis iter 
demonstraturum esse, 1 si eum poena.J liberarent. Turn 
Zetes et Calais, Aquilonis filii, k qui pennas in capite et 
in pedibus habuisse dicuntur, Harpyias fugaverunt in in- 
sulas Strophadas, et Phineum poena j liberarunt. 

* Ab ore is emphatic •'' from him, from his very mouth." 
* § 123. • § 140, 1, 2d. * 100, 2. 

b § 140, Ohs. 4. ' 39, 9. i § 125. 

c § 103. e § 124, * § 97, Obs, 2. 

d 5, 1. * § 141, Obs. 8. 



ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 



1? Thales interrogates an facta hominum deos a late- 
rent^ respondit, ne c cogitata quidem. 

2. Solon, qui Athenienslbus leges scripsit, dicebat 
neminem, dum viveret, d beatum haberi posse, quod om- 
nes ad ultlmum usque diem anciplti fortunes 6 obnoxii 
essent. f 

3. Pythagoras philosophi tanta fuit apud discipulos 
suos auctoritas, ut, quae ab eo audivissent, d ea in dubi- 
tati5nem adducere non auderent. g Rogati autem ut cau- 
sam redderent h eorum, quae dixissent, d respondebant, 
Ipsum dixisse} Ipse autem erat Pythagoras. 

4. Bias unus ex septem Sapientibus, j quum patriam 
Prienen ab hostibus expugnatam et eversam fugeret, k 
interrogatus, cur nihil ex bonis J suis secum ferret, b Ego 
vero, respondit, 1 bona mecum porto omnia. 

5. Democritus, cui pater ingentes divitias reliquerat, 
omne fere patrimonium suum civibus donavit, ne do- 

» § 116, R. XX. f § 141, Obs. 7. J § 107, Obs. 8, and 

b 74, 12. «§ 140, 1. 1st. 19, 1, &4, 

° 121,5. h 78,5. * 74,3. 

d § 141, Obs. 8. • 98, 1. i § 116, Obs. 6. 



§ 11 



10 



110 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 

mesticarum rerum cura a philosophic studio avocare- 
tur. a 

6. Etiam Crates Thebanus bona sua inter Thebanos 
di visit, nihil sibi servans prater peram et baculum. Haec 
enim Cynicorum instrumenta erant. A quo b consilio 
quum amici et propinqui eum avocare studerent, c eos 
correpto baculo d fugavit, nihil pulchrius esse arbitratus, 
quam ab omnibus curis e vacuum f uni philosophise ope- 
ram dare.s 

7. Anaxagoras, quum a longinqua peregrinatione sci- 
ential augendae h causa suscepta in patriam rediisset, 
agrosque suos neglectos et desertos videret, Non essemj 
inquit, salvus, nisi ista* periissent. k 

8. Carneades usque ad extremam senectam nunquam 
cessavit a philosophise studio. Ssepe ei accidit, 1 ut, quum 
cibi h capiendi causa accubuisset, cogitationibus m innse- 
rens manum ad cibos appositos porrigere oblivisceretur." 

9. Idem adversus Zendnem Stoicum scripturus caput 
helleboro purgabat, ne corrupti humores sollertiam et 
acumen mentis impedirent. a 

10. Anaxagoras philosophus, morte d filii audita, vultu 
nihil ° immutato dixit. p Sciebam me mortdlem genuisse.* 

11. Archytas Tarentinus, quum ab itincre reversus 
agros suos villici socordia neglectos videret, Graviter te 
castigdremf inquit, nisi irdtus essem* 

12. Plato quoque, quum in servum vehementius r ex- 

a § 140, 1. 2d. b § 149, R. and Obs.l » § 112, R. IV. 

b 38,8. * 112, 1, &5. « § 140, 1, 4th. 

74, 3, and i 78, 8. • § 128. 

§ 140, Obs. 4. J § 28, Obs. 3, 3d. p § 116, Obs. 6. 

a 9, 1, and 104, 2. * § 140, Obs. 2. i 98, 1. 
e § 107, R. XI. Obs. 10. i 51,3, "happened." ' 22, I. 
f Sup. se. 



ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. Ill 

arsisset, veritus ne a vindictse modum excederet, Speu- 
sippo b adstanti mandavit, ut de illius poena statueret. 

13. Idem discendi d cupiditate ductus JEgyptum pera- 
gravitj et a sacerdotibus illius regionis geometriam et 
astronomiam didicit. Idem in Italiam trajecit, ut ibi Py- 
thagoras philosophiam et instituta disceret. 6 

14. Athenienses Socratem damnaverunt, quod novos 
deos introducere videbatur. Protagoram quoque philoso- 
phum 3 qui ausus f fuerat scribere, se ignorare an dii es- 
sent, ff Athenienses ex urbe pepulerunt. 

15. Xanthippe, Socratis uxor, morosa admodum fuisse 
fertur. Quam h ejus indolem quum perspexisset Alcibi- 
ades, Socratem interrogavit, quid esset, s quod mulierem 
tam acerbam et jurgidsam non exigeret 1 domo.J Turn 
ille, Quoniam, inquit, dum illam domi* perpetior, insu- 
esco, ut ceterorum quoque foris petulantiam et injurias 
facilius feram. e 

16. Xenocrates philosophus, quum maledicorum quo- 
rundam sermoni k interesset, neque quidquam ipse loque- 
retur, 1 interrogatus, cur solus taceret, g respondit: Quia 
dixisse m me aliquando pcenituit, tacuisse m nunquam. 

17. Hegesias philosnphus in disputationibus suis n 
mala et cruciatus vitas tam vividis coloribus repraesenta- 
bat, ut multi, qui eum audiverant, sponte se occiderent. 
Quare a Ptolemseo rege ulterius his de rebus disserere 
est prohibitus. 



* 121, 6, and 


» § 78. 


*§ 112, R.I, & 5. 4 


§ 140, Obs. 6. 


b 74, 11, and 


i § 149. 


*> § 123. 


§ 140, 5. 


™ 66, 10, and 


c§ 140, 1, 3d. 


»» 38, 6. 


§ 113, Obs. 7. 


J § 147, Obs. 2. 


« § 141, Obs. 8. 


" 30, 1. 


« § 140, 1, 2d. 


J § 130, 4. 


§ 140, 1, 1st. 



112 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 

18. Gorgiae Leontino, a qui eloquentia b et eruditione 
omnes suae aetatis homines superare existimabatur, uni- 
versa Graecia in templo Apollmis Delphici statuam aure- 
am collocavit. 

19. Idem, quum annum centeftmum septimum agefet, 
interrogates, quapropter tarn diu vellet c invitaremanere, 
respondit: Quia nihil habeo, quod d senectutem meam 
accusem* 

20. Illustrissimi saepe viri humili loco f nati fuerunt. s 
Socrates, quern oraculum Apollmis sapientissimum omni- 
um hominum h judicavit/ obstetricis filius fuit. Euri- 
pides, poeta tragicus, matrem habuit, 1 quae olera vendi- 
tabat, j et Demosthenis, oratoris eloquentissimi, patrem 
cultellos vendidisse k narrant. 

21. Homerus, princeps poetarum Graecorum, dolore 
absumptus esse creditur, quod quaestionem a piscatoribus 
ipsi 1 propositam solvere non posset. m 

22. Simonides, poeta praestantissimus, gloriatur in 
quodam poemate, se n octoginta annos° natum in certa- 
men musicum descendisse k et victoriam inde retulisse. 
Idem aliquancriu vixit apudHipparchum, Pisistrati filium, 
Athenarum tyrannum. Inde Syraciisas p se contulit ad 
Hieronem regem, cum quo familiariter vixisse dicitur. 
Primus q carmina statiito pretio r scripsit- quare eumMu- 
sam venalem reddidisse dicunt. 

23. Quum .ZEschylus Atheniensis, qui parens 3 tragce- 
diae dicitur, in Sicilia versaretur,* ibique in loco aprico 



a § 123. 


s 72. 


n § 145, R. LVIII. 


b § 128, R. XXXIV. 


h § 107, R. X. 


§ 131, R. XLI. 


* 74, 16. 


i 73. 


p § 130, 2. 


§ 122, Obs. 2. 


J § 44, II. 1. 


9 § 98, Obs. 10. 


« § 141, R. I. 


* 97, 1. 


' § 133, R. XLIV. 


' 6, 5, & 


i 32,9,§126,R.III 


• § 103. 



§ 119, R. XXIII. » § 141 Obs. 7. t 74, 3. 



ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 113 

sederet, aquila testudinem glabro ejus capiti a immisit quod 
pro saxo habuit. Quo b ictu ille extinctus est. 

24. Euripides, qui et ipse magnum inter poetas tragi- 
cos nomen habet, a coena domum rediens a canibus lace- 
ratUs est. 

25. Athenienses quondam ab Euripide postulabant, 
ut ex tragcedia sententiam quandam tolleret. c Ille au- 
tem in scenam progressus dixit, se fabulas componere 
solere, d ut popiilum doceret, e non ut a populo disceret. 

26. Philippides, comcediarum scriptor, quum in poe- 
tarum certamme prseter spem vicisset f et ilia victoria 
impense gauderet, eo ipso gaudio repente exstinctus est. 

27. Pindarus, poeta Thebanus, Apollini^ gratissimus 
fuisse dicitur. Quare saepe a sacerdotibus in templum 
Delphicum ad coenam vocabatur, parsque ei h tribuebatur 
donorum, quae sacrificantes i deo obtulerant. Ferunt 
etiam Pana j Pindari hymnis k tantopere fuisse lsetatum, 
ut eos in montibus et silvis caneret. 1 Quum Alexander, 
rex Macedonia?, Thebas diriperet, unius Pindari domo m 
et familise pepercit. 

28. Diogenes Cynicus Myndum profectus, quum vide- 
ret magnif icas portas et urbem exiguam, Myndios mon- 
uit, ut portas clauderent, ne urbs egrederetur. e 

29. Demosthenes Atheniensis incredibili studio et la- 
b5re eo n pervenit, ut, quum ° multi eum ingenio p parum 
valere existimarent, omnes aBtatis suae orat5res superaret 
eloquentia p . Nunquamtamen extempore dicebat, neque 
in concione volebat assurgere, nisi rem, de qua ageretur, q 

* § 123. s§ 111. » § 112, R.V.&7, 2 

b 38,9. h § 126, R. III. » 28, Obs. 

c § 140, 1, 3d. " 19, 1. <>§ 140, Obs. 4. 

" 96, 2. J § 15, 4. p § 128. 

e § 140, 6, or 1, 2d. * § 121, Obs. 2. i§ 141, Obs. 8. 

1 74.8. i § 140, I, 1st. 



114 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 

accurate antea meditatus esset. a Unde plerique eum tim- 
idum esse existimabant. Sed in hac re Periclis consue- 
tudinem imitabatur, qui non facile de quaque re dicere, 
nee existimati5nem suam b fortune committere solebat. 

30. Pericles in concionem itiirus, quum ammo perpen- 
deret, quantum periculi c inconsiderate dicta d hominibus 
afferrent, e solebat precari a diis, f ne quod ipsi s verbum 
imprudenti excideret, quod reipublicaB officere posset. h 

31. Minos, Cretensium rex, ssepe se in speluncam 
quandam conferebat, ibique se cum Jove colloqui 1 leges- 
que ab eo accipere* dicebat. Etiam Lycurgus Lacedae- 
moniis-J persuasit, se leges suas b ab Apolline didicisse. k 

32. Quum Lycurgus, LacedaBmoniorum legislator, Del- 
phis 1 in templum Apollinis intrasset, ut a deo f oraculum pe- 
teret, Pythia eum his verbis allocuta est: Nescio utrum de- 
us an homo appellandus m sis ; sed deuspotius videris 11 esse. 

33. Leonidas, rex LacedaBmoniorum, quum Persee di- 
cerentur sagittarum multitudine solem obscuraturi, re- 
spondisse fertur: Melius itdque in umbra pugnabimus. 

34. Cyrus omnium suorum militum nomina memoria 
tenebat. Mithridates autem, rex Ponti, duarum et vi- 
ginti gentium, quaB sub regno ejus erant, linguas ita di- 
dicerat, ut cum omnibus, quibus imperabat, sine inter- 
prete loqui posset. 

35. Themistocles interroganti p utrum Achilles esse 
mallet, e an Homerus, q respondit: Tu verb mallesne te in 
Olympico certamine victor em renuntidri r an prceco esse, 
qui victorum nomina procldmat ? 

» § 140, Obs. 2, e § 112, Obs. 3. ~~ » 74, 9, & 108, 1. 

b 30,3. h §14l, Obs. 8. » 70,3. 

* § 106, R. VIII. 1 96,1. ° 7, 2, &§ 112, R.V 

d 19,4. J § 123, &7, 2. p 19, &§ 98, Obs. 5 

e 74, 11. * 98, 2. i § 103. R. V. 

'§124, Obs. 2 i § 130, l,Exc. &6.2 ' § 145', Obs, 1, 3. 



ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 115 

36. Epaminondas, Thebanorum imperator, in bello ad- 
versus Lacedsemonios, animos suorum religi5ne excitan- 
dos a ratus, arma in templis affixanocte b detraxit, persua- 
sicque militibus, quum ilia abesse c viderent, deos iter 
suum sequi, c ut ipsis d prceliantibus adessent. 

37. Idem in pugna ad Mantineam graviter vulneratus 
est. Quum animam recepisset, interrogavit circumstantes 
amicos, an clypeus salvus esset; e deinde, an hostes fusi 
essent. e Illi utrumque affirmaverunt. Turn demum 
hastam e corpore educi f jussit. Quo s facto statim ex- 
spiravit. 

38. Epaminondas tanta fuit abstinentia h et integritate, 
ut post plurima bella, quibus Thebanorum potentiam 
incredibiliter auxerat, nihil in supellectili haberet prae- 
ter ahenum et veru. 

39. Lysander, dux Lacedeemoni5rum, militem quen- 
dam via 1 egressum castigabat. Cui dicenti, ad nullius, 
rei rapinam se ab agmine recessisse, j respondit: JVe k spe- 
ciem quidem rapturi 1 prcebeas volo. 

40. Iphicrates, dux Atheniensium, quum praesidio tene- 
ret Corinthum, et sub adventum hostium ipse m vigilias 
circumiret, vigilem, quem dormientem invenerat, hasta 
transfixit. Quod n factum quibusdam ei ° ut saevum ex- 
probrantibusj Qualem? inveni, inquit, talem reliqui. 

41. Quum quidam Thrasybiilo, qui civitatem Athe- 
niensium a tyrannorum dominatione liberavit, dixisset: 
Quantas q tibi gratias Jlthence debent I ille respondit: Dii 

a 108, 4, &§ 79, 9. e 38,5. « 19,&§ 98, Obs. 5 

b § 131, R. XL. h § 106, R. VII. "» 32,3. 

■ 96, 2. I § 136, R. LII. - 38. 

c § 112, R. I. J 94, l,2d, & 98 2. "§123. 

• 74. 12, &§ 140, 5. k 121, 2, and p 44, 4, & 47. 

f 90, 4. § 140, 1. 3d. <i 48, 3. 



116 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSON3. 

faciant* ut quantas h ipse patriae, debeo gratias, tantas 
ei videar d retulisse. 

42. Philippus, rex Macedonum, monentibus 6 eum 
quibusdam, ut Pythiam quendara caveret, d fortem mili- 
tem, sed ipsi f alienatum, quod tres filias aegre aleret, g 
nee a rege adjuvaretur, dixisse fertur: Quid ? h si partem 
corporis haberem* cegram, abs cinder em ^ potius, an curd- 
rem ? Deinde Pythiam ad se vocatum, k accepta k diffi- 
cultate rei domestical, pecunia 1 instruxit. Quo facto 
nullum rex militem Pythia m fideli5rem habuit. 

43. Mulier quaedam ab eodem Philippo, quum a con- 
vivio temulentus recederet, damnata, A Philippo, inquit, 
temulento ad Philippum sobrium prevdeo. 

44. Philippus, rex Macedonia, praedicare solebat, se 
oratoribus Atheniensium maximam gratiam habere. n 
Mam conviciis suis, inquit, efficiunt, ut quotidie melior ° 
evddam, dum eos dictis? faciisque mendacii arguere 
conor. 

45. Ejusdem regis epistola fertur scripta ad Aristote- 
lem philosophum, qua filium sibi q natum esse nuntiavit. 
Erat ilia epistola verbis concepta fere his: Filium mihi q 
genitum esse scito. Quod* equidem diis habeo gratiam: 
non tarn quod natus est) quam quod ei 9 contigit nasci 
temporibus vita. tuce. Spero enim fore, ut a te eduedtus 
et eruditus dignus evddat et nobis u et rebus, quas ipsi 
relicturi sumus. 

a 77, 9, and h § 150, 1. « § 103, Obs. 2. 

§ 42. Obs. 4, 5. ! § 140, 2. p § 129. 

* 44, 3, & 47. i 78,4, q § 126, R. III. 
c 32, 1. § 139, 2,& 124, 13. r 38, 10, Note. 

a§ 140, 1, 3d, &70. k 104, 3, 8c 2. "§113. 

e § 122, Obs. 4. « § 125. t § u$ } Obs. 6. 

f 64, 9. m 6, 3 » 6, 5, & § 119. 

g§ 141, Obs. 7. " 94, 1, 2d, & 96, J. 






ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 137 

46. Alexander Macedo, Philippi Alius, quum puer a 
prseceptore suo audivisset innumerablles mundos esse, 3 
Heu me b miserum, inquit, qui ne uno c qu'idem adhuc po- 
titus sum I 

47. Quum Alexander quondam Macedonum quorun- 
dam benevolentiam largitionibus sibi conciliare conatus 
esset, Philippus eum his verbis increpuit: Sperasne d eos 
tibi e fideles esse futures f quos pecunid tibi conciliaveris ? g 
Scito amorem non auro emi sed virtutibus. 

48. Alexandro * Macedoni, Asia debellata, Corinthii 
per legatos gratulati sunt, regemque civitate b sua dona- 
verunt. Quod 1 officii genus quum Alexander risisset, 
unus ex legatis, Nulli* unquam, inquit, civitdtem dedi- 
mus alii quam tibi* et Hercitli. Quo 1 audito, Alexan- 
der honorem sibi delatum lubentissime accepit. 

49. Quum Alexander Graecise populis l imperasset, ut 
divinos ipsi honores decernerent, m Lacedaemonii his ver- 
bis utebantur: Quoniam Alexander deus esse voluit, esto 
deus; Laconica brevitate regis notantes vecordiam. 

50. Lysimachus, rex Thracise, Theodorum Cyrenseum, 
virum libertatis n amantissimum et regise dominationi e in- 
festum, cruci affigi° jussit. Cui ille, Hujus modi minis, 
inquit, purpurdtos tuos terreas? Mea q quidem nihil x 
interest, humlne 8 an sublime putrescam. 

51. Mausolus, rex Cariae, Artemisiam habuit conju- 
gem. Hsec, Mausolo defuncto, ossa cineremque mariti 
contiisa et odoribus mixta cum aqua potabat. Extruxit 

1 96, 9. s § 141, Obs. 8. » § 107. R. IX. 

b § 117, R. b § 125, k Obs. 1. ° 90, 4. 

c 7, 5, and ' 38, 7, & 38, 5. p § 45, I. 1. 

§ 121, R. XXVI. i § 123. q § 113, Exc. I. 

* 58, 1, & 56, 3. " § 149, R. LXV. * § 122, Obs. 6. 

•§111. * 7,2, &§112, R.V »§130, Obs. 7. 

( 99.1. »§ 140, 1,3d. 



118 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 

quoque, ad conservandam a ejus memoriam, sepulcrum 
illudnobilissimum, ab ejus nomine appellatum, quod inter 
septem orbis terrarum miracula numeratur. Quod L 
quum Mausoli manibus c dicaret, certamen instituit, prse- 
miis amplissimis ei propositus, qui defunctum regem op- 
time laudasset. d 

52. Dionysius, qui a patre Syracusarum et paene totius 
Sicilian tyrannidem acceperat, sen ex patria e pulsus Co- 
rinthi f pueros litteras docuit.s 

53. Mithridates, rex Ponti, saepe venenum hauserat, 
ut sibi a clandestinis caveret insidiis. Hinc factum est, 
ut, quum a Pompeio superatus mortem sibi consciscere 
vellet, ne velocissima quidem venena ei nocerent. h 

54. Quum Gyges, rex LydiaB ditissimus 3 oraculum 
Apollinis interrogaret, an quisquam mortalium 1 se j esset k 
felicior, deus, Aglaiim quendam Psophidium feliciorem, 
praedicavit. Is autem erat Arcadum 1 paupemmus, par- 
vuli agelli possessor, cujus termlnos quamvis senex nun- 
quam excesserat, fructibus 1 et voluptatibus angusti ruris 
contentus. 

55. Pyrrhus, rex Epiri, quum in Italia esset, audivit, 
Tarentmos quosdam juvenes in convivio parum hono- 
rif ice de se locutos esse. m Eos igitur ad se arcessitos per- 
cunctatus est, an dixissent k ea, quae ad aures suas per- 
venissent. n Turn unus ex his, JVm, inquit, vinum nobis 
defecisset^ multo q etiam plura r et graviora in te locutu- 
ri erdmus. 8 Haec criminis excusatio iram regis in risum 
convertit. 

" 112, 7. h § 140, 1, 4th. n § 141, Obs. 8. 

»» 38, 4. I § 107, R. X. »§ 112, Obs. 1. 

c § 123, R. i 6. 3. p § 140, Ob?. 2. 

i § 141, Obs. 2, 2d. * § 140, 5. q § 232, R. XLIII. 

e § 126, R. V. i § 119, R. XXIII. r 19, 4. 

t 4, 1, & § 130, 1. m 98,2. 8 §79, 8. 
e § 124, 11. 



ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 119 

56. Marsyas, frater Antigoni, regis Macedonian, quum 
causam haberet cum privato quodam, fratrem rogavit, ut 
de ea domi cognosceret. a At ille, In for o p otitis * inquit. 
Nam si culpa b vacas, innocentia tua ibi melius appare- 
bit; sin damnandus es, nostra justitia* 

57. Clara sunt apud Catanenses nomina fratrum Ana- 
pi et Amphinomi, c qui patrem et matrem humeris per 
medios d ignes iEtnae portarunt, eosque cum vitae suae e 
perieulo e flammis eripuerunt. 

58. Spartanus quidam quum rideretur, quod claudus 
in pugnam iret, f At mihif inquit, pugndref nonfugere 
est propositum. 1 

59. Spartanus quidam in magistrates petitione ab 
semulis victus, maximee sibi lsetitise esse, j dixit, quod pa- 
tria sua se k meliores cives haberet/ 

60. Quum homo quidam, qui diu in uno pede stare 
didicerat, Lacedeemonio * cuidam dixisset, se non arbitra- 
ri Lacedaemoniorum q quemquam tamdiu idem facere 
posse, ille respondit: Jit anseres* te* diutius. 

61. Diagoras Rhodius, quum tres ejus filii in ludis 
Olympicis victores renuntiati essent, tanto affectus est 
gaudio, m ut in ipso stadio, inspectante populo, in filiorum 
manibus animam redderet. n 

62. Scipio Africanus nunquam ad negotia publica ac- 
cedebat, antequam in templo Jovis precatus esset.° 

63. Scipio dic£re solebat, hosti non solum dandam p 



* Supply the proper verb. 

a § 140, 1,3d. s§126, R. III. » § 129. 

'- § 121, R. XXV. h § 144, R. LVI. ■ § 140. 1, 1st. 

<=§ 97, & Obs.5. i 51, 1. ° § 140,4. 

d 17, 1. J 8, 1, and § 114. p 108, 4. 

<■ 30, 2. k 6, 3, & § 120. q § 107, R. X. 

I § 141. Obs. 8. i 63. &§ 123. 



120 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 

esse viam fugiendi, sed etiam muniendam. Similiter 
Pyrrhus, rex Epiri, fugienti hosti a pertinaciter instandum b 
esse negabat; non solum, ne fortius ex necessitate resis- 
teret, c sed ut postea quoque facilius acie d cederet, ratus 
victores fugientibus non usque ad perniciem instaturos 
esse. 

64. Metellus Pius, in Hispania bellum gerens interro- 
gates, quid postero die facturus esset V Tuntcam meam, 
inquit, si id eloqui posset/ comburerem. s 

65. L. Mummius, qui, Corintho capta, totam Italiam 
tabulis h statuisque exornavit, ex tantis manubiis nihil in 
suum usum convertit, ita ut, eo defuncto, non esset * un- 
de ejus filia dotem accipereU Quare senatus ei ex pub- 
lico dotem decrevit. 

66. Scipio Africanus major Ennii poetse imaginem in 
sepulcro gentis Cornelias collocari jussit, quod Scipionum 
res gestas carminibus h suis illustraverat. 

67. M. Cato, Catonis Censorii filius, in acie cadente 
equo prolapsus, quum se recollegisset, k animadvertisset- 
que gladium excidisse ] vagina," 1 rediit in hostem : accep- 
tisque aliquot vulneribus, n recuperato 11 demum gladio ad 
suos reversus est. 

68. Q. Metellus Macedonicus in Hispania quinque co- 
hortes, quae hostibus ° cesserant, testamentum facere jus- 
sas ad locum p recuperandum misit; minatus q eos non- 
nisi post victoriam receptum iri. r 

a § 112, R. IV. § 42, II. 2d. "> § 136, R. LII. 

b 113 8. h § 129. n 104, 1. 

c § 140, 6. i § 140, 1, 1st. o § 112, R. V. 

d § 136, Obs. 5. i § 141, Obs. 8. Obs. 5, 5th. 

e § 140, 5. * 74, 8, & p 112, 7. 

{ § 140, 2. § 140, Obs. 4. i 106, 1. 

8 78,8. & i 98,3 r 94, 1, 2d, & 100,8. 



ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 121 

69. Publius Decius consul, quum in bello contra Lat- 
inos Roman5rum aciem cedentem videret, capite pro re- 
publics salute dev6to, a in medium hostium agm en irruit, 
et magna strage edita a plurimis telis obrutus cecidit. 
Hsec ejus mors Romanorum aciem restituit, iisque victo- 
riam paravit. 

70. L. Junius Brutus, qui Romam a regibus liberavit, 
filios suos, qui Tarquinium regem expulsum restituere 
conati erant, ipse b capitis damnavit, eosque virgis cresos 
securi d percuti e jussit. 

71. Q. Marcius Rex consul, quum filium unicum, ju- 
venem summa? pietatis f et magna? spei, miorte s amisisset, 
dolorem suum ita coercuit, ut a rogo adolescentis protenus 
curiam peteret, 11 ibique muneris sui negotia strenue oblret. 

72. In bello Romanorum cum Perseo, ultimo Macedo- 
nia} rege, accidit, 1 ut serena nocte j subito luna deficeret. 
Hsec res ingentem apud milites terrorem excitayit, qui 
existimabant hoc omine g futiiram cladem portendi. k Turn 
vero Sulpicius Gallus, qui erat in eo exercitu, in concione 
militum causam hujus rei tarn diserte exposuit, ut poste- 
ro die J omnes intrepido animo s pugnam committerent. h 

73. L. Siccius Dentatus ob insignem fortitudinem ap- 
pellatus est Achilles Romanus. Pugnasse 1 is dicitur 
centum et viginti prceliis; m cicatricem aversam nullam, 
adversas quinque et quadraginta tulisse; coronis 11 esse 
donatus aureis duodeviginti, obsidionali una, muralibus 
tribus, civicis quatuordecim, torquibus tribus et octogin-' 

* 104,1. e§129. k 96,5. 

b 32, 4. h § 140, 1, 1st. i § 145, Obs. 4. 

'§122. i 51,3. » § 136, Obs. 5. (in.) 

* § 15, 6, &Note 3. J 6, 7, & »§ 123, Obs. 3, and 

* 90, 4, or 94, 3. § 131, R. XL. §126. 



f § 106. R. VII. 



11 



122 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 

ta, armillis plus centum sexaginta, hastis duodeviginti. 
Phaleris idem donatus est quinq tries viciesque. Trium- 
phavit cum imperatoribus suis triumphos a novem. 

74. Hannibalem in Italiam proficiscentem tria millia b 
Carpetanorum reliquerunt. Quorum c exemplum ne ce- 
teri quoque barbari sequerentur, d edixit eos a se esse di- 
missos, e et insuper in fidem ejus rei alios etiam, quorum 
fides ipsi f suspecta erat, domum s remlsit. 

75. Hannibal quum elephantos compellere non posset, h 
ut praealtum flumen transirent, 1 neque rates haberet, h qui- 
bus eos trajiceret, 1 jussit ferocissimum elephantorum sub 
auye vulnerari, et eum, qui vulnerassetjj se in flumen 
conjicere illudque tranare. Turn elephantus exaspera- 
tus ad persequendum dol5ris sui auctorem tranavit am- 
nem, k et reliqui quoque eum secuti sunt. 



^§ 116, R. II. 


e 98, 6. 


» § 140, Obs. 4. 


b § 24, 5. 


* 5, 2, & 


« § 141, Obs. 8. 


• 38. 


§ 126 R. XXXIII. 


i § 141, R. VI. 


* § 140, 1. 2d. 


s $ 130, 4. 


* § 136, It. LII. 



AN EPITOME OF ROMAN HISTORY, 

FROM THE EARLIEST TIMES TO 
THE EMPERORS. 



LIBER PRIMUS. 

1. Antiquissimis temporibus Saturnus in Italiam ve- 
nisse dicitur. Ibi haud procul a Janiculo arcera condldit, 
eamque Saturniam a appellavit. Hie Italos primus b agri- 
culturam docuit. c 

2. Postea Latlnus in illis regionibus imperavit. Sub 
hoc rege Troja in Asia eversa est. Hinc -ZEneas, Anchl- 
sdd films, cum multis Trojanis, quibus d ferrum Grsecorum 
pepercerat, aufugit, - et in Italiam pervenit. Ibi Latlnus 
rex ei benigne recepto* filiam Laviniam in matrimonium 
dedit. --Eneas urbem condldit, quam in hon5rem conju- 
gis Lavinium* appellavit. 

3. Post iEneae mortem Ascanius, iEnese filius, reg- 
num accepit. Hie sedem regni in alium locum transtu- 
lit, urbemque condldit in monte Albano, eamque Albam a 
Longam nuncupavit. Eum secutus est Silvius, qui 
post iEneae mortem a Lavinia genitus erat. Ejus 

*§ 116, Obs. 1. '§ 124. § 112, R. V. 

» § 98, Obs. 10. * 7, 2, and e 104, 3. 



124 ROMAN HISTORY. 

posted omnes usque ad Romara conditam a Albse b regna- 
verunt. 

4. Unus horum regum, Romulus Silvius, se Jove c ma- 
jorem esse dicebat, d et, quum tonaret, militibus impera- 
vit, ut clypeos hastis percuterent, e dicebalque hunc so- 
num multo clariorem esse quam tonitru. Fulmine ictus/ 
et in Albanum lacum prsecipitatus est. 

5. Silvius Procas, rex Albanorum, duos filios reliquit 
Numitorem s et Amulium. Horum minor h natu,' Arau- 
liusj fratri optionem dedit, utrum regnum habere vellet, j 
an bona, quae pater reliquisset. k Numitor paterna bona 
praetulit; Amulius regnum obtinuit. 

6. Amulius, ut regnum firmissime possideret, 1 Numi- 
toris filium per insidias interemit, et filiam fratris Rheam 
Silviam Vestalem virginem m fecit. Nam his Vestse sa- 
cerdotibus non licet viro n nubere. Sed haec a Marte 
geminos filios Romiilum et Remum peperit. Hoc quum 
Amulius comperisset, matrem in vincula conjecit, pue- 
ros autem in Tiberim abjici jussit. 

7. Forte Tiberis aqua ultra ripam se effuderat, et, 
quum pueri in vado essent positi, aqua refluens eos in 
sicco reliquit. Ad eorum vagitum lupa accurrit, eosque 
uberibus suis aluit. Quod p videns Faustulus quidam, 
pastor illius regionis, pueros sustulit, et uxori AccaB Lau- 
rentiae nutriendos q dedit. 

8. Sic Romulus et Remus pueritiam inter pastores 
transegerunt. Quum adolevissent, et forte comperissent, 



a § 146, Obs. 2. 


e § 97, Obs. 5. 


» § 116, Obs. 1. 


b 4, 1. 


* § 107, Obs. 6. 


» § 112, R. V 


° 6, 3. 


i § 128, R. 


o 74, 8, & 


<J § 44, II. 1. 


i § 140, 5. 


§ 140, Obs. 4. 


"§ 140, 1,3d. 


k § 141, Obs. 8 


p 38, & § 99, Expl. 


' 115, 1. 


» § 140 1, 2d. 


i 107. 2 



LIBER I. 125 

quis ips5rum avus, quae mater fuisset, a Amulium interfe- 
cerunt, et Nuniitori avo regnum restituerunt. ^ nte 
Turn urbem condiderunt in monte Aventlno, Christum 
quam Romulus a suo nomine Romam b vocavit. 754 - 
Haec quum moenibus circumdaretur, Remus occisus est, 
dum fratrem irridens mrjenia c transiliebat. 

9. Romulus, ut eivium numerum augeret, asylum pa- 
tefecit, ad quod multi ex civitatibus suis pulsi accurre- 
runt. Sed novae urbis Civibus- d conjuges deerant. Fes- 
tum itaque Neptiini et ludos instituit. Ad hos quum 
multi ex finitimis populis cum mulieribus et liberis venis- 
sent, a Romani inter ipsos ludos spectantes virgines rapu- 
erunt. 

10. Populi illi, quorum virgines raptse erant, bellum 
ad versus raptures susceperunt. Quum RomaB e appropin- 
quarent, f forte in Tarpeiam virginem inciderunt, quaB in 
arce sacra procurabat. Hanc rogabant, ut viam in arcem 
monstraret, s eique permiserunt, ut munus sibi posceret. 8 
Ilia petiit, ut sibi darent, quod in sinistris manibus gere- 
rent, h annul os aureos et armillas signif leans. At hostes 
in arcem ab ea perducti scutis Tarpeiam obruerunt- nam 
et ea in sinistris manibus gerebant. 

11. Turn Romulus cum hoste, qui montem Tarpeium 
tenebat, pugnam conseruit in eo loco, ubi nunc forum 
Roman um est. In media 1 csede raptse J processerunt, et 
hinc patres hinc conjuges et soceros complectebantur, 
et rogabant, ut caedis finem facerent. & Utrique his preci- 
bus commoti sunt. Romulus foedus icit, et Sabinos in 
urbem recepit. 

a 74, 8, &§ 140, 5. •§ 112, Obs. 1. b § 140, 1, 3d. 

b §116, Obs. 1. * § 112, R. IV. * § 141, Obs. 8. 

• § 136, R. til. t 74,3 , and « 17, 1. 

* 118, 8, and ' § 140, Obs. 4. J Sup. mulieres. 



126 ROMAN HISTORY. 

12. Postea civitatem descripsit. Centum senatores 
legit, eosque cum a ob Eetatem,tum ob revercntiam iis b 
debltam patres appellavit. Plebem in triginta curias dis- 

tribuit, easque raptarum c nominibus nuncupavit. 
' 37 * ' Anno regni tricesimo septimo, quum exercitum 

lustraretj inter tempestatem ortam d repente oc- 
ulis e hominum subductus est. Hinc alii eum a senatoribus 
interfectum, f alii ad deos sublatum esse f existimaverunt. 

13. Post Romuli mortem unius anni interregnum fuit. 
Quo s elapsoj Numa Pompilius Curibus, h urbe in agro Sa- 
binorum natus,rex creatus est. Hie vir bellum quidem 
nullum gessit; nee minus tamen civitati profuit. Nam 
et leges dedit, et sacra plurima instituit, ut populi barbari 
et bellicosi mores molllret. 1 Omnia autem, quse faciebat, J 
se nymphse Egeriae, conjugis suae, jussu facere k dicebaU 
Morbo decessit, quadragesimo tertio imperii anno. 

14. Numae 1 successit Tullus Hostilius, cujus 
g l ' avus se in bello adversus Sabinos fortem et strenu- 

um virum ra praestiterat. Rex creatus bellum Al- 
banis indixit, idque trigeminorum Horatiorum et Curia- 
tiorum certamme finivit. Albam propter perfidiam Metii 
SufFetii diruit. Quum triginta duobus annis n regnasset, 
fulmine ictus cum domo sua arsit. 

15. Post hunc Ancus Marcius, Numse ex filia. 
j' ]4 nepos, suscepit imperium. Hie vir sequitate ° et 

religiSne avo p similis. Latinos bello domuit, ur- 



a 124,8. < 97.5. » § 112, R. IV. 

*>§ 126, R. III. & e 38,5. » § 116, Obs. 1. 

64,6. n§ 130,l.Exc.&6. 2 » § 131, R. XLI. 

c § 98, Obs. 5. i § 140, 1. 2d. and Exp. 

a § 146, Obs. 6. i § 44, II. 1. ° § 128, R. 

5,1 &§ 126, R. Ill k 96,1. p 7, 6. & § 1U. 



LIBER I. 127 

bem ampliavit, et nova ei a moenia circumdedit. Oarce 
rem primus aedificavit. Ad Tiberis ostia urbem condidit*, 
Ostiamque vocavit. Vicesimo quarto anno imperii mor- 
bo obiit. 

16. Deinde regnum Lucius Tarquinius Pris- 

cus accepit, Demarati filius, qui tyrannos patriae 13 ' 7 
Corinthi fugiens in Etruriam ve'nerat. Ipse b 
Tarquinius, qui nomen ab urbe Tarquiniis accepit, ali- 
quando Romam c profectus erat. Advenienti d aquila pi- 
leum abstulit, et, postquam alte evolaverat, reposuit. 
Hinc Tanaquil conjux, mulier auguriorum e perita, reg- 
num ei portendi intellexit. 

17. Quum Romae commoraretur, Anci regis familiari- 
tatem consecutus est, qui eum filiorum suorum tutorem f 
reliquit. Sed is pupillis d regnum intercepit. SenatorTbus, 
quos Romulus creaverat, centum alios addidit, qui mino- 
rum gentium s sunt appellati. P]ura bella feliciter ges- 
sit, nee paucos agros hostibus h ademptos urbis territorio 
adjunxit. Primus triumphans urbem intravit. Cloacas 
fecit; Capitolium inchoavit. TricesTmo octavo imperii 
anno per Anci filios, quibus <l regnum eripuerat, occlsus est. 

18. Post hunc Servius Tullius suscepit impe- 
rium, genTtus ex nobili femina, captiva tamen et i 7e ' 
famula. Quum in domo Tarquinii Prisci educa- 

retur/ flamma in ejus capite Adsa est. Hoc prodigio Ta- 
naquil ei summam dignitatem portendi J ' intellexit, et con- 
jiigi k persuasit, ut eum sicuti liberos suos educaret. 1 Quum 
adolevisset, rex ei filiam in matrimonium dedit. 

^ § 123, R. & Obs. 3. e § 107, R. IX. « § 140, Obs. 4, and 

b 32, 4. t § 116, Obs. 1. § 44, II. 

c §130 ; 2. e Sup. Senatores, i 96,6. 

d (Sup. ei) § 106, R. * § 112, R. V. 

§ 123, & 5. 1. h § 126, R. III. & 5. 1. » § 140, 1, 3d. 



128 ROMAN HISTORY. 

19. Quum Priscus Tarquinius occisus esset, Tanaquil 
de superidre parte domus populum a allocuta est, dicens; 
regem grave quidem sed non letdle vulnus accepisse; b 
eum peteref ut populus, dum convaluisset^ Servio Tullio 
obediret. Sic Servius regnare coepit, sed bene imperium 
administravit. Montes tres urbi adjunxit. Primus om- 
nium censum ordinavit. Sub eo Roma habuit capitum 
octoginta tria millia civium Romanorum,cum his qui in 
agris erant. 

20. Hie rex interfectus est scelere filiae Tullias 
A. U. 
220 e * Tarquinii Superbi, filii ejus regis, cui e Servius 

successerat. Nam ab ipso Tarquinio de gradibus 

curiae dejectus, quum domum f fugeret, interfectus est. 

Tullia in forum properavit, et prima conjugem regem s 

salutavit. Quum domum rediret, aurigam super patris 

corpus in via jacens carpentum agere jussit. 

21. Tarquinius Superbus cognomen moribus meruit. 
Bello tamen strenuusplures nnitimorum populorum h vicit. 
Templum Jovis in Capitolio sedificavit. Postea, dum 
Ardeam a oppugnabat, urbem Latii, imperium perdidit. 
Nam quum Alius ejus.Lucretiae, 1 nobilissimaB feminse, 
conjugi Tarquinii Collating vim fecisset, heec se ipsam' 
occidit in conspectu marlti, patris, et amicorunr, postquam 
eos obtestata fuerat, ut hanc injuriam ulciscerentur. k 

22. Hanc ob causam L. Brutus, Collatlnus, 

243^ aliique nonnulli in exitium ] regis conjurarunt, 

populoque i persuaserunt, ut ei portas urbis clau- 

deret. k Exercitus quoque, qui civitatem Ardeam cum 

rege oppugnabat, eum reliquit. Fugit itaque cum uxore 

a § 136, R. LII. e § 112, R. IV. i § 123, R. 

b 94, 1, 2d, & 98, 2. '§ 130,4. i 32. 

« 96, 2. s § 116, Obs. 1. k § 140, 1, 3d. 

a 80, 3, &§ 140, 4. h §107, R. X » 123,1 &§ 136.R.L 



LIBER I. 129 

et liberis suis. Ita Romse a regnatum b est per septem 
reges annos c ducentos quadraginta tres. 

23. Hinc consules coepere pro uno rege duo creari, ut, 
si unus malus esset, d alter eum coerceret. e Annuum iis 
imperium tribuhmi est. ne per diuturnitatem potestatis 
insolentiores redderentur. e Fuerunt igitur anno primo, 
expulsis regibus/ consules L. Junius Brutus, acernmus 
libertatis vindex, et Tarquinius Collatlnus, marltus Lucre- 
tise. .Sed Collatino s paulo post dignitas sublata est. 
Placuerat enim, ne quis ex Tarquiniorum familia Romse a 
maneret. 6 Ergo cum omni patrimonio suo ex urbe migra- 
vit, et in ejus locum Valerius Publicola consul factus est. 

24. Commovitbellumurbi rex Tarquinius. In prima 
pugna Brutus consul, et Aruns, Tarquinii filius, sese invi- 
cem h occiderunt. Romani tamen ex ea pugna victdres 
recesserunt. Brutum Romanse matronse quasi communem 
patrem per annum luxerunt. Valerius Publicola Sp. Lu- 
cretium, Lucretiae patrem, collegam sibi fecit; qui quum 
morbo exstinctus esset, 1 Horatium Pulvillum sibi colle- 
gam J sumpsit. Ita primus annus quinque consules habuit. 

25. Secundo quoque anno iterum Tarquinius 
bellum Romanis intulit, Porsena/ rege Etrus- <^ 5 
corum, auxilium ei ferente. In illo bello Hora- 

tius Codes solus pontem ligneum defendit, et hostes co- 
hibuit, donee pons a tergo ruptus esset. k Turn se cum 
armis in Tiberim conjecit, et ad suos transnavit. 

26. Dum Porsena urbem obsidebat, Qu. Mucius Scse- 
vola, juvenis fortis animi, 1 in castra hostis se contulit eo 

a 4, 1. « § i4 0j t, 2d. i § 140, Obs. 4. 

b § 85, 3. v 9, 1. J § 116, Obs. 1 

c§131, R. XLI. e§ 126, R. III.&5.1 k § 140, 4. 

d §140.2. i>§28, Obs. 5. > § 106, R. VII. 



130 ROMAN HISTORY. 

consilioj ut regem occideret. At ibi scribam regis pro 
ipso rege interfecit. Turn aregiis a satellitibus compre- 
hensus et ad regem deductus, quum Porsena eum ignibus 
allatis terreret, b dextram arse c accensse imposuit, donee 
flammis consumpta esset. d Hoc facinus rex miratus e ju- 
venem dimisit incolumem. Turn hie quasi beneficiura 
referens ait/ trecentos alios juvenes in eum conjurasse. g 
Hac re territus Porsena pacem cum Romanis fecit, Tar- 
quinius autem Tusculum se contulit, ibique privatus cum 
uxore consenuit. 

27. Sexto decimo anno post reges exactos, h 
259. populus Romae seditionem fecit, questus quod 

tributis et militia a senatu exhauriretur. 1 Magna 
pars plebis urbem reliquit, et in montem trans Anienem 
amnem secessit. Turn patres turbati Menenium Agrip- 
pam miserunt ad plebem, qui-* earn senatui conciliaret. 
Hie iis inter alia fabulam narravit de ventre et membris 
humani corporis; qua populus commotus est, ut in urbem 
rediret. Turn primum tribuni plebis creati sunt, qui j 
plebem adversum nobilitatis superbiam defenderent. 

28. Octavo decimo anno post exactos reges, h 
261. Q u - Marcius, Coriolanus k dictus ab urbe Volsco- 

- rum Coriolis, 1 quam m bello ceperat, plebi " invT- 
sus fieri ccepit. Quare urbe° expulsus ad Volscos, acer- 
rimos Romanorum hostes, contendit, et ab iis dux k exer- 
citus factus Romanos saepe vicit. Jam usque ad quintum 
milliarium urbis accesserat, nee ullis civium suorum le- 

" a § 106, Obs. 4. f § 44, I. 3. * § 103, R. and~ 

b § 44. II. 2, and s 98, 2, & 94, 1, 2d § 116. Obs. 1. 

§ 42, Obs. 2. h § 146, Obs. 2. ' § 97, R. I. 

c§123, R. i § 141, Obs. 7. m § 99, Obs. 3. 

*§ 140,4. i 40, 4, and »§ 111, R. 

• 106, l,and § 141, Obs. 2, 4th. ° § 136, R. LII. 

§ 146. Obs. 6. 



LIBER I. 131 

gationibus flecti poterat, ut patriae parceret. a Denique 
Veturia mater et Volumnia uxor ex urbe ad eum vene- 
runt; quarum fletu et precibus commotus est, ut exerci- 
tum removeret. a Quo b facto a Volscis ut proditor c oc- 
cisus esse dicitur. 

29. Romani quum adversum Veientes bellum gererent 
familia Fabiorum sola hoc bellum suscepit. Profecti 
sunt trecenti sex nobilissimi homines, duce d Fa- 
bio consule. Quum ssepe hostes vicissent, apud 2 74. 
Cremeram fluvium castra posuerunt. Ibi Vei- 
entes dolo e usi eos in insidias pellexerunt. In proelio ibi 
exorto f omnes perierunt. Unus superfuit ex tanta fa- 
milia, qui propter setatem puerilem duci non potuerat ad 
pugnam. Hie genus propagavit ad Qu. Fabium Maximum 
illum, & qui Hannibalem prudenti cunctatione debilitavit. 

30. Anno trecentesimo etaltero h ab urbe con- 

dita 1 decemviri creati sunt, qui J civitati leges 302.' 
scriberent. Hi primo anno bene egerunt; se- 
cundo autem dominationem exercere cceperunt. Sed 
quum unus eorum k Appius Claudius virginem ingenuam, 
Virginiam, Virginii centurionis filiam, corrumpere vellet, 
pater earn occidit. Turn ad milites profugit, eosque ad 
seditionem commovit. Sublata est decemviris l potestas, 
ipsique omnes aut m morte aut exilio puniti sunt. 

31. In bello contra VeientanosFurius Camil- 

lus urbem Falerios obsidebat. In qua 11 obsidi- 3 ' 5 g ' 

5ne quum ludi literarii magister principum filios 

ex urbe in castra hostium duxisset, Camillus hoc donum 

a § 140. 1, 2d. f § 146, Obs. 6. * § 107, R. X. 

b 38,5. e 27,1st. 1 § 126, R. III. &5.1 

<=§ 149, Obs. 1. h § 24, 7. » 124,3. 

<» 110, 1. 1 § 146, Obs. 2. » 38, 8. 

«§ 121, R. XXVI. J § 141, R. II. Obs. ° § 140, Obs. 4, 
and 7, 4. 2, 4th. 



132 ROMAN HISTORY. 

non accepit, sed scelestum hominem, manibus post ter- 
gum vinctis, pueris Falerios a reducendum b tradidit; vir- 
gasque iis dedit, quibus prodit5rem in urbem agerent. c 

32 Hac tanta animi nobilitate commoti Falisci urbem Ro- 
manis tradiderunt. Camillo d autem apud Romanos crimi- 
ni datum d est, quod albis equis triumphasset, e et prsedam 

inique divisisset; damnatus^ue f ob earn causam, 
364. ' e ^ civitate expulsus est. Paulo post Galli Se- 

nones ad urbem venerunt, Romanos apud flu- 
men Alliam vicerunt, et urbem etiam occupfirunt.s Jam 
nihil prseter Capitolium defendi h potuit. Et jam presidi- 
um fame laborabat, et in eo * erant, j ut pacem a Gallis 
auro emerent, k quum Camillus cum manu militum super- 
veniens hostes magno prcelio superaret. 



LIBER SECUNDUS. 

1. Anno trecentesimo nonagesimo quarto 

394. P ost urDem conditam Galli iterum ad urbem ac- 

cesserant, et quarto milliario * trans Anienem 

fluvium consederant Contra eos missus est T. Quinctius. 

Ibi Gallus quidam eximia corporis magnitudine m fortis- 

simum Romanorum ad certamen singulare provocavit. 

T. Manlius, nobilissimus juvenis, provocationem accepit, 

Galium occidit, eumque torque" aureo spoliavit, quo 

ornatus erat. Hinc et ipse et posteri ejus Torquati appel- 

lati sunt. Galli fugam capessiverunt. 



a § 130, 2. 


f 115, 1. 


* § 140, 1, 1st. 


b 107, 1. 


g § 79, 1, 1st. 


i § 132, R. 


c 83, 3, and 


h 87, 6. 


m 6, 1, and 


§ 141, Obs. 2, & 3. 


» 19, 6, & 


§ 106, R. VII. 


d § 114, R. 


§ 31, Obs. 2. 


» § 125, R. & 6, 8. 


e § 141, Obs, 7. 


i § 102. R. II. 


° § 129, R. 



LIBER II. , 133 

2. Novo bello cum Gallis exorto, anno urbis . tt 

w . A. U. 

quadringentesimo sexto, iterum Gallus processit 406 

robore a atque armis insignis, et provocavit unum 
ex Romanis, ut secum armis decerneret. b Turn se M. Va- 
lerius, tribunus militum, obtulit; et, quum processisset ar- 
matus, corvus ei c supra dextrum brachium sedit. Mox, 
commissa pugna, hie corvus alis d et ungiubus Galli ocu- 
los verberavit. Ita factum est, ut Gallus nullo negotio 
a Valerio interiiceretur, e qui hinc Corvini nomen accepit. 

3. Postea Romanibellum gesserunt cum Sam- 
nitibus, ad quod L. Papirius Cursor cum honore 430 
dictatoris profectus est. Qui f quum negotii cu- 
jusdam causa Romam ivisset, prascepit Q. Fabio s Rul- 
liano, magistro equitum, quern apud exercitum reliquit, 
ne pugnam cum hoste commit'teret. b Sed ille occasionem 
nactus felicissime dimicavit, et Samnites delevit. Ob 
hanc rem a dictatore capitis h damnatus est. At ille in 
urbem confugit, et ingenti favore militum et populi libe- 
ratus est; in Papirium autem tanta exorta est seditio, ut 
psene ipse 1 interficeretur. n 

4. Duobus annis p6st j T. Veturius et Spurius Postu- 
mius consiiles bellum adversum Samnites gerebant. Hi 
a Pontio Thelesino, duce hostium, in insidias inducti sunt. 
Nam ad Furculas Caudinas Romanos pellexit in 
angustias, unde sese expedire non poterant. Ibi 433 ' 
Pontius patrem suum Herennium rogavit, quid k 
faciendum putaret. 1 Illerespondit,automnesoccidendos IU 



*§ 128, R. 


' 39, 1. 


§ 136, Obs. 6. 


b § 140, 1, 3d. 


e§ 112, R. V. 


k 91,5. 


« § 110, Obs. 1. 


h § 126, R. I. 


1 § 140, 5. 


d § 129, R. 


i 32, 3. 


» 108, 4. 


°§ 140,1.4th. 


i § 90, 4, and 
12 


" § 140, 1, 1st. 



134 ROMAN HISTORY. 

esse, ut Romanorum vires frangerentur, a aut omnes di- 
mittendos, ut benefieio obligarentur. 3 Pontius utrumque 
consilium improbavit, omnesque sub jugum misit. Sam- 
nites denique postbellum undequinquaginta annorum su- 
perati sunt. 

5. Devictis Samnitibus, Tarentinis b bellumin- 

A. U. . . 

472 dictum est, quia legatis Romanorum injuriam fe- 
cissent. c Hi Pyrrhum, d Epiri regem, contra Ro- 
manos auxilium d poposcerunt. Is mox in Italiam venit, 
tumque primum Romani cum transmarino hoste pugna- 
verunt. Missus est contra eum consul P. Valerius Lse- 
vlnus. Hie, quum exploratores Pyrrhi cepisset, jussit 
eos per castra duci, e tumque dimitti, ut renuntiarent* 
Pyrrho, qusecunque a Romanis agerentur/ 

6. Pugna commissa, Pyrrhusauxilio elephantorum vi- 
cit. Nox proelio finem dedit. Lsevinus tamen per noc- 
tem fugit. Pyrrhus Romanos mille s octingentos cepit, 
eosque summo honore tractavit. Quum eos, qui in proe- 
lio interfecti fuerant, omnes adversis vulneribus et truci 
vultu etiam mortuos jacere videret, tulisse ad ccelum ma- 
nus dicitur cum hac voce: Ego cum tallbus viris brevi 
orbem terrdrum subigerem. h 

7. Postea Pyrrhus Romam perrexit; omnia ferro ig- 
neque vastavit. Campaniam depopulatus est, atque ad 
Prasneste venit, milliario ab urbe octavo decimo. Mox 
terrore exercitus, qui cum consule sequebatur, in Campa- 
niam se recepit. Legati ad Pyrrhum de captivis redi- 
mendis ' missi honorif ice ab eo suscepti sunt; captivos 
sine pretio reddidit. Unum ex legatis ? Fabricium, sic 

a § 140, 1, 2d. d § 124, R. & 62, 5. t § 24, 5, & 7. 

b § 126, R. III. c 94, 3. h § 42, II. 2d. 

c§140, Obs. 2. ' § 141, Obs 8. ' 112.8. 



LIBER II. 185 

admiratus est, ut ei quartam partem regni sui promitte- 
ret, si ad se translret, a sed a Fabricio contemptus est. 

8. Quum jam Pyrrhus ingenti Romanorum admiratione 
teneretur, legatum misit Cineam, preestantissimum virum, 
qui b pacem peteret ea conditioned ut Pyrrhus earn par- 
tem Italiae, quam armis occupaverat, obtineret. Romani 
responderunt, eum cum Romanis pacem habere non pos- 
se, nisi ex Italia recessisset. d Cineas quum rediisset, 
Pyrrho eum e interroganti, qualis ipsi Roma visa esset/ 
respondit, se regum patriam vidisse. g 

9. In altero h prcelio cum rege Epiri commisso Pyrrhus 
vulneratus est, elephanti interfecti, viginti millia hostium 
caesa sunt. Pyrrhus Tarentum 1 fugit. Interjecto anno, 
Fabricius contra eum missus est. Ad hunc medicus Pyr- 
rhi nocte venit promittens, se Pyrrhum veneno occisu- 
rum,' si munus sibi daretur. Hunc Fabricius vinctum 
reduci jussit ad dominum. Tunc rex admiratus ilium 
dixisse fertur; Ille k est Fabricius , qui difficiliiis ab hones- 
tate, quam sol a cursu suo averti potest. Paulo post 
Pyrrhus tertio etiam proelio fusus a Tarento re- 

cessit, et, quum in Grseciam rediisset, apud Ar- 4 gj ' 
gos, Peloponnesi urbem, interfectus est. 

10. Anno quadringentesimo nonagesimo post 
urbem conditam ' Romanorum exercitus primum 4 ' 9 o # 
in Siciliam trajecerunt, regemque Syracusarum 
Hieronem, Po3nosque, qui multas civitates in ea 
insula occupaverant, superaverunt. Quinto an- 49 - 
no hujus belli, quod contra Po3nos gerebatur, 



■ § 140, 2. e 63, 3. I § 130,2. 

f§ 141, R. II.&40.4 f § 140, 5. J 100, 2 & 94, 1, 2d. 

c§ 129, R. k 98, 2. *§ 103, R. 

a § 140, 6. h § 24, 7. i § 146, Obs. 2. 



136 110MAN HISTORY. 

primum Romani, C. Duillio et Cn. Cornelio AsTna con- 
sulibus, a in mari dimicaverunt. Duillius Carthaginienses 
vicit, triginta naves occupavit, quatuordecim mersit, sep- 
tem millia hostium b cepit, tria millia occidit. Nulla vic- 
toria Romanis c gratior fuit. Duillio concessum est, ut, 
quum a coena redlret, pueri funalia gestantes, et tiblcen 
eum comitarentur. d 

11. Paucis annis interjectis, bellum in Afri- 

499 cam translatum est. Hamilcar, Carthaginien- 
sium dux, pugna navali superatur; nam perditis 
sexaginta quatuor navibus se recepit; Romani viginti duas 
amiserunt. Quum in Africam venissent, Pcenos in pluri- 
bus prceliis vicerunt, magnam vim hominum ceperunt, 
septuaginta quatuor civitates in fidem acceperunt. Turn 
victi Carthaginienses pacem a Romanis e petierunt. 
Quam f quum M. Atilius Regulus, Romanorum dux, dare 
nollet nisi durissimis conditionibus, Carthaginienses aux- 
ilium petierunt a Lacedaemoniis. e Hi Xanthippum mise- 
runt, qui Romanum exercitum magno prcelio vicit. Reg- 
ulus ipse captus et in vincula conjectus est. 

12. Non tamen ubique fortuna Carthaginiensibus e fa- 
vit. Quum aliquot prceliis victi essent, Regiilum roga- 
verunt, ut Romam proficisceretur, et pacem captivorum- 
que permutationem a Romanis obtineret. Ule quum 
Romam venisset, inductus in senatum dixit, se desiisse 
Romanum esse ex ilia die, qua h in potestatem Pcenorum 
venisset. 1 Turn Romanis j suasit, ne pacem cum Cartha- 
giniensibus facerent: k illos 1 enim tot casibus fractos 
spem nullam nisi in pace habere:™ tanti" non esse, ut 

a 110, 2. f 39,3. "§ 140, 1,3d. 

b §106,E.VL « § 112, R. V. • 94,4. 

C §111,R. h § 131, R. XL. » 96, 2, & 94, l,2d 

d § 140, 1, 4th. « § 141, R. VI. ■§ 122, R. XXVIII 

e § 124, Obs. 2. J § 123 R. Exp. 



LIBER III. 137 

tot millia a captivorum propter se unum et paucos, qui 
ex Romanis capti essent, redderentur. Hsec sententia 
obtinuit. Regressus igitur in Africam crudelissimis sup- 
pliciis exstinctus est. 

13. Tandem, C. Lutatio Catulo, A. Postumio 
consulibus, anno belli Punici vicesimo tertio 513 
magnum proelium navale commissum est contra 
Lilybaeum, promontorium Sicilian. In eo prcelio septua- 
ginta tres Carthaginiensium naves, cap ta?, b centum viginti 
quinque demersal ,triginta duo millia hostium capta, tre- 
decim millia occisa sunt. Statim Carthaginienses pacem 
petierunt, eisque pax tributa est. Captivi Romanorum, c 
qui tenebantur a Carthaginiensibus redditi sunt. Pceni 
Sicilia, d Sardinia, et ceteris insiilis, quae inter Italiam Af- 
ricamque jacent, decesserunt, omnemque Hispaniam quae 
citra Iberum est, Romanis permiserunt. 



LIBER TERTIUS. 
1. Anno quingente^simoundetricesimoingen- 
tes Gallorum copise Alpes transierunt. Sed pro g 2 9 
Romanis tota Italia consensit: traditumque est,* 
octingenta millia a hominum c ad id bellum parata fuissef 
Res prospere gesta est apud Clusium: quadraginta millia 
hominum interfecta sunt. Aliquot annis g post h pugna- 
tum est 1 contra Gallos in agro Insubrum, finitumque est 
bellum M. Claudio Marcello, Cn. Cornelio Scipione 
consulibus. Turn Marcellus regem Gallorum, Viridom- 

a § 24, 5. e § 44, Obs. & III. e § 131, R. XL. 

b 115,2. 5,51,2. h § 136, Obs. 6. 

°§107, R.X. * 94, 1, 2d, & 98, 9. « § 85, 3. 
J § 136, R. LII 



138 ROMAN HISTORY. 

arum, manu sua occidit, et triumphans spolia Galli stip- 
lti a imposita humeris suis vexit. 

2. Paulo post Punicum bellum renovatum est per Han- 
nibalem, Carthaginiensium ducem, quern pater Hamilcar 
novem annos b natum aris admoverat, ut odium perenne 
in Romanos juraret. c Hie annum agens vicesimum aeta- 

tis Saguntum,Hispaniae civitatem, Romanis am- 
5 ' 36 ' icam, oppugnare d aggressus est. Huic Romani 
per legatos denuntiaverunt, ut bello abstineret. e 
Qui f quum legatos admittere nollet, Romani Carthaginem 
miserunt, ut mandaretur ff Hannibali, a ne bellum contra 
socios populi Romani gereret. e Dura responsa a Cartha- 
giniensibus reddita. Saguntinis interea fame victis, Ro- 
mani Carthaginiensibus bellum indixerunt. 

3. Hannibal, fratre Hasdrubale in Hispania relicto, 
Pyreneeum et Alpes transiit. Traditurf in Italiam octo- 
ginta millia peditumjet viginti millia equitum,septem et 
triginta elephantos abduxisse. Interea multi Ligures et 
Galli Hannibali se conjunxerunt. Primus ei occurrit P. 
Cornelius Scipio, qui, prcelio ad Ticinum commisso, 11 su- 
peratus est, et, vulnere accepto, h in castra rediit. Turn 
Sempronius Gracchus conflixit ad Trebiam amnem. Is 
quoque vincitur. Multi populi se Hannibali dediderunt. 
Inde in Tusciam progressus Flaminium consulem ad 
Trasimenum lacum superat. Ipse Flaminius interemp- 
tus, 1 Romanorum viginti quinque millia caesa sunt. 

4. Quingentesimo et quadragesimo anno post 

540. urbem conditam L. iEmilius Paullus et P. Te- 

rentius Varro contra Hannibalem mittuntur. 

t Supply is with traditur, or eum with abduxisse, § 145, Obs. 4. 
a §126 3 R. III. * § 144, Obs. 2. s 51 & § 144. Obs. 1 

b § 131, R. XLI. e § 140, 1. 3d. h 104, 2. 

c § 140. 1. 2d. i 39, 1. « 115, 2. 






LIBER III. 



139 



Quamquam intellectum erat, a Hannibalem non aliter vin- 
ci posse quam mora, Varro tamen morse b impatiens apud 
vicum, qui Cannae c appellatur, in Apulia pugnavit; ambo 
consules victi, Paullus interemptus est. In ea pugna con- 
sulares aut prsetorii viginti, senatores triginta capti aut 
occisi; militum quadraginta millia; equitum tria millia 
et quingenti perierunt. In his tantis malis nemo tamen 
pacis mentionem facere dignatus est. Servi, quod d nun- 
quam ante factum, manumissi et milites facti sunt. 

5. Post earn pugnam multse Italian civitates, quse Ro- 
manis 6 paruerant, se ad Hannibalem transtulerunt. Han- 
nibal Romanis obtiilit, f ut captivos redimerent; respon- 
sumque est a a senatu, eos cives non esse necessarios, qui 
armati capi potuissent. g Hos omnes ille postea variis 
suppliciis interfecit, et tres modios aureorum annulorum 
Carthaginem misit, quos manibus h equitum Romanorum, 
senat5runij et militum detraxerat. Interea in Hispania 
frater Hannibalis, Hasdrubal, qui ibi remanserat cum 
magno exercitu, a duobus Scipionibus vincitur, perditque 
in pugna triginta quinque millia hominum. 

6. Anno quarto postquam Hannibal in Italiam venerat, 
M. Claudius Marcellus consul apud Nolam, civitatem 
Campanise, contra Hannibalem bene pugnavit. Illo tem- 
pore Philippus, Demetrii nlius, rex Macedonian, ad Han- 
nibalem legatos mittit, eique auxilia contra Romanos pol- 
licetur. Qui legati 1 quum a Romanis capti essent,' M. 
Valerius Laevinus cum navibus missus est, qui regem lm- 
pediret, k quo minus copias in Italiam trajiceret. 1 Idem 
in Macedonians penetrans regem Philippum vicit. 

» 51,2, and «§112, R. V. i § 140, Obs. 4. 

§ 144, Obs. 1. ' 60,4. k§ 141, Obs. 2, 4th, 

b § 107; R. IX. * § 140, 6. and 83, 2. 

' § 103, Obs. I. h § 123, R. » 78, 7. 

* 37. 9. • 38, 1. 



140 SOMAN HISTORY. 

7. In Sicilia quoque res prospere gesta est. Marcel- 
lus magnam hujus insula? partem cepit, quam Pceni occu- 
paverant; Syraciisas, nobilissimam urbem, expugnavit, et 
ingentem inde praedam Roraam a misit. Lsevinus in Ma- 
cedonia cum Philippo et multis Greecise populis amicitiam 
fecit; et in Siciliam profectus Hannonem, Pcenorum du- 
cem, apud Agrigentum cepit; quadraginta civitates in de- 
ditionem accepit, viginti sex expugnavit. Ita omni Si- 
cilia recepta, cum ingenti gloria Romam a regressus est. 

8. Interea in Hispaniam, ubi duo Scipionesab Hasdru- 
bale interfecti erant, missus est P. Cornelius Scipio, vir 
Roman5rum b omnium fere primus. Hic, c puer d duodevi- 
ginti annorum, e in pugna ad Ticinum, patrem singulari 
virtiite e servavit. Deinde post cladem Cannensem f mul- 
tos g nobilissimorum juvenum Italiam deserere h cupienti- 
uiDj auctoritate sua ab hoc con&ilio deterruit. Viginti 
quatuor annorum e juvenis in Hispaniam missus, die qua 
venit, Carthaginem Novam cepit, in qua omne aurum et 
argentum et belli apparatum Pceni habebant, nobilisslmos 
quoque obsides, quos ab Hispanis acceperant. Hos obsi- 
des parentibus suis 1 reddidit. Quare omnes fere Hispa- 
niae civitates ad eum uno animo transierunt. 

9. Ab eo inde tempore resRomanorum in dies leetiores 
facta? sunt. Hasdrubal a fralre ex Hispania in Italiam 
evocatus, apud Senam, Piceni civitatem,in insidias inci- 
dit, et strenue pugnans occisus est. Plurimae autem civi- 
tates, quae in Brutiis ab Hannibale tenebantur, Romanis 
se tradiderunt. 



a § 130, 2, * 13, 2. s 21, 3. 

b § 107, R. X. e § 106, R. VII. * § 144, 5, & Obs. 2 

' 274. f § 106, Obs. 4. « § 28. Exc. 



LIEER IV. 141 

10. Anno decimo quarto postquam in Italiam 
Hannibal venerat, Scipio consul creatus, a et in 550# 
Africam missus est. Ibi contra Hann5nem, du- 

cem Carthaginiensiunij prospere pugnat, totumque ejus 
exercitum delet. Secundo proelio undecim millia homi- 
num occidit, et castra cepit cum quatuor millibus et quin- 
gentis militibus. Syphacem, Numidise regem, qui se cum 
Poenis conjunxerat, cepit, eumque cum nobilissimis Numi- 
dis et infinitis spoliis Romam misit. Qua b re audita, omnis 
fere Italia Hannibalem deserit. Ipse c aCartha- 
giniensibus in Africam redire jubetur. Ita anno 553 
decimo septimo Italia ab Hannibale liberata est. 

11. Post plures pugnas et pacem plus d semel frustra 
tentatam, pugna ad Zamam committitur, in qua peritis- 
simi duces copias suas ad bellum educebant. Scipio vic- 
tor recedit; Hannibal cum paucis equitibus evadit. Post 
hoc proelium pax cum Carthaginiensibus facta est. Scipio, 
quum Romam rediisset,ingenti gloria triumphavit, atque 
Africanus appellatus est. Sic finem accepit secundum 
Punicum bellum post* annum undevicesimum quam 
cceperat. 



LIBER QUARTUS. 

1. Finito Punicobellojsecutum est Macedo- 
nicum contra Philippum regem. Superatus est 5 ' 56 
rex a T. Quinctio Flaminio apud Cynocepha- 
las, paxque ei data est hislegibus: ne Gracice civitatibus, 
quas Romdni contra eum defender ant, bellum inferret l 

» 115, 1. « 32,3. e § 131, Obs. 2. 

" 38, 3. * § 120, Obs. 3. ' § 140, 1, 2d. 



142 ROMAN HISTORY. 

ut captivos et transfugas redder et ; quinquaginta solum 

naves haberet ; reliquas Romdnis daret ; mille talenta 

prastdret, et obsidem* daret filium Bemetrium. T. 

Quinctius etiam Lacedsemoniis inlulit bellum, et du- 

cem eorum NabTdem vicit. 

2. Finito bello Macedonico.secutum est bel- 
A. U. . _ . w » •■- , 

563 lum bynacum contra Antiochuni regem, cum quo 

Hannibal se junxerat. Missus est contra eumL. 
Cornelius Scipio consul, cui b frater ejus Scipio Africanus 
legatus est additus. Hannibal navali proelio victus, c An- 
tiochus autem ad Magnesiam, Asise civitatem, a Cornelio 
Scipione consule ingenti proelio fusus est. Turn rex An- 
tiochus pacera petit. Data est ei b hac lege, ut exEuropd 
et Asia recederet, atque intra Taurum se contineret, de- 
cern millia talentorum et viginti obsides praberet, Han- 
nibdlem, concitorem belli, dederet. Scipio Romam re- 
diit, et ingenti gloria triumphavit. Nomen et ipse, 
ad imitationem fratris, Asiatici accepit. 

3. Philippo, rege Macedonian, mortuo, films ejus Per- 
seus rebellavit, ingentibus copiis paratis. d Dux Romano- 
rum, P. Licinius consul, contra eum missus, gravi proelio 
a rege victus est. Rex tamen pacem petebat. Cui Ro- 
mani earn pranstare noluerunt, nisi his conditionibus, 6 ut 
se et suos Romanis dederet. Mox iEmilius Paullus con- 
sul regem ad Pydnam superavit, et viginti millia 
586. peditum ejus occidit. Equitatus cum rege fugit. 
Urbes Macedonian omnes, quas rex tenuerat, Ro- 
manis se dediderunt. Ipse Perseus ab amicis desertus in 
Paulli potestatem venit. Hie, multis etiam aliis rebus 
gestis, d cum ingenti pompa, f Romam rediit in nave Persei, 



a 13. 1. e 115, 2. e § 129, R 

b § 126, R. III. a 104, 1. f § 129, Obs. 2. 



LIBER TV. 



143 



inusilatai magnitud]nis; a nam seelecim rem5rum ordines 
habuisse dieltur. Triumphavit magnificentissime m curru 
aureo, duobus filiis utioque latere b adstantibus. Ante cur- 
rum inter captivos duo regis filii et ipse Perseus ducti sunt. 

4. Tertium deinde bellum contra Cartha^mem 

, ~ „ . A. U. 

susceptum est sexcentesimo et aJtero c anno ab 602# 

urbe condita, d anno quinquagesimo primo post- 
quam secundum bellum Punicum transactum erat. L. 
Manlius Censorinus et M. Manlius consules in Africam 
trajecerunt, e et oppugnaverunt Carthagmem. Multa ibi 
praeclare gesta sunt per Scipionem, Scipionis Africani 
nepotem, qui tribunus f in Africa militabat. Hujus apud 
omnes ingens metus et reverentia erat, neque quidquam 
magis Carthaginiensium duces vitabant, quam contra eum 
proelium committere. 

5. Quum jam magnum esset Scipionis nomen, tertio 

anno postquam Romani in Africam trajecerant, e consul est 

creatus, et contra Carthaginem missus. Is hanc 

A. TJ. 
uibem a civibus acerrime defensam s cepit ac 6 ' 08< ' 

diruit. Ingens ibi praeda facta, plurimaque in- 
venta sunt, quae multarum civitatum excidiis Carthago 
collegerat. Haec omnia Scipio civitatibus b Italian, Sici- 
lian, African reddidit, quae 1 sua j recognoscebant. Ita 
Carthago septingentesimo anno, postquam condita erat, 
deleta est. Scipio nomen Africani junioris accepit. 

6. Interim in Macedonia quidam Pseudophilippus arma 
movit, et P. Juvencium, Romanorum ducem, ad interne- 
cionem vicit. Post eum Q. Caecilius Metellus dux a 
Romanis contra Pseudophilippum missus est, et, viginti 



*§ 106. R. VII. e § 116, Obs. 5. 


»> 63. 


b § 136, Obs. 6, (in) ■ 13, 1. 


i 34. 


«§ 24,7. s§ 146, Obs. 6. 


J 31, 5. Note. 


J § 146, Obs. 2. 





144 ROMAN HISTORY. 

quinque millibus ex militibus a ejus occlsis, Macedonian! 
recepit; ipsum etiam Pseudophilippum in potestatein su- 
am redegit. Corinthiis quoque bellum indictum est, nobi- 
lissimae Graeciae civitati, b propter injuriam Romanis lega- 
tis c illatam. Hanc Mummius consul cepit ac di- 

eos. ' ruit. Tres igitur Roma; simul celeberrimi trium- 
phi fuerunt; Scipionis d ex Africa, ante cujus 
currum ductus est Hasdrubal; Metelli d ex Macedonia, 
cujus currum praecessit Andriscus, qui et Pseudophilippus 
dicitur; Mummii d exCorintho, ante quern signaaeneaet pic- 
ta3 tabulae et alia urbis clarisslmae ornamenta praelata sunt. 
7. Anno sexcentesimo decimopost urbem con- 

610> ditam Viriathus in Lusitania bellum contra Ro- 
manos excitavit. Pastor primo fuit, mox latro- 
num dux; postremo tantos ad bellum populos concitavit, 
utvindex 6 libertatis Hispaniae existimaretur/ Denique a 
suis s interfectus est. Quum interfectores ejus praemium 
a Caepione consule peterent, responsum est, nunquam 
Romanis placuisse h imperatorem a militibus suis interfici. 

8. Deinde bellum exortum est cum Numantinis, civi- 
tate b Hispaniae. Victus ab his Qu. Pompeius, et post 
eum C. Hostilius Mancinus consul, qui pacem cum iis 
fecit infamem, quam populus et senatus jussit infringi, 1 
atque ipsum Mancinum hostibus tradi. 1 Turn P. Scipio 
Africanus in Hispaniam missus est. Is primum militem 
ignavum et corruptum correxit; turn multas Hispaniae 
civitatespartim bello cepit, partim in deditionem 

621 accepit. Postremo ipsam Numantiam fame ad 
deditionem coegit, urbemque evertit; reliquam 
provinciam m fidem accepit. 



a § 107, Obs. 8. 
b § 97, Obs. 1. 
c § 126, R. III. 


d Sup. triumphus. 
e § 103, R. & Exp. 
' § 140, 1. 1st. 


e 19, 2. 
h 51,5. 
i 90,4. 



LIBER V. 146 

9. P. Scipione Naslca a et L. Calpurnio Bestia consu- 
libus, Jugurthse, Numidarum regi, bellum illatum est, quod 
Adherbalem et Hiempsalem, Micipsse filios, patrueles su- 
os, interemisset. b Missus adversus eum consul Calpurnius 
Bestia corruptus regis pecunia pacem cum eo flagitiosissi- 
mam fecit, quse a senatu improbata est. Denique Qu. 
Caecilius Metellus consul Jugurtham variis prceliis vicit, 
elephantos ejus occidit vel cepit, multas civitates ipsius in 
deditionem accepit. Ei successit C. Marius, qui bello 
terminum posuit, ipsumque Jugurtham cepit. 
Ante currum triumphantis Marii Jugurtha cum 6 ' 48 ' 
duobus filiis ductus est vinctus, et mox jussu 
consulis in carcere stran^ulatus. 



LIBER QUINTUS. 

1. Dum bellum in Numidia contra Jugurtham geritur, 
Cimbri et Teutones aliaeque Germanorum et Gallorum 
gentes Italia? c minabantur, aliseque Romanorum exercitus 
fuderunt. Ingens fuit Romae d timor, ne e iterum GalH 
urbem occuparent. Ergo Marius consul f creatus, eique 
bellum contra Cimbros et Teutones decretum est; bello- 
que protracto, tertius ei et quartus consulatus delatus est. 
In duobus prceliis cum Cimbris ducenta millia hostium 
cecidit, octoginta millia cepit, eorumque regem Theuto- 
bochum; propter quod meritum absens quinto Consul crea- 
tus est. Interea Cimbri et Teutones, quorum 
copia adhuc infinlta erat, in Italiam transierunt. 653 ' 
Tterum a C. Mario et Qu. Catulo contra eos 

* HO, 2. i 4,1. §140, Obs. 6. 

b §141,Obs. 7. ■ 121, 6, and ' § 103, R. 



§ 112, R. V. 



13 



146 ROMAN HISTORY. 

dimicatum est a ad Veronam. Centum et quadraginta 
millia aut in pugna, aut in fuga csesa sunt; sexaginta 
millia capta. Tria et triginta Cimbris b signa sublata sunt. 

2. Sexcentesimo quinquagesimo nono anno ab 
6 ' 59 ' urbe condila in Italia gravissimum bellum exar- 

sit. Nam Picentes, Marsi, Pelignique, qui mul- 
tos annos populo Romano obedierant, aequa cum illis jura 
sibi b dari postulabant. Pernici5sum admodum hoc bel- 
lum fuit. P. Rutilius consul in eo occisus est; plures 
exercitus fusi fugatique. Tandem L. Cornelius Sulla 
cum c alia egregie gessit, turn Cluentium, hostium ducem, 
cum magnis copiis, fudit. Per quadriennium cum gravi 
utriusque partis calamitate hoc bellum tractum est. Quin- 
to demum anno L. Cornelius Sulla ei imposuit finem. 
Romani tamen, id d quod prius negaverant, jus civitatis, 
bello iinitOj sociis tribuerunt. 

3. Anno urbis conditse sexcentesimo sexages- 
G q.q' imo sexto primum Romse bellum civile exortum 

est; eodem anno etiam Mithridaticum. Causam 
bello civili C. Marius dedit. Nam quum Sulla} bellum 
adversus Mithridatem regem Ponti decretum esset, Ma- 
rius ei e hunc honorem eripere conatus est. Sed Sulla, 
qui adhuc cum legionibus suis in Italia morabatur, cum 
exercitu Romam venit, et adversarios cum c interfecit, 
turn fugavit. Turn rebus Romse utcunque compositis, in 
Asiam profectus est, pluribusque prceliis Mithridatem 
coegit, ut pacem a Romanis peteret/ et Asia, quam inva- 
serat, relicta, regni sui finibus contentus esset. 

4. Sed dum Sulla in Grsecia et Asia Mithridatem vin- 
cit, Marius, qui fugatus fuerat, et Cornelius Cinna, unus 

a § 85, 3. " o 124, 8. « § 123, R. & 5, 1. 

b § 126, R. III. a 37, 9. « § 140, 1, 3d. 



LIBER VI. J 47 

ex consulibus, bellum in Italia repararunt, et ingressi Ro- 
mam nobihssimos ex senatu et consul ares viros interfece- 
runt; multos proscripserunt; ipsius Sullae domo eversa, 
filios et uxorem ad fugam compulerunt. Universus reli- 
quus senatus ex urbe fugiens ad Sullam in Graeciam ve- 
nit, orans ut patriae subvenlret. a Sulla in Italiam traje- 
cit, b hostium exercitus vicit, mox etiam urbem ingressus 
est, quam caede c et sanguine civium replevit. Quatuor 
millia inermium, qui se dediderant, interfici d jussit; duo 
millia equitum et senatdrum proscripsit. Turn de Mith- 
ridate triumphavit. Duo haec bella funestissima, Itali- 
cum, quod et sociale dictum est, et civile, consumpserunt 
ultra centum et quinquaginta millia hominum, viros con- 
sulares viginti quatuor, praetorios septem, aedilitios sexa- 
ginta, senatores fere ducentos. 



LIBER SEXTUS, 

1. Anno urbis conditae sexcentesimo septua- 
gesimo sexto, L. Licinio Lucullo g et M. Aurelio 6 ' 76 ' 
Cotta consulibus, mortuus est Nicomedes, rex Bi- 
thyniae, et testamento populum Romanuiaa fecit heredem. 6 
Mithridates, pace rupta/ Asiam rursus voluit invadere. 
Adversus eum ambo consiiles missi variam habuere fortii- 
nam. Cotta apud Chalcedonem victus proelio, a rege 
etiam intra oppidum obsessus est. Sed quum se inde 
Mithridates Cyzicum h transtulisset, ut, hac urbe capta, £ 

a § 140, 1, 3d. d 90, 4. s 110, 2, and 

b § 116, Obs. 5. «§I16, Obs. 1. § 146, Obs. 10 

» § 125, R. f 104, 1. h § 130, 2. 



148 ROMAN HISTORY. 

totam Asiam invaderet, Lucullus ei* alter consul, oecurrit, 
ac dum Mithridates in obsidione Cyzici commoratur, ipse b 
eum a tergo obsedit, fameque consumptum multis prceliis 
vicit. Postremo Byzantium fugavit; navali quoque 
proelio ejus duces oppressit. Ita una hieme d et sestate a 
Lucullo centum fere millia e militum regis exstincta sunt. 
2. Anno urbis sexcentesimo f septuagesimo 

b78< " octavo novum in Italia bellum commotum est. 
Septuaginta enim quatuor gladiatores, ducibus g 
Spartaco, Crixo, et CEnomao, e ludo gladiatorio, qui Ca- 
puae h erat, effugerunt, et per Italiam vagantes panne non 
levius bellum, quam Hannibal, 1 moverunt. Nam con- 
traxerunt exercitum fere sexaginta millium e armatorum, 
multosque duces et duos Romanos consules vicerunt. 
Ipsi victi sunt in Apulia a M. Licinio Crasso proconsule, 
et, posfmultas calamitates Italia3, j tertio anno huic bello 
finis est impositus. 

3. Interim L. Lucullus bellum Mithridaticum perse- 
cutus regnum Mithridatis invasit, ipsumque regem apud 
Cabira civitatem, quo ingentes copias ex omni regno ad- 
duxerat Mithridates, ingenti proelio superatum fugavit, 
et castra ejus diripuit. Armenia quoque Minor, quam 
tenebat, eidem k erepta est. Susceptus est Mithridates a 
Tigrane, Armenian rege, qui turn ingenti gloria impera- 
bat; sed hujus quoque regnum ] Lucullus est ingressus. 
Tigranocerta, nobilissimam Armenian civitatem, cepit; 
ipsum regem, cum magno exercitu venientem, ita vicit, 



• § 112, IV. » § 24, 7. i § 106, Obs. 1. 
b 32, 3. e 110, 2. k 5, 1, & 

e § 130, 2. * § 130, 1. § 126, R. III. 

* § 131, R. XLI. i § 120, Obs. 2, 1st. » § 136, R. LII. 
- § 24, 5. 



LIBER VI. 149 

ut robur militum Armeniorum deleret.* Sed quum Lucul- 
lus finem bello imponere pararet, successor ei b missus est. 

4. Per ilia tempora piratae omnia maria infestabant ita, 
ut Romanis, toto orbe c terrarum victoribus, sola naviga- 

• tio tuta non esset. a Quare id bellum Cn. Pompeio d de- 
cretum est, quod intra paucos menses incredi- 
bili felicitate et celeritate confecit. Mox ei d de- 687 ' 
latum bellum contra regem Mithridatem et Ti- 
granem. Quo e suscepto, Mithridatem in Armenia Mi- 
nore nocturno prcelio vicit, castra diripuit, et quadraginta 
millibus ejus occisis/ viginti tantum de exercitu suo per- 
didit et duos centuri5nes. Mithridates fugit cum uxore et 
duobus comitibuSj neque multo post, Pharnacis filii sui 
seditione coactus, venenum hausit. Hunc vitse finem ha- 
buit Mithridates, vir ingentis industrial s atque consilii. 
Regnavit annis h sexaginta, vixit septuaginta duobus: 
contra Romanos bellum habuit annis quadraginta. 

5. Tigrani deinde Pompeius bellum intulit. Ille 1 seJ 
ei # dedidit, et in castra Pompeii venit, ac diadema suum J 
in ejus* manibus collocavit, quod eif Pompeius reposuit- 
Parte k regni eum multavit et grandi pecunia. Turn alios 
etiam reges et populos superavit. Armeniam Minorem 
Deiotaro, Galatiee regi, donavit, quia auxilium contra 
Mithridatem tuierat. Seleuciam, vicinam AntiochTa3 civi- 
tatem, libertate l donavit, quod regem Tigranem non rece- 
pisset. m Inde in Judseam transgressus, Hierosolymam, 
caput gentis, tertio mense cepit, .duodecim millibus Judaeo- 
rum occisis, ceteris in fidem receptis. His gestis finem 

* i. e. Pompey. f i. e. Tigranes. ! § 28, Obs. 3, 3d. 

a § 140, 1, 1st. e 38, 5. j § 28, Obs. 3, 1st. 

b § 110, R. t 104, 1 *§ 125, R. 

c § 136, Obs. 5, (in) e § 106. R. VII. ■ § 123, Obs. 3. 

d § 126, R. III. * § 131, R. XLI. « § 141, Obs. 7. 



150 ROMAN HISTORY. 

antiquissimo bello imposuit Ante triumphantis a currum 
ducti sunt filii Mithridatis, nlius Tigranis, et Aristobulus, 
rex Judaeorum. Praelata ingens pecunia, auri atque ar- 
genti infinitum. 1 * Hoc tempore nullum per orbem terra- 
rum grave bellum erat. 

6. M. Tullio Cicerone oratore et C. Antonio 
6 ' 89 ' consulibus, anno ab urbe condita sexcentesimo 

undenonagesimo L. Sergius Catilina, nobilisimi 
generis vir, sedingeniipravissimi,addelendam d patriam 
conjuravit cum quibusdam claris quidem sed audacibus 
viris. A Cicerone urbe e expulsus est, socii ejus depre- 
hensi et in carcere strangulati sunt. Ab Antonio, altero 
consiile, Catilina ipse proelio victus est et interfectus. 

7. Anno urbis conditaa sexcentesimo nonagesT- 
g 93 ' mo tertio C. Julius Csesar cum L. Bibulo consul 

est factus. Quum ei Gallia decreta esset, semper 
vincendo f usque ad Oceanum Britannicum processit. Do- 
muit autem annis s novem fere omnem Galliam, quae inter 
Alpes, flumen Rhodanum, Rhenum et Oceanum est. Bri- 
tannis mox bellum intulit, quibus h ante eum ne nomen 
"quidem Romanorum cognitum erat; Germanos quoque 
trans Rhenum aggressus, ingentibus proeliis vicit. 

8. Circa eadem tempora M. Licinius - Crassus contra 
Parthos missus est. Et quum circa Carras contra omina 

et auspicia prcelium commisisset, a Surena Oro- 
7 "oo ' dis regis duce, victus et interfectus est cum filio, 

clarissimo et praestantissimo juvene. Reliquiae 
exercitus per C. Cassium qua3storem servataB sunt. 

» Sup. Pompeii. «> 112. 7. s § 131, R. XLI. 

» Sup. pondus. e § 136, R. LII. »> § 126, R. XXXIII. 

• § 106, R. VII. ' § 147, Obs. 5. 



LIBER VI. 151 

9. Hinc jam bellum civile successit, quo Ro- 

mani nominis fortuna mutata est. Caesar enim 705 / 
victor e Gallia rediens, absens coepit poscere 
alterum a consulatum; quern quum aliqui sine dubitatione 
deferrent, b contradictum est c a Pompeio et aliis, jussus- 
que est, dimissis exercitlbus, in urbem redire. Propter 
hanc injuriam ab Arimino, ubi milites congregatos habe- 
bat, infesto exercitu Romam d contendit. Consules cum 
Pompeio, senatusque omnis atque universa nobilitas ex 
urbe fugit, et in Graeciam transiit; et, dum senatus bel- 
lum contra Caesarem parabat, hie vacuam urbem ingres- 
sus dictatorem se fecit. 

10. Inde Hispanias e petit, ibique Pompeii legiones su- 
peravit; turn in GraBcia adversum Pompeium ipsum dimi- 
cavit. Primo proalio victus est et fugatus; evasit tamen, 
quia nocte interveniente Pompeius sequi noluit; dixitque 
Caesar, nee* Pompeium scire vincere, et illo tan turn die se 
potuisse superari. Deinde in Thessalia apud Pharsalum 
ingentibus utrinque copiis commissis dimicaverunt. Nun- 
quamf adhuc Romanae copiae majores neque melioribus 
ducibus f convenerant. Pugnatum est c ingenti contenti- 
6ne,"victusquead postremum Pompeius, et castra ejus di- 
repta sunt. Ipse fugatus Alexandriam e petiit, ut a rege 
iEgypti, cui tutor a senatu datus fuerat, acciperet & aux- 
ilia. At hie fortunam magis quam amicitiam h secutus, 
occidit Pompeium, caput ejus et annulum Caesari misit. 
Quo 1 conspecto, Caesar lacrymas fudisse dicitur, tanti 
viri intuens caput, et generi quondam sui. 

* Nee i. e. et non, 124, 1. f Nunquam, i. e. neque unquam, 124, 5. 
» § 24. 7. d § 130, 2. h § 120, Obs. 2, 1st. 

b § 140, Obs. 4, and e § 130, Obs. 10. ■ 38, 5, & 

§ 44, 2. f § 136, Obs. 5 (cum) § 146, Obs. 2. 

c § 85, 3. 6 § 140. 1, 2d. 



152 ROMAN HISTORY. 

11. Quum ad Alexandriam venisset Csesar, Ptolemaeus 
ci insidias parare voluit, qua de causa regi bellum illatum 
est. Rex viclus in Nilo periit, inventumque est corpus 
ejus cum lorica aurea. Caesar, Alexandria* potltus, reg- 
num Cleopatree dedit. Turn inde profectus Pompeiana- 
rum b partium reliquias est persecutus, bellisque civilibus 
toto terrarum orbe compositis, Romam rediit. Ubi quum 
insolentius agere coepisset, c conjuratum d est in eum a 
sexaginta vel amplius senatonbus, equitibusque Romanis. 
Praecipui fuerunt inter conjuratos Bruti duo ex genere 
illius Bruti, qui, regibus expulsis, 6 primus Romas consul 

fuerat, C. Cassius et Servilius Casca. Ergo 
709. Csesar, quum in curiam venisset, c viginti tribus 
vulneribus confossus est. 

12. Tnterfecto Ceesare, anno urbis septingentesimo no- 
no bella civilia reparata sunt. Senatus favebat Csesaris 
percussoribus/ Antonius consul a Csesaris partibus sta- 
bat. Ergo turbata republica, Antonius, multis sceleribus 
commissis, e a senatu hostis judicatus est. Fusus fugatus- 
que Antonius, amisso exercitu, e confugitad Lepidum, qui 
Csesari s magister equitum fuerat, et turn grandes copias 
militum habebat: a quo susceptus est. Mox Octavianus 
cum Antonio pacem fecit, et quasi vindicaturus h patris 1 
sui mortem, a quo per testamentum fuerat adoptatus, Ro- 
mam cum exercitu profectus extorsit, ut sibi j juveni vi- 
ginti annorum k consulatus daretur. 1 Turn junctus cum 
Antonio et Lepido rempublicam armis tenere coepit, se- 
natumque proscripsit. Per hos etiam Cicero orator oc- 
cisus est, multique alii nobiles. 

a 7, 5, & " 104,1. » viz: JuliiCcesaris 

§ 121, R. XXYT. ' § 112, R. V. J § 126,'R. III. 

b § 106 Obs. 4. e § 110, R. & Obs. 1. * § 106, R. VII. 

• § 140, Obs, 4 h 102, 1. i § 140, 1. 3d 
d §85, 3. 



LIBER VI. 153 



13. Interea Brutus et Cassius, interfect5res Csesaris, 
ingens bellum moverunt. Profecti contra eos Caesar Oc- 
tavianusj qui postea Augustus est appellatus, et M. Anto- 
niusj apud Philippos, Macedonian urbem, contra 

eos pugnaverunt. Primo proelio victi sunt An- 7 ' 12> 
tonius et Caesar; periit tamen dux nobilitatis 
Cassius; secundo Brutum et infmltam nobilitatem, qua? 
cum illis bellum susceperat, victam a interfecerunt. Turn 
victores rempublicam ita inter se diviserunt, ut Octavia- 
nus Caesar Hispanias, Gallias, Italiam teneret; Antonius 
Orientem, Lepidus Africam acciperet. 

14. Paulo post Antonius, repudiata b sor5re Caesaris 
Octaviani, Cleopatram, reginam iEgypti, uxorem duxit. 
Ab hac incitatus ingens bellum commovit, dum Cleopatra 
cupiditate c muliebri optat Roman regnare. Victus est ab 
Augusto navali pugna clara et illustri apud Ac- 

tium, qui d locus in Epiro est. Hinc fugit in 723' 
iEgyptum, et, desperatis rebus, quum omnes ad 
Augustum translrent, se ipse e interemit. Cleopatra quo- 
que aspidem sibi admisit, et veneno ejus exstincta est. 
Ita bellis toto orbe confectis, Octavianus Augustus Ro- 
mam rediit anno duodecimo f quam consul fuerat. Ex eo 
inde tempore rempublicam per quadraginta et quatuor 
annos solus obtinuit. Ante enim* duodecim annis cum 
Antonio et Lepido tenuerat.f Ita ab initio principalis 
ejus usque ad finem quin'quaginta sex anni fuere. 

* " Enira," &c, assigning a reason for " Solus." 
f Sup. earn, i. e. rempublicam. 
* 104,3, and '§ 129, R. • 33, 1. 

§ 98, Obs. 4. «» 37, 5. t § 131, Obs. 2. 

b 104. 1. 



■ 



OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE NATIONS 
OF ANTIQUITY. 



1. Uni versus terrarum orbis in tres partes dividitur, 
Europam, a Asiam, Africam. Eur5pa ab Africa sejungi- 
tur freto Gaditano, in cujus utraque parte montes sunt 
altissimi, Abyla a in Africa, in Europa Calpe, qui b mon- 
tes Herciilis columnar appellantur. Per idem fretum 
mare internum, quod littoribus Europas, Asiaa, et African 
includitur, jungitur cum Oceano. 

2. Europa terminos d habet ab oriente Tanaim fluvium, 
pontum Euxlnum, et paludem Maaotida; 6 a meridie/ 
mare internum; ab occidente, mare Atlanticum sive 
Oceanum; a septentrione/ mare Britannicum. Mare in- 
ternum tres maximos sinus habet. Quorum g is, qui 
Asiam a Grsecia sejungit, iEgaeum mare vocatur; secun- 
dus, qui est inter Graeciam et Italiam, Ionium; tertius 
denique, qui occidentales Italise oras alluit, a Romanis 
Tuscum, a Graecis Tyrrhenum mare appellatur. 

3. In ea Europae parte, quae ad occasum vergit, prima 
terrarum s est Hispania, quae a tribus lateribus mari cir- 
cumdata per Pyrenaeos montes cum Gallia cohaeret. 

* § 97, Obs. 5. <> § 116, Obs. 1. ' § 90, 6. 

» 37, 6. Note. • § 15, 4. e § 107, R. X. & 38. 

• § 103, R. 



NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 155 

Quum universa Hispania dives sit a et fcecunda, ea tamen 
regio, quae a flumine B3eti b Bsetica vocatur, ceteras fer- 
tilitate c antecellit. Ibi Gades sitae, insula cum urbe a 
Tyriis condita, quae freto Gaditano nomen dedit. Tota 
ilia regio viris, d equis, ferro, plumbo, sere, argento, auro- 
que abundat, et ubi penuria aquarum minus est fertilis, 
linum tamen aut spartum alit. Marmoris quoque lapi- 
cidinas habet. In Baetlca minium reperitur. 

4. Gallia posita est inter Pyrenaeos montes et Rhenum, 
orientalem oram Tuscum mare alluit, occidentalem Oce- 
anus. Ejus pars ilia, quee Italiae e est opposita, et Nar- 
bonensis vocatur, omnium f est leetissima. In ea ora sita 
est Massilia, urbs a Phocseis condita, qui, patria a Persis 
devicta, quum servitutem ferre non possent,^ Asia relic- 
ta, h novas in Europa sedes quaesiverant. Ibidem est cam- 
pus lapideus, ubi Hercules dicitur contra Neptuni liberos 
dimicasse. Quum tela defecissent, g Jupiter filium imbre 
lapidumadjuvit. Credas'pluisse^adeomulti passim jacent. 

5. Rhodanus fluvius, haud longe a Rheni fontibus or- 
tus, lacu Lemano excipitur, servatque impetum, ita ut 
per medium lacum integer fluat, k tantusque, quantus 1 ve- 
nit, egrediatur. Inde ad occasum versus, Gallias aliquan- 
diu dirimit; donee, cursu in meridiem flexo, aliorum am- 
nium accessu auctus in mare effunditur. 

6. Ea pars GalliaB, quse ad Rhenum porrigitur, frumen- 
ti pabulique m feracissima est, ccelum saliibre; noxia ani- 
malium genera pauca alit. Incolae superbi et supersti- 
tiosi, ita ut deos humanis victimis n gaudere existiment. k 

a § 140, Obs. 3. ' 19,&§107,R.X. J 94, 1, 2d, & 98, 2. 

b § 15, 5. 8 §140, Obs. 4. "§ 140, 1,1st. 

c§ 128, R. h 104, 1. i 44, 3.' 

d § 121, R. I § 45, I. 3, last Ex. m § 107, R. XI. 

• § 126, R. in. § 140, 1, 1st. ■ § 121, Obs. 2. 



J 56 OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE 

Magistri religionum et sapientise sunt Druulae, qui, quae 3 
se scire profitentur, in antris abditisque silvis docent. 
Animas seternas esse b credunt, vitamque alteram post 
mortem incipere. b . Hanc ob causam cum defunctis c ar- 
ma cremant aut defodiunt, eamque doctrlnam homines 
ad bellum d alacriores facere existTmant. 

7. Universa Gallia divisa est inter tres magnos popu- 
los, qui fluviis terminantur. A Pyrenseo monte usque ad 
Garumnam Aquitani habitant; inde ad Sequanam Celts; 
Belgse denique usque ad Rhenum pertinent'. 

8. Garumna amnis, ex Pyrenaao monte delapsus, diu 
vadosus est et vix navigabiilis. Quanto e magis procedit, 
tanto fit latior; ad postremum magni freti f similis, non 
solum majora navigia tolerat, verum etiam more maris 
exsurgitj navigantesque c atrociter jactat. 

9. Sequana ex Alpibus ortus in septentnonem pergit. 
Postquam se haud procul Lutetia. 5 cum Matrona con- 
junxit, Ocea.no h infunditur. Hsec flumina opportunissi- 
ma sunt mercibus 1 permutandis j et ex mari interno in 
Oceanum transvehendis. j 

10. Rhenus itidem ex Alpibus ortus haud procul ab 
origine lacum efFicit Venetunij qui etiam Brigantinus ap- 
pellatur. Deinde longo spatio k per fines Helvetiorum, 
Mediomatricorum, et Trevir5rum continuo alveo fertur, 
aut modicasinsulas 1 circumfluens; in agro Batavo autem, 
ubi Ocea.no appropinquavit, in plures amnes dividitur; 
nee jam amnis, sed ripis longe recedentibus, ingens lacus, 

* 37, 2. Obs. 5. i § 111, R. 
»» 95, 1. f § 111, Obs. 2. i § 112, 6. 
c 19,1,' s § 136, Obs. 5, (a) * § 132, R. 

* § 107, Obs. 3, 2d. h § 126, R. III. » § 136, R. LII. 

* § 132, R. XLIII. & 



NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 157 

Flevo appellatur, ejusdemque nominis insulam amplexus, 
fit iterum arctior et fluvius* iterum in mare emittitur. 

1 1 . Trans Rhenuni Germani habitant usque ad Vistu- 
lam, quae finis est Germaniae ad orientem. Ad meridiem 
terminatur Alpibus, ad septentrionem mari Britannico et 
Baltico. Incolae corporum proceritate b excel lunt. Am- 
inos bellando, c corpora laborious exercent. Hanc ob 
causam crebrd bella gerunt cum finitimis, non tarn finium 
prolatandorum d causa, aut imperii cupiditate, sed ob bel- 
li amorem. Mites 6 tamen sunt erga supplices, 6 et boni 
hospitibus. Urbes mcenibus cinctas aut fossis aggeribus- 
que munitas non habent. Ipsas domos ad breve tempus 
struunt non lapidibus aut lateribus coctis sed lignis, quae 
frondibus tegunt. Nam diu eodem in loco morari f peri- 
culosum g arbitrantur libertati. 

12. Agricultiirae 11 Germani non admodum student, nee 
quisquam agri modum certum aut fines proprios habet. 
Lacte vescuntur et caseo et carne. Ubi fons, campus, 
nemusve iis h placuerit, 1 ibi domos figunt, mox alio tran- 
situri cum conjugibus et liberis. Interdum etiam hiemem 
in subterraneis speciibiis dicuntur transigere. 

13. Germania altis montibus, silvis, paludibusque in- 
via redditur. Inter silvas j maxima est Hercynia, cujus 
latitudinem k CaBsar novem dierum iter 1 patere narrat. 
Insequenti tempore magna pars ejus excisa est. Flumina 
sunt in Germania multa et magna.. Inter haec clarissi- 
mum nomen Rheni, de quo supra diximus, et Danubii. 
Clari quoque amnes, Moenus, Visurgis, Albis. Danubius, 

* 13,l,&§97,Exp e 19,1. « § 140, 5. 

b § 128, R. I 89, 5. J § 107, Obs. 8. 

• § 147, Obs. 5, and s § 98, Obs. 6. * § 145, R. 

Ill, 6. *§ 112, R.V. i § 132, R. 



* 112.5. 



14 



158 OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE 

omnium Europae fluminum a maximus, apud Rha?tos ori- 
tur, flexoque ad ortum solis cursu, receptisque sexagiitta 
amnibus, in Pontum Euxinum sex vastis ostiis effunditur. 

14. Britanniam insulam Pho3nicibus innotuisse, eosque 
stannum inde et plumbum pellesque petivisse, probabile 
est. Romanis earn Julius Csesar primus aperuit; neque 
tamen prius cognita esse coepit quam Claudio b imperante. 
Hadrianus earn, muro ab ocea.no Germanico ad Hiberni- 
cum mare ducto, in duas partes divisit, ut inferiorem in- 
sulae partem, quae Romanis parebat, a barbarorum popu- 
lorum, qui in Scotia habitabant, incursionibus tueretur. 

15. Maxima insulee pars campestris, collibus passim 
silvisque distincta. Incolse Gallos proceritate d corporum 
vincunt, ceterum ingenio d Gallis similes, simplicidres ta- 
men illis e magisque barbari. Nemora habitant pro urbibus. 
Ibi tuguria exstruunt et stabula pecori, sed plerumque ad 
breve tempus. Humanitate d ceteris prsestant ii, qui Can- 
tium incolunt. Tota heec regio est maritima. Qui in- 
teriorem insulae partem habitant, frumenta non serunt; 
lacte f et carne vivunt. Pro vestibus induti sunt pellibus. g 

16. Italia ab Alpibus usque ad fretum Siculum porrigi- 
tur inter mare Tuscum et Adriaticum. Multo h longior 
est quam latior. 1 In medio se attollit Appenninus mons, 
qui, postquam continenti jugo progressus est usque ad 
Apuliam, in duos quasi ramos dividitur. Nobilissima re- 
gio ob fertilitatem soli ccelique salubritatem. Quum longe 
in mare procurrat, j plurimos habetportus populorum inter 
se k patentes commercio. 1 Neque ulla facile m est regio, 

a § 107, R. X. f § 121, Obs. 2. 74, 1. 

b § 146, Obs. 9. s § 126, R. V. * § 28, Obs. 5. 

° § 140, 1. 2d. h § 132, R. XLIII. > § 112, R. XVII. 

a § 128, R. » § 120, Obs. 6. * § 134, Obs. 6, 3d. 

* 6, 3, & § 120, R. i § 140, Obs. 3, and 



NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 159 

quse tot tamque pulchras urbes habeat, a inter quas Roma 
et magnitudlne b et nomrnis fama emmet. 

17. Haec urbs, orbis terrarum caput, septem montes 
complectltur. Initio quatuor portas habebat; Augusti 
aevo triginta septem. Urbis magnificentiam augebant 
fora, templa, portlcus, aquaeductus, theatra, arcus trium- 
phales, horti denique, et id genus c alia, ad quse vel lecta d 
animus stupet. Quare recte de ea praedicare videntur, 
qui nullius urbis in toto orbe terrarum magnificentiam 
ei e comparari posse dixerunt. 

18. Felicissima in Italia regio est Campania. Multi 
ibi vitiferi colles, ubi nobilissima vina gignuntur, Seti- 
num, Caecubuin, Falernum, Massicum. Calidi ibidem 
fontes f saluberrimi. Nusquam generosior olea. Con- 
chylio g quoque et pisce nobili maria vicina scatent. 

19. Clarissimi amnes Italias sunt Padus et Tiberis. 
Et Padus quid em in superiore parte, quae Gallia Cisalpi- 
na vocatur, ab imis radicibus Vesuli montis exoritur; 
primiim exilis, deinde aliis amnibus ita alitur, ut se per 
septem ostia in mare efTundat. h Tiberis, qui antiquisslmis 
temporibus Albulae nomen habebat, ex AppennTno oritur; 
deinde duobus et quadraginta fluminibus auctus fit navi- 
gabilis. Plurimas in utraque ripa. villas adspicit, praeci- 
pue autem urbis Romanae magnificentiam. Placidissi- 
mus amnium raro ripas 1 egreditur. 

20. In inferiore parte Italiae clara quondam urbs Taren- 
tum, quae maris sinui, cui adjacet, nomen dedit. Soli 
fertilitas coelique jucunda temperies.in causa fuisse vide* 
tur, ut incolae luxuria et deliciis enervarentur. Quumque 



»§ 141, R.I. § 146, Obs. 6. 


* § 140, 1, 1st. 


t>§128.R. e § 126, R, III. 


1 § 136, Obs. 5, 


« § 136, Obs. 5, (ad) * § 101, Obs. 4. 


(ultra.) 


J 101, 4, and e§ 121, R. 





160 OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE 

aliquandiu potential florerent, b copiasque haud contem- 
nendas alerent, peregrinis tamen plerumque ducibus in 
bellis utebantur, ut Pyrrho, c rege Eplri, quo superato, 
urbs in Romanorum potestatem venit. 

21. Proxima Italian est Sicilia, insula omnium d maris 
interni maxima. Antiquissimis temporibus earn cum Italia 
cohsesisse, 6 marisque impetu,autterraB motuinde divulsam 
esse, 6 verisimile est. Forma triangularis, ita ut litterse, 
quam Grseci Delta vocant, imaginem referat. A tribus 
promontoriis vocatur Trinacria. Nobilissimus ibi mons 
yEtnse f qui urbi Catanse imminet, turn s ob altitudinem, 
turn etiam ob ignes, quos effundit; quare Cyclopum in illo 
monte officinam esse poetsedicunt. Cineres e crateribus 
egesti agrum circumjacentem foecundum et feracem red- 
dere existimantur. Sunt ibi Piorum campi, qui nomen 
habent a duobus juvenibus Catanensibus, qui, flammis 
quondam repente ingruentibus, parentes senectute con- 
fectos, humeris sublatos, flammse h eripuisse feruntur. 
Nomina fratrum Amphinomus et Anapus fuerunt. 

22. Inter urbes Sicilige nulla est illustrior Syracusis, 
Corinthiorum colonia, ex quinque urbibus conflata. Ab 
Atheniensibus bello petita, maxMnas hostium copias dele- 
vit: Carthaginienses etiam magnis interdum cladibus af- 
fecit. Secundo bello Punico per triennium oppugnata, 
Archimedis potissimum ingenio et arte defensa, a M. 
Marcello capta est. Vicinus huic urbi fons Arethusee 
Nymphse 1 sacer, ad quam Alpheus amnis ex Peloponneso 
per mare Ionium lapsus* commissarif dicitur. Nam si 
quid ad Olympian! in ilium amnem jactum fuerit, id in 



* Sup. esse, 
quet," § 144, 


§ 47, 6. 
Obs. 2. 


t Commissdri, ,c 


in 


order to 


enjoy 


a ban- 


a § 128, 
b § 140, 
c § 149, 


R. 

Obs. 3. 

R. {ut, as,) 


d 19, 

e 97, 
f §97, 


& § 107, R. 
1, &4. 
Exc. 1. 


X 


s 124, 
h § 123, 
' § 111, 


7. 
R. 
R. 





iNATlOWS OF ANTIQUITY. 161 

Arethusse fonte reddi. a De ilia fabula quid statuendum 
sit, b sponte apparet. 

23. In raari Ligustico insula est Corsica, quam Grseci 
Cyrnum vocant. Terra aspera multisque locis c invia, 
caelum grave, mare circa d importunum. Incola3,latroci- 
niis dedlti,feri sunt et horridi. Mella quoque illius in- 
su]ae amara esse dicuntur corporibusque 6 nocere. Proxi- 
ma ei est Sardinia, quae a Grsecis mercatoribus Ichniisa 
vocatur, quia formam humani vestigii habet. Solum f 
quam coelum melius. Illud k fertile, hoc k grave ac nox- 
ium. Noxia quoque animalia herbasque venenatas gig- 
nit. Multum inde frumenti s Rom am mittitur; unde hsec 
insula et Sicilia nutrices urbis vocantur. 

24. Grsecia nominis celebritate omnes fere alias orbis 
terrarum regiones superavit. Nulla enim magnorum in- 
geniorum h fuit feracior; neque ulla belli pacisque artes 
majore studio ' excoluit. Plurlmas eadem colonias in 
omnes terras partes deduxit. Multum itaque terra man- 
que valuit, et gravissima bella magna cum gloria gessit. 

25. Grsecia inter Ionium et JEgseum mare porrigitur. 
In plurlmas regiones divisa est, quarum j amplissimae sunt 
Macedonia et Epirus — quamquam has a nonnullis a Grse- 
cia sejunguntur — turn Thessalia. Macedoniam Philippi 
et Alexandri regnum illustravitj quorum ille k Groeciam 
subegit, hic k Asiam latissime domuit, ereptumque Persis 1 
imperium in Macedones transtulit. Centum ejus regionis 
et quinquaginta urbes numerantur; quarum J septuaginta 



- Sup. dicUur. • § 112, R. V. > § 129, R. 

b § 140. 5, & 108, 9. '§ 101, Obs. 4. i § 107, R. X. 

• § 136, Obs. 5, (in) s § 106, R. VIII. * § 28, Obs, 3, 3d. 

<§90, 4. h § 107. Obs. 1. 1st. ' 5, 1, § 126, R.III 



162 OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE 

duas, Perseo, ultimo Macedonia? rege, superato, Paullus 
/Emilius diripuit. 

26. Epirus, quae ab Acrocerauniis incipit montlbus, 
desinit in Acheloo flumine. Plures earn populi incolunt. 
Illustris ibi Dod5na a in MolossSrum finibus, vetustissimo 
Jovis oraculo inclyta. Columbae ibi ex arboribus oracula 
dedisse narrantur; quercusque ipsas et lebetes aeneos 
inde suspensos deorum voluntatem tinnitu significasse b 
fama est. 

27. Acheloi fluvii ostiis c insulae aliquot objacent, qua- 
rum maxima est Cephallenia. Multae praeterea insulae 
littori c Eplri adjacent, interque eas Corcyra, quam Ho- 
inerus Scheriam appellasse existimatur. d In hac Phaea- 
cas posuit ille et hortos Alcinoi. Coloniam hue dedux- 
erant Corinthii, quo e tempore Numa Pompilius Romae 
regnavit. Vicina ei Ithaca, Ulyssis patria, aspera mon- 
tibus, sed Homeri carminibus adeo nobilitata, ut ne fer- 
tilissimis quidem regionibus cedat. f 

28. Thessalia late patet inter Macedoniam et Epirum, 
foecunda regio, generosis praecipue equis excellens, unde 
Thessalorum equitatus celeberrimus. Montes ibi memo- 
rabiles Olympus, in quo deorum sedes esse existimatur, d 
Pelion et Ossa, per quos gigantes coelum petivisse dicun- 
tur; d (Eta denique, in cujus vertice Hercules, rogo con- 
scenso g se ipsum cremavit. Inter h Ossam et Olympum 
Peneus, limpidissimus amnis, delabitur, vallem amcenis- 
simam, Tempe vocatam, irrigans. 

29. Inter h reliquas Graeciae regiSnes nominis claritate 1 
eminet Attica, quae etiam Atthis vocatur. Ibi Athenae, 



a § 101, Obs. 4. d § 145, Obs. 4. e 104. 1. 

b 97, 1. » 37, 2d, & Note. h 123, 3. 

c § 112, IV. ' § 140, 1, 1st. > § 128, R. 



NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 163 

de qua urbe deos inter se certasse fama est. Certius est a 
nullam unquam urbem tot poetas tulisse, tot oratores, tot 
philosophos, totque in omni virtutis genere claros viros. 
Res alitem bello eas b gessit,ut huic soli c gloria? d studere 
videretur; pacisque artes ita excoluit, ut hac laude magis 
etiam quam belli gloria splenderet. Arx ibi sive Acro- 
polis 6 urbi imminenSj unde latus in mare prospectus pa- 
tet. Per propylaea ad earn adscendltur/ splendidum Peri- 
clis opus. Cum ipsa urbe per longos muros conjectus 
est portus Piraeeus, post bellum Persicum secundum a 
Themistocle munitus. Tutissima ibi statio 6 navium. 

30. Atticam attingitBceotia, fertilisslma regio. Incolae 
magis corporibus g valent quam ingeniis. Urbs celeber- 
rima Thebae, 6 quas Amphion musices h ope moenibus 
cinxisse dicitur. Illustravit earn Pindari poetse ingenium, 
Epaminondae virtus. Mons e ibi Helicon, Musarum sedes, 
et Citheeron plunmis poetarum fabulis celebratus. 

31. Boeotise Phocis finitima, 6 ubi Delphi urbs clarissi- 
ma. In qua urbe oraculum Apollinis quantam i apud om- 
nes gentes auctoritatem habuerit, quot x quamque pra?- 
clara munera ex omni fere terrarum orbe Delphos j missa 
fuerint, nemo ignorat. Imminet urbi Parnassus mons, 
in cujus verticibus Musse habitare dicuntur, k unde aqua 
fontis Castalii poetarum ingenia inflammare existimatur. k 

32. Cum ea parte Gr£ecia3, quam hactenus descripsi- 
mus, cohaBret ingens peninsula, quae Peloponnesus voca- 
tur, pl^t-ani folio 1 simillima. Angustus ille trames inter 



a 51, 2. 


f Sup. a homirilbus, 


« § 140, 5. 


b 2S, 1. 


67,2. 


J § 130, 2. 


c 16, 4. 


e§ 128, R. 


* § 145, Obs. 4 


d § 112, R. V. 


h § 9, Greek nouns. 


i § 111, R. 


• § 101, Obs. 4 







164 OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE 

Mgddum mare et Ionium, per quern cumMegaride cohse- 
ret, Isthmus appellatur. In eo templum Neptuni est, ad 
quod ludi celebrantur Isthmici. Ibidem in ipso Pe^pon- 
nesi aditu, Corinthus sita est, urbs antiquissana, ex cujus 
summa a arce, (Acrocorinthon b appellant,) utrumque mare 
conspicitur. Quum opibus floreret, c maritimisque valeret 
copiis, gravia bella gessit. In bello Achaico, quod Roma- 
ni cum Grsecis gesserunt, pulcherrima urbs, quam Cicero 
Grsecise lumen appellat, a L. Mummio expugnata d fun- 
ditusque deleta est. Restituit earn Julius Ceesar, colo- 
nosque e eo milites veteranos misit. 

33. Nobilis est in Peloponneso urbs Olympia, templo 
Jovis Olympii ac statua illustris. Statua f ex ebore facta, 
Phidise summi artificis opus preestantissimum. Propel 
illud templum ad Alphei fluminis ripas ludi celebrantur 
Olympici, ad quos videndos h ex tota Graecia concurri- 
tur. 1 Ab his ludis Grseca gens res gestas suas numerat. 

34. Nee Sparta praetereunda J est, urbs nobilissima, 
quam Lycurgi leges, civiumque virtus et patientia illus- 
travit. k Nulla fere gens bellica laude 1 magis floruit, 
pluresque viros fortes constantesque genuit. Urbi immi- 
net mons Taygetus, qui m usque ad Arcadiam procurrit. 
Proxime urbem g Eurotas fluvius delabitur, ad cujus ripas 
Spartani se exercere solebant. In Sinum Laconicum 
efFunditur. Haud procul inde abest promontorium Tae- 
narum, ubi altissimi specus, per quos Orpheum ad infe- 
ros descendisse n narrant. 

35. Mare iEgaeum, inter Graeciam Asiamque patens, 



» 17, 2. 


s § 136, Obs. 5. ad. 


* § 102, Obs. 1 


b § 10, Greek nouns. 


* 112, 7. 


i § 128, R. 


« § 140, Obs. 4. 


1 Sup. ab hominl- 


m 35, 1. 


d 115, 1. 


bus, 67, 2. 


» 97,1 


c § 116, Obs. 1. 


i 108, 1. 


o 123,3. 


§ 101, Obs. 4. 







NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. J 65 

plurimisinsulis distinguitur. Illustres inter eas sunt pr- 
elacies, sic appellatae, quia in orbem jacent. Media earum a 
est Del us, quae repente e mari enata esse dicitur. In ea 
insula Latona Apollinein et Dianain peperit, quae numina 
ibi una cum matre summa religione coluntur. Urbi im- 
minet Cynthus, mons excelsus et arduus. Inopus amnis 
pariter cum Nilo decrescere et augeri dicitur. Mercatus 
in Delo celeberrimus, quod ob portus commoditatem tem- 
plique religionem mercatores ex toto orbe terrarum eo 
confluebant. Eandem ob causam civitates Graeciae, post 
secundum Persicum bellum, tributa ad belli usum in earn 
insulam, tanquam in commune totius Graeciae aerarium, 
conferebant; quam pecuniam insequenti tempore Atheni- 
enses in suam urbem transtulerunt. 

36. Euboea insula littori b Boeotian et Atticae praetendi 
tur, angusto freto a continenti distans. Terras motu a 
Baeotia avulsaesse creditur; saepius earn concussam esse c 
constat. Fretum, quo a Graecia sejungltur, vocatur Eu- 
rlpus, saevumet aestuosurn mare, quod continuo motu agi- 
tatur. Nonnulli dicunt septies quovis die statis tempori- 
bus fluctus alterno motu agitari; alii hoc negant, dicen- 
tes, mare temere in venti modum hue illuc nioveri. Sunt, 
qui narrent, d Aristoielem philosophum, quia hujus mira- 
culi eausas investigate non posset, e aegritudine confectum 
esse. 

37. Jam ad Boreales regiones pergamus/ Supra Ma- 
cedonian! Thracia porrigitur a Ponto Euxino usque ad 
Illyriam. Regio frigida et in iis tantum partibus foecun- 
dior, quae propiores sunt mari. Pomiferae arbores rarae; 
frequentiores vitesj sed uvae non maturescunt, nisi frigus 

a §107, R. X « 97,1. -§141, Obs. 8. 

b §126, R. III. d § 141, R. I. t 77, 7, & § 45, I. 1. 



166 * OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE 

studiose arcetur. Sola Thasus, insula littori Thracise ad- 
jacens, vino excellit. Amnes sunt celeberrimi Hebrus, 
ad quern Orpheus a Meenadibus discerptus esse dicitur, 
Nestus et Strymon. Montes altisslmi, Haemus, ex cujus 
vertice Ponius et Adria conspicitur; Rhodope et Orbelus. 

38. Plures Thraciam gentes incolunt nominibus diver- 
sse et moribus. Inter has Getse omnium sunt ferocissimi 
et ad mortem paratissimi. a Animas enim post mortem 
redituras existimant. Recens nati apud eos deflentur; 
funera autem cantu lusuque celebrantur. Plures singuli b 
uxores habent. Hae omnes, viro defuncto, mactari simul- 
que cum eo sepeliri cupiunt, magnoque id certamine a 
judicibus c contendunt. VirgTnes non a parentibus tra- 
duntur viris, sed aut publice ducendaB d locantur, aut ve- 
neunt. Formosae in pretio sunt; ceteraa maritos mercede 
data inveniunt. 

39. Inter urbes Thracise memorabile est Byzantium, ad 
Bosporum Thracium, urbs natura munita et arte, qua3,eum e 
ob soli fertilitatem,tum ob vicinitatem maris, omnium re- 
rum, quas vita requirit, copia abundat. Nee Sestos pra> 
tereunda est silentio, urbs ad Hellespontum posita, quam 
amor Hems et Leandri memorabilem reddidit; nee Cynos- 
sema, tumulus HecubaB, ubi ilia, post Trojam dirutam/ in 
canem mutata et sepulta esse dicitur. Nomen etiam habet 
in iisdem regionibus urbs iEnos, ab JEnea, e patria pro- 
fugo condita; Zone, ubi nemora Orpheum canentem 
secuta esse narrantur; Abdera demque, ubi Diomedes 
rex advenas equis suis devorandos d objiciebat, donee ipse 
ab Hercule iisdem objectus est. Quae s urbs quum rana- 
rum muriumque multitudine infestaretur, incolae, relicto h 



a § 111, Obs. 3. 

b 26, 6. 

c § 124, Obs. 2. 


d 107, 1. 
e 124, 8. 
' § 146, Obs. 2 


e 38, 1. 
* 104, 1. 



NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 167 

patriae solo, novas sedes qusesiverunt. Hos Cassander, 
rex Macedonian, in societatem accepisse, agrosque in ex- 
tremal Macedonia assignasse dicitur. 

40. Jam de Scythis pauca dicenda sunt. Terminatur 
Scythia ab uno latere Ponto Euxino, ab altero montibus 
Rhipeeis, a tergo Asia et Phaside flumine. Vasta regio 
nullis fere intus fmibus dividitur. Scythae enim nee 
agrum exercent, nee certas sedes habent, sed armenta et 
pecora pascentes per incultas solitudines errare solent. 
Uxores liberosque secum in plaustris vehunt. Lacte et 
melle vescuntur- aurum et argentum, cujus nullus apud 
eos usus est, aspernantur. Corpora pellibus b vestiunt. 

41. Diversse sunt Scytharum gentes, diversique mores. 
Sunt, qui funera parentum festis sacrificiis celebrent, c 
eorumque capitibus d afTabre expolitis auroque vinctis pro 
poculis utantur. Agathyrsi ora et corpora pingunt, id- 
que e tanto* magis, quanto quis illustrioribus gaudet ma- 
joribus. Ii, qui Tauricam Chersonesum incolunt, anti- 
quissimis temporibus advenas Dianse mactabant. Inte- 
rius habitantes ceteris f rudiores sunt. Bella amant, et 
quo s quis plures hostes interemerit, eo s majore existima- 
tidne apud suos h habetur. Ne foedera quidem incruenta 
sunt. Sauciant se qui paciscuntur, sanguinemque permis- 
tum degustant. Td fidei pignus certissimum esseputant. 

42. Maxima fluminum Scythicorum sunt Ister, qui et 
Danubius vocatur, et Borysthenes. De Istro supra dic- 
tum est. 1 Borysthenes, ex ignotis fontibus ortus, liqui- 

* Tanto magis quanto quis; literally, (i more by so much as any 
one," (§ 132, Obs. 5,) i. e. " in proportion as," &c. 
a 17, 1. 7. 4. s 22, 4, & 44, 7. 

b § 125, R. o Sup. faciunt. h 19,3. 

«§ 141, R. I. f 6. 3. « §85, 3. 

^ § 121, R. XXVI. & 



168 OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE 

dissimas aquas trahit et potatu a jucundas. Placidus idem 
lsetissima pabiila alit. Magno spatio navigabilis juxta 
urbem BorysthenIda b in Pontum efFunditur. 

43. Ultra Rhipseos montes et Aquilonem gens habitare 
existimatur Felicissima, Hyperboreos c appellant. Regio 
apiica, felix coeli temperies omnique afflatu d noxio carens. 
Semel in anno sol iis oritur solstitio, e bruma semel occi- 
dit. Incoke in nemoribus et lucis habitant; sine omni 
discordia et segritudine vivunt. Quum vitee f eos tsedet, 
epulis sumptis s ex rupe se in mare praecipltant, Hoc 
enim sepulture genus beatissimum esse existimant. 

44. Asid. ceteris terraB partibus 11 est amplior. Oceanus 
earn alluit, ut locis ita nominibus differens; Eous ab ori- 
ente, a meridie Indicus, a septentri5ne Scythicus. Asia? 
nomine appellatur etiam peninsula, quaj a mari ^Egseo 
usque ad Armeniam patet. In hac parte est Bithynia ad 
PropontTdem sita, ubi Granlcus in mare efFunditur, ad quern 
amnem Alexander, rex Macedonise, pr'imam victoriam de 
Persis reportavit. Trans ilium amnem sita est Cyzicus 
in cervice peninsiilse, urbs nobilissima, a Cyzico appella- 
ta, qui in illis regionibus ab Argonautis pugna occisus 
est. Haud procul ab ilia urbe Rhyndacus in mare efFun- 
ditur, circa quem angues nascuntur, non solum ob mag- 
nitudinem mirabiles, sed etiam ob id, quod, quum ex 
aqua emergunt et hiant, supervolantes aves absorbent. 

45. Propontis cum Ponto jungitur per Bosporum, 1 
quod fretum quinque stadia J latum Europam ab Asia sep- 
arat. Ipsis k in Faucibus Bospori oppidum estChalcedon, 1 



a § 148, 2, & 114, 2. e § 131, R. XL. > § 129, Obs. 2. 

b §15, 4. ' § 113 Exc. II, & i § 132, R. XLII. 

c Sup. quam 66,5. k 32,6. 

§ 116, Obs. 1. e 104, 1. > Sup. condlta. 

d 5 121, R. XXV. h 6, 3. 



NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 169 

ab Argia, Megarensium principe, et ternplum Jovis, ab 
Jasone conditum. Pontus ipse ingens est maris sinus, 
non molli a neque arenoso circumdatus litt6re,tempestati- 
bus b obnoxius, raris stationibus. c Olim ob saevitatem pop- 
ulorum, qui circa habitant, Axenus appellatus fuisse dicl- 
tur; postea, mollitis illorum moribus,dictus est EuxinuS. 

46. In littore Ponti, in Mariandynorum agro, urbs est 
Heraclea, ab Hercule, ut fertur, condita. Juxta earn spe- 
lunca est Acherusia, quani ad Manes perviam esse existi- 
mant. d Hinc Cerberus ab Hercule extractus fuisse dicitur. 
Ultra fluvium ThermodontaMossyni habitant. Hi totum 
corpus distinguunt notis. Reges suffragio eligunt; eosdem 
in turre lignea inclusos arctissime custodiunt, et, si quid 
perperam imperitaverint, 6 media totius diei afficiunt. 
Extremum Ponti angulum Colchi tenent ad Phasidem; 
quae f loca fabiila de vellere aureo et Argonautarum ex- 
peditio illustravit. 

47. Inter provincias Asise proprie dicta? illustris est 
Ionia, in duodecim civitates divisa. Inter eas est Miletus, 
belli pacisque artibus inclyta; eique vicinum Panionium, 
sacra regio, quo omnes Ionum civitates statis temporibus 
legatos solebant mittere. Nulla facile « urbs plures colo- 
nias misit, quam Miletus. Ephesi, quam f urbem Amazo- 
nes condidisse traduntur, ternplum est Dianae, quod sep- 
tem mundi miraciilis annumerari solet. Totius templi 
longitudo est quadringentorum viginti quinque pedum, 
latitudoducentorum viginti; columnae centum viginti sep- 
tem numero, sexaginta pedum altitudine; h ex iis triginta 
sex caelatae. Operi ' proefuit Chersiphron architectus. 

a 16, 6. ■ 74, 6, and « § 134, Obs. 6, 3d. 

b § 111, R. § 101, Obs. 1. *§ 128, R. 

«=§ 106, R. VII. ' 37, 4. I 6 112, R. I 



•i § 101, Obs. 1. 



15 



170 OF THE GEOGRAPHY .AND THE 

48. iEolis olim Mysia appellata, a et, ubi Hellespontnm 
attingit, Troas. Ibi Ilium fuit situm ad radices montis 
Idae, urbs bello, quod per decern annos cum universa 
Grsecia gessit, clarissima. Ab Idaeo monte Scamander 
defluit et Simois, amnes fama quam natura maj5res. Ipsum 
ihontem certamen dearum Paridisque judicium illustrem 
reddidit. In littore clarae sunt urbes Rhoeteum et Dar- 
dania; sed sepulcrum Ajacis. qui ibi post certamen cum 
Ulysse gladio incubuit, utraque b clarius. 

49. Ionibus c Cares sunt finitlmi, populus armorum d 
bellique adeo amans, ut aliena etiam bella mercede ac- 
cepta gereret. 6 Princeps Cariae urbs a Hal icarnassus, Ar- 
givorum colonia, regum sedes olim. Unus e5rum Mau- 
solus fuit. Qui f quum vita g defunctus esset, Artemisia 
conjux desiderio mariti flagrans, ossa ejus cineresque con- 
tusa cum aqua miscuit ebibitque, splendidumque praeterea 
sepulcrum exstruxit, quod inter septem orbis terrarum 
miracula censetur. 

50. Cilicia sita est in intimo recessu maris, ubi Asia 
proprie sic dicta cum Syria conjungltur. Sinus ille ab 
urbe Isso Issici nomen habet. Fluvius ibi Cydnus aqua b 
limpidissima et frigidissima, in quo Alexander Macedo 
quum lavaret, 1 parum abfuit, quin frigore enecaretur.J 
Antrum Corycium in iisdem regionlbus ob singularem 
naturam memorabile est. Ingenti illud hiatu patet in 
monte arduo, alteque demissum undique viret lucis pen- 
dentibus. Ubi ad ima k perventum est, 1 rursus aliud antrum 
aperitur. Ibi sonitus cymbalorum ingredientes k terrere 



a § 101, Obs. 4. e § 140, 1, 1st. « § 140, Obs. 4. 

b Sup. urbe. * 39, 1. i § 140, 3. 

e § 111, JR. « § 121, R. XXVI. k i9 ; 6, & 19, 1. 

* § 1/37 R. IX. »» § 106, R. VII. » 67, 5. 



NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 171 

dit.ftur. Totus hie specks augustus est et vere saeer, et 
a diis habitari existimatur. 

51. E Cilicia egressos a Syria exeipit, cujus pars est 
Phoenice in littore maris interni posita. Hanc regionem 
sollers hominum genus colit. Phcenices enim litterarum 
formas a se inventasaliis populis tradiderunt; alias etiam 
artes,quae ad navigationem et mercaturam spectant, studi- 
ose coluerunt. Ceterum fertilis regio b crebrisque flumini- 
bus rigata, quorum ope terrae marisque opes facili negotio 
inter se c permutantur. Nobilissimse Phcenices urbes Si- 
don, antequam a Persis caperetur, maritimarum urbium 
maxima; et Tyrus, aggere cum terra conjuncta. Purpura b 
hujus urbis omnium pretiosissima. Conficitur ille color 
ex succo in conchis, quas etiam purpuras vocantur,latente. 

52. Ex Syria descenditur d in Arabiam, peninsulam in- 
ter duo maria, Rubrum et Persicum, porrectam. Hujus 
ea pars, quae ab urbe Petra Petraeae nomen accepit, plane 
est sterilis; hanc exeipit ea, quae ob vastas solitudines 
Deserta vocatur. His partibus adhaeret Arabia Felix, 
regio angusta, sed cinnami, e thuris aliorumque odorum, 
feracissima. Multse ibi gentes sunt, quae fixas sedes non 
habeant/ Nomades a Graecis appellatae. Lacte g et car- 
ne ferlna vescuntur. Multi etiam Arabum populi latro- 
ciniis& vivunt. Primus e Romanis .ZElius Gallus in hanc 
terrain cum exercitu penetravit. 

53. Camelos inter armenta pascit Oriens. Duo harum 
sunt genera, Bactrianae et Arabiae. Illae h bina habent in 
dorso tubera,hac h singula; unum autem sub pectore, cui 
incumbant. Dentium online 1 superiore carent. Sitim 

■ 19, 1. • § 107, R. IX. and Obs. 2. 

b § 101, Obs. 4. t § 141, Obs. 3. b § 28, Obs. 3. 3d. 

c§28, Obs. 5. *§ 121, R. XXVI. > § 121, R. XXV. 
a 67. 6. 



172 OF THE GEOGRAPHY" AND THE 

quntriduo tolerant; aquam, aniequam bibant, a pedibus 
turbant. Vivunt quinquagenis annis; b queedam etiam 
eentenis. 

54. Ex Arabia pervenltur in Babyloniam, cui Babylon 
nomen dedit, Chaldaicarum gentium caput, urbs et mag- 
nitudlne et diyitiis clara. Semiramis earn condiderat, vel, 
ut multi crediderunt, Belus, cujus regia ostenditur. Mu- 
rus exstructus laterciilo c coctili, triginta et duos pedes d 
est latus, ita ut quadriga? inter se e occurentes sine pericu- 
lo commeare dicantur; altitudo ducentorum pedum; tur- 
res autem denis b pedibus f quam murus altiores sjunt. 
Totius opens ambitus sexagintamillia passuum complec- 
titur. Mediam urbem g permeat Euphrates. Arcem ha- 
bet viginti stadiorum h ambltu; * super ea pensiles horti 
conspiciuntur, tantseque sunt moles tamque firmse, ut 
onera nemorum sine detrimento ferant. 

55. Amplissima Asia? regio J India primiim patefacta est 
armis Alexandri Magni, regis Macedonia?, cujus exem- 
plum successores secuti in interiora k Indisepenetraverunt. 
In eo tractu, quern Alexander subegit, quinque millia op- 
pidorum fuisse, 1 gentesque novem, Indiamque tertiam 
partem esse m terrarum omnium, ejus comites scripserunt. 
Ingentes ibi sunt amnes, Indus et Indo 11 major Ganges. 
Indus in Paropamiso ortus undeviginti amnes recipit, 
totidem Ganges interque eos plures navigabiles. 

56. Maxima in India gignuntur animalia. Canes ibi 
grandiores ceteris. 11 Arbores tantaB proceritatis h esse tra- 
duntur, ut sagittis superjaci nequeant. Hoc efficit uber- 



a § 140, 4. 


• § 28, Obs. 5. 


i § 97, R. 


b § 131. R. XLI. 


* § 132, R. XLIII. 


k 19, 6. 


and § 24, 11. 


s § 136, R. LII. 


» 98, 2. 


c § 128, Obs. 2. 


* § 106, R. VII. 


m 96, 2. 


i § 132, R. XLII. 


« § 128, R. 


» 6,3. 



NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 173 

tas soli, temperies coeli, aquarum abundantia. Immanes 
quoque serpentes alit, qui elephantos morsu et ambitu 
corporis conficiunt. Solum tarn pingue et ferax, ut mel- 
la frondibus a defluant, b sylvse lanas ferant, b arundinum 
internodia fissa cymbarum usum praebeant, binosque, quae- 
dam etiam ternos c homines, vehant. 

57. Incolarum habitus moresque diversi. Lino d aliives- 
tiuntur et lanis arborum, aliiferarum aviumque pellibus, 
pars nudi e incedunt. f Quidam animalia occidere eorumque 
carnibus vesci nefas s putant; alii piscibus tantum alun- 
tur. Quidam parentes et propinquos, prius quam annis 
et macie conficiantur, h velut hostias caedunt eorumque vis- 
ceribus 1 epulantur; ubi senectus eos morbusve invadit, 
mortem in solitudine aequo animo exspectant. Ii, qui sa- 
pientiam profitentur, ab ortu solis ad occasum stare solent, 
solem immobilibus oculis intuentes; ferventibus arenis^ to- 
to die k alternis pedibus 1 insistunt. Mortem non exspect- 
ant,sed sponte arcessunt in rogos incensos se praecipitantes. 

58. Maximos India elephantos gignit, adeoque feroces, 
ut Afri elephanti illos paveant, nee contueri audeant. b 
Hoc animal cetera omnia docilitate superat. Discunt arma 
jacere, gladiatorum more congredi, saltare et per funes in- 
cedere. Plinius narrat, Romae unum segnioris ingenii m 
saepius castigatum esse verberlbus, quia tardius" accipie- 
bat, quae tradebantur; eundem repertum esse noctu eadem 
meditantem. Elephanti gregatim semper ingrediuntur. 
Ducit agmen maximus natu,° cogit is, qui aetate ei est 

a § 136, R. LII. e Sup. esse, & 51, 5. i § 129, R. 

b § 140, 1, 1st. h § 140, 4. » § 106, R. VII. 

c 26, 1. i § 121, Obs. 2. » 22, 3. 

* § 126, R. V. J § 136, Obs. 5, (in) » § 26, 6, Note & 
«§98,Exc. 2. k§131, R. XLI. § 128, R. 

* § 102, R. II. 



174 OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE 

proximus. Amnem transituri mimmospraemittunt. Capi- 
untur foveis. In has ubi elephas deciderit, a celeri ramos 
congerunt, aggeres construunt, omnique vi conantur extra- 
here. Domantur fame et verberibus. Doraiti militant et 
turres b armatorum in hostes ferunt, magnaque ex parte 
Orientis bella conficiunt. Totas acies prosternunt, arma- 
tosproterunt. Ingens dentibus c pretium. In GraBcia ebur 
ad deorum simulacra tanquam pretiosissima materia adhi- 
betur; in extremis d Africa? postium vicem in domiciliis 
prsebet, sepesque in pecorum stabulis elephantorum den- 
tibus e fiunt. Inter omnia animalia f maxime oderunt 8 
murem. Infestus elephanto etiam rhinoceros, qui nomen 
habet a cornu, quod in naso gerit. In pugna maxime 
adversarii alvum petit, quam scit esse molliorem. Lon- 
gitudlne elephantum fere exaequat; crura multo breviora; 
color buxeus. 

59. Etiam Psittacos India mittit. HaBc avis humanas 
voces optime reddit. Quum loqui discit, ferreo radio 
verberatur, aliter enim non sentit ictus. Capiti h ejus 
eadem est duritia, quae rostro. h Quum devolat, rostro se 
excipit, eique innititur. 

60. Testudines tantas magnitudinis Indicum mare emit- 
tit, ut singularum testis 1 casas integant.J Insulas k rubri 
praBcipue maris his navigant cymbis. Capiuntur obdor- 
miscentes in summa aqua, id 1 quod proditur stertentium 
sonitu. Turn terni adnatant, a duobus in dorsum verti- 
tur, a tertio laqueus injicitur, atque ita a pluribus in lit- 
tore stantibus trahitur. In mari testudines conchyliis vi- 
vunt; tanta enim oris est duritia, ut lapides comminuant; j 

»§140, 5, &74,6. c § 128, Obs. 2. » § 125, R. 

b Sup. plenas, full * § 107, Obs. 8. i § 140, 1, 1st. 

§ 107, R. XI. s § 84, Obs. 2. * § 130, 2, & Obs. 10. 

■ § 110, R. * § 112. R. II. i 37, 9, Note 3. 
a 19, (pariibus.) 



NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 175 

in terrain egressae, herbis. a Pariunt ova ovis avium simi- 
lia, ad centena b nuinero; eaque extra aquam defossa ter- 
ra cooperiunt. 

61. Margaritas Indici oceani omnium c maxime laudan- 
tur. Inveniuntur in conchis scopulis adhaerentibus. Max- 
ima laus est in candore, magnitudine, laevore, pondere. 
Raro duae inveniuntur, qua? sibi ex omni parte sint simi- 
les. Has auribus d suspendere, c feminarum est gloria. 
Duos maximos uniones Cleopatra, ^gypti regina, habu- 
isse dicitur. Horum unum, ut Antonium magnincenti& 
superaret/ in coena aceto solvit, solutum hausit. 

62. iEgyptus, inter Catabathmum et Arabas posita, a 
plurimis ad Asiam refertur; alii Asiam Arabico sinu termi- 
nal! existimant. HaBC regio, quanquam expers g est imbri- 
um, mire tamen est fertilis. Hoc Nilus efficit, omnium 
fluviorum, qui in mare internum effunduntur, maximus. 
Hie in desertis Africas oritur, turn ex ^Ethiopia descendit 
in iEgyptum, ubi de altis rupibus praecipitatus usque ad 
Elephantidem urbem fervens adhuc decurrit. Turn demum 
fit placidior. Juxta Cercasorum oppidum in plures am- 
nes dividitur, et tandem per septem ora effundltur in mare. 

63. Nilus, nivibus in ^Ethiopia? montibus solutis, cres- 
cere incipit Luna nova post solstitium per quinquaginta 
fere dies; totidem diebus minuitur. Justum incrementum 
est cubitorum h sedecim. Si minores sunt aquae, non omnia 
rigant. Maximum incrementum fuit cubitorum h duodevi- 
ginti; minimum quinque. Quum stetere aquas, aggeres 
aperiuntur, et arte aqua in agros immittitur. Quum om- 
nis recesserit,' 1 agri irrigati et limo obducti seruntur. 

» § 121, Obs. 2, (vi- d § 123, R. « § 107, R. XT. 

vunt.) •§ 144, 1, &R.LVI. h § 106, R. VII. 

*» § 24, 11. I § 140, 1, 2d. I 74. 6. 
■ § 135, R. XLVII. 



176 OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE 

64. Nilus crocodllum alit, belluam quadrupedem, in 
terra non minus quam in flumine hominibus infestam. 
Unum hoc animal terrestre linguae usu a caret; dentium 
plureshabetordines; maxilla inferior est immobilis. Mag- 
nitudine excedit plerumque duodeviginti cubita. Paril: 
ova anserinis b non majora. Unguibus etiam armatus est, 
et cute contra omnes ictus invicta. Dies in terra agit, 
noctes in aqua. Quum satur est, et in littore somnum 
capit ore hiante, trochllus, parva avis, dentes ei c fauces- 
que purgat. Sed hiantem conspicatus ichneumon, per 
easdem fauces ut telum aliquod immissus, erodit alvum. 
Hebetes oculos dicitur habere in aqua, extra aquam acer- 
rimos. TentyritaB in insula Nili habitantes, dirse huic 
bellua3 d obviam ire audent, eamque incredibili audacia 
expugnant. 

65. Aliam etiam belluam Nilus alit, hippopotamum; 
ungulis 6 binis, dorso e equi et juba et hinnitu; rostro re- 
simo, cauda et dentibus aprorum. Cutis impenetrabilis, 
prseterquam si humore madeat. f Primus hippopotamum 
et quinque crocodilos M. Scaurus sedilitatis suae ludis s 
RomaB ostendit. 

66. Multa in iEgypto mira sunt et artis et naturae ope- 
ra. Inter ea, quae manibus hommum facta sunt, eminent 
pyramides, quarum maximae sunt et celeberrimae in monte 
sterili inter Memphin oppidum et earn partem iEgypti, 
quae Delta vocatur. Amplissimam earum trecenta sexa- 
ginta sex hommum h millia annis viginti exstruxisse tra- 
duntur. Haec octo jugera soli occupat; unumquodque 
latus octingentos octoginta tres pedes i longum est; alti- 



a § 121, R. XXV. 


* § 135, R. XLVII. 


g§ 131, R. XL. 


b § 106, Obs. 4, & 


e § 106, R. VII. 


* § 107, R. X. 


19, (ovis.6,3 ) 


'§ 140. l,2d,&74,2. 


i § 132. R. XLII. 


c § 110, Obs. 1. 







NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 177 

tudo a caeumine pedum a quindecim millium. Intus in ea 
est puteus octoginta sex cubitorum. a Ante has pyramides 
Sphinx est posita miras magnitudinis. a Capitis ambitus 
centum duos pedes habet* longitudo est pedum "centum 
quadraginta trium; altitudo a ventre usque ad summum 
capitis apicem sexaginta duorum. 

67. Inter miracula iEgypti commemoratur etiam Moe- 
ris lacus, quingenta millia b passuum in circuitu patens; 
Labyrinthus ter mille domos et regias duodecim uno pa- 
riete amplexus, totus marmore c exstructus tectusque; 
turris denique in insula Pharo, a Ptolemffio, Lagi filio, 
condita. Usus d ejus navibus 6 noctu ignes ostendere ad 
pramuntianda f vada portusque introitum. 

68. In palustribus ^Egypti regionibus papyrum nasci- 
tur. Radicibus incola3 pro ligno utuntur; ex ipso autem 
papyro navigia texunt, e libro vela, tegetes, vestem ac 
funes. Succi causa etiam mandunt modo crudum, modo 
decoctum. PraBparantur ex eo etiam chartae. Chartas ex 
papyro usus post Alexandri demum victorias repertus est. 
Primo enimscriptum & in palmarum foliis, deinde in libris 
quarundam arborum; postea publica monimenta plumbeis 
tabulis h confici, aut marmorlbus 1 mandari ccepta sunt. 
Tandem semulatio regum Ptolemsei et Eumenis in biblio- 
thecis condendis occasionem dedit membranas Pergami 
inveniendi. Ab eo inde tempore libri modoJ in charta 
ex papyro facta, modo in membranis scripti sunt. 

69. Mores incolarum -^gypti ab aliorum populorum 
moribus vehementer discrepant. Mortuos nee cremant, 
nee sepeliunt; verum arte medicatos intra penetralia col- 

» § 106, R. VII. d § 101, Obs. 4. fc§ 136, Obs. 5, (in). 

b § 132, R. XLII. 8c • § 123, R. I § 126, R. III. 

§24,5. f 112.7. J 124,12. 

<§ 128, Obs. 2. « Sup. est, 67. 6. 



178 OP THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE 

locant. Negotia extra domos feimna?, viri domos et res 
domesticas curant; onera ilia? humeris, hi capitibus ge- 
runt. Colunt effigies multorum animalium et ipsa ani- 
malia. Ha?c interfecisse a capital e est; morbo exstincta 
lugent et sepeliunt. 

70. Apis omnium iEgypti populorum numen est; bos 
niger cum Candida in dextro latere macula; nodus sub lin- 
gua, quern cantharum appellant. Non fas est eum certos 
vitae annos excedere. Ad hunc vita? terminum quum per- 
venerit, mersum in fonte enecant. Necatum lugent, ali- 
umque qua?runt, quern ei substituant; b nee tamen unquam 
diu quaeritur. Delubra ei sunt gemina,qua?thalamos vo- 
cant, ubi populus auguria captat. Alterum c intrasse a * 
lastum est; in altero dira portendit. Pro bono etiam ha- 
betur signo, si e manibus consulentium cibum capit. In 
publicum procedentem grex puerorum comitatur, carmen- 
que in ejus hon5rem canunt, d idque videtur intelligere. 

71. Ultra iEgyptum iEthiopes habitant. Horum pop- 
uli quidam Macrobii vocantur, quia paulo quam nos diu- 
tius vivunt. Plus auri e apud eos reperitur, quam asris; 
hanc ob causam aes illis videtur pretiosius. JEre se exor- 
nant, vincula auro f fabricant. Lacus est apud eos, cujus 
aqua tarn est liquida atque levis, ut nihil eorum, qua? im- 
mittuntur, sustinere queat; quare arb5rum quoque folia 
non innatant aqua?, sed pessum aguntur. 

72. Africa ab orrente terminatur Nilo; a ceteris parti- 
bus mari. Regiones ad mare posita? eximie sunt fertiles; 
interiores inculta? et arenis sterilibus tecta?, et ob nimium 

* (jipim,) intrasse alterum, " for Apis to have entered the one," 
Icetum est. 
a § 144, R. LVI. & « 19, (thaldmum). * § 106, R. VIII. 

Exp, a § 102, Obs. 4. « § 128, Obs. 2 

b § 141, Obs. 3. 



NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 179 

calorem deserts. Prima pars ab occidente est Maurita- 
nia. Ibi mons preealtus Abyla, Calpae monti in Hispania 
oppositus. Hi montes columns Herculis appellantur. 
Fama est, ante Herculem mare internum terris inclusum 
fuisse, necexitum habuisse in Oceanum; Herculem autem 
junctos montes diremisse et mare junxisse cum Oceano. 
Ceterum regio ilia est ignobilis et parvis tanturn oppidis 
habitatur. Solum melius quam incolse. 

73. Numidia magis culta et opulentior. Ibi satis longo 
a littore intervallo saxa cernuntur attrita fluctlbus, spins 
piscium, ostreorumque fragmenta, ancoree etiam cautibus 
infixae, et alia ejusmodi signa maris olim usque ad ea loca 
effusi. Finitima regio, a promontorio Metagonio ad aras 
Philaenorum, proprie vocatur Africa. Urbes in ea celeber- 
rimse Utica et Carthago, ambae a Phoenicibus conditae. 
CarthagTnem divitiae, mercatura imprimis comparatse, turn 
bella cum Romanis gesta, excidium denique illustravit. a 

74. De aris Philaenorum hsec narrantur. Pertinacis- 
sima fuerat contentio inter Carthaginem et Cyrenas de 
finibus. Tandem placuit, b utrinque eodem tempore juve- 
nes mitti, et locum, quo convenissent, pro finibus haberi. 
Carthaginiensium legati, Philaani fratres, paulo ante tem- 
pus constitutum egressi esse dicuntur. Quod quum Cyre- 
nensium legati intellexissent, magnaque exorta esset con- 
tentio, tandem Cyrenenses dixerunt,se turn demum hunc 
locum pro finibus habituros esse, si Philaeni se ibi vivos 
obrui passi essent. Illi conditionem acceperunf. Car- 
thaginienses autem animosis juvenibus in illis ipsis locis, 
ubi vivi sepulti sunt, aras consecraverunt, eorumque vir- 
tutem aBternis honoribus prosecuti sunt. 

» § 102, Obs. 1; b 51, 5, Sup. t7Zt5. 80, 2. 



180 OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE 

75. Inde ad Catabathmum Cyrenaica porrigitur, ubi 
Ammonis oraculum et fons quidam, quern Solis esse* 
dicunt. Hie fons media nocte fervet, b turn paulatim tepes- 
cit; sole oriente fit frigidus; per meridiem maxime riget. 
Catabathmus vallis est devexa versus JEgyptum. Ibi 
finltur Africa. Proximi his populi urbes nori habent, sed 
in tuguriis vivunt, quae mapalia vocantur. Vulgus pecu- 
dum vestitur pelllbus. 6 Potus est lac succusque bacca- 
rum; cibus caro. Interiores etiam incultius vivunt. Se- 
quuntur greges suos, utque hi pabulo ducuntur, ita illi 
tuguria sua promovent. Leges nullas habent, nee in 
commune consultant. Inter hos Troglodytae in speciibus 
habitant, serpentibusque aluntur. 

76. Ferarum Africa feracissima. Pardos, pantheras, 
leones gignit, quod belluarum genus Europa ignorat. 
Leoni d prsecipua generositas. Prostratis parcere dicitur; 
in infantes nonnlsi summa fame ssevit. Animi ejus index 6 
Cauda, quam, dum placidus est, immotam servat; dum 
irascitur, terram et se ipsum f ea flagellat. Vis 6 summa 
in pectore. Si fugere cogitur, contemptim cedit, quam 
diu spectari potest; in silvis acerrimo cursu fertur. g Vul- 
neratus percussorem novit, h et in quantalibet multitudine 
appetit. Hoc tarn sa3vam animal gallinacei cantus terret. 
Domatur etiam ab hominlbus. Hanno Poenus primus 
leonem mansuefactum ostendisse dicitur. Marcus autem 
Antonius triumvir primus, post pugnam in campis Philip- 
picis, Romse leones ad currum junxit. 

77. J Struthiocameli Africi altitudinem equitis equo '* in- 
sidentis exaequant, celeritatem vincunt. Pennae ad hoc 
demum videntur datse, ut currentes adjiivent; nam a terra 

* § 103, R. Sup. /on- i § 112, R. II. * 116, 3. 

tern. * e § 101, Obs. 4. h 84, 3. 

*§44, I. 1. t 33. 1. i § 112, R. IV. 

* § 126. R. V. 



NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 181 

tolli non possunt. Ungulae cervinis* sunt similes. His in 
fuga comprehendunt lapides, eosque contra sequentesja- 
culantur. Omnia concoquunt. Ceterum magna iis b sto- 
liditas, ita ut, quum caput et collum frutice occultave- 
rint, se latere existiment. c Pennse eorum quseruntur ad 
ornatum. 

78. Africa serpentes generat vicenum d cubitorum; e 
nee minores India. Certe Megasthenes scribit, serpen- 
tes ibi in tantam magnitudmem adolescere, ut solidos 
hauriant cervos taurosque. In primo Punico bello ad 
flumen Bagradam serpens centum viginti pedum e a Reg- 
ulo, imperatore Romano, ballistis et tormentis expugna- 
ta esse fertur. Pellis ejus et maxillaB diu Romee in tem- 
plo quodam asservatee sunt. In India serpentes perpetu- 
um bellum cum elephantis gerunt. Ex arboribus se in 
prsetereuntes f prsecipitant gressusque ligant nodis. Hos 
nodos elephanti manu resolvunt. At dracones in ipsas g 
elephant5rum nares caput condunt spiritumque pra3clu- 
dunt;plerumque in ilia dimicatione utrique commoriun- 
tur, dum victus elephas corruens h serpentem pondere 
suo elidit. 



* 18, (ungulis,) & » § 140, 1, 1st. f 19, (illos.) 

§ 106 Obs. 4. d 26, 1. 6 32, 6. 

" 6 112, R. II. e § 106, R. VII. h § 146, Obs. 6. 

16 



DICTIONARY 



EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS. 



aaj. 

adv. 

app. 

c. 

conj. 



adjective. Jr. from. 

adverb. freq. frequentative. 

appendix. inc. inceptive. 

common gender. ind. indeclinable. 

conjunction. imp. impersonal. 

comparative. int. interjection. 

doubtful gender. intr. intransitive. 

defective. irr. irregular. 

deponent. m. masculine. 

diminutive. n. neuter, 

s. distributive. neut. pass, neuter passive. 

feminine. num. numeral. 

comp. compared regularly as directed, § 25. 
id, derived from the same word as the preceding. 
§ Refers to the sections in Bullions's Latin Grammar, 
t Refers to the Introduction, in this work, concerning Latin idioms. 
,*, Words marked m. f. n. c. d. denoting gender, are nouns, and their declension is 
known by the ending of the genitive, placed next after the word, according to § 8. 

Words conjugated, are verbs, and their conjugation is known by the vowel before re, 
in the infinitive, according to § 51, 3. 



d. 

¥■ 

dep. 
dim. 
dis. 



obsol. 

ord. 

part. 

pass. 

pi. 

prep. 

pret. 

pro. 

rel. 



tr. 



obsolete. 

ordinal. 

participle. 

passive. 

plural. 

preposition. 

preteritive. 

pronoun. 

relative, 
substantive 
superlative, 
transitive. 



A., an abreviation of Aulus. 

A, ab, abs, prep. /row, by,(&h\.) 
ab oriente, on the east: a 
meridie, on the south. 

Abdera, ae, f. a maritime 
town of Thrace. 

Abditus, a, urn, part, & adj. 
removed; hidden; conceal- 
ed; secret; irom 

Abdo, abdere, abdidi, abdi- 
tum, tr. (ab & do,) to re- 
move from view; to hide; 
to conceal. 

Abduco, abducere, abduxi, 
abductum, tr. (ab & duco,) 
to lead away. 

Abductus, a, um, part, (ab- 
duco.) 

Abeo, abire, abii, abitum, 



intr. irr. (ab & eo,) to go 

away; to depart. 
Aberro, are, avi, atum, intr. 

(ab & erro,) to stray; to 

wander; to lose the way. 
Abjectus, a, um, part, from 
Abjicio, abjicere, abjeci, ab- 

jectum, tr. (ab & jacio,) 

to cast from ; to cast away , 

to throw aside. 
Abluo, ere, i, turn, tr. (ab & 

luo,) towashfrom, or away 

to wash; to purify. 
Abrumpo, abrumpere, abrQpi 

abruptum, tr. (ab & rum 

po,) to break off; to break 
Abscindo, abscindere, abscidi 

abscissum, tr. (ab & scin 

do,) to cut off. 



184 



ABSENS ACCIPIO. 



Absens, tis, part, (absum, § 
54. Obs. 3,) absent. 

Absolvo, absolvere, absolvi, 
absolutum, tr. (ab & sol- 
ve) to loose from; to loose; 
to release. 

Absorbeo, absorbere, absor- 
bui & absorpsi, tr. (ab & 
sorbeo,) to suck in from, 
(viz: an object ;) to absorb, 
or suck in; to swallow. 

Absterreo, ere, ui, ltum, tr. 
abs & terreo,) to frighten 
away; to deter. 

Abstinentia, se, f. abstinence; 
disinterestedness ; freedom 
from avarice; from 

Abstineo, abstinere, abstinui, 
tr. (abs. & teneo, § 81,) to 
keep from ; to abstain. 

Absum f abesse., abfui, intr., 
irr. (ab & sum,) (to be from, 
viz : a place, i. e.) to be 
absent or distant; to be 
gone ; parum abesse, to 
want but little ; to be near. 

Abstimo, absumere, absumpsi, 
absumptum, tr. (ab & su- 
mo,) to take away ; to con- 
sume; to destroy; to waste. 

4bsumptus, a, urn, part, (ab- 
stimo.) 

Absurdus, a, urn, adj. (ab & 
surdus, deaf ; senseless ;) 
harsh ; grating ; hence 
senseless; absurd. 

Abundantia, se, f. plenty ; 
abundance ; from 

Abundo, are, avi, atum, intr. 
(ab & undo, to rise in waves, 



to boil r and hence) to over, 
flow; to abound. 

Abyla, ae, f. Abyla ; a moun- 
tain in Africa, at the en- 
trance of the Mediterranean 
sea, opposite to mount Calpe 
in Spain. These moun- 
tains were anciently called 
the Pillars of Hercules. 

Ac, atque, conj. and; as; than. 

Acca, a?, f. Acca Laurentia, 
. the wife of Faustulus, and 
nurse of Romulus and Re- 
mus. 

Accedo, accedere, accessi, ac- 
cessum, intr. (ad & cedo,) 
to move near to; to draw 
near ; to approach ; to ad- 
vance ; to engage in; to 
undertake. 

Accendo, accendere accendi, 
accensum, tr. (ad & can- 
deo) to set on fire. 

Accensus, a, um, part, (ac- 
cendo,) set on fire; kin- 
dled; lighted; inflamed; 
burning. 

Acceptus, a, um, part, (ac- 
cipio.) 

Accessus, us, m. (accedo,) ap- 
proach; access; accession. 

Accido, ere, i, intr. (ad & ca- 
do,) to fall down at, or be- 
fore : accidit, imp. it hap- 
- pens, or it happened. 

Accipio, accipere, accepi, ac- 
ceptum, tr. (ad & capio,) 
§ 80,) to take; to receive; to 
learn ; to hear ; to under- 
stand ; to accept : accipere 



ACC1PJTKR ADAMO. 



185 



fin em, to come to an end ; 
to terminate. 

Accipiler, tris, m. a hawk. 

Accumbo, accumbere, accu- 
bui, intr. (ad & cubo, § 81,) 
to sit or recline at table. 

Accurate, adv. (ius, issime) 
(accuratus, ad & euro,) ac- 
curately; carefully. 

Accurro, accurrere, accurri or 
accucurri, intr. (ad & curro,) 
to run to. 

Acctiso, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad 
& causor, to allege,) to ac- 
cuse ; to blame ; to find 
fault with. 

Acer, cris, ere, adj. (acrior; 
acerrimus,) sharp; sour; 
eager; vehement; rapid; 
courageous; fierce; violent; 
acute; keen; piercing. 

Acerbus, a, um, adj, comp. 
sour; unripe; vexatious; 
harsh ; morose; disagree- 
able; from acer. 

Acerrime, adv. sup. See Acri- 
ter. 

Acervus, i, m, a heap. 

Acetum, i, n. vinegar. 

Achaicus, a, um, adj. Achaean, 
Grecian. 

Achelous, i, m. a river of Epi- 
rus. 

Acherusia, ae, f. a lake in 
Campania; also, a cave in 
Bithynia. 

Achilles, is & eos, m, (§ 15, 
13,) the son of Peleus and 
Thetis, and the bravest of 
the Grecian chiefs at the 
siege of Troy. 



Acidus, a, um, adj. comp. 
sour; sharp; acid. 

Acies, ei, f. an edge; a line 
of soldiers; an army in 
battle array; a squadron; 
a rank; an army; a battle. 

Acinus, i, m. a berry; a grape- 
stone. 

Acriter, acrius, acerrime, adv. 
(from acer) sharply; ardent- 
ly; fiercely; courageously. 

Acroceraunia, orum, n. pi. 
(§ 18, 19,) lofty mountains 
betioeen Albania and Epi- 
rus. 

Acrocorinthos, i, f. (§ 10. Gr.) 
the citadel of Corinth. 

Acropolis is, f. the citadel of 
Athens. 

Actio, onis, f. (from ago,) an 
action; operation; a process. 

Actium, i. n. a promontory of 
Epirus, famous for a naval 
victory of Augustus over 
Antony and, Cleopatra. 

Actus, a, um, part, (ago,) 
driven ; led. 

Aculeus, i. m. (acuo) a sting , 
a thorn ; a prickle ; a por- 
cupine's quill. 

Acumen, inis, n. (from acuo,) 
acuteness ; perspicacity. 

Acus, us, f. (acuo) a needle. 

Ad, prep, to; near; at; to- 
wards; with a numeral, 
about. 

Adamas, antis, m. adamant; 
a diamond. 

Adamo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad. 
§ 91, 1, 2, & amo,) to love 
greatly, or desperately. 



186 



ADDICO ADMONITUS. 



Addlco, dicere, dixi, dictum, 
tr. (ad. & dico) to adjudge; 
assign; make over. 

Additus, a, um, part, from 

Addo, addere, addidi, addi- 
tum, tr. (ad & do,) to put a 
thing close to another ; i. e. 
to add ; to annex ; to ap- 
point ; to give. 

Adduco, adducere, adduxi, ad- 
ductum, tr. (ad & duco,) to 
lead ; to bring : in dubita- 
tionem, to bring into ques- 
tion. 

Ademptus, a, um, part, (adl- 
mo.) 

Adeo, adv. so; therefore; so 
much; to such a degree; 
so very. 

Adeo, adlre, adii, aditum, intr. 
irr. (ad & eo,) to go to. 
$83,3. 

Adherens, tis, part, from 

Adhsereo, haerere, haesi, hae- 
sum, (ad & haereo,) to stick 
to ; to adhere ; to adjoin ; 
to lie contiguous. 

Adherbal, alis, m. a king of 
Numidia, put to death by 
his cousin Jugurtha. 

Adhibeo, adhibere, adhibui, 
adhibitum, tr. (ad & ha- 
beo,) to hold forth ; to ad- 
mit ; to apply ; to use ; to 
employ. 

Adhuc, adv. (ad & hue) hither- 
to ; yet ; as yet ; still. 

Adimo, adimere, ademi, ad- 
emptum, tr.(ad & emo,) to 
take away. 

Adipiscor, adipisci, adeptus 



sum,dep.(ad. & apiscor) to 
reach ; to attain ; to over- 
take ; to get. 

Aditus, us, m. (adeo,) a going 
to ; entrance ; access ; ap- 
proach. 

Adjaceo, ere, ui, ltum, intr. 
(ad & jaceo,) to lie near ; 
to adjoin ; to border upon. 

Adjungo, adjungere, adjunxi, 
adjunctum, tr.(ad&jungo,) 
to join to ; to unite with. 

Adjutus, a, um, part, from 

Adjuvo, adjuvare, adjiivi, ad- 
jiitum, tr. (ad & juvo,) to 
assist ; to help ; to aid. 

Admetus, i, m. a king of 
Thessaly. 

Administer, tri, m. a servant; 
an assistant. 

Administro, are, avi, atum tr. 
(ad & ministro,) to admin- 
ister ; to manage. 

Admiratio, onis, f. (admiror,) 
admiration. 

Admiratus, a, um, part, from 

Admiror, ari, atus sum, tr. 
dep. to admire. 

Admissus, a, um, part, from 

Admitto, admittere, admisi, 
admissum, tr. (ad & mit- 
to,) to admit ; to allow ; to 
receive. 

Admodum, adv. (ad & mo- 
dus,) very ; much; greatly. 

Admoneo, ere, ui, ltum, tr. 
(ad & moneo) to put in 
mind ; to admonish ; to 
warn. 

Admomtus, a, um, part, (ad- 
moneo.) 



ADMOVEO ADVERSUS 



187 



Admoveo, admovere, admovi, 
admOtum, tr. (ad & rao- 
veo,) to move to; to bring to. 

Adnato, are, avi, atum, intr. 
freq. (ad & nato, from no,) 
to swim to. 

Adolescens, tis, adj. (adoles- 
co,) (compar. ior, § 26, 6,) 
young : subs, a young man 
or woman ; a youth. 

Adolescentia, sd, f. {the state 
or time of youth,) youth, a 
youth, from 

Adolesco, adolescere, adolevi, 
adultum, intr. inc.(§ 88, 2,) 
to grow, to increase; to 
grow up. 

Adopto, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad 
& opto,) to choose to or for 
one's self ; i. e. to adopt; to 
take for a son ; to assume. 

Adorior, oriri, ortus sum, tr. 
dep. (ad & orior,) to rise 
or go to; (hence,) to attack; 
to accost ; to address, to 
undertake. 

Adria, ae, m. the Adriatic sea. 

Adriaticus, a um, adj. Adri- 
atic. : mare Adriaticum, 
the Adriatic sea ; now, the 
gulf of Venice. 

Adscendo, see ascendo. 

Adsequor, see Assequor. 

Adservo, see Asservo. 

Adsigno, see Assigno. 

Adsisto, or assisto, sistere, 
stiti. intr. (ad & sisto,) to 
stand by ; to assist ; to help. 

Adspecturus, a, um, part, (as- 
picio.) 

Adspergo, or aspergo, gere, 



si, sum, tr. (ad & spargo.) 
to sprinkle. 

Adspicio, or aspicio, spicere, 
spexi, spectum, tr. (ad & 
specio,) to look at; see; 
regard ; behold. 

Adstans, tis, part, from 

Adsto, or asto, stare, stiti, 
intr. (ad & sto,) to stand 
by ; to be near. 

Adsum, adesse, adfui, intr. irr. 
(ad & sum,) to be present ; 
to aid ; to assist. 

Adulator, oris, m. (adulor,) a 
flatterer. 

Aduncus, a, um, adj. (ad & 
uncus,) bent ; crooked. 

Advectus, a, um, part, from 

Adveho, advehere, advexi, ad- 
vectum, tr. (ad & veho,) to 
carry ; to convey. 

Advena, se, c. (advenio,) a 
stranger. 

Adveniens, tis, part, from 

Advenio, advenire, adveni, ad- 
ventum, intr. (ad & venio,) 
to arrive ; to come. 

Adventus, us, m. (from adve- 
nio,) an arrival ; a coming. 

Adversarius, i, m. (adversor, 
to oppose,) an adversary ; 
an enemy. 

Ad versus, a, um, adj. (adver- 
to, to turn to ;) turned to- 
wards ; adverse ; opposite ; 
unfavorable ; bad ; front- 
ing : adversa cicatrix, a 
scar in front : ad verso cor- 
pore, on the breast. 

Adversus & adversum, prep, 
(id.) against ; toward. 



188 



ADVOCO JESTUOSUS. 



Advoco, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad 
& voco,) to call for or to ; 
to call ; to summon. 

Advolo, are, avi, atum, intr. 
(ad & volo,) to fly to. 

iEdifico, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(aedes, a house , & facie-,) 
to build. 

iEdilis, is. m. (aedes) ari&dile; 
a magistral e who had charge 
of the public buildings. 

iEdilitas, atis, f. (aedllis,) the 
office of an edile ; edileship. 

jEdilitius, (vir,) i, m. one who 
has been an edile. 

iEgaeus, a, um, adj. Mgcean : 
iEgaeum mare, the JEgcean 
sea, lying betioeen Greece 
and Asia Minor; now called 
the Archipelago. 

iEger, ra, rum, adj. (aegrior, 
aegemmus) sick, weak, in- 
firm; diseased. 

JEgre, adv. (aeger,) grievous- 
ly ; loith difficulty. 

iEgritudo, inis, f. (aeger) sor- 
row ; grief. 

.ZEgyptus, i, f. (§ 7. Obs. 2 ;) 
Mgtfpt. 

iElius, i, m. the name of a 
Roman family. 

JEmilius, i, m. the name of 
several noble Romans of 
the gens iEmilia, or Mmi- 
lian tribe. 

iEmulatio, onis, f. (aemiilor,) 
emulation ; rivalry ; com- 
petition. 

-ZEmulus, a um, adj. emulous. 

JSmulus, i, m. a rival ; a com- 
petitor. 



yEneas, ae, m. a Trojan prince, 
the son of Venus and An- 
chises. 

jEneus, a, um, adj. (aes,) bra- 
zen. 

JSnos, i, f. (§ 10 Gr. N.) ; a 
town in Thrace, at the 
mouth of the Hebrus, named 
after its founder, Mneas. 

^olis, idis, f. a country on the 
western coast of Asia Minor, 
betioeen Troas and Ionia. 

JEqualis, e, adj. (aequus,) 
equal. 

iEqualiter, adv. (aequalis,) 
equally. 

iEqmtas, atis, f, equity ; jus- 
tice; moderation, from 

iEquus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
equal : aequus animus, or 
aequa mens, equanimity. 

Aer, is, m. the air ; the at- 
mosphere. 

iErarium, i, n. the treasury ; 
from 

JEs, aeris, n. brass ; money. 

iEschylus. i. m. a celebrated 
Greek tragic poet. 

iEsculapius, i, m. the son of 

Apollo, and god of medicine. 

JEstas, atis, f. (aestus) summer. 

.ZEstimandus, a, um, part, to 
be esteemed, prized ; or re- 
garded ; from 

iEstimo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
esteem; to value; to regard; 
to judge of; to estimate. 

iEstuo, are, avi, atum, intr. 
(asstus) to be very hoi ; to 
boil. 

iEstuosus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 



^STUS AGGER. 



189 



undulating ; rising in 
surges ; boiling ; stormy ; 
turbulent. 

iEstus, us, m. heat. 

iEtas, atis, f. (scil. sevitas from 
aevum,) age. 

iEternus, a, um, adj. (scil. 
aeviternus. id.) eternal; im- 
morial. 

^Ethiopia, ae, f. Ethiopia, a 
country in Africa, lying 
on both sides of the equator. 

iEthiops, opis, m. an Ethio- 
pian. 

iEtna, ae, f. a volcanic moun- 
tain in Sicily. 

jEvura, i, n. time ; an age. 

Afer, ra, rum, adj. of Africa. 

AfTabre adv. (ad & faber, an 
artist ;) artfully ; inge- 
niously ; curiously ; in a 
workmanlike manner. 

AfTectus, a, um, part, affected; 
afflicted. 

AfTero, afferre, attuli, alla- 
tum, tr. irr. (ad & fero,) to 
bring ; to carry. 

Afncio, icere, eci, ectum, tr. 
(ad & facio,) to affect : me- 
dia, to affect ivith hunger ; 
i. e. to deprive of food : 
cladibus, to overthrow : 
pass, to be affected: gaudio, 
to be affected with joy ; to 
rejoice: febri, to be attack- 
ed with a fever. 

AfFigo, afTigere, affixi, affix- 
um, tr. (ad & figo,) to af- 
fix; to fasten: affigere cru- 
ci, to crucify. 

AfTinis, e. adj. (ad & finish 



neighboring ; contiguous : 
hence 

Affmis, is, c. a relation. 

Affirmo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(ad & firmo,) to affirm ; to 
confirm. 

Affixus, a, um,.part. (affigo.) 

Afflatus, us, m. (afflo, to blow 
against:) a blast ; a breeze; 
a gale ; inspiration. 

Africa, as, f. Africa ; also a 
part of the African conti- 
nent, lying east of Numi- 
dia, and west of Cyrene. 

Africanus, i, m. the agnomen 
of two of the Scipios, de- 
rived from their conquest 
of Africa. (App.II 4.) 

Afncus, a, um, adj. belonging 
to Africa; African. Afncus 
ventus, the southwest wind. 

Agamemnon, onis, m. a king 
of MycencB, the command- 
er-in-chief of the Grecian 
forces at the siege of Troy. 

Agathyrsi, or urn, m. pi. a bar- 
barous tribe living near the 
palus Masotis. 

Agellus, i, m. dim. (ager,) a 
small farm. 

Agenor, oris, m. a king of 
Pho2?iicia. 

Agens, tis, part, (ago.) 

Ager,gri,m. afield ; land; a 
farm ; an estate ; ground , 
a territory ; the country. 

Agger, eris, m. (aggero, ad 
& gero, to carry to :) a 
heap ; a pile ; a mound ; 
a bulwark ; a bank ; a 
rampart ; a dam. 



# 



190 



AGGREDIOR ALCINO US . 



Aggredior, edi, essus sum, tr. 
& intr. dep. (ad & gradi- 
or,) to go to ; to attack. 

Agressus, a, um, part, having 
attacked. 

Agitator, oris,m. a driver; from 

Agito, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. 
(ago,) §88. Obs 2. to drive; 
to agitate ; to revolve. 

Agiaus, i, m. a poor Arcadian. 

Agmen, mis, n. (ago,) a train; 
a troop upon the march ; 
a band ; an army. 

Agnitus, a, um, part, from 

Agnosco, agnoscere, agnovi, 
agnitum, tr. (ad & nosco,) 
to recognize ; to know. 

Agnus, i, m. a lamb. 

Ago, agere, eg:, actum, tr. 
to set in motion ; to drive ; 
to lead ; to act ; to do ; to 
reside ; to live : funus, to 
perform funeral rites : an- 
num vigesimum, to be 
spending, or, to be in his 
twentieth year : bene, to 
behave well : agere gratias, 
to thank. 

Agor, agi, actus sum, pass, to 
be led : agitur, it is deba- 
ted : res de qua agitur, the 
point in debate : pessum 
agi, to sink. 

Agricola, ae, m. (ager & colo,) 
a husbandman ; a farmer. 

Agricultura, se, (id.) f. agri- 
culture. 

Agrigentum, i, n. a town upon 
the southern coast of Sicily, 
now Girgenti. 



Agrippa, Ee, m. the name 
of several distinguished 
Romans. 

Ahenum, i, n. (scil. vas aene- 
um,) a brazen vessel; a ket- 
tle; a caldron. 

Aio, ais, ait, def. verb, (§ 84, 5,) 
I say. 

Ajax, acis, m. the name of 
two distinguished Grecian 
warriors at the siege of 
Troy. 

Ala, sb, f. a wing; an arm-pit; 
an arm. 

Alacer, or acris, acre, adj. 
(comp.) lively; courageous; 
ready ; fierce ; spirited. 

Alba, ae, f. Alba Longa; a city 
of Latium, built by Asca- 
nius. 

Albanus, i, m. an inhabitant 
of Alba ; an Alban. 

Albanus, a, um, adj. Alban. 
mons Albanus, mount Al- 
banus, at the foot of which 
Alba Longa was built, 16 
miles from Rome. 

Albis, is, m. a large river of 
Germany, now the Elbe. 

Albula, 83, m. an ancient name 
of the Tiber. 

Albus, a, um, adj. white, (a 
pale xohite ; see can did us.) 

Alcestis, idis, f. the daughter 
of Pelias, and wife of Ad- 
metus. 

Alcibiades, is, m. an eminent 
Athenian, the pupil of So- 
crates. 

Alcinoiis, i, m. a king nfPhaBa- 



ALCYONE ALPES. 



191 



cia or Corcyra, whose gar- 
dens were very celebrated. 

Alcyone, es,f. the daughter of 
2E6lus, and wife of Ceyx : 
she and her husband icere 
changed into sea birds, call- 
ed Alcyones, king fishers. 

Alcyon, is, m. kingfisher. 

Alcyoneus, a, um, adj. halcyon. 

Alexander, dri, m. Alexander 
surnamed the Great, the 
son of Philip, king of Ma- 
cedon. 

Alexandria, se, f. ihe capital of 
Egypt ; founded by Alex- 
ander the Great. 

Algeo, algere, alsi, intr. to be 
cold. 

Alicunde, adv. (aliquis & un- 
cle,) from some place. 

Alienatus, a, um, part, aliena- 
ted ; estranged ; from 

Alieno, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
alienate; to estrange ; from 

Alienus, a, um, adj. of or be- 
longing to another; for- 
eign ; another man's ; an- 
other's ; m. a stranger. 

Alio, adv. to another place; 
elsewhere. 

Aliquandiu, adv. (aliquis & 
diu,) for some time. 

Aliquando, adv. (alius & quan- 
do,) once; formerly; at some 
time; at length; sometimes. 

Aliquantum, n. adj. some- 
thing; somewhat ; a little. 

Aliquis, aliqua, aliquod & ali- 
quid, indef. pron. ($37, 3,) 
some. ; some one ; a certain 



Aliquot, ind. adj. some. 

Aliter, adv. (alius,) otherwise . 
aliter — aliter, in one icay — 
in another. 

Alius, a, ud, adj. § 20. Note 2 ; 
another; other: alii — alii, 
some — others. 

Allatus, a, um, part. (arTero,) 
brought. 

Allectus, a, um, part, (allicio.) 

Allevo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad 
& levo,) to raise up ; to al- 
leviate ; to lighten. 

Allia, 33, f. a small river of 
Italy, flowing into the Ti- 
ber. 

Allicio, -licere, -lexi, -lectum, 
(ad & lacio, to draw,) tr. to 
allure ; to entice. 

Alligatus, a, um, part, bound; 
confined; from 

Alligo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad 
& ligo,) to bind to ; to fas- 
ten ; to bind or tie. 

Allocutus, a, um, part, speak- 
ing, or having spoken to ; 
from 

A116quor,-16qui, -locutus sum, 
tr. dep. (ad & loquor,) to 
speak to ; to address ; to 
accost. 

Alluo, -luere, -lui, tr. (ad & 
luo,) to flow near ; to wash; 
to lave. 

Alo, alere, alui, alitum or al- 
tum, tr. to nourish ; to feed; 
to support ; to increase ; to 
maintain ; to strengthen. 

Aloeus, i, m. a giant, son of 
Titan awl Terra. 

Alpes, imn, f. pi. the Alps. 



192 



A LPHEUS AMPHION. 



Alpheus, i, m. a river of Pelo- 
ponnesus. 

Alpmus, a, urn, adj. of or be- 
longing to the Alps ; Al- 
pine : Alplni mures, mar- 
mots. 

Alte, (iu«, issime,) adv. on 
high ; highly ; loudly ; 
deeply ; low. 

Alter, era, erum, adj. § 20, 4, 
the one (of two;) the other; 
the second. § 24, 7. 

Alternus, a, um, adj. (alter) 
alternate ; by turns. 

Althaea, ae, f. the loife of (E- 
neus, and mother of Me- 
leager. 

Altitudo, mis, f. height ; from 

Altus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) high ; lofty ; deep ; 
loud. 

Alumnus, i,m.(alo,)ap2^z7 ; a 
foster-son. ■ 

Alveus, i, m. a channel; from 

Alvus, i, f. the belly. 

Am, insep. prep. § 91, 2. 

Amans, tis, part, and adj. (ior, 
issimus,) loving ; fond of. 

Amarus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
bitter. 

Amatus, a, um. part, (amo.) 

Amazon, onis ; pi. Amazones, 
um, f. Amazons, a nation of 
female warriors, who lived 
near the river Don, and 
afterwards passed over into 
Asia Minor. 

Ambitio, onis, f. (ambio,) am- 
bition. 

Ambitus, us, m. (id) a going 
round or about ; compass ; 



extent ; circuit; circumfe- 
rence. 

Ambo, 39, o, adj. pi. §24. Obs. 
3 ; both ; (taken togethtr; 
see uterque.) 

Ambiilo, are, avi, atum, intr. 
(dim f. ambio,) to walk. 

Amice, adv. -cius, -cissime. 
(amicus,) in a friendly 
manner, kindly. 

Amicitia, 33, (.friendship; from 

Amicus, a, um, adj. comp. 
(amo,) friendly. 

Amicus, i, m. (amo,) a friend. 

Amissus, a, um, part. from. 

Amitto, amittere, amisi, amis- 
sum, tr. (a & mitto,) to send 
away; to lose; to relinquish. 

Ammon, onis, m. a surname 
of Jupiter, who ivas wor- 
shipped under this name, 
in the deserts of Lybia, un- 
der the form of a ram. 

Amnis, is, d. a river. 

Amo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
love ; (viz. cordially, from 
the impulse of natural af- 
fection ; see diligo.) 

Amoenus, a, um, adj. (ior, is- 
simus,) pleasant, agree 
able; delightful; fr. amo. 

Amor, oris, m. (amo,) love. 

Amoveo, vere, vi, turn, tr. (a 
and moveo,) to move away 
or from ; to remove. 

Amphinomus, i. m. a Catanean 
distinguished for his filial 
affection. 

Amphion, onis, m. a son of 
Jupiter and Antiope, and 
the husband of Niobe. He 



AMPLE ANI0. 



193 



is said to have built Thebes 
by the sound of his lyre. 

Ample, adv. (ius, issime,) am- 
ply ; from amplus. 

Amplector, ecti, exus sum, tr. 
dep. (am & plector,) to em- 
brace. 

Amplexus, a urn, ^zxl, having 
embraced; embracing. 

Amplio, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(amplus,) to enlarge. 

Ampliiis, adv. (ample,) more. 

Amplus, a, um, adj. (comp) 
great ; abundant ; large ; 
spacious. 

Amulius, i, m. the son of Sil- 
vius Procas, and brother of 
Numitor. 

Amyclae, arum, f, pi. a town on 
the western coast of Italy. 

Amycus, i, m. a son of Nep- 
tune, and king of Bebrycia. 

An, adv. whether ; or. 

Anacreon, tis, m. a celebrated 
lyric poet of Teos, in Ionia. 

Anapus, i, m. a Catanean, the 
brother of Amphinomus. 

Anaxagoras, ae, m. a philoso- 
pher of CAazomene, in Ionia. 

Anceps, cipitis, adj. (ancipi- 
tior,) (am and caput,) un- 
certain; doubtful. 

Anchises, ae, m, a Trojan, the 
father of Mneas. 

Anchora, or Ancora, ae, f. an 
anchor. 

Ancilla, ae, f. a female servant; 
a maid. 

Ancus, i, m. (Martius,) the 
fourth king of Rome. 

Andriscus, i, m. a person of 



mean birth, called also 
Pseudophilippus-, on ac- 
count of his pretending to 
be Philip, the son of Per- 
sis, king of Macedon. 

Andromeda ,32, f. the daughter 
of Cephus and- Cassiope, 
and wife of Perseus. 

Ango, angere, anxi, tr. (to 
press close or tight; to stran- 
gle; hence,) to trouble; to 
disquiet; to torment; to vex. 

Anguis, is, c. (ango,) a snake; 
a serpent. _ 

Angulus, i, m. a corner. 

Angustiae, arum, f. pi. nar- 
rowness ; a. narrow pass; 
a defile ; from 

Angustus, a, um, adj. comp. 
(ango,) narrow; limited; 
straitened ; pinching. 

Anima, ae, f. (animus,) breath; 
life ; the soul. 

Animadverto, vertere,- verti, 
versum, tr. (animus ad & 
verto, to turn the mind 
to;) to attend to; to observe; 
to notice ; to punish. 

Animal, alis, n. (anima) an 
animal. 

Animosus, a, um, adj. full of 
wind or breath; spirited; 
courageous ; bold; from 

Animus, i, m. wind; breath; 
spirit ; the soul or mind; 
disposition ; spirit, or cour- 
age ; a design; uno am- 
mo, unanimously ; mihi est 
animus, I have a mind ; I 
intend. See mens. 

Anio, enis, m. a branch of the 



194 



ANNECTO APOLLO. 



Tiber, which enters it three 
miles above Rome. It is 
now called the Teverone. 

Annecto,-nectere,-nexui,-nex- 
um, tr. (ad & necto,) to an- 
nex ; to tie or fasten to. 

Annona, as. f. (annus,) yearly 
produce ; corn ; provisio?is. 

Annulus, i, m, (dim, fr. an- 
nus,) a small circle ; a 
ring. 

Annumero, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(ad & numero,) to reckon 
among ; to number ; to 
reckon. 

Annuo,-nuere,-nui, intr. (ad & 
nuo, to ?iod } ) to assent ; to 
agree. 

Annus, i, m. a circle ; a year ; 
hence 

Anno us, a, um, adj. annual ; 
yearly ; lasting a year. 

Anser, eris, m. a goose ; hence 

Anserinus, a, um, adj. of or 
belonging to a goose : ova, 
goose-eggs. 

Ante, adv. before ; sooner. 

Ante, prep, before. 

Antea, adv. (ante & ea ace. 
pi. n. of is,) before ; here- 
tofore. 

Antecello,-cellere, tr. (ante & 
cello, obsol. to drive,) to 
drive or move before; hence 
to excel ; to surpass ; to ex- 
ceed ; to be superior to. 

Antepono,-ponere,-posui,-pos- 
ltum, tr. (ante &: pono,) to 
set before ; to prefer. 

Antepositus, a, um, part, (an- 
tepono.) 



Antequam, adv. before that ; 
before. 

Antigonus, i, m. a king of 
Macedonia. 

Antiochla, 83, f. the capital of 
Syria. 

Antiochus, i, m. a king of 
Syria. 

Antiope, es, f. the wife of Ly- 
cus, king of Thebes, and 
the mother of Amphion. 

Antiquus, a, um, adj. (ior, is- 
simus,) ancient ; old ; of 
long continuance ; fr. ante. 

Antipater, tris, m. a Sidonian 
poet. 

Antium, i, n. a maritime town 
of Italy. 

Antonius, i, m. Antony, the 
name of a Roman family. 

Antrum, i, n. a cave. 

Apelles, is, m. a celebrated 
painter of the island of Cos. 

Apennmus, i, m. the Appe- 
nines. 

Aper, apri, m. a boar ; a wild 
boar. 

Aperio,-perire,-perui,-pertum , 
tr. (ad & pario,) to open ; 
to discover ; to disclose ; to 
make known. 

Apertus, a, um, part, (aperio.) 

Apex, icis, m. a point ; the 
top ; the summit. 

Apis, is, f. a bee. 

Apis, is, m. an ox worshipped 
as a deity among the Egyp- 
tians. 

Apollo, mis, m. the son of Ju- 
piter and Latona, and the 
god of music and poetry. 



A PPAKATUS ARCEO. 



195 



Apparatus, us, m. (apparo, to 
prepare ;) a preparation ; 
apparatus; equipment; ha- 
biliment. 

Appareo, ere, ui, intr. (ad & 
pareo,) to appear ; to be 
manifest or clear. 

Appellandus, a, um, part, from 

Appello, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(ad & pello,) to name or 
call ; to address ; to call 
upon. 

Appendo, - pendere, - pendi, 
pensum, tr. (ad & pendo,) 
to hang upon or to ; to 
weigh out ; to pay. 

Appetens, tis, part, seeking 
after ; from 

Appeto, - petere, - petivi,-peti- 
tum, tr. (ad & peto,) to 
seek to ; hence, to desire ; 
strive for ; to aim at ; to 
attack. 

Appius, i, m. a Roman praeno- 
men belonging to the Clau- 
dian gens or tribe. 

Appono, - ponere, - posui,-posi- 
tum, tr. (ad & pono,) to set 
or place before ; to put to ; 
to join. 

Appositus, a, um, part, (ap- 
pono.) 

Appropinquo, are, avi, atum, 
intr. (ad & propinquo,) to 
to approach ; to draio near. 

Apricus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
sunny ; serene ; warm ; (as 
e^apericus from aperio.) 

Apto, are, avi, atum, tr. toft ; 
to adjust. 



Apud, prep, at ; in ; among ; 
before ; to ; in the house 
of; in the writings of . 

Apulia, a?, f. a country in the 
eastern part of Italy, near 
the Adriatic. 

Aqua, as, f. water. 

Aquasductus, us, m. (aqua & 
duco, to lead:) an aque- 
duct ; a conduit. 

Aqmla, a?, f. an eagle. 

Aquilo, onis, m. the north 
wind. 

Aquitania, a3, f. a country of 
Gaul. 

Aquitani, orum, m. pi. the in- 
habitants of Aquitania. 

Ara, a3, f. an altar. 

Arabia, a3, f. Arabia : hence. 

Arabicus, a, urn, adj. Arabi- 
an, of or belonging to Ara- 
bia. Arabicus sinus, the 
Red Sea. 

Arabius, a, um, adj. Arabian. 

Arabs, abis, m. an Arabian. 

Arbitratus, a, um, part, having 
thought; from 

Arbitror, ari, atus sum, tr. 
dep. (arbiter,) to believe; to 
think. 

Arbor, & Arbos, oris, f. a tree. 

Area, se, f. a chest. 

Arcadia, as, f. Arcadia, a coun- 
try in the interior of Pelo- 
ponnesus. 

Areas, adis, m. an Arcadian ; 
also a son of Jupiter and 
Calisto. 

Arceo, ere, ui, tr. to ward off; 
to keep from; to restrain. 



190 



ARCESSITUS— -ARMENTUM. 



Arcessltus, a, um, part, from 

Arcesso, ere, ivi, Itum, tr. (ar- 
cio, i. e. adcio, ad and cio,) 
to call; to send for; to in- 
vite; to summon. 

Archimedes, is, m. a famous 
mathematician and mecha- 
nician of Syracuse. 

Architectus, i, m, an architect; 
a builder. 

Aichytas, ae, m. a Pythago- 
rean philosopher of Taren- 
tum. 

Arete, adv.(ius, issime,) strait- 
ly; closely; from 

Arctus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) narrow; close; fr. 
arceo. 

Arc us, us, m. a bow; an arch. 

Ardea, ae, f. a city of Latium, 
the capital of the Rutuli. 

Ardens, tis, part. &adj. burn- 
ing; hot; from 

Ardeo, ardere, arsi, arsum, 
intr. to glow; to be on fire; 
to burn; to sparkle; to 
shine; to dazzle. 

Arduus, a, um, adj. high; 
lofty; steep; arduous; dif- 
ficult. 

Arena, ae, f. (areo, to be dry,) 
sand ; hence 

Arenosus, a, um, adj. sandy. 

Arethusa, ae, f. the name of a 
nymph of Elis, who was 
changed into a fountain in 
Sicily. 

Argentum, i, n. silver. 

Argias, ae, m. a chief of the 
Megarensians. 



Arglvus, a, um, adj. (Argos,) 
of Argos; Argive. 

Argivi, Drum, m. pi. (id,) Ar- 
gives; inhabitants of Argos. 

Argonaut as, arum, m, pi. (Argo 
& nautae,) the Argonauts; 
the crew of the ship Argo. 

Argos, i, n. sing., & Argi, 
Orum, rn. pi. a city in 
Greece, the capital of Ar- 
golis. 

Arguo, uere. ui,titum, to speak 
in loud or shrill tones; 
hence to argue; to accuse; 
to prove; to shew; to con- 
vict. 

Ariminum, i, n. a city of Italy, 
on the coast of the Adriatic. 

Aristobulus, i, m. a name of 
several of the high priests 
and kings of Judea. 

Aristoteles, is, m: Aristotle, a 
Greek philosopher, born at 
Stagira, a city of Mace- 
donia. 

Arma, orum, n. pi. arms. 

Armatus, a, um, part, of ar- 
mo, armed: pi. armati, 
orum, armed men; soldiers 

Armenia, ae, f. {Major,) a 
country of Asia, lying be- 
tween Taurus and the Cau- 
casus. 

Armenia, (Minor,) a small 
country lying between Ca- 
padocia and the Euphrates. 

Armenius, a, um, adj. Arme- 
nian. 

Armentum, i, n. (for aramen- 
tum, from aro,) a herd. 



A.RMILLA ASTUTUS. 



197 



Armilla, ae, f. (dim. fr. armus, 
the arm,) a bracelet, or ring 
worn on the left arm by 
soldiers who had been dis- 
tinguished in battle. 

Armo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ar- 
ma,) to arm. 

Aro, -are, -avi, -atum, tr. to 
plough; to cover with the 
plough. 

Arreptus, a, um, part, frojn 

Arripio, -ripere, -ripui, *rep- 
tum, tr. (ad & rapio, § 80, 
5,) to seize upon. 

Arrogo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad. 
&rogo,) to demand for one's 
self; to arrogate; to claim. 

Ars, tis, f. art; contrivance; 
skill; employment; occupa- 
tion; pursuit. 

Arsi. See Ardeo. 

Artemisia, 33, f. the wife of 
Mausolus, king of Carta. 

Artifex, icis, c. (ars. & facio,) 
an artist. 

Arundo, in is, f. a reed; a cane. 

Aruns, tis, m. the eldest son 
of Tarquin the Proud. 

Arx, cis, f. (arceo,) a citadel; 
a fortress. 

Ascanius, i. m. the son of 
Mneas and Creusa. 

Ascendo {or adscendo,) dere, 
di, sum. tr. & intr. (ad & 
scando, to climb to;) to 
ascend; to rise; ascenditur 
imp. it is ascended or they 
ascend; $ 85, 6. & 1 67 Note. 

Asia, a3, f. Asia; Asia Minor; 
also, proconsular Asia, or 
the Roman province. 



Asiaticus, i, m. an agnomen 
of L. Cornelius Scipio, on 
account of his victories in 
Asia. App. II. 4. 

Asma, sb, m. a cognomen or 
surname of a part of the 
Cornelian family. 

Asinus, i, m. an ass. 

Aspecturus, a, um, part, (as- 
picio.) 

Asper, era, erum, adj. (erior, 
erimus,) rough; rugged. 

Aspergo. See Adspergo. 

As- or ad- spernor, ari, atus 
sum, tr. dep. to spurn; to 
despise; to reject. 

Aspicio. See Adspicio 

Aspis, idis, f. an asp. 

Assecutus, a, um, part, from 

Assea x uor, -sequi, -secutus 
sum, tr. dep. (ad & se- 
quor,) to come up to; to 
overtake; to obtain. 

Asservo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(ad & servo,) to take care 
of; to preserve; to keep. 

Assigno, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(ad & signo,) to mark with 
a seal; hence, to appoint; 
to allot; to distribute. 

Assisto. See Adsisto. 

Assuesco, -suescere, -suevi, 
-suetum, intr. inc. (ad & 
suesco,) to be accustomed; 
to be wont. 

Assurgo, -surgere, -surrexi, 
-surrectum, intr. (ad &sur- 
go,) to rise up; to arise. 

Astronomia, aa, f. astronomy. 

Astutus, a um, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) {from astu, the city 



198 



AS VLUM AUGUSTUS . 



viz: of Athens,) knowing; 
shrewd; cunning; crafty. 

Asylum, i, n. an asylum. 

At, conj. but. 

Atalanta, as, f. the daughter 
of Schoeneus, king of Arca- 
dia, celebrated for her swift- 
ness in running. 

Athenae, arum, f. pi. Athens, 
the capital of Attica; hence, 

Atheniensis, is, m. an Athe- 
nian. 

Atilius, i, m. a Roman proper 
name. 

Atlanticus, a, um, adj. Atlan- 
tic; relating to Atlas: mare 
Atlanticum, the Atlantic 
ocean. 

Atque, conj. and; as; than. 

Atrociter, adv. (ius, issime,) 
(atrox,) fiercely; violently; 
severely. 

Attalus, i. x m, a king of Per- 
gdmus. 

Attero, -terere, -trivi, -tritum, 
(ad & tero,) tr, to rub close; 
to rub off; to wear. 

Atthis, idis, f. the same as At- 
tica. 

Attica, se, f. Attica, a cou.ntry 
in the southern part of 
Greece proper. 

Attingo, -tingere, -tigi, -tac- 
tum, tr. (ad & tango,) to 
touch; to border upon; to 
attain; to reach. 

Attollo, ere, tr. (ad & tollo,) 
to raise up. 

Attritus, a, um, part, (attero,) 
rubbed away; ivorn off. 

Auctor, oris, c. (augeo,) one 



who increases, or erAarges; 
hence, an author. 

Auctoritas, atis, f. authority; 
influence; reputation; from 
auctor. 

Auctus, a, um, part, (augeo,) 
increased; enlarged; aug- 
mented. 

Audacia, ae, f. audacity; bold- 
ness; from 

Audax, acis, adj, (comp.) bold; 
daring; audacious; despe- 
rate; from 

Audeo, audere, ausus sum, 
neut. pass, to dare; to at- 
tempt. § 78. 

Audio, ire, ivi, Itum, tr. to 
hear. 

Auditus, a, um, part. 

Auditus, us, m. the hearing. 

Aufero, auferre, abstuli, abla- 
tum, tr. irr. (ab & fero,) to 
take away; to remove. 

Aufugio, -fugere, -fugi, -fugi- 
tum, intr. (ab & fugio,) to 
fly aioay; to run off; to es- 
cape; to flee. 

Augendus, a, um, part, from 

Augeo, augere, auxi, auctum, 
tr. to cause to grow; to in- 
crease; to augment; to en- 
large; intr. to grow; to in- 
crease; to rise. 

Augurium, i, n. (avis, a bird, 
and garrio, to chirp,) a 
foretelling of future events 
from the singing of birds; 
hence, augury; divination. 

Augusts, adv. (ius, issime,) 
nobly; from 

Augustus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 



AUGUSTUS AXENU3. 



199 



august; grand; venerable; 
(from augeo.) ' 

Augustus, i, m. an honorary 
appellation bestowed by the 
senate upon C&sar Octavi- 
anus; succeeding emperors 
took the same name. 

Aulis, idis, f. a seaport town 
in Boeotia. 

Aulus, i, m. a common praeno- 
men among the Romans. 
App. II. 

Aurelius, i, m. the name of 
several Romans. 

Aureus, a, um, adj. (aurum,) 
golden. 

Auriga, as, m. (aurea, Obsol. 
arein, and rego, to govern,) 
a charioteer. 

Auris, is, f. the ear. 

Aurum, i, n. gold. 

Auspicium, i, n. (avis, a bird, 
and specio, to look :) a spe- 
cies of divination, from the 
fight, Sj-c, of birds ; an 
auspice; the guidance, or 
protection of another. 

Ausus, a, um, part, (audeo,) 
daring ; having dared. 

Aut, conj. or; aut — aut, ei- 
ther — or. 

Autem, conj. but ; yet. 

Autumnus, i, m. (augeo,) au- 
tumn. 

Auxi. See Augeo. 

Auxilium, i, n. (augeo,) help ; 
aid ; assistance. 

Avaritia, as, f. avarice; from 

Avarus, a, um, adj". (comp.) 
avaricious ; covetous : (fr. 
aveo, to long for.) ■ 



Aveho,-vehere,-vexi, -vectum, 
tr. (a & veho,) to carry off , 
or away. 

Avello,-veliere,-velli o?--vulsi, 
-vulsum, tr. (a & vello,) to 
pull off, or away; to pluck; 
to take away ; (forcibly). 

Aventinus, i, m. mount Aven- 
tine, one of the seven hills 
on which Rome was built. 

Aversus, a, um, part, turned 
away : cicatrix aversa, a 
scar in the back : from 

Averto, - vertere, - verti, - ver- 
sum, tr. (a & verto,) to 
turn away ; to avert ; to 
turn. 

Avicula, as, f. dim. (avis,) a 
small bird. 

Avidus, a, um, adj. (aveo,) 
(ior, issimus.) desirous : 
ravenous ; greedy ; eager. 

Avis, is, f. a bird. 

Avdco, are, avi, atum, tr. (a 
& voco,) to call away ; to 
divert ; to withdraiv. 

Avolaturus, a, um, part, from 

Avolo, are, avi, atum, intr. (a 
& volo) to fly away, or off 

Avulsus, part, (avello.) 

Avunculus, i, m. (dim. of 
avus,) a mother s brother ; 
an uncle. 

Avus, i, m. a grandfather. 

Axenus, i, m. (from a Greek 
word signifying inhospita- 
ble:) the Euxine sea; an- 
ciently so called, on account 
of the cruelty of the neigh' 
boring tribes. 



200 



BABYLON BENEFICIUM. 



B, 



Babylon, onis. f. the metropo- 
lis of Chaldea, lying upon 
the Euphrates. 

Babylonia, as, f. the country 
about Babylon. 

Bacca, as, f. a berry. 

Bacchus, i. m. the son of Ju- 
piter and Semele, and the 
god of wine. 

Bactra, orum, n. the capital 
of Bactriana, situated up- 
on the sources of the Oxus. 

Bactriani, Drum, m. pi. the in- 
habitants of Bactriana. 

Bactrianus, a, um, adj. Bac- 
trian, pertaining to Bac- 
tra or Bactriana. 

Baculus, i, m. and Baciilum, 
i, n. a staff. 

Bastica, ae, f. a country in the 
southern part of Spain, 
watered by the river Bcetis. 

Bastis, is, m. a river in the 
■ southern part of Spain, 
now the Guadalquiver. 

Bagrada, as, m. a river of Af- 
rica, betioeen TJtica and 
Carthage. 

Ballista, as,-f. an engine for 
throwing stones. 

Balticus, a, um, adj. Baltic: 
mare Balticum, the Baltic 
sea. 

Barbarus, a, um, adj. speaking 
a strange language; {not 
Greek or Roman;) foreign; 
hence, barbarous ; rude ; 
uncivilized; savage: subs, 
barbari, barbarians. 



Batavus, a, um, adj. Batavi- 
an ; belonging to Batavia, 
now Holland. 

Beat it ddo, in is, f. blessedness ; 
happiness ; from 

Beatus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) happy ; blessed: (fr. 
beo, to make happy.) 

Bebrycia, 93, f. a country of 
Asia. 

Belgas, arum, m. pi. the in- 
habitants of the north- 
east part of Gaul ; the 
Belgians. 

Belgicus, a, um, adj. of or 
pertaining to the Belga. 

Bellerophon, tis, m. the son of 
Glaucus, king of Ephyra. 

Bellicosus, a, um, adj. (ior, 
issimus, (bellum,) ofawar- 
like spirit ; given to war. 

Bellicus, a, um, adj. (bellum,) 
relating to war ; warlike. 

BeHigero, are, avi, atum,intr 
(bellum & gero,) to wage 
war ; to carry on war. 

Bello, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
war ; to ivage war ; to 
contend; to fight. 

Bellua, ae, f. a large beast ; 
a monster. 

Bellum, i. n, (duellum,) zoar. 

Belus, i. m. the founder of the 
Babylonish empire. 

Bene, adv. (melius, optime,) 
well ; finely ; very : bene 
pugnare, to fight success- 
fully ; (fr. benus obsol. for 
bonus.) 

Beneficium, i, n. (bene & fa- 
cio,) a benefit ; a kindness. 



BENEVOLENTJA BRIGANTINUS. 



201 



Benevolentia, ae, f. (ben 3 & vo- 
lo,) benevolence ; good will* 

Bemgne, adv. (ius, issime,) 
kindly; from 

Benignus, a um, adj. (comp.) 
kind; benign: (benigenus fr. 
benus for bonus, & genus.) 

Bestia, 33, f. a beast ; a wild 
beast. 

Bestia, ae, m. the surname of a 
Roman consul. 

Bias, antis, m. a philosopher 
born at Priene, and one 
of the seven wise men of 
Greece. 

Bibliotheca, 33, f. a library. 

Bibo, bibere, bibi, bibitum, 
tr. to drink, (in order to 
quench thirst :) to imbibe : 
See poto. 

Bibiilus, i, m. a colleague of 
Julius Ccesar in the con- 
sulship. 

Bini, 33, a, num. adj. § 24. Ill; 
two by two; two, two each. 

Bipes, edis, adj. (bis & pes,) 
two-footed, with two feet. 

Bis, num. adv. twice. 

Bithynia, ae, f. a country of 
Asia Minor, cast of the 
Propontis. 

Blanditia, as, f. a compliment- 
ing : blanditiae, pi. bland- 
ishments ; caresses ; flat- 
tery : from 

Blandus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) courteous; agreeable; 
flattering; enticing; invi- 
ting; tempting. 

Baeotia, ae, f. a country of 
. Greece, north of Attica. 



Bonitas, atis, f. goodness ; ex- 
cellence; from 

Bonus, a, um, adj. (melior, op- 
timus,) good; happy; kind. 

Bonum, i, n. a good thing; an 
endowment; an advantage; 
profit : bona, n. pi. an es- 
tate ; goods: (fr. bonus.) 

Borealis, e, adj. northern; from 

Boreas, ae, m. the north wind. 

Borysthenes, 'as, m., a large 
river of Scythia, flowing 
into the Euxine; it is now 
called the Dneiper. 

Bor} T sthenis, idis, f. the name 
of a town at the mouth of 
the Borysthenes. 

Bos, bovis, c. an ox ; a cow ; 
$ 15. 12. 

Bosphorus, or Bosporus, i, m. 
the name of two straits be- 
tween Europe and Asia ; 
one the Thracian Bospho- 
rus, now the straits of Con- 
stantinople ; the other the 
Cimmerian Bosphorus, now 
the straits of Cajfa. 

Brachium, i, n. the arm ; (viz 
from the hand to the el- 
bow.) 

Brevi, adv. shortly; briefly; in 
short time; from 

Brevis, e, adj. (comp.) short ; 
brief ; hence, 

Bre vitas, atis, f. shortness ; 
brevity. 

Brigantinus, a, um, adj. be- 
longing to Brigantium, a 
town of the Vindelici: 
Brigantinus lacus, the lake 
of Constance. 



202 



BRITANNIA CALEP10. 



Britannia, as, f. Great Britain. 

Britannicus a,um, adj. belong- 
ing to Britain ; British. 

Britannus, a, urn, adj. Brit- 
ish : Britanni, the Britons. 

Bruma, as, f. the winter sol- 
stice ; the shortest day. 

Bruttium, i, n. a 'promontory 
of Italy. 

Bruttii, Drum, m. pi. a people 
in the southern part of 
Italy. 

Brutus, i, m. the name of an 
illustrious noble family. 

Bucephalus, i, m. the name of 
Alexanders war-horse. 

Bucephalos, i, f. a city of In- 
dia, near the Hydaspes, 
built by Alexander, in me- 
mory of his horse. 

Buxeus, a, um, adj. (buxus, 
the box-tree :) of box; of a 
pale yellow color, like box- 
wood. 

Byzantium, i, n. now Constan- 
tinople, a city of Thrace, 
situated upon the Bospho- 
rus. 

C. 

C, an abbreviation of Caius. 
Cabira, ind. atownofPontus. 
Cacumen, inis, n. the top; the 

peak; the summit. 
Cadens, tis, part, (cado.) 
Cadmus, i, m, a son of Age- 

nor, king ofPhasnicia. 
Cado, cadere, cecidi, casum, 

intr. to fall. 
Csecilius, i, m. a Roman name. 



Caecubum, i, n. a town of Cam. 

pan? a, famous for its zcine. 
Cascubus, a, um, adj. Ccecu- 

ban; of Ccecubum. 
Caedes, is, f. slaughter; car- 
nage; homicide; murder; 

from. 
Caedo, caedere, cecidi, caesum, 

tr. to cut; to kill; to slay; 

to beat. 
Caelatus, a, um, part, from 
Caelo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 

carve; to engrave; to sculp- 
ture; to emboss. 
Caepe, or Cepe, n. indec. an 

onion. 
Caepio, onis, m. a Roman consul 

who commanded in Spain. 
Caesar, aris,m. a cognomen or 

surname given to the Julian 

family. 
Caestus, us, m. (caedo,) a 

gauntlet; a boxing glove. 
Caesus, a, um, part, (caedo,) 

cut; slain; beaten. 
Caius, i, m. a Roman praeno- 
* men. 

Calais, is, m. a so?i of Boreas* 
Calamitas, atis, f. {a storm 

which breaks the reeds or 

stalks of corn, hence,) a 

calamity; a misfortune; fr. 
Calamus, i, m. a reed. 
Calathiscus, i, m. (dim. cala- 

thus,) a small basket. 
Calefacio, calafacere, calefeci, 

calefactum, tr. (caleo &fa- 

cio,) to warm; to heat. 
Calef 10, fieri, factus sum, intr. 

irr. $ 83, Obs. 3 ; to be 

warmed. 



CALEFACTUS CAPTIVUS 



203 



Calefactus, a, um, part, (cal- 
eHo,) warmed. 

Calldus, a, um, adj. (comp. 
fr. caleo,) warm. 

Callidus, a, um, adj. (calleo 
from callus, hardness, viz : 
of skin occasioned by hard 
labor; hence,) practiced; 
experienced; shrewd ; cun- 
ning. 

Calor, oris, m. warmth; heat. 

Calpe, es, f. a hill or mountain 
in Spain, opposite to Abyla 
in Africa. 

Calpurnius, i, m. the name of 
a Roman family. 

Calydonius, a, um, adj. of or 
belonging to Calydon, a ci- 
ty of JEtolia; Calydonian. 

Camelus, i, c. a camel. 

Camillus, i, m. (M. Furius,) a 
Roman ge?ieral. 

Campania, es, f. a pleasant 
country of Italy, between 
Lafium and Lucania. 

Campester, tris, tre, adj. even; 
plain; level; champaign; 
flat; from 

Campus, i, m. a plain; afield; 
the Campus Martins. 

Cancer, cri, m. a crab. 

Candid us, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
white; {a bright or shining 
white; see albus.) 

Candor, oris, m. (id.) bright- 
ness; whiteness; clearness. 

Canens, tis. part, of cano, 
singing. 

Cam's, is, c. a dog. 

Cannae, arum, f. pi. a village 
in Apulia, famous for the 



defeat of the Romans by 
Hannibal. 

Cannensis, e, adj. belonging 
to Cannes. 

Cano, canere. cecmi, cantum, 
tr. to sing; to sound or 
play upon an instrument. 

Cantans, tis, part, (canto.) 

Cantharus, i. m. a beetle; a 
knot under the tongue of 
the god Apis. 

Cantium, i. n. now the county 
of Kent, England. 

Canto, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. 
(cano,) to sing; to repeat 
often. 

Cantus, us, m. (id.) singing; 
a song; cantus galli, the 
crowing of the cock. 

Caper, pri, m. a he-goat. 

Capesso, ere, Ivi, Itum. tr. 
(capio,) § 8S, 5. to take; to 
take the management of: 
fugam capessere, to flee. 

Capiens, tis, part, from 

Capio, capere, cepi, captum, 
tr. (properly, to hold; to con- 
tain; commonly,) to take; 
to capture; to take captive; 
to enjoy; to derive. 

Capitalis, e, adj. (caput,) rela- 
ting to the head or life, 
capital; mortal; deadly; 
pernicious; capitale, (sc. 
crimen,) a capital crime. 

Capitolium, i, n. (id.) the cap- 
itol; the Roman citadel on 
the Capitoline hill. 

Capra, a?, f. a site- goat, 

Captivus, a, um, adj. (capio,) 
captive. 



204 



CAPTO CASUS. 



Capto, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. 
§ SS, 1, (capio,) to catch at; 
to seek for; to hunt for. 

Captus, a, urn, part, (capio,) 
taken; taken captive. 

Capua, 33, f. the principal city 
of Campania; 

Caput, itis, n. a head; life; 
the skull; a capital city : 
capitis damnare, to con- 
demn to death. 

Carbonarius, i, m. (carbo, a 
coal; ) a collier; a maker of 
charcoal. 

Career, eris, m. a prison. 

Careo, ere, ui, ltum, intr. to be 
without; to be free from; 
to be destitute; not to have; 
to ivant. 

Cares, ium, m. pi. Carians; 
the inhabitants of Caria. 

Caria, as, f. a country in the 
southeastern part of Asia 
Minor. 

Carica, as, f. a fig; (properly, 
carica ficus.) 

Carmen, Inis, n. a song; a 
poem. 

Cameades, is, m. a philoso- 
pher of Cyrene. 

Caro, carnis, f. flesh. 

Carpentum, i, n. a chariot; a 
wagon. 

Carpetani, orum, m. pi. a peo- 
ple of Spain, on the bor- 
ders of the Tagus. 

Carpo, carpere, carpsi, carp- 
tum, tr. to pluck; to gather; 
to tear. 

Carrae, arum, f. pi. a city of 



Mesopotamia, near the Eu- 
phrates. 

Carthaginiensis, e. adj. of or 
belonging to Carthage ; 
Carthaginian; subs, a Car- 
thaginian. 

Carthago, inis, f. Carthage, a 
maritime city in Africa; 
Carthago Nova, Cartha- 
gena, a town of Spai?i. 

Carus, a, urn, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) dear; precious; cosily. 

Casa, se, f. a cottage; a hut. 

Casca, £e, m. the surname of 
P. Servilius, one of the con- 
spirators against C&sar. 

Caseus, i, m. cheese. 

Cassander, dri, m. the name of 
a Macedonian. 

Cassiope, es, f. thewifeofCe- 
pheus, king of Ethiopia, 
and mother of Andromeda. 

Cassius, i, m, the name of sev- 
eral Romans. 

Castalius, a, um, adj. Casta- 
lian; of Castalia, a foun- 
tain of Phocis, at the foot 
of mount Parnassus. 

Castigatus, a, um, part, from 

Castigo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
chastise; to punish; to cor- 
rect. 

Castor, oris, m. the brother of 
Pollux and Helen. 

Castrum, i, n. (casa,) a castle: 
castra, orum, pi. a camp: 
castra ponere, to pitch a 
camp; to encamp. 

Casus, us, m. (cado,) a fall; 
accident; chance; an event; 



CATABTHMUS CELT.E. 



206 



a misfortune; a disaster; 
a calamity. 

Catatathmusi, m. a declivity; 
a gradual descent; a val- 
ley between Egypt and 
Africa proper. 

Catana, ae, f. now Catania, a 
city of Sicily, near mount 
Etna. 

Catanensis, e. adj. belonging 
to Catana; Catanean. 

Catienus, i, m. Catienus Plo- 
tinus, a Roman distin- 
guished for his attachment 
to his patron. 

Catilina, as, m. a conspirator 
against the Roman govern- 
ment, whose plot was detect- 
ed and defeated by Cicero. 

Cato, onis, m. the name of a 
Roman family. 

Catulus, i, m. the name of a 
Roman family. 

Catulus, i. m. (dim. canis,) a 
little dog; a whelp; the 
young of leasts. 

Caucasus, i. m. a mountain of 
Asia, between the Black 
and Caspian seas. 

Cauda, ae, f. a tail. 

Caudfcius, a, um, adj. Cau- 
dine; of or belonging to 
Caudium, a town of Italy. 

Caula, ae, f. a fold; a sheep 
cote. 

Causa, os, f. a cause; a reason; 
a law suit: in causa est, or 
causa est, is the reason: 
causa, for the sake of. 

Cautes, is, f. a sharp rock ; 
a crag ; a cliff : from 



IS 



Caveo, cavere, cavi, cautum, 
intr. & tr. to bevjare ; to 
avoid ; to shun : cavere 
sibi ab, to secure themselves 
from ; to guard against. 

Caverna, as, f. (cavus,) a cave; 
a cavern. 

Cavus, a, um, adj. hollow. 

Cecidi. See Casdo. 

Cecidi. See Cado. 

Cecini. See Cano. 

Cecropia, ae, f. an ancient 
name of Athens ; from 

Cecrops,'6pis, m. the first king 
of Athens. 

Cedo, cedere, cessi, cessum, 
intr. to yield; to give place; 
to retire ; to retreat ; to 
submit. 

Celeber, bris, bre, adj . (celebri- 
or, celebemmus,) crowded; 
much visited ; renowned ; 
famous ; distinguished. 

Celebratus, a, um, part, (cele- 
bro.) 

Celebritas, atis, f. (celeber,) 
a great crowd; fame; glo- 
ry; celebrity; renoion. 

Celebro, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
visit; to celebrate; to make 
famous; to perform. 

Celeritas, atis, f. (celer, 
swift,) speed; swiftness, 
quickness. 

Celeriter, adv. (ius, rime,) 
swiftly. 

Celeus, i, m. a king ofEleusis. 

Celo, are, avi, atam, tr. to 
hide; to conceal. 

Celtae, arum, m. pi. the Celts, 
a people of Gaul. 



206 



CENSEO CETUS. 



Censeo, ere, ui, urn, tr. to es- 
timate; to judge; to believe; 
to count; to reckon. 

Censor, is, m. (censeo,) a cen- 
sor; a censurer; a critic. 

Censormus, i, m. (L. Manli- 
us,) a Roman consul in the 
' third Punic war. 

Censorius, i, m. (censor,) one 
who has been a censor; a sur- 
name of Cato the elder. 

Census, us, m. (censeo,) a cen- 
sus; an enumeration of the 
people; a registering of the 
people, their ages, Sec. 

Centeni, se, a, num, adj. pi. 
distrib. (centum,) every 
hundred; a hundred. 

Centesimus, a, um, num, adj. 
ord. (id.) the hundredth. 

Centies, num, adv. a hundred 
times; from 

Centum, num, adj. pi. ind. a 
hundred. 

Centurio, onis, m. (centuria,) 
a centurion; a captain of a 
hundred men. 

Cephallenia, se, f. an island 
in the Ionian sea, now Ce- 
phalonia. 

Cepe. See Csepe. 

Cepi. See Capio. 

Cera, 33, f. wax. 

Cerberus, i, m. the name of 
the three-headed dog which 
guarded the entrance of 
the infernal regions. 

Cercasorum, i, n. a toum of 
Egypt. 

Ceres, eris, f. Ceres, the god- 
dess of corn. 



Cerno, cernere, crevi, cretum, 
tr. properly, to sift; to dis- 
ti?iguish; hence, to see; to 
perceive. 

Certamen, mis, n. (certo,) a 
contest; a battle; zeal; ea- 
gerness; strife; conteidion; 
debate; a game or exercise; 
Olympicum certamen, the 
Olympic games. 

Certe, adv. ius, issime, (cer- 
tus,) certainly, at least. 

Certo, are, avi, atum, tr. & 
intr. (certus,) to determine, 
or make sure; to contend; 
to strive; to fight. 

Certus, a, um, adj. (cerno,) 
(ior, issimus,) certain; fix- 
ed: certiorem facere, to 
inform. 

Cerva, se, f. a female deer; a 
hind; hence, 

Cervinus, a, um, adj. belong- 
ing to a stag or deer. 

Cervix, Icis, f. {the hinder part 
of) the neck; an isthmus. 

Cervus, i, m. a male deer; a 
stag. 

Cessator, is, m. a loiterer; a 
lingerer; an idler; from 

Cesso, are, avi, atumf> intr. 
freq. (cedo,)" to cease; to 
loiter. 

Ceterus, {and ceter, seldom 
used,) cetera, ceterum, adj. 
other; the other; the rest; 
hence, 

Ceterum, adv. but; however; 
as for the rest. 

Cetus, i, m. (& cete, is, n.) a 
whale; any large sea fish. 



CEYX CITH-ERON. 



207 



Ccyx, J'cis, ra. the son of Hes- 
perus, and husband of Al- 
cyone. 

Chalcedon, onis, f. a city of 
Bithynia, opposite Byzan- 
tium. 

Chaldaicus, a, um, adj. (Chal- 
dsea,) Chaldean. 

Charta, &, f. paper, 

Chersiphron, onis, m. a dis- 
tinguished architect, under 
whose direction the temple 
of Ephesus was built. 

Chersonesus, i, La peninsula. 

Chilo, onis, m. a Lacedcemo- 
nian philosopher, and one 
of the seven wise men of 
Greece. 

Christus, i, m. Christ. 

Cibus, i,m. food; nourishment. 

Cicatrix, icis, f. a wound; a 
scar; a cicatrice. 

Cicero, onis, m. a celebrated 
Roman orator, 

Ciconia, ae, f. a stork. 

Cilicia, ae, f. a country in the 
southeast part of Asia Mi- 
nor. 

Cimbri, orum, m. pi. a nation 
formerly inhabiting the 
northern part of Germany. 

Cinctus, a, um, part, (cingo.) 

Cineas, ae, m, a Thessalian, 
the favorite minister of 
Pyrrhus. 

Cingo, cingere, cinxi, cinc- 
tum, tr. to surround ; to 
encompass; to encircle; to 
gird. 

Cinis, eris, d. ashes; cinders. 

Cinna, ae, m (L. Cornelius,) 



a consul at Borne, in the 
time of the civil war. 

Cinnamum, i, n. cinnamon. 

Circa & Circum, pr. & adv. 
about ; around ; in the 
neighborhood of. 

Circuitus, us, m. (circumeo,) 
a circuit; a circumference. 

Circumdatus, a, um , part, from 

Circumdo, dare, dedi, datum, 
tr. (circum & do,) to put 
around; to surround; to 
environ; to invest. 

Circumeo, ire, ii,. Itum, intr. 
irr. (circum & eo, § 83, 3,) 
to go round; to visit. 

Circumfluo, -fluere, -fluxi, 
-fluxum, intr. (circum & 
fluo,) to flow round. 

Circumiens, euntis, part, (cir- 
cumeo.) 

Circum jaceo, ere, ui, intr. (cir- 
cum &jaceo,) to lie around; 
to border upon. 

CircUmsto, stare, steti, intr. 
(circum & sto,) to* stand 
round. 

Circumvenio, -venire, -veni, 
-ventum, tr. (circum & ve- 
nio,) to go round; to sur- 
round; to circumvent. 

Circumventus, a, um, part. 

Ciris, is, f. the name of the 
fish into which Scylla w'as 
changed. 

Cisalpmus, a, um, adj. (cis & 
Alpes,) Cisalpine; on this 
side of the Alps; that is, 
on the side nearest to 
Rome. 

Cithaeron, 5nis, m. a moun- 



208 



CITO CCELUM. 



tain ofBceotia, near Thebes, 
sacred to Bacchus. 

Citd, adv. (ius, issime,) quick- 
ly; from 

Citus, a, um, adj. (citus, part. 
cieo,)(ior, issimus,) quick. 

Citia, pr. & adv. on this side. 

Civicus, a, um, adj. (civis,) 
civic : corona civica, a ci- 
vic crown given to him who 
had saved the life of a citi- 
zen by killing an enemy. 

Civllis, e, adj. (comp.) of or 
belonging to a citizen; civil; 
courteous; from 

Civis, is, c. (cio, or cieo,) a 
citizen. 

Civltas, atis, f. ^civis,) a city; 
a state; the inhabitants of 
a city; the body of citizens; 
a constitution; citizenship; 
freedom of the city. 

Clades, is, f, loss; damage; 
defeat; disaster; slaughter. 

Clam, pr. without the know- 
ledge of: — adv. privately; 
secretly. 

Clamo, are, avi, atum, intr. 
& tr. to cry out; to call on; 
hence, 

Clamor, oris, m. a clamor; a 
cry. 

Clandestlnus, a, um, adj. 
(clam,) secret; clandestine. 

Claritas, atis, f. celebrity; 
fame; from 

Clarus, a, um. adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) clear; famous; re- 
nowned; celebrated; loud. 

Classis, is f. a class; a fleet. 



Cla-udius, i, m. the name of 
several Romans, belonging 
to the tribe hence called 
Claudian. 

Claudo, claudere, clausi, clau- 
sum, tr. to close; to shut. 

Claudus, a, um, adj. lame. 

Clausus, a, um, part, (claudo,) 
shut up. 

Clavus, 1, m. a nail ; a spike. 

Clemens, tis, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) merciful; hence, 

Clementer. adv. (ius, issime,) 
gently; kindly. 

Clementia, se, f. (id.) clemency; 
mildness. 

Cleopatra, ae, f. an Egyptian 
queen celebrated for beauty. 

Cloaca, a?, f. a drain; a com- 
mon sewer. 

Clodius, i, m. a Roman of il- 
lustrious family, remarka- 
ble for his licentiousness. 

Cluentius, i, m. the name of 
several Romans. 

Clusium, i, n. a city ofEtruria. 

Clypeus, i, m. a shield. 

Cneius, i, m. a Roman jivsmb- 
men; abbreviated Cn. 

Coactus, a, um, part, (cogo,) 
collected; assembled; com- 
pelled. 

Coccyx, ygis, m. a cuckoo. 

Codes, itis, m. a Roman dis- 
tinguished for his bravery. 

Coctilis, e, adj. (coquo,) baked: 
dried; burnt. 

Coctus, a, um, part, (coquo,) 
baked; burnt; boiled. 

Coelum, i, n. sing. m. pi. $ 18, 



CCENA. COLO 



209 



4, heaven; the climate ; the 
sky; the air; the atmos- 
phere. 

Ccena, ae, f. a supper. 

Coepi, isse, def. $ 84, Obs. 2, 
1 begin, or i" began. 

Coeptus, a, um, part, begun. 

Coerceo, ere, ui, ltum, tr. (con 
& arceo,) to surround; to 
restrain; to check; to con- 
trol. 

Cogitatio, onis, f. (cogito,) a 
thought; a reflection. 

Cogitatum, i, n. a thought; 
from 

Cogito, are, avi, atum, tr. (for 
coagito, con & agito,) to 
revolve in the mind; to 
think; to consider; to med- 
itate. 

Cogmtus, a, um, part, (cog- 
nosco.) 

Cognomen, mis, n. (con &no- 
mcn,) a surname. App. II. 

Cognosco, -noscere, -novi, -m- 
tum, tr. (con & nosco,) to 
investigate; hence, to know; 
to learn : de causa, to try 
or decide a suit at laio. 

Cogo, cogere, coegi, coactum, 
tr. (coigo, con & ago,) to 
drive together; to drive; to 
compel; to force; to urge; 
to collect; agmen, to bring 
up the rear. 

Cohaereo, -haerere, -haesi, -hae- 
sum, intr. (con & haereo,) 
to stick together; to adhere; 
to be united; to be joined to. 

Cohibeo, -hibere, -hibui, -hi- 
bitum, tr. (con & habeo,) 



to hold together; to hold 

back; to restrain. 
Conors, tis, f. a cohort; the 

tenth part of a legion. 
Colchi, orum, m. the people 

of Colchis. 
Colchis, idis, f. a country of 

Asia, east of the Euxine. 
Collabor, -labi, -lapsus sum, 

intr. dep. (con & labor,) to 
fall together; to fall doum; 

to fall. 
Collare, is, n. (collum,) a col- 
lar; a necklace. 
Collatmus, i, m. a surname of 

Tarquinius, the husband 

of Lucretia. 
Collectus, a, um, part.(colligo.) 
Collega, ae, m. (con & lego, 

-are,) one who has charge 

along with another, i. e. 

a colleague. 
Collegium, i, n. (collega,) a 

college; a company. 
Colligo,-ligere,-legi, -lecturn, 

tr. (con & lego,) to collect. 
Collis, is, m. a hill. 
Collocatus, a, um, part, from 
Colloco, are, avi, atum, tr. 

(con & loco, j to place : 

statuam, to erect; to set up. 
Colloquium, i, n. conversation; 

an interview; from 
Colloquor,-loqui,-locutus sum 

intr. dep. (con & loquor,) to 

speak together; to converse. 
Collum, i, n. the neck. 
Colo, colere, colui, cultum, tr. 

to care for; to cultivate; to 

exercise ; to pursue ; to 

practise ; to respect ; to re- 



210 



COLONIA COBTMOROR. 



gard ; to venerate ; to wor- 
ship; to inhabit. 

Colon ia, ae, f. a colony; from 

Colon us, i, m. (colo,) a colo- 
nist. 

Color, & Colos, oris, m. a color. 

Columba, 03, f. a dove ; a 
pigeon. 

Columbare, is, n. a dovecote. 

Columna, 33, f. (columen, a 
prop;) a pillar ; a column. 

Comburo,-urere,-ussi, -ustum, 
tr. (con & uro, 80, 5,) to 
hum up ; to consume. 

Corned endus, a,um,part. from 

Comedo, edere, edi, esum & 
estum, tr. (con & edo,) to 
eat up; to devour. 

Comes, itis, c. (con & eo,) one 
who gives with another ; a 
companion. 

Cometes, a?, m. a comet ; § 9, 
Gr. N. 

Comissor, or Commissor, ari, 
atus, sum, intr. dep. to 
revel as Bacchanalians ; 
to riot ; to banquet ; to ca- 
rouse. 

Comitans, tis, part, (comitor.) 

Comitatus, a, um, part, from 

Cormtor, ari, atus sum, tr. 
dep. (comes,) to accompa- 
ny; to attend; to folloiv. 

Commemoro, are, avi, atum, 
tr. (con & memoro,) to com- 
memorate; to me?ition. 

Commendo, arc, avi, atum, tr. 
(con & mando,) to commit 
to one's care', to commend; 
to recommend. 

Commeo, are, avi, atum, intr. 



(con & meo,) to go to and 
fro; to go and come; to 
pass. 

Commercium, i, n. ^con & 
merx,) commerce; exchange; 
traffic ; intercourse. 

Commigro, are, avi, atum, 
intr. (con & migro,) to emi- 
grate; to remote. 

Comminuo, -minuere, -minui, 
-minutum, tr. (con & mi- 
nuo,) to dash or break in 
pieces; to crush; bruise. 

Comminiitus, a, um, part, bro- 
ken in pieces; diminished. 

Committo,-mittere,-misi, mis- 
sum, tr. (con & mitto,) to 
bring or put together; to 
commit ; to entrust ; to be- 
gin: pugnam, to join bat- 
tle; to commence or to fight 
a battle. 

Commissus, a, um, part, in- 
trusted; perpetrated; com- 
mitted; commenced: prceli- 
um commissum, a battle 
begun or fought ; copiis 
commissis, forces being en- 
gaged. 

Commoditas, atis, f. (commo- 
dus,) aptness ; fitness ; a 
convenience ; commodious- 
ness. 

Commodum, i, n. (id.) an ad- 
vantage; gain. 

Commorior, -mori & morlri, 
-morluus sum, intr. dep. 
(con & morior,) to die to- 
gether. 

Commoror. ari, atus sum, 
intr. dep. (con & moror,) 



COMMOTUS — CONCIPIO. 



21] 



to reside with; to stay at; 
to remain; to continue. 

Commotus, a, urn, part, from 

Commoveo, -movere, -movi, 
-mOtum, tr. (con &moveo,) 
to move together or wholly; 
to move ; to excite; to stir 
up; to influence; to induce. 

Communico, are, avi, atum, 
tr. to communicate; to im- 
part; to tell; from 

Communis, e, adj. (comp.) 
common : in commune con- 
sulere, to consult for the 
common good. 

Commuto, are, avi, atum, tr. 
con & muto,) to change; to 
alter; to exchange. 

Comoedia, 33, f. a comedy. 
^omparo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(con & paro,) to prepare; 
to get together ; to gain; 
to procure; to compare. 

Compello, -pellere, -puli,-pul- 
sum, tr. (con & pello,) to 
drive; to compel ; to force : 
in fugam, to put to flight. 

Compenso, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(con &penso,) to weigh to- 
gether ; to compensate ; to 
make amends for. 

Comperio, -perire, -peri, -per- 
tum, tr. (con & pario,) to 
find out; to learn; to dis- 
cover. 

Complector, - plecti, - plexus 
"sum, tr. dep. (con & 
plector,) to embrace; to 
comprise; to comprehend; 
to reach; to extend: com- 
plecti ambre, to love. 



Compono, -ponere,-posm, -po- 
situm, tr. (con & pono ) to 
put together; to compose, 
to arrange; to construct; to 
finish; to compare ; hence, 

Compositus, a, um, part, fin- 
ished; composed; quieted. 

Comprehendendus, a, um, fr. 

Comprehendo, -prehendere, 
-prehendi, -prehensum, tr. 
(con & prehendo,) to grasp 
or hold together; to compre- 
hend; to seize; to apprehend. 

Comprehensus, a, um, part. 

Compulsus, a, um, part, (com- 
pello.) 

Conatus, a, um, part, (conor,) 
having endeavored. 

Concedo,-cedere, - cessi, -ces- 
sum, intr, & tr. (con & ce- 
do,) to step aside; to yield; 
to permit; to grant. 

Conceptus, a, um, part, (con- 
cipio,) conceived; couched; 
expressed. 

Concessus, a, um, part, (con- 
cedo.) 

Concha, ae, f. a shell-fish. 

Conchylium, i, n. a shell-fish. 

Concilio, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
join together; to conciliate; 
to reconcile; to acquire for 
one's self ; to gain ; to ob- 
tain; from 

Concilium, i, n. a council. 

Concio, onis, f. (concieo,) an 
assembly ; an assembly of 
the people. 

Concipio, -cipere, -cepi, -cep- 
tum, tr. (con & capio,) to 
take together; to conceive; 



212 



C0NC1T0 CONGERO. 



to imagine; to form; to 
draw up; to comprehend. 

Concito, are, avi, atum, tr. 
freq. (con & cito,) to set in 
motion; to excite; to raise. 

Concilor, oris, m. one who ex- 
cites; an exciter; a mover; 
a disturber. 

Concoquo, -coquere, -coxi, 
-coctum, tr, (con &coquo,) 
to boil; to digest. 

Concordia, as, f. (concors,) con- 
cord; agreement; harmony. 

Concredo, -credere, -credidi, 
-creditum, tr. (con & credo,) 
to consign; to trust; to in- 
trust. 

Concremo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(con & cremo,) to burn 
with; to burn; to consume. 

Concurro, -currere, -curri,-cur- 
sum, intr. (con & curro,) to 
run together: concurritur, 
pass. imp. a crowd assem- 
ble, t 67. Note. 

Concussus, a, um, part, sha- 
ken; moved; from 

Concutio, cutere, cussi, cus- 
sum, tr. (con & quatio,) to 
shake; to agitate; to tremble. 

Conditio, -onis, f. (condo,) con- 
dition; situation; a propo- 
sal; terms. 

Conditus, a, um, part, from 

Condo, -dere, -didi, -ditum, tr. 
(con & do,) to put together; 
to lay up; to found; to 
build; to make; to form; to 
hide; to bury; to conceal. 

Conduco, -ducere, -duxi, -duc- 
tum, tr. (con & duco,) to lead 



together; to conduct; to 
hire. 

Confectus, a, um, part, (con* 
flcio.) 

Confero, conferre, contuli, col- 
latum, tr. irr. (con & fero,) 
to bring together; to heap 
up; to bestow; to give : se 
conferre, to betake one's 
self; to go. 

Conficio,-fic ere, -feci, -fectum, 
(con & facio, to do tho- 
roughly;) to make; to fin- 
ish; to waste; to wear out; 
to terminate; to consume; 
to ruin; to destroy; to kill. 

Confligo, -fligere, -flixi, -fiic- 
tum, (con & fligo,) to strike 
or dash together; to con- 
tend; to engage; to fig h* 
(viz: inclose combat.) See 
dimico. 

Conflo, are, avi, atum, tr.(con 
6c no,) to blow together; 
to melt; to unite; to com- 
pose. 

Connuo,-nuere,-fluxi, -fluxum, 

intr. (con & fluo,) to flow to- 

. gether; toflock; to assemble. 

Confodio,- fodere, -fodi -fos- 
sum, tr. (con & fodio,) to 
dig through and through; 
to pierce; to stab. 

Confossus, a, um, part, (con- 
fodio.) 

Confugio, -fugere, fugi, -fugi- 
tum, intr. (con & fugio,') to 
flee to; to flee for refuge, 
toflee. 

Congero, -gerere, -gessi, -ges- 
tivm, tr. (con & gero,) to 



CONGREDIOR CONSILIUM. 



213 



bring together; to collect; 
to heap up. 

Congredior, -gredi, -gressus 
sum, intr. dep. (con & gra- 
dior,) to meet; to encoun- 
ter; to engage; to fight. 

Congrego, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(con & grex,) to assemble 
in flocks; to assemble. 

Conjectus, a, urn, part, from 

Conj icio,-j icere,-j eci, • j ectum, 
tr. (con & jacio,) to cast; 
to throw forcibly; to con- 
jecture. 

Conjugium, i, n. (con & jugo,) 
marriage. 

Conjungo, -jungere, -junxi, 
-junctum, tr. (con & j ungo,) 
to unite; to bind; to join. 

Conjuratus, a, um, part, con- 
spired: conjurati, subs. 
conspirators; from 

Conjuro, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(con & juro,) to swear to- 
gether; to combine; to con- 
spire: conjuratum est, a 
conspiracy was formed. 

Conjux, ugis, c. (con & jugo,) 
a spouse; a husband or wife. 

Conor, ari, atus sum. intr. dep. 
to attempt; to venture; to 
endeavor; to strive. 

Conqueror, queri, questus, 
sum, intr. dep. (con & que- 
ror,) to complain; to lament. 

Conscendo,-scendere,- scendi, 
-scensum, tr. (con & scan- 
do,) to climb up; to ascend. 

Conscensus, a, um, part, (con- 
scendo.) 

Conscisco, -sciscere, -scivi, 



-scitum, tr. (con & scisco,) 
to investigate; to vote to- 
gether; to agree; to decree; 
to execute: sibi mortem con- 
sciscere, to lay violent hands 
on one's self; to commit 
suicide. 

Consecro, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(con & sacro,) to consecrate; 
to dedicate; to devote. 

Consedi. See Consido. 

Consenesco, senescere, senui, 
intr. inc. (con & senesco,) 
to grow old. 

Consentio,-sentire,-sensi, -sen- 
sum, intr. (con & sentio,) to 
think together; to agree; 
to consent; to unite. 

Consequor, -sequi, -seciitus 
sum, tr. dep. (con & se- 
quor,) to folloio closely; to 
gain; to obtain. 

Consectitus, a, um, part, hav- 
ing obtained. 

Consero, -serere, -serui, -ser- 
tum, tr. (con & sero,) to 
join; to put together : pug- 
nam, to join battle; to fight. 

Conservandus, a, um, part, 
from 

Conservo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(con & servo,) to preserve; 
to maintain; to perpetuate. 

Considens, tis, part, from 

Consido, -sidere, -sedi, -ses- 
sum, intr. (con & sido,) to 
sit doivn; to encamp; to take 
one's seat; to perch; to light. 

Consilium, i, n. (consulo,) 
counsel; design; intention; 
a council; deliberation; ad- 



214 



CONSISTO— CONTEMPLOH. 



vice; a plan; judgment; dis- 
cretion; prudence; xoisdom. 

Consisto, -sistere, -stiti, intr. 
(con & sisto,) to stand to- 
gether; to stand; to con- 
sist. 

Consolor, ari, atus, sum, tr. 
dep. (con & solor,) to con- 
sole; to comfort. 

Conspectus, a, um, part, (con- 
spicio,) 

Conspectus, us, m. (id.) a see- 
ing; a sight; a view. 

Conspicatus, a, um, part, (con- 
spicor.) 

Conspicio, -spicere, -spexi, 
-spectum, tr.(con & specio,) 
to behold; to see. 

Consplcor, ari, atus sum, tr. 
dep. (id.) to behold; to see. 

Conspicuus, a, um, adj. (id.) 
conspicuous; distinguished. 

Constans, tis, part. & adj. 
(comp.) firm ; constant ; 
steady. 

Constituo,-stituere,-stitui,-sti- 
tutum, tr. (con & statuo,) to 
cause to stand ; i. e. to 
place; to establish; to ap- 
point; to resolve. 

Consto, -stare, -stiti, intr. (con 
& sto,) to stand together; 
to consist of: constat, imp. 
it is certain; it is evident. 

Construo, -stuere, -struxi,- 
structum, tr. (con&struo,) 
to pile together ; to con- 
struct ; to build ; to com- 
pose; to form. 

Consuesco, -suescere, -suevi, 
-suetum, intr. (con & sues- 



co,) to be accustomed; 
hence, 

Consuetudo, inis, f. habit; cus- 
tom. 

Consul, ulis, m. a consul ; 
hence, 

Consularis, e, adj. of or per' 
taining to the consul; con- 
sular : vir consularis, one 
who has been a consul ; a 
man of consular dignity. 

Consulatus, us, m. (consul,) 
the consulship. 

Consiilo, -sulere, -sului, -sul- 
tum, tr. to advise; to con- 
sult. 

Consulto, are, avi, atum, tr. & 
intr. freq. (consiilo,) to ad- 
vise together; to consult. 

Consiimo, -sumere, -sumsi, 
-sumptum, tr. (con & su- 
mo,) to take together, or 
at once; hence, to consume; 
to wear out; to exhaust; to 
waste; to destroy; hence 

Consumptus, a, um, part. 

Contagiosus, a, um, adj. 
comp. (contingo,) conta- 
gious. 

Contemnendus, a, um, part, 
from 

Contemno, -temnere, -tempsi, 
-temptum, tr. (con & tern- 
no,) to despise ; to reject 
icith scorn. 

Contemplatus, a, um, part. 
observing; regarding; con- 
sidering; from 

Contemplor, ari, atus sum, tr. 
dep. (con & templum, a 
quarter in the heavens?) to 



CONTEMPTIM CONTUSUS. 



215 



look attentively at the 
heavens ; (said originally 
of the augurs ; hence,) to 
contemplate; to regard; to 
consider; to look at; to gaze 
upon. 

Contemptim, adv. with con- 
tempt ; contemptuously ; 
scornfully ; from 

Contemptus, a, um, part, (con- 
temno.) 

Contemptus, us, m. (id.) con- 
tempt. 

Contendo, dere, di, turn, tr. & 
intr. (con & tendo, to 
stretch, or draw or strive 
together, hence,) to dis- 
pute; to fight; to contend; 
to go to; to direct one's 
course; to request ; hence, 

Contentio, onis, f. contention; 
a debate; a controversy ; ex- 
ertion: an effort; a strife. 

Contentus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
content; satisfied: fr. con- 
tineo. 

Contero, -terere, -trivi-,trltum, 
tr. (con & tero,) to break; 
to pound; to ivaste. 

Contmens, tis, part. & adj. 
(comp,) holding together ; 
hence, joining; continued; 
uninterrupted; temperate: 
subs', f. the continent, or 
main land : from 

Contineo, -tinere, -tinui, -ten- 
turn, tr. (con & teneo,) to 
hold together, or in; to con- 
tain. 

Contingo, -tingere, -tigi, -tnc- 
tum, tr. (con & tnno-o,) to 



touch ; contigit, imp. it 
happens", mihi, it happens 
to me; I have the f 01 tune. 

Continuo, adv. immediately; 
forthwith ; in succession ; 
from 

Continuus, a, um, adj. (con- 
tineo,) continued; adjoin- 
ing; incessant; uninter- 
rupted; continual; without 
intermission; in close suc- 
cession: continuo alveo, in 
one entire or undivided 
channel. 

Contra, prep, against; oppo- 
site to : adv. on the other 
hand. 

Contractus, a, um, part, (con- 
traho.) 

Contradico, -dicere,- dixi, -dic- 
tum, tr. (contra & dico,) to 
speak against; to contra- 
dict; to oppose. 

Contradictus, a, um, part, con- 
tradicted; opposed. 

Contraho,-trahere,-traxi,-trac- 
tum, tr. (con & traho,) tn 
draw together; to contract 
to assemble; to collect. 

Contrarius, a, um, adj. (con- 
tra,) contrary; opposite. 

Contueor, -tueri, -tuitus sum, 
tr. dep. (con & tueor,) to 
regard; to behold; to view; 
to gaze upon; to survey. 

Contundo, -tundere, -tiidi, -tu- 
sum, tr. (con & tundo,) to 
beat together; to beat; to 
bruise; to crush; to pul- 
verize. 

Contusus, a, um, part. 



216 



CONVALESCO CORROSUS. 



Convalesco, -valescere,-valui, 
intr. inc. (con & valesco, 
from valeo,) to grow ivell; 
to recover. 

Convenio, -venire, -veni, -ven- 
tum, intr. (con &venio,) to 
come together; to meet; to 
assemble. 

Converto, -vertere, -verti, -ver- 
sum,tr.(con,verto.) to turn; 
to resort to; to appropriate; 
to convert into; to change; 
se in preces, to turn one's 
self to entreating. 

Convicium, i, n. (con & vox,) 
loud noise; scolding; re- 
proach; abuse. 

Convivium, i. n. (con &vivo,) 
a feast; a banquet; an en- 
tertainment. 

Convoco, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(con & voco,) to call to- 
gether; to assemble. 

Convolvo, -volvere, -volvi, -vo- 
lutum, tr. (con & volvo,) to 
roll together; pass, to be 
rolled together: se, to roll 
one's self up. 

Cooperio, -perlre, -perui, -per- 
tum, tr. (con & operio,) to 
cover. 

Copia, se, f. an abundance; a 
multitude; a swarm', co- 
pise, pi. forces; troops. 

Copiose, adv. (ius, issime,) co- 
piously; abundantly; from 
copiosus, from copia. 

Coquo, coquere, coxi, coctum, 
tr. to cook; to bake; to boil; 
to roast; hence, 



Coquus, i, m. a cook. 

Cor, cordis, n. the heart. 

Coram, prep, in the presence 
of; before; adv. openly. 

Corcyra, a3, f. an island on the 
coast ofEpirus, now Corfu. 

Corinthius, a, urn, adj. Corin- 
thian ; belonging to Co- 
rinth. 

Corinthius, i, m. a Corinthian. 

Corinthus, i, f. Corinth, a city 
of Achaia, in Greece. 

Corioli, orum, m. pi. a town 
of Latium. 

Coriolanus, i, m. a distinguish- 
ed Roman general. 

Corium, i, n. the skin; the skin 
or hide of a beast; leather 

Cornelia, se, f. a noble Roman 
lady. 

Cornelius, i, m. the name of 
an illustrious tribe, or clan t 
at Rome. adj. Cornelian, 

Comix, icis, f. a crow. 

Cornu, n.ind. in Sing. § 16 ; 
a horn. 

Corona, se, f. a crown. 

Corpus, oris, n. a body; a corpse. 

Correptus,a,um,part.(corripio.) 

Comgo,-rigere,-rexi, -rectum, 
tr. (con &rego,) to set right; 
to straighten ; to make bet- 
ter; to correct. 

Corripio, -ripere, -ripui, -rep- 
tum, tr. (con & rapio,) to 
seize. 

Corrodo, rodere, rosi, -rosum, 
tr. (con &rodo,) to gnaw; 
to corrode. 

Corrosus,a,um,part. (corrodo,) 



CORRUMPO CRUDELIS. 



217 



Corrarapo, -rumpere, -rupi, 
-ruptum, tr. (con&rumpo,) 
to break up,(or thoroughly;) 
to corrupt; to bribe; to hurt; 
to violate; to seduce; to im- 
pair; to destroy; 

Corruo, -mere, -rui, intr. (con 
& ruo,) to fall down; to de- 
cay. 

Corruptus, a, um, part. & adj. 
(corrumpo,) bribed; vitia- 
ted; foul; corrupt. 

Corsica, as, f. an island in the 
Mediterranean sea, north 
of Sardinia. 

Corvmus, i, m. a surname gi- 
ven to M. Valerius, from 
an incident in his life; from 

Corvus, i, m. a raven. 

Corycius, a, um, adj. Cory- 
cian; of Corycus. 

Corycus, i, m. the name of a 
city and mountain ofCilicia 

Cos., an abbreviation of con- 
sul ; Coss., of consules ; 
Gr. p. 308. 

Cotta, as, m. a Roman cogno- 
men, belonging to the Au- 
relian tribe. 

Crater, eris,m. a goblet; a cra- 
ter; the mouth of a volcano. 

Crates, etis, m. a Theban phi- 
losopher. 

Crassus, i, m. the name of a 
Roman family of the Lu- 
cinian tribe. 

Creatus, a, um, part, (creo.) 

Creber, crebra, crebrum, adj. 
(crebrior,creberrimus,)/re- 
quent. 



Crebro, adv. (crebrius, creber- 
rime,) (creber,) frequently. 

Credo, -dere, -didi, -ditum, tr. 
to believe; to trust. 

Credulus, a, um, adj. (credo,) 
easy of belief; credulous. 

Cremera, as, f. a river of Etru- 
ria, near ivhich the Fabian 
family were defeated and 



Cremo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
burn; to consume. 

Creo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
make; to choose; to elect. 

Cresco, crescere crevi, cre- 
tum, intr. (creo,) to spring 
up; to increase; to grow. 

Creta, as, f. Crete, now Can- 
dia, an island in the Med- 
iterranean sea, south of 
the Cyclddes. 

Cretensis, e, adj. belonging to 
Crete, Cretan. 

Crevi. See Cresco. 

Crimen, mis, n. a crime; a 
fault; an accusation : alicui 
crimini dare, to charge as 
a crime against one. 

Crinis, is, m. the hair. 

Crixus, i,m. the name of a cele- 
brated gladiator. 

Crocodilus, i, m. a crocodile. 

Cruciatus, a, um, part, (crucio.) 

Cruciatus, us, m. (id.) torture; 
distress; trouble; afflictio7i. 

Crucio, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(crux,) to crucify; to tor- 
ment; to torture. 

Crudelis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
cruel; (fr. crudus,) hence, 



19 



218 



CRUDELITER CYCLADES. 



Crudeliter, adv. (ius, issime,) 
cruelly. 

Crudus, a, urn, adj. (cruor,) 
properly, full of blood; 
crude; raw; unripe. 

Cruor, oris, m. blood; gore. 

Crus, cruris, n, the leg; {from 
the knee to the ankle.) 

Crux, crucis, f. a cross. 

Cubitus, i, m., & Cubitum, i, 
n. (cubo, 'to recline,) the 
arm, from the elbow to the 
wrist; * cubit. 

Cucurri. See Curro. 

Cui,'&Cujus, SeeQui,&Quis. 

Culex, icis, m. a gnat. 

Culpa, ae, f. a fault ; guilt; 
blame; hence, 

Culpo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
blame. 

Cultellus, i, m. (dim, from cul- 
ter,) a little knife; a knife. 

Cultus,a, um, part, (colo,) cul- 
tivated; improved; dressed. 

Cum, prep: with : adv. the 
same as quum, when: 
cum — turn, not only — but 
also; as well — as also. 

Cunctatio, onis, f. (cunctor,) 
delaying; a delaying; hesi- 
tation. 

Cunctus, a, um, adj. all; the 
whole. 

Cumcviius^^m. a rabbit; a cony. 

Cupiditas, atis, f. (cupio,) a 
wish; a desire; cupidity; 
(with moderation.) 

Cupldo, mis, f. desire; (with 
eagerness.) 

Cupidus, a, um, adj. comp. 
(id.) desirous. 



Cupiens, tis, part, from 

Cupio, ere, ivi, itum. tr. to 
desire; to ivish; to long for. 

Cur. adv. (abbreviated for 
quare,) why; wherefore. 

Cura, ae, f. care; anxiety. 

Cures, ium, f. pi. a city of the 
Sabines. 

Curia, ae, f. a curia or ward; 
one of thirty parts into 
which the Roman people 
were divided; the senate 
house. 

Curiatii, orum, m. pi. the 
name of an Alban tribe. 
Three brothers belonging 
to this tribe fought with the 
Horatii. 

Curo, are, avi, atum, tr. (cura,) 
to take care of; to care; to be 
concerned ; to cure or heal. 

Curro, currere, cucurri, cur- 
sum, intr. to run ; hence, 

Currus, us, m. a chariot; and 

Cursor, oris, m. (curro,) a run- 
ner; also a surname given 
to L. Papirhcs. 

Cursus, us, m. (id.) a running; 
a course; « 

Curvus, a, um, adj. crooked. 

Custodia, ae, f. (custos,) a 
watch; a guard; a prison* 

Custodio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. 
(id.) to guard; to watch; 
to preserve; to keep safely. 

Custos, odjs, c. a guard; a 
keeper. 

Cutis, is, f. the skin. 

Cyaneus, a, um, adj . dark blue. 

Cyclades, um. f. pi. a cluster 
of islands in the Archipela- 



CYCLOPES — DEBELLO. 



219 



go, which derive their 
name from lying ina circle. 

Cyclopes, um. m, pi. the Cy- 
clops, giants of Sicily, liv- 
ing near JEtna. 

Cydnus, i, m. a river of Cilicia. 

Cyllene, es, f. a mountain in 
Arcadia. 

Cymba, as, f. a boat; a skiff; a 
canoe. 

Cymbalum, i, n. a cymbal. 

Cynicus i, m. a Cynic. The 
Cynics were a sect of phi- 
losophers founded by Antis- 
thenes. 

Cynocephalae, arum, f. pi. 
small hills near Scotussa, 
in Thessaly. 

Cynocephali, orum, m. pi. a 
people of India with heads 
like dogs. 

Cynocephalus, i, m. an Egyp- 
tian deity. 

Cynossema, atis,n. a promon- 
tory of Thrace, near Sestos, 
where queen Hecuba was 
buried. 

Cynthus, i, m. a hill near the 
town of Delos. 

Cyrenae, arum, f, pi. Cyrene, a 
city of Africa, the capital 
of Cyrenaica. 

Cyrenaica, 03, f. a country in 
the northern part of Africa, 
so called from its capital, 
Cyrence. 

Cyrenaeus, a, um, adj. Cyre- 
nean; belonging to Cyrence. 

Cyrenensis, e, adj. Cyrenean; 
of Cyrence. 



Cyraus, i, f. a Greek name of 
the island of Corsica 

Cyrus, i, m. Cyrus, the name 
of a Persian king. 

Cyzicus, i, f. the name of an 
island, near Mysia, contain- 
ing a town of the same 
name. 

D. 

Daedalus, i, m. an ingenious 
Athenian artist, the son of 
Euphemus. 

Damno, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(damnum, loss;) to adjudge 
to loss of any kind; to con- 
demn. 

Damnosus, a, um, adj. injuri- 
ous; hurtful. 

Danaus, i, m. an ancient king 
of Argos, and brother of 
Mgyptus. 

Dandus, a, um, part, (do.) 

Dans, tis, part, (do.) 

Danubius, i, -m. the Danube, 
a large river of Germany, 
called also the Ister, af- 
ter its entrance into Illy- 
ricum. 

Daps, dapis, f. a feast; a meal. 

Dardania, as, f. a country and 
city of Asia Minor, near 
the Hellespont. 

Daturus, a, um, part, (do.) 

Datus, a, um, part, (do.) 

De, prep, from; of; concern- 
ing; on account of. 

Dea, as, f. § 9, 4. a goddess. 

Debello, are, avi, atum, tr. (de 



220 



DEBEO DEDL'CO . 



& bello,) to put down by 
war; hence, to conquer; to 
subdue. 

Debeo, ere, ui, Itum, tr. (de & 
habeo,)to owe; tobeobliged; 
with an infinitive, ought, or 
should. 

Debeor, eri, ltus sum, pass, to 
be due. 

Debilito, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(debilis,) to weaken; to en- 
feeble. 

DebTtus, a, urn, part, (debeo,) 
due; deserved; owing. 

Decedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces- 
sum, intr. (de & cedo,) to 
depart; to retire; to with- 
draw; to yield; to die. 

Decern, num. adj. ten. 

Decemviri, orum, m. pi. de- 
cemvirs, ten men appointed 
to prepare a code* of laws 
for the Romans, and by 
whom the laws of the twelve 
tables were formed. 

Decerno, -cernere. -crevi, -cre- 
tum, tr. (de & cerno,) to 
separate, one thing from 
another; to judge; to de- 
cide; to fight; to contend; 
to discern; to decree : hel- 
ium decretum est, the ma- 
nagement of the war was 
decreed. 

Decerpo, -cerpere, -cerpsi, 
-cerptum, tr. (de & carpo,) to 
pluck off; to pick; to gather. 

Decido, -cidere, -cldi, intr. (de 
& cado,) to fall, (viz: from, 
or down:) dentes decidunt, 
the teeth fail, or come out. 



Decimus, a, um, num. adj. 
ord. (decern,) the tenth. 

Decius, i, m, the name of sev- 
eral Romans distinguished 
for their patriotism. 

Declaro, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(de & claro, to make clear;) 
to declare; to show. 

Decoctus, a, um, part, from 

Decoquo, -coquere, -coxi,-coc- 
tum, tr. (de & coquo,) to 
boil down; to boil. 

Decorus,a,um, adj. (decor,) be- 
coming; handsome: adorn- 
ed; decorous; beautiful. 

Decretus, a, um, part, (de- 
cerno.) 

Decresco,-crescere,-crevi, intr. 
(de &cresco,) to sink down, 
or subside; to decrease; to 
diminish; to fall to decay. 

Decumbo, -cumbere, -cubui, 
intr.(de & cubo,) to lie down. 

Decurro, -currere, -curri, -cur- 
sum, intr. (de & curro,) to 
run down; to flow down. 

Decus, oris, n. (deceo,) an or- 
nament. 

Dedi. See Do. 

Dedidi. See Dedo. 

Deditio, onis, f. (dedo,) a giv- 
ing up; a surrender. 

Deditus, a, um, part, (dedo.) 

Dedo, dedere, dedidi, deditum, 
tr. (de & do,) to give up; to 
surrender; to deliver up; to 
addict or devote one's self. 

Dedtico, -ducere, -duxi, -duc- 
tum, tr. (de & duco,) to lead 
or draw downwards; to lead 
forth; to bring; to lead. 



DEFAT1G0 DELINQUO. 



221 



Defatigo,are, avi, atum, tr. (de 
& fatigo,) to iceary out; to 
fatigue. 

Defendo, -fendere, -fendi, -fen- 
sum, tr.(de&fendo,obsol, to 
hit;) to defend; to protect. 

Defensus, a, um, part, (de- 
fendo.) 

Defero, -ferre, -tuli, -latum, 
tr. irr. (de & fero,) to bring, 
(viz : down, or along;) to 
convey; to proffer; to con- 
fer; to give. 

Deflciens, tis, part, from, 

Deficio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum, 
tr. & intr. (de & facio,) to 
fail; to abandon; to be 
wanting; to decrease; to be 
eclipsed; to revolt. 

Defleo, ere, evi, etum, (de & 
fleo,) to deplore; to bewail; 
to lament; to weep for. 

Defluo, -fluere, -fluxi, -nuxum, 
intr. (de & fluo,) to flow 
down. 

Defodio, -fodere, -fodi, -fos- 
sum, tr. (de & fodio, to dig 
down;) to bury; to inter. 

Deformitas, atis, f. (deformis,) 
deformity; ugliness. 

Defossus,a, um, part. (defodio.) 

Defunctus, a, um, part, fin- 
ished : defunctus or defunc- 
tus vita, dead; from 

Defungor,-fungi, -functus sum, 
intr. dep. (de & fungor,) to 
execute; to perform; to be 
free from; to finish. 

Degens, tis, part, from 

Dego, degere, degi, tr. & 



intr. (de&ago,) to lead; to 
to live; to dwell: degere 
setatem, to live. 

Degusto, are, avi, atum, tr. (de 
& gusto,) to taste. 

Deinde, adv.(de & inde,) then; 
further; after that; ?iext. 

Deiotarus, i, m. a man who 
was made king of Galatia, 
by the Roman senate, 
by the favor of Pompey. 

Dejectus, a, um, part, from 

Dejicio, -jicere, -jeci, -jectum, 
tr. (de & jacio,) to throvj 
or cast down. 

Delabor, -labi, lapsus sum, 
intr. dep. (de & labor,) to 
fall; to glide down; to flow. 

Delatus, a, um, part. (defero,) 
carried down; conferred. 

Delecto, are, avi, atum, tr. (de 
& lacto,) to allure; to de- 
light; to please. 

Delectus, a, um, part, (deligo,) 

Delendus, a, um, part to be de- 
stroyed; from 

Deleo, ere, evi, etum, tr. (de 
& leo, to daub;) to extin- 
guish; to destroy. 

Deliciae, arum, f. pi. (delicio,) 
delights; diversions; plea- 
sures. 

Delictum, i, n. (delinquo,) a 
neglect of duty; a fault; 
crime. 

Deligo, -ligere, -legi, -lectum, 
tr. (de & lego,) to select; to 
choose. 

Delinquo,-linquere, -liqui,-lic- 
tum, tr. (de & linquo,) to 



222 



DELPHICUS DEPULSO. 



fail in duty; to offend; to 
do wrong. 

Delphicus,a,um, adj. Delphic, 
belonging to Delphi. 

Delphi, orum, m. pi. a town of 
Phocis, famous for the tem- 
ple and oracle of Apollo. 

Delphlnus, i, m. a dolphin. 

Delta, se, f. a part of Egypt, 
so called from its resem- 
blance to the Greek letter 
delta, A. 

Delubrum, i, n. (deluo, to pu- 
rify;) a temple; a shrine. 

Delus or -os, i, f. an island in 
the Mgean sea; the birth 
place of Apollo and Diana. 

Demaratus, i, m. a Corinthian, 
father of the elder Tarquin. 

Demergo, -mergere, -mersi, 
-mersum, tr. (de & mergo,) 
to plunge; to sink. 

Demersus, a, um, part. 

Demetrius, i, m. a Greek pro- 
per name. 

Demissus, a, um, part, cast 
down; descending; from 

Demitto, -mittere; -misi, -mis- 
sum, tr. (de & mitto,) to 
send down; to let down; to 
drop. 

Democritus, i, m. a Grecian 
philosopher , born at Abdera. 

Demonstro, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(de & monstro,) to point 
out; to shew; to demon- 
strate; to prove. 

Demosthenes, is, m. the most 
celebrated of the Athenian 
orators. 

Demum, adv. at length; not 



till then; at last; only; in 

fine. 
Deni, is, a, dis. num. adj. pi. 

every ten; ten; by tens. 
Denique, adv. finally; at last. 
Dens, tis, m. a tooth. 
Densus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 

thick. 
Dentatus, i, m. (Siccius,) a 

brave Roman soldier. 
Denuntio or -cio, are, avi, 

atum, tr. (de & nuntio,) 

prop, to make known; to 

foreshow; to proclaim; to 

declare; to denounce. 
Depascor, -pasci, -pastus sum, 

tr. dep. (de & pascor,) to 

feed upon; to eat up; to 

feed. 
Depingo,- pingere,-pinxi,-pic- 

tum, tr. (de & pingo,) to 

paint; to depict; to de- 
scribe; to exhibit. 
Deploro, are, avi, atum, tr. (de 

& ploro,) to deplore; to 

weep for; to mourn. 
Depono, -ponere, -posui, -posi- 

tum, tr. (de & pono,) to 

lay down or aside. 
Depopulates, a, um, part, from 
Depopulor, ari, atus sum, 

tr. dep. (de & populus,) to 

layioaste. 
Deporto, are, avi, atum, tr. 

(de & porto,) to carry down. 
Deprehendo,-prehendere,-pre- 

hendvprehensum, tr. (de 

and prehendo,) to seize; to 

catch; to detect. 
Deprehensus, a, um, part. 
Depulso, are, avi, atum, tr. 



DESCENDO DEVOLO. 



223 



freq. (de & pulso,) to -push 
away; to keep off; to repel. 

Descendo, -scendere, -scendi, 
-scensum, intr. (de & scan- 
do,) to descend : in certa- 
men descendere, to engage 
in a contest : descenditur 
imp. one descends; we de- 
scend; |76. Note. 

Describo, -scribere, -scripsi, 
scriptum, tr. (de & scribo,) 
prop, to write down; to de- 
scribe; to divide; to order. 

Desero,-serere,-serui,-sertum, 
tr. (de & sero,) to desert; to 
forsake; to abandon : (op- 
posite of sero, § 91, 3.) 

Desertum, i, n. a desert : from 

Desertus, a, urn, part. & adj. 
(comp.) deserted; waste; 
desolate; desert. 

Desiderium, i, n. (desidero to 
desire:) a longing for; a 
desire; love; affection; re- 
gret; grief. 

Desino, sinere, sivi, and sii 
situm, intr. (de & sino,) to 
leave off; to terminate; to 
cease; to end; to renounce. 
Note — An ace. after this 
verb is governed by an in- 
finitive understood. 

Desperatus, a, urn, part. &; 
adj. comp. despaired of; 
past hope; desperate; hope- 
less : from 

Despero, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(de & spero,) to despair : 
§ 91, 3. 

Desponsatus, a, urn, part, from 

Desponso, are, avi, atum, tr. 



freq. (despondeo,) to pro- 
mise in marriage; to be- 
troth; to affiance. 

Destmo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
prop, to fix; to destine; to ap- 
point; to resolve; to aim at. 

Desum, -esse, -fui, intr. irr. 
(de &sum,) to be wanting; 
§ 91, 3. 

Deterior, adj. compar. (sup. 
deterrimus, § 26,4,) worse. 

Deterreo, ere, ui, ltum, tr. (de 
& terreo,) to frighten from; 
to deter. 

Detestor, ari, atus sum, tr. 
dep. (de & testor,) to call 
to witness; to v;ish (as a 
curse): to deprecate; to de- 
test. 

Detractus, a, um, part, from 

Detraho, -trahere, -traxi,-trac- 
tum, tr. (de & traho,) to 
draw down or away; to 
draw off; to take from. 

Detrimentum, i, n. (detero,) 
detriment; damage; harm; 
loss. 

Deus, i, m. God; a god. 

Deveho, -vehere, -vexi, -vec- 
tum, tr. (de & veho,) to 
carry down, or away. 

Devexus, a, um, adj. sloping; 
inclining. 

Devictus, a, um, part, from 

Devinco, -vincere, -vici, -vic- 
tum, tr. (de & vinco,) to 
conquer; to subdue; to over- 
come. 

Devolo, are, avi, atum, intr. 
(de & volo,) to fly down; to 
fly away. 



224 



DEVORO DILIGO. 



Devoro, are, avi, atum, tr. (de 
and voro,) to devour; to 
eat up. 

Devotus, a, um, part, from 

Devoveo, -vovere, -vovi, -vo- 
tum, tr. (de & voveo,) to 
vow; to devote; to conse- 
crate. 

Dexter, era, erum, or ra, rum, 
§ 20, 3. adj. right; on the 
right hand. See § 26, 2. 

Dextra, ae, f. the right hand. 

Diadema, atis, n, a diadem ; 
a white fillet worn upon 
the heads of kings. 

Diagoras, se, m. a Rhodian 
who died of excessive joy, 
because his three sons were 
victorious at the Olympic 
games. 

Diana, ae, f. the daughter of 
Jupiter and Latona, and 
sister of Apollo. 

Dico, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
consecrate; to dedicate; from 

Dico, dicere, dixi, dictum, tr. 
to say; to name; to call. 

Dictator, oris, m. a dictator; 
a chief magistrate, elected 
on special occasions, and 
vested with absolute autho- 
rity; from 

Dicto, are, avi, atum, freq. 
to say often; to dictate. 

Dictum, i, n. (dico,) a word; 
an expression. 

Dictus, a, um, part, (dico.) 

Dies, ei, m. or f. in sing., m. 
in pi., a day; in dies, dai- 
ly; every day. 



DifTerens, tis, adj. different, 
differing; from 

DifTero, differre, distuli, dila- 
tum, tr. & intr. irr. (dis & 
fero,) to carry apart, or in 
different directions; to car- 
ry up and down; to scat- 
ter; to disperse; to spread 
abroad: to publish; to de- 
fer; to be different. 

Difficile, adv. (ius, lime,) diffi- 
cultly; with difficulty; from 

Difficibs, e, adj. comp. (dis 
& facilis,) difficult; \ 91, 2. 
Obs. 1, hence, 

Difficultas, atis, f. difficulty; 
trouble; poverty. 

Digitus, i, m. a finger; afin- 
ger's breadth. 

Dignatus, a, um, part, (dig- 
nor,) vouchsafing; thought 
worthy. 

Digmtas, atis, f. (dignus,) dig- 
nity; office; honor. 

Dignor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
to think worthy; to vouch- 
safe; to deign; from 

Dignus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) worthy. 

Dilanio, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(dis & lanio,) to tear or 
rend in pieces. 

Diligenter, adv. (ius, issime,) 
diligently ; carefully ; fr. 
diiigens. 

Diligo,-ligere,-lexi,-lectum,tr. 
(dis & lego,) to select care- 
fully; to esteem a thing for 
its value; hence, to love. 
See amo. 



ntMICATIO MSSERU. 



22-5 



Dimicafio, onis, f. a fight; a 
contest; a battle; from 

Dimico, are, avi, (or ui,) 
atum, intr. (dis & mico, 
to glitter,) to fight : viz., 
with swords gleaming : 
dimicatum est, a battle was 
fought. 

Dimissus, a, um, part, from . 

Dimitto, -mittere, mlsi, -mis- 
sum, tr. (dis & mitto,) to 
send away; to dismiss; to 
let go. 

Diogenes, is, m. an eminent 
Cynic philosopher, born at 
Sinope, a city of Asia Mi- 
nor. 

Diomedes, is, m. a Grecian 
warrior; also, a cruel king 
of Thrace. 

Dionysius, i. m. the name of 
tivo tyrants of Syracuse. 

Dirempturus, a, um, part, 
dirimo,) about to decide. 

Direptus, a, um, part, (diripio.) 

Dirimo,- imere,-emi,-emptum, 
tr. (dis & emo,) properly, 
to take one thing from an- 
other : to divide; to part; 
to separate; to decide. 

Diripio,-ripere,-ripui,-reptum, 
tr. (dis <fe rapio,) to tear 
asunder; to rob; to plunder; 
to pillage; to destroy. 

Diruo,- ruere,-rui,-rutum, tr. 
(dis & ruo,) to pull down; 
to overthrow; to raze; to 
destroy. 

Dims, a, um, adj. frightful; 
terrible; direful; ominous. 

Dirutus, a, urn, part, (diruo.) 



Discedo,-cedere-cessi cessum, 
intr. (dis & cedo,) to go 
away; to depart. 

Discerpo, -cerpere, -cerpsi, x 
cerptum, tr. (dis & carpo,) 
to tear asunder, or in 
pieces. 

Discerptus, a, um, part, (dis- 
cerpo.) 

Discipulus, i, m. (disco,) a 
pupil; a scholar. 

Disco, discere, didici, tr. to 
learn. 

Discordia, ae, f. (discors, dis & 
cor,) discord; disagreement; 
the Goddess Discord. 

Discordo, are, avi, atum, intr. 
(id.) to differ in feeling; to 
be at variance; to differ. 

Discrepo, are, avi, or ui, ltum, 
intr. (dis & crepo,) to dif- 
fer in sound; to differ; to 
disagree. 

Diserte, adv. (ius issime,) 
clearly; eloquently. 

Disputatio, onis, f. a dispute; 
a discourse; a discussion; 
from 

Disputo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(dis & puto,) to be of oppo- 
site sentiments; hence, to 
dispute; to discuss; to dis- 
course. 

Dissemino, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(dis & semino,) to spread 
abroad; to scatter; to pro- 
mulgate. 

serere, -serui, -ser- 
tum, tr. (dis & sero, to 
plait;) to unplait; § 91, 2. 
to disentangle; hence, to 



o 

Dissero, 



226 



DISSIDITJJYI DOMICILIUM. 



explain; to discourse; to 
reason; to debate; to say. 

Dissidium, i, n. (dissideo,) a 
disagreement; a dissension. 

Dissimilis, e, adj. (comp. § 26, 
1,) unlike; dissimilar; fr. 
dis & similis. 

Distans, tis, part.(disto,)starcd- 
in g asunder; differing; dis- 
tant; being divided. 

Distinguo, -stinguere, -stinxi, 
stinctum, tr. (di & stinguo,) 
to distinguish, (viz : by 
marks;) to mark; to adorn; 
to variegate; to spot; to 
sprinkle. 

Disto, stare, intr. (di & sto,) 
intr. to stand apart; to be 
distant; to be divided; to 
differ. 

Distribuo,-tribuere,-tribui,-tri- 
butum, (dis •& tribuo,) to 
distribute; to divide. 

Ditis, e, adj ,(ior, issimus,) recA. 

Diu, adv. (utius, utissime,) 
( die s , ) long; for a long t im e. 

Diurnus, a,um, adj. (id.) daily. 

Diutinus, a, urn, adj. (diu,) 
continual; long continued. 

Diuturmtas, atis, f. long con- 
tinuance; duration; from 

Diuturnus, a, um, adj. (diu,) 
long; lasting; ior, § 26, 6. 

Divello, -veil ere, -velli, or -vul- 
si, -vulsum, tr. (di & vello,) 
to pull asunder; to sepa- 
rate; to disjoin; to tear off. 

Diversus, a, um, adj. part. (fr. 
diverto,) turned different 
ways; different. 



Dives, itis, adj. rich; wealthy; 
fertile; fruitful. 

Divido, dividere, divisi, divi- 
sum, tr. (di & iduo, obsol. to 
divide;) to divide; to sepa- 
rate; to distribute. 

Divmus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
divine; heavenly; from divus. 

DivTsus, a, um, part, (divido.) 

Divitise, arum, f. pi. (dives,) 
riches; wealth. 

Divulsus, a, um, part, (divello.) 

Do, dare, dedi, datum, tr. to 
give; to grant; to surren- 
der : poenas, to suffer pun- 
ishment .-crimini, to impute 
as a crime; to accuse : finem, 
to terminate: nomen, to 
give name. 

Doceo, ere, ui, turn, tr. to teach. 

Docilitas, atis, f. (doceo,) do- 
cility; teachableness. 

Doctrina, se, f. (doceo,) instruc- 
tion; education; doctrine. 

Doctus, a, um, part & adj. 
comp. (doceo,) taught; 
learned. 

Dodona, ae, f. a town and for- 
est of Eptrus, where were a 
temple and oracle of Jupiter. 

Doleo, ere, ui, intr. to grieve, 
to sorrow; to be in pain. 

Dolor, oris, m. (doleo,) pain; 
sorrow; grief 

Dolus, i, m. a device; a trick; 
a stratagem; guile; artifice. 

Domesticus, a, um, adj. (do- 
mus;) domestic. 

Domicilium, i, n. (id.) a habi- 
tation; a house; an abode. 



DOMINA ECCE. 



227 



Domina, se, f. (dominus,) a 
mistress. 

Dominatio, onis, f. govern- 
ment; absolute "power; do- 
minion; usurpation; despo- 
tism; from 

Dominus, i, m. (domus,) mas- 
ter; owner; lord. 

Domitus, a, um, part, from 

Domo, are, lii, ltum, tr. to sub- 
due; to tame; to overpower; 
to conquer; to vanquish. 

Domus, us, & i, f. § 16; a 
house : domi, at home; do- 
mo, from home: domum, 
home. 

Donee, adv. until; as long as. 

Dono, are, avi, atum, tr, (do- 
num,) to give freely; to 
present. 

Donum, i, n. (do.) a free gift; 
an offering; a present. 

Dormio, Ire, Ivi, ltum, intr. to 
sleep. 

Dorsum, i, n. the back. 

Dos,dotis, f. aportion; a dowry. 

Draco, onis, m. a dragon; a 
species of serpent. 

Druid ae, arum, m. pi. Druids, 
priests of the ancient Bri- 
tons and Gauls. 

Dubitatio, onis, f, a doubt; 
hesitation; question; from 

Dubjto, are, avi, atum, intr. 
(dubius,) to hesitate; to 
doubt. 

Ducenti, ae, a, num. adj. pi. 
two hundred. 

Duco, cere, xi, ctum, tr. to 
lead; to conduct : uxorem, 
to take a wife ; to marry : 



exequias, to perform, fune- 
ral rites : murum, to build 
a wall. 

Ductus, a, um, part. led. 

Duiilius, i, m. (Caius,) a Ro- 
man commander, who first 
conquered the Carthagini- 
ans in a naval engagement. 

Dulcis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
sweet; pleasant. 

Dum, adv. & conj. while; 
whilst; as long as; until. 

Duo, se, o, num, adj. pi. § 24, 
3. two. 

Duodecim, num. adj. ind. pi. 
(duo & decern,) twelve? 
hence, 

Duodecimus, a, um, num. adj. 
ord. the twelfth. 

Duodeviginti, num. adj. ind. 
pi. (duo, de & viginti, § 24, 
1,) eighteen. 

Duritia, se, & Durities, ei, f. 
hardness; from 

Durus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) hard; severe; harsh; 
unfavorable. 

Dux, cis, c. (duco,) a leader; 
a guide; a commander. 



E. 



E, ex, prep, out of; from; 

of; among. 
Ea. See Is. 
Ebibo, -bibere, -blbi, -bibitum, 

tr. (e & bibo,) to drink up. 
Ebrietas, atis, f. (ebrius,) 

drunkenness. 
Ebur, oris, n, ivory. 
Ecce, int. See! lo! behold/ 



228 



EDICO ELEC/SINII. 



Edlco, -dicere, -dixi, -dictum, 
tr. (e & dice-,) to proclaim; 
to announce; to publish; to 
order. 

Edidi. See Edo. 

Editus. a, um, part, published; 
uttered; produced; from 

Edo,-dere,-didi,-ditum, tr. (e 
& do,) to give out; to pub- 
lish; to cause; to occasion; 
to produce; to make : spec- 
taculum edere, to give a7i 
exhibition. 

Edo, edere or esse, edi, esum, 
tr. irr. § 83, 9, to eat; to 
consume. 

Educatus, a, um, part, from 

Educo, are, avi, atum, tr. (e & 
duco,) to bring up; to edu- 
cate; to instruct. 

Educo, -ducere, -duxi, -due- 
turner, (e & duco,) to lead 
forth, to bring forth; to 
produce; to draw out. 

Efficio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum, 
tr. (e & facio,) to effect; to 
make; to form; to cause; to 
accomplish. 

Effigies, iei, f. (emngo,) an 
image; an effigy. 

Efflo, are, avi, atum, tr. (e & 
& flo,) to breathe out: ani- 
mam, to die; to expire. 

EfFugio, -fugere, -fugi, -fugi- 
tum, tr. & intr. (e & fugio,) 
to fly from; to escape; to fee. 

EfTundo, -fundere, -fudi, -fu- 
sum, tr. (e & fundo,) to 
pour out; to spill; to dis- 
charge; to waste; to over- 
flow; to extend or spread. 



Effusus, a, um, part, poured 
out; toasted. 

Egeria, se, f. a nymph of the 
Aricinian grove, and from 
whom Numa professed to 
receive i7istructions respect- 
ing religious rites. 

Egero,-gerere,-gessi,-gestum, 
tr. (e & gero,) to carry out; 
to cast forth; to throw out. 

Egestus, a, um, part. 

Egi. See Ago. 

Ego, mei, subs. pro. I; § 28. 

Egredior,-gredi,-gressus sum,, 
intr. dep.(e&gradior,) to go 
out; to overflow; to go beyond 

Egregie, adv. in a distin- 
guished manner; excellent- 
ly; famously; from 

Egregius, a, um, adj. (e & 
grex,) properly, chosen from 
the flock; hence, distin- 
guished; eminent; choice. 

Egressus, a, um, part, (egre- 
dior.) 

Ejusmodi, pro. (genitive of is 
& modus,) such; such like; 
of the same sort. 

Elabor,-labi,-lapsus sum, intr. 
dep. (e & labor,) to glide 
away; to escape. 

Elapsus, a, um, part, having 
passed. 

Elephantis, idis, f. an island 
and city in the southern 
part of Egypt. 

Elephantus, i & Elephas an- 
tis, m. an elephant. 

Eleusinii, orum, m. pi. the 
Eleusinians; the inhabit- 
ants of Eleusis. 



ELEUSIS EPISTOLA. 



229 



Eleusis & -in, Inis, f. a town 
of Attica, sacred to Ceres. 

Elido, -lidere, -Hsi, -lisum, tr. 
(e & laedo,) to strike out; to 
dash in pieces; to crush. 

Eligo,-ligere,-legi,-lectum, tr. 
(e & lego,) to 'pick out; to 
choose; to select. 

Eloquens, tis, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) (eloquor,) eloquent. 

Eloquentia, a3, f. (id.) elo- 
quence. 

Eloquor, -loqui, -lociitus sum, 
tr. dep. (e & loquor,) to 
speak out; to say; to de- 
clare; to tell. 

Eluceo,-lucere,-luxi, intr. (e 
& luceo,) to shine forth. 

Emergo, -mergere, -mersi, 
-mersum, intr. (e & mer- 
go,) to emerge; to come out; 
to rise up. 

Emineo, ere, ui, intr. (e & 
mineo, obsol. to stand or 
appear above; hence,) to be 
eminent; to rise above; to 
be conspicuous; to be dis- 
tinguished; to appear. 

Emitto, -mittere, -misi, -mis- 
sum, tr. (e & mitto,) to 
send forth; to discharge. 

Emo, emere, emi, emptum, 
tr. primarily, to take : com- 
monly, to buy; to purchase. 

Emorior,-mori, or moriri,-mor- 
tuus sum, intr. dep. to die. 

Emptus, a, um, part, (emo.) 

Enascor, -nasci, -natus sum, 
intr. dep.'~7o spring from, 
or up: to be, born; to arise. 



Enatus, a, um, part, born of. 

Eneco,-necare,-necavi or -ne- 
cui,-necatum, tr. (e & ne- 
co,) to kill {outright.) 

Enervo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
unnerve, or enervate; to en- 
feeble; to weaken. 

Enim, conj. for; but; truly; 
indeed, 

Enna, se, f. a town of Sicily. 

Ennius, i, m. a very ancient 
Roman poet. 

Enuntio, or-cio, are, avi, atum, 
tr. (e & nuntio, or -cio,) to 
say, or tell out; to pro- 
claim; to disclose; to di- 
vulge. 

Eo, ire, ivi,, itum, intr. irr. 
$ S3, 3, to go. 

E6. adv. (i. e. eo loco,) thither; 
to that degree; to that 
pitch; to that degree of 
eminence. 

Eous, i, m. the morning star. 

Eous, a, um, adj. eastern; the 
eastern. 

Epaminondas, ae, m. a distin- 
guished Theban general. 

Ephesus, i, m. a city on the 
western coast of Ionia, near 
the river Cayster. 

Ephialtes, is. a giant, the son 
of Neptune, or of Aloeus 
and brother of Otos. 

Epimemdes, is, m. a poet of 
Gnossus, in Crete. 

Epirus, i, f. a country in the 
western part of Greece. 

Epist51a, ae, f. an epistle; a 
letter. 



20 



230 



EPULOR ETJROPA. 



Epiilor, ari, atus sum, intr. 
dep. to feast; to feast upon; 
to eat; from 

Epulum, i, n. sing., & Epulas, 
arum, f. pi. a solemn feast ; 
a banquet; a feast. § 18, 6. 

Eques, itis, -m. (equus,) a 
knight; a horseman : equa- 
tes, pi. knights; horsemen; 
cavalry. 

Equidem, conj. (ego & qui- 
dem,) indeed; I for my 
part; (joined mostly with 
verbs of the first person.) 

Equitatus, us, m. (eqmto,) cav- 
alry. 

Equus, i, m. a horse. 

Eram, Ero, &c. See Sum, § 54. 

Ereptus, a, um, part, (eripio.) 

Erga, prep, towards. 

Ergo, conj. therefore. 

Erinaceus, i, m. a hedgehog. 

Eripio, -ripere, -ripui, -reptum, 
tr. (e &rapio,) to tear from; 
to take from; to rescue; to 
take away; to deliver. 

Erro, are, avi, atum, intr. to 
wander: to err; to stray; 
to roam. 

Erodo, -rodere, -r5si, -rosum, 
tr. (e & rodo,) to gnaw 
away; to consume; to eat 
into. 

Erudio, ire, Ivi, Itum, tr. (e & 
rudis,) to free from a rude 
state; hence, to instruct; to 
form; hence, 

Eruditio, onis, f. instruction; 
learning. 

Erudltus, a, um, part, (erudio.) 

Esse, Essem, &c. See Sum. 



Esuriens, tis, part, hungry; be- 
i?ig hungry; from 

Esurio, ire, Ivi, Itum, intr. to 
be hungry. 

Et, conj. and; also; even: et 
— et, both — and. 

Etiam, conj. (et & jam,) also; 
especially; with an adjec- 
tive or adverb in the com- 
parative degree, even. 

Etruria, 33, f. a country of It- 
aly, north and west of the 
Tiber; Tuscany. 

Etrusci, orum, m. pi. the peo- 
ple of Etruria; the Tuscans 
or Etrurians. 

Etruscus, a, um, adj. belong- 
ing to Etruria; Tuscan or 
Etrurian. 

Eubcea, ae, f. a large island in 
the Mgean sea, near Bceotia. 

Eumenes, is, m. a general in 
Alexander's army; also, the 
name of several kings of 
Pergamus. 

Euns, for iens, part, of eo. 

Euphemus, i, m. the father of 
D&dalus. 

Euphrates, is, m, a large river 
which forms the western 
boundary of Mesopotamia. 

Euripides, is, m. a celebrated 
Athenian tragic poet. 

Euripus, i, m. a narrow strait 
between Bceotia and Eubcea. 

Europa, ae, f. Europe, one of the 
quarters of the earth, sup- 
posed to have been named 
from Europa, the daughter 
of Agenor f king of Phoe- 
nicia. 



EUROTAS EXCOLO 



231 



Eurotas, se, m. a river of La- 
conia, near Sparta. 

Euxlnus, i, m. from Evlswog. 
(hospitable,) (pontus,) the 
JEuxine, now the Black Sea. 

Evado, -vadere, -vasi, -vasum, 
tr. & intr. (e &vado,) to go 
out; to escape; to become. 

Everto, -vertere, -verti, -ver- 
sum, tr. (e & verto,) to 
overturn; to destroy. 

E versus, a, um, part, over- 
turned; destroyed. 

Evoco, are, avi, atum, tr. (e"& 
voco,) to call out; to sum- 
mon; to implore. 

Evolo, are, avi, atum, intr. (e 
& volo,) to fly out or away. 

Evomo,-vomere,-vomui,-vom- 
Itum, tr. (e & vomo,) to 
vomit forth; to discharge. 

Ex,prep. (before a vowel) SeeE 

Exaetus, a, um, part, (exigo,) 
banished; driven away. 

Exaequo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ex 
& aequo,) to make equal; to 
equal. 

Exanlmo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(ex & anima,) to deprive 
of life; to kill; to render 
lifeless. 

Exardesco, -ardescere, -arsi, 
intr. inc. to burn; to become 
inflamed; to kindle; to be- 
come excited; to be enraged : 
bellum exarsit, a war broke 
out. 

Exaspero, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(ex and aspero, to make 
rough; fr. asper,) to exas- 
perate; to incense. 



Excaeco, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(ex & ceecus,) to make blind; 
to blind. 

Excedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces- 
sum, intr. (ex & cedo,) to 
go forth, or out; to depart; 
tr. to exceed; to surpass; to go 
beyond. 

Excello, -cellere, -cellui, -eel- 
sum, intr. (ex & cello, ob- 
sol. to move;) to be high; — 
to excel; to be 'eminent. 

Excelsus, a, um, adj. (comp. 
excelsior,) high 9 ; lofty. 

Excidium, i, n. destruction; 
ruin; from 

Excido, -cidere,_-cidi, intr. (ex 
& cado,) to fall out ox from; 
to fall; to drop; to perish. 

Excido, -cidere, -cidi, cisum, 
tr. (ex & csedo,) to cut out; 
to cut down; to hew out. 

Excisus, a, um, part. 

Excipio, -cipere, -cepi, -cep- 
tum, tr. (ex & capio,) to 
take out; to except; to re- 
ceive; to support; to follow; 
to succeed; to sustain. 

Excitandus, a, um, part, from 

Excito, are, avi, atum, tr. 
freq. (excieo,) to excite ; 
to awaken; to arouse; to 
stir up. 

Exclamo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(ex & clamo,) to cry out; 
to exclaim. 

Excludo, -cludere, -clusi,-clu- 
sum, tr. (ex & claudo,) to 
shut out; to exclude; to 
hatch. 

Excolo,-colere, -coluij-cultum, 



232 



EXCRUCIO EXPEDIO. 



tr. (ex & colo,) to cultivate; 
to exercise. 
Excrucio, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(ex & crucio,) to torture; 
to torment; to trouble; 

$91,4, 

Excubias, arum, f. pi. (excii- 
bo,) a guard; a ivatch; a sen- 
tinel; (generally by night.) 
See vigilia & statio. 
^xcusatio, orris, f. (excuso,) 
an excusing; an excuse; an 
apology. 

Exedo, -ectere & esse, -edi, 
-esum, tr. irr. (ex & edo, 
§ 83, 9) to eat; to eat up; 
to devour. 

Exemplum, i, n. an example; 
an instance. 

Exequise. See Exsequise. 

Exerceo, ere, ui, ltum, tr. (ex 
& arceo,) to exercise; to 
train; to discipline; to 
practice : agrum, to culti- 
vate the earth. 

Exercitus, us, m. an army; (a 
body of disciplined troops.) 

Exhaurio, -haurire,- hausi, 
-haustum, tr.(ex & haurio,) 
to draw out; to exhaust; to 
drain; to wear out; to im- 
poverish. 

Exigo, -igere, -egi, -actum, tr. 
(ex & ago,) to drive away; 
to banish. 

Exiguus, a, urn, adj. (comp.) 
little; small; scanty; see 
parvus. 

Exllis, e, adj.(exilior, § 26, 1,) 
slender; small; thin. 

Exilimn. and exsilium, i, n. 



(ex & solum,) exile; banish- 
ment. 

Eximie, adv. remarkably; ve- 
ry; from 

Eximius, a, um, adj. (eximo,) 
extraordinary; remarkable. 

Existimatio, orris, f. opinion; 
reputation; respect; from 

Existimo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(ex & sestimo,) to judge, or 
think; to imagine; to sup- 
pose. 

Exitium, i, n. (exeo,) properly 
issue; end: usually destruc- 
tion; ruin. 

Exitus, us, m. (id.) an exit; 
the event; the issue; an 
outlet. 

Exoratus, a, um, part. (exorcO 
entreated; influenced; in- 
duced. 

Exorior,-orlri,-ortus sum, intr. 
dep. (ex & orior,) to rise 
up, or out of; to arise; to 
appear. 

Exorno, are, avi, atum, tr. (ex 
& orno,) to adorn; to 
deck. 

Exoro, are, avi, atum, tr. (ex 
& oro,) to entreat or be- 
seech earnestly. § 91, 4. 

Exortus, a, um, part, (exorior,) 
risen; having arisen. 

Expecto, or -specto, are, avi, 
atum, tr. (ex & specto,) to 
look for; to wait for. 

Expedio, ire, ivi, ltum, tr. (ex 
& pes,) properly to take the 
foot out of confinement, 
hence, to free; to extricate, 
to expedite : expedit, imp. 



EXPEDITIO EXTORQUEO 



233 



it is fit; it is expedient; 
hence, 

Expeditio, orris, f. an expedition 

Expello, -pellere, -puli, -pul- 
sum, tr. (ex & pello,) to 
drive out; to expel; to ban- 
ish. 

Expers, tis, adj. (ex & pars,) 
having no -part in; hence, 
without; devoid; void of; 
destitute of; 

Expeto, ere, Ivi, ltum, tr. (ex 
& peto,) to ask; to demand; 
to strive after; to seek ear- 
nestly. 

Expio, are, avi, atum, tr. (ex 
& pio,) to free from the pol- 
lution of some crime or of- 
fence; to expiate; to ap- 
pease. 

Expleo, ere, evi, etum, tr. (ex 
& pleo,) to fill up, to fill 
full. 

Explico, are, avi, & ui, atum 
& ltum, tr. (ex & plico,) to 
unfold; to spread; to ex- 
plain. 

Explorator, oris, m. (exploro,) 
a spy; a scout. 

Expolio, ire, Ivi, ltum, tr. (ex & 
polio,) to polish; to adorn; 
to improve; to finish. § 91,4. 

Expono, ponere, -posui, -posi- 
tum, tr. (ex & pono,) to set 
forth; to expose; to explain. 

Exprobro, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(ex&probrum,) to upbraid; 
to blame; to reproach; to 
cast in one's teeth. 

Expugno, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(ex & pugno,) to take by 



assault; to conquer ; to van- 
quish; to subdue; to take 
by storm. § 91, 4. 

Expulsus,a,um, part. (expello.) 

Exsequias, arum, f. pi. (exse- 
quor,) funeral rites. 

Exsilio, or Exilio, ire, ii &ui, 
intr. (ex & salio,) to spring 
up or out; to leap forth. 

Exspiro, or Expiro, are, avi, 
atum, tr. (ex & spiro,) to 
breathe forth; to expire; to 
die. 

Exstinctus, or Extinctus, a, 
um, part, dead; from 

Exstinguo, -stinguere, -stinxi, 
-stinctum, tr. (ex & stin- 
guo,) to extinguish; to kill, 
to put to death; to destroy. 

Exstructus, or Extructus, a, 
um, part, from 

Exstruo, or Extruo, -struere, 
struxi, -structum, tr. (ex & 
struo,) to build, or pile up; 
to construct. 

Exsurgo, -surgere, -surrexi, 
-surrectum, intr. (ex & sur- 
go,) to rise up; to arise; to 
swell; to surge. 

Exter, or Ext eras, a, um, adj. 
(exterior, extimus or ex- 
tremus, § 26, 2.) foreign; 
strange; outward. 

Exto, extare, extiti, intr. (ex & 
sto,) to stand out or forth; 
usually to be; to remain; 
to be ixtant. 

Extorqueo, -torquere, -torsi, 
-tortum, tr. (ex & torqueo,) 
to extort; to wrest from; to 
obtain by force. 



234 



EXTRA FAMILIARITAS. 



Extra, prep, (for extera, scil. 
parte,) beyond; toithout; ex- 
cept. 

Extractus, a, um, part, from 

Extraho, -trahere, traxi, -trac- 
tum, tr. (ex & traho,) to 
draw out; to extract; to 
extricate; to free; to res- 
cue; to liberate. 

Extremus, a, um, adj. (sup of 
exterus,) extreme; the last; 
the farthest. 

F. 

Faba, se, f. a bean. 

Fabius, i, m. the name of an 
illustrious Roman family. 

Fabricius, i, m. a Roman, dis- 
tinguished for his integrity. 

Fabrico, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(faber,) to make; to forge; 
to manufacture. 

Fabiila, 33, f. (fari,) a story; 
a fable; a tradition; a 
play. 

Fabulosus, a, um, adj. comp. 
(fabiila,) fabulous. 

Faciendus, a, um, part, (fa- 
cio.) 

Faciens, tis, part, (facio.) 

Facies, iei, f. (facio,) a face; 
appearance. 

Facile, adv. (iiis, lime,) easily; 
willingly ; clearly ; un- 
doubtedly; from 

Facilis, e, adj. (facio,) (comp. 
§ 26, 1,) easy. 

Facinus, oris, n. any action; a 
bold deed; a crime; an ex- 
ploit; from 



Facio, facere, feci, factum, 
tr. to do; to make; to va- 
lue : {spoken of individual 
things :) facere iter, to 
travel: male facere, to in- 
jure; to hurt : sacra face- 
re, to offer sacrifice : face- 
re pluris, to value higher : 
certiorem, to inform: fac, 
take care; cause; hence, 

Factum, i, n. an action; a 
deed. 

Facturus, a, um, part, (facio.) 

Factus, a, um, part, (facio,) 
made; done: facta obvi- 
am, meeting: praeda facta, 
booty having been taken. 

Facundus, a, um, adj. (ior, 
issimus,) eloquent ; from 
fari. 

Falerii, orum, m. pi. a toivn 
of Etruria. 

Falernus, i, m. amountainof 
Campania famous for its 
wine. 

Falernus, a, um, adj. belonging 
to Falernus; Falernian. 

Falisci, orum, m. pi. the in- 
habitants of Falerii. 

Fama, se, f. fame; reputation; 
report. 

Famelicus, a, um, adj. hun- 
gry; famished; from 

Fames, is, f. hunger- famine. 

Familia, se, f. (famulus,) a 
family; servants; hence, 

Familiaris, e, adj. (comp.) of 
the same family, familiar, 
hence, 

Familiaritas, atis, f. friend- 
ship; intimacy; confidence. 



FAMILIARITER FEROX. 



235 



Familiarlter, adv. (ius, is- 
sime,) (id.) familiarly; on 
terms of intimacy. 

Famula, as, f. (famulus, a serv- 
ant ;) a ■ maid; a female 
servant or slave. 

Fas, n. ind. (for,) right; (by 
the laws of religion or of 
God :) a lawful thing. 

Fascis, is, m. a bundle; a fa- 
got : fasces, pi. bundles of 
birchen rods, carried before 
the Roman magistrates, 
with an axe bound up in 
. the middle of them. 

Fatalis, e, adj. (fatum,) fatal; 
ordained by fate. 

Fateor, fateri, fassus sum, tr. 
dep. to confess. 

Fatidicus, a, um, adj. (fatum 
& dico,) prophetic. 

Fatigatus, a, um, part, from 

Fatigo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
weary. 

Fatum, i, n. (for ; i. e. a thing 
declared or determined;) 
fate; destiny : fata, pi. the 
fates. 

Fauce, f. (in the abl. only, in 
the sing. § 18, 10,) the 
throat: pi. fauces, the 
throat; the jaws; the straits. 

Faustiilus, i, m. the shepherd 
by tohom Romulus and Re- 
mus were brought up. 

Faveo, favere, favi, fautum, 
intr. to favor; hence, 

Favor, oris, m. favor; good 
will; partiality; applause. 

Febris, is, f. (for ferbis, fr. 
ferveo,) a fever. 



Feci. See Facio. 

Felicitas, atis, f. (felix,) feli- 
city; good fortune; happi- 
ness. 

Feliciter, adv. (ius, issime,) 
fortunately; successfully; 
happily. 

Felis, is, i. a cat. 

Felix, icis, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
happy ; fortunate; fruitful; 
fertile; opulent; auspicious; 
favorable. 

Femina, as, f. a female; a wo- 
man. 

Femineus, a, um, adj. (femi- 
na,) female; feminine; per~ 
taining to females. 

Fera, as, f. a ivild beast. 

Ferax, acis, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
(fern,) fruitful; productive; 
fertile; abounding in. 

Fere, adv. almost; nearly; 
about : fere nullus, scarcely 
any one. 

Ferens, tis, part, (fero.) 

Ferinus, a, um, adj. (fera,) of 
wild beasts. 

Ferio, ire, tr. to strike, or 
beat. 

Fero, ferre, tuli, latum, tr. irr. 
to bear; to carry; to relate, 
to bring; to produce : ferre 
manum, to stretch forth; to 
extend : ferunt, they say. 

Feror, ferri, latus sum, pass. 
to be carried; to floiv; to 
move rapidly; to fly: ier- 
tur, imp. it is said : hence, 

Ferox, ocis, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) wild; fierce; savage; 
ferocious. 



236 



FERREUS FLAGRO. 



Ferreus, a, urn, adj. iron; ob- 
durate; from 
Ferrum, i. n. iron; a sword; 

a knife. 
Fertilis > e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 

(fero,) fertile ; fruitful ; 

hence, 
Fertilitas, atis, f. fertility; 

richness; fruit fulness. 
Ferula, se, f. (ferio,) a staff; a 

reed. 
Ferns, a, urn, adj. wild; rude; 

uncultivated ; uncivilized; 

savage. 
Ferveo, fervere, ferbui, intr. 

to boil; to seethe; to foam; 

to he hot; to glow. 
Fessus, a, um, adj. (fatiscor,) 

weary; tired; fatigued. 
Festum, i, n. a feast; from 
Festus, a, um, adj. festive; 

joyful; merry. 
Ficus, i & us, f. a fig-tree; a 

M 

Fidelis, e, adj. (c.omp.) faith- 
ful; from 

Fides, ei, f. fidelity; faith: 
in fidem, in confirmation : 
in fidem accipere, to re- 
ceive under one's protec- 
tion. 

Figo, figere, fixi, fixum, tr. to 
fix; to fasten. 

Fiiia, ag, f. § 9, 4 ; a daughter. 

Filius, i, m. § 10, Exc. 5 ; a 
son. 

Filum, i, n. a thread. 

Findo, findere, fidi, fissum, tr. 
to split; to cleave. 

Fingens, tis, part, feigning; 
pretending; from 



Fingo, fingere, finxi, fictum, 
tr. to form: to make; to de- 
vise; to pretend; to feign. 

Finio, ire, ivi, Itum, tr. to 
end; to finish; to terminate; 
from 

Finis, is, d. the end; a boun- 
dary; a limit : fines, m. pi. 
the limits of a country, &c. 

Finltus, a, um, part, (finio.) 

Finitimus, a, um, adj. (finis,) 
neighboring. 

Fio, fieri, factus sum, irr. pass. 
§ 83, 8; (facio,) to be 
made; to .become; to hap- 
pen : fit, it happens : fac- 
tum est, it happened; it 
came to pass. 

Firmatus, a, um, part, (firmo.) 

Firmiter, adv. (ius, issime,) 
(firmus,) firmly; securely. 

Firmo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
make firm; to confirm; to 
establish; from 

Firmus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
firm: strong; secure. 

Fissus, a, um, part, (findo.) 

Fixus, a, um, part, (figo,) 
fixed; permanent. 

Flagello, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
whip; to scourge; to lash. 

Flagitiosus, a, um, adj. (ior, 
issimus,) shameful; infa- 
mous; outrageous; from 

Flagitium, i, n. a shameful ac- 
tion; an outrage; a crime; 
a dishonor; villany. 

Flagro, are, avi, atum, intr. 
to burn; to be on fire; to 
suffer; to be oppressed; to 
be violent. 



FLAMINIUS FOSSA. 



2 r 3? 



Flaminius, i, m. a Roman. 

Flavus, a, urn, adj. yellow. 

Flamma, se, f. aflame. 

Flecto, flectere, flexi, flexum, 
tr. to bend; to bow; to turn; 
to move; to prevail upon. 

Fleo, ere, evi, etum, tr. & 
intr. to weep; to lament. 

Fletus, us, m, weeping; tears. 

Flevo, orris, m. a lake near 
the mouth of the Rhine, 
now the Zuyder-Zee. 

Flexus, a, urn, part, (flecto,) 
bent; changed; turned. 

Floreo, ere, ui, intr. (flos,) to 
bloom; to blossom; to flou- 
rish; to be distinguished. 

Flos, floris, m. a flower; a 
blossom. 

Fluctus, us, m. (fluo,) a wave. 

Fluo, fluere, fluxi, fluxurn, 
intr. to flow; hence, 

Fluvius, i, m. properly, a 
river. 

Flumen, mis, n. (fluo,) an 
abundant flowing; viz., of 
waters, or of any thing 
else ; as, flumen verbo- 
rum, orationis. Cic. Usu- 
. all} r , a river. 

Fodio, fodere, fodi, fossum, 
tr. to dig; to pierce; to 
bore. 

Foecunditas, atis, f. fruitful- 
ness; from 

Fcecundus, a, urn, adj. (ior, 
issimus,) fruitful; fertile. 

Ftedus, eris, n. a league; a 
treaty. 

Folium, i, n. a leaf. 



Fons, tis, m. a fountain; a 
source; a spring. 

Forem, def. verb, § 84, 5 ; 
would or should be : fore, 
to be about to be; it would 
or will come to pass. 

Foris, adv. abroad. 

Forma, as, f. a form; shape, 
figure; beauty. 

Formica, se, f. an ant. 

Formido, mis, {.fear; dread; 
terror; hence 

Formidolosus, a, um, adj. 
(comp.) fearful; timorous. 

Formositas, atis, f. beauty; 
elegance; from 

Formosus, a, um, adj. (ior, is- 
simus,) beautiful; hand- 
some; from forma. 

Fors, tis, f. (fero,) chance; for- 
tune. 

Fortasse, adv. (fors,) perhaps; 
(applied to what may hap- 
pen.) 

Forte, adv. (abl. fr. fors.) acci- 
dentally; by chance; (ap- 
plied to what did happen.) 

Fortis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
bold; brave; courageous. 

Fortiter, adv. (ius, issime,) 
bravely; from fortis. 

Fortitudo, mis, f. (fortis,) bold- 
ness; bravery. 

Fortuna, oe, f. (fors,) fortune; 
chance. 

Forum, i, n. the market place; 
the forum; the court of jus- 
tice. 

Fossa, 83, f. (fodio,) a ditch; a 
trench; a moat. 



238 



FOVEA FUNESTUS. 



Fovea, se, f. a pit. 

Foveo, fovere, fovi, fotum, tr. 

to keep warm; to cherish. 
Fractus, a, um, part, (frango.) 
Fragilis, e, adj. (frango, ) frail; 

perishable. 
Fragilitas, atis, f. (fragilis,) 

frailty; weakness. 
Fragmentum, i, n. (frango,) a 

fragment; a piece. 
Frango, frangere, fregi, frac- 

tum, tr. to break; to break 

in pieces; to weaken; to de- 
stroy. 
Frater, tris, m. a brother. 
Fraudulentus, a, um, adj. 

comp. (fraus ) fraudulent; 

deceitful; treacherous. 
Frequens, tis, adj. (ior, issl- 

mus,) frequent; numerous. 
Fretum, i, n. a strait; a sea. 
Frico, fricare, fricui, frictum 

& fricatum, tr. to rub. 
Frigidus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 

mus cold; from 
Frigus, oris, n. cold. 
Frons, frondis, f. a leaf of a 

tree; a branch vjith leaves. 
Fructus, us, m. (fruor,) use; 

enjoyment; hence, fruit; 

produce; advantage. 
Frugis, gen. f. (frux, nom. 

scarcely used,) properly, 

all that the earth produces 

for our subsistence; corn; 

fruges, um, ^[.fruits; the 

various kinds of corn. 
Frumentum, i, n. (fruor,) corn; 

wheat. 
Fruor, frui, fruitus & fructus, 

intr. dep. to enjoy. 



Frustra, adv. (frudo, id. ac 

fraudo,) in vain; to no 'pur- 
pose. 
Frustratus, a, um, part, from 
Frustror, ari, atus sum, dep. 

(frustra,) to frustrate; to 

deceive. 
Frutex, icis, m. a shrub; a bush. 
Fuga, se, f. a flight. 
Fugax, acis, adj.(acior, acissi- 

mus,) swift; fleeting; from 

fugio. 
Fugiens, tis, part, from 
Fugio, fugere, fugi, fugitum, 

intr. & tr. to fly; to escape; 

to avoid; to flee; to flee 

from. 
Fugo, are, avi, atum, tr. to pad 

to flight; to drive off; to 

chase. 
Fui, Fueram, &c. See Sum. 
Fulgeo, fulgere, fulsi, intr. to 

shine. 
Fuligo, inis, f. (fumus,) soot. 
Fullo, onis, m. a fuller. 
Fulmen, mis, n. (i. e. fulgi- 

men, fr. fulgeo,) thunder; 

a thunderbolt; lightning. 
Funale, is, n. (funis,) a torch. 
Funditus, adv. (fundus,) from 

the foundation; utterly. 
Fundo, fundere, fudi, fusum, 

tr. to pour out: lacrymas, 

to shed tears : hostes, to 

scatter; to rout; to discomfit , 
Fundus, i, m. the bottom of 

any thing : also a farm; a 

field : imus fundus, the 
very bottom. 
Funestus, a, um, adj. (ior, is- 

simus,) (funus,) polluted by 



FUNGOR GENITUS. 



239 



a dead, body; fatal; de- 
structive. 
•Fungor, fungi, functus sum, 
intr. dep. to perform or dis- 
charge an office; to do; to 
execute : fato, to die. 

Funis, is, d. a rope; a cable. 

Funus, eris, n. a funeral; fu- 
neral obsequies. 

Fur, furis, c. a thief 

Furcula, ae, f. dim. (furca,) a 
little fork: Furciilse Cau- 
dinae, the name of a narroiu 
defile in the country of the 
Hirptni, in Italy, where 
the Romans were defeated 
by the Samnites. 

Furiosus, a um, adj. (comp.) 
furious; mad; from furo. 

Furius, i, m. the name of sev- 
ral Romans. 

Fusus, a, um, part, (fundo.) 

Futurus, a, um, part, (sum,) 
about to be; future. 

G. 

Gades, ium, f. pi. the name of 
an island and town in 
Spain, near the straits of 
Gibraltar, now Cadiz. 

Gaditanus, a, um, adj. of 
Gades or Cadiz : fretum 
Gaditanum, the straits of 
Gibraltar. 

Galatia, ae, f. a country in the 
interior of Asia Minor. 

Gallia, 33, f. Gaul, now France. 

Galliae, pi. the divisions of 
Gaul. 



Galficus, a, um, adj. belong- 
ing to Gaul; Gallic. 

Gallina, ae, f. a hen. 

Gallinaceus, i, m. a cock. 

Gallus, i, m. a cock. 

Gallus, i, m. an inhabitant of 
Gallia; a Gaul; also a cog- 
nomen of several Romans. 

Ganges, is, m. the name of a 
large river in India. 

Garumna, 33, f. the Garonne. 
a river of Aquitania. 

Gaudeo,gaudere,gavIsus sum, 
n. pass. § 78 ; to rejoice; to 
delight; to be pleased with. 

Gaudium,i,n. joy; gladness. 

Gavisus, a, um, part, (gau- 
deo,) rejoicing; having re- 
joiced. 

GemTnus, a, um; adj. double: 
gemmi filii, twin sons. 

Gemitus, us, m, (gemo,) a 



Gemmatus, a, um,part. adorn- 
ed with gems; gemmed; 

glittering; from 
Gemmo, are, avi, atum, tr. 

(gemma,) to adorn with 

gems. 
Gener, eri, m. a son-in-law. 
Genero, are, avi, atum, tr.(ge- 

nus,) to beget; to produce. 
Generosltas, atis, nobleness of 

mind; magnanimity ; from 
Generosus, a, um, adj. (ior, 

issimus,) (genus,) noble; 

spirited; brave; generous; 

fruitful; fertile. 
Genitus, a, um, part, (gigno,) 

born; produced. 



240 



GENS GRASSOR. 



Gens, tis, f. a nation; a tribe; 
a family; a clan. 

Genui. See Gigno. 

Genus, eris, n. a race; a fam- 
ily; a sort or kind. 

Geometria, ae, f. geometry. 

Gerens, tis, part, (gero,) bear- 
ing; conducting. 

Germanus, i, m. a German; 
an inhabitant of Germany. 

Germania, ae, f. Germany. 

Germanicus, a, um, adj. Ger- 
man; of Germany. 

Gero, gerere, gessi, gestum, 
tr. to bear; to carry; (viz: 
" a load or burden;) to do; to 
conduct or manage; (spo- 
ken of one who has the 
charge ; see ago and facio ;) 
res eas gessit, performed 
such exploits : odium, 10 
hate : onus, to bear a bur- 
den: bellum, to wage or 
carry on war. 

Geryon-is,m.a giant who was 
slain by Hercules, and whose 
oxen were driven into Greece. 

Gestans, tis, part, from 

Gesto, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. 
(gero,) to bear; to carry 
about. 

Gestus, a, um,part. borne; per- 
formed : res gestae, see Res. 

Getae, arum, m. pi. a savage 
people of Dacia, north of 
the Danube. 

Gigas, amis, m a giant.. 

Gigno, gignere, genui, geni- 
tum,tr. tobeget; to bring 
forth; to bear; to produce. 

Glaber, bra, brum. adj. Cbri- 



or, berrimus,) bald; bare, 
smooth. 

Glacialis, e, adj. icy; freezing;* 
from 

Glacies, ei, f. ice. 

Gladiator, oris, m. (gladius,) a 
gladiator. 

Gladiatorius, a, um, adj. be- 
longing to a gladiator ; 
gladiatorial; from 

Gladius, i, m. a sword. 

Glans, dis, f. mast; an acorn. 

Glisco, ere, intr. to increase. 

Gloria, 83, f. glory; fame. 

Glorior, ari, atus sum, intr. 
dep. to boast. 

Gnavus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
active; industrious. 

Gorgias, ae, m, a celebrated 
sophist and orator. 

Gracilis, e, adj. (ior, limus, 
§26, 1,) slender; lean; del- 
icate. 

Gracchus, i, m. the name of an 
illustrious Roman family . 

Gradior, gradi, gressus sum, 
intr. dep. to go; to walk; fr. 

Gradus, us, m. a step; a stair. 

Grascia, ae, f. Greece. 

Graecus, a, um, adj. Grecian; 
Greek : — subs, a Greek. 

Grandis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
large; great; ( in a higher 
sense than magnus.) 

Granicus, i, m. a river of My- 
sia, emptying into the Pro- 
pontis. 

Grassor, ari, atus sum, intr. 
dep. freq, (gradior,) to ad- 
vance ; to march; to pro- 
ceed; to make an attack. 



GRATES — HANNIBAL. 



241 



Grates, def. f. pi. (gratus,) 
thanks : aorere grates, to 
thank. § IS, 12. 

Gratia, ae, f. (gratus,) grace; 
favor; thanks; return; re- 
quital; gratitude : habere, 
to feel indebted or obliged; 
to be grateful : in gratiam, 
in fa vo r of : gratia , for the 
sake. 

Gratulatus, a, urn, part, hav- 
ing congratulated; from 

Gratulor, ari, atus sum, intr. 
dep. to congratulate; from 

Gratus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) acceptable; pleasing; 
grateful. 

Gravis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
heavy; severe: great; grave; 
important; violent; noxious; 
unwholesome : gravis som- 
nus, sound sleep; hence, 

Gra vitas, atis, f. heaviness; 
gravity; weight. 

Graviter, adv. (ius, issime,) 
hardly; heavily; grievous- 
ly; severely; from gravis. 

Gravo, are, avi, atum, tr. (gra- 
vis,) to load; to oppress; to 
burden. 

Gregatim, adv. (grex,) in 
herds. 

Gressus, us, m. (gradior,) a 
step; a pace; a gait. 

Grex, gis, c. a flock; a herd; a 
company. 

Grus, gruis, c. a crane. 

Gubernator, oris, m. (guberno, 
to govern;) a pilot; a ruler. 

Gyarus, i, f. one of the Cy- 
clddes. 



Gyges, is, m. a rich king of 
Lydia. 

Gymnosophista?, arum, m. 
Gymnosophists; a sect of 
Indian philosophers. 

H. 

Habens, tis, part. from. 

Habeo, ere, ui, itum, tr. to 
have; to possess; to hold; 
to esteem; to suppose; to 
take; habere consilium, to 
deliberate. 

HabTto, are, avi, atum, tr. & 
intr. to inhabit; to dwell. 

Habittirus, a, um, part, (ha- 
beo.) 

Habitus, a, um, part, (habeo.) 

Habitus, us, m. (habeo,) hab- 
it ; form ; dress ; attire; 
manner. 

Hactenus, adv. (hie & tenus,; 
hitherto; thus far v 

Hadrianus, i, m. Adrian, the 
fifteenth emperor of Rome. 

Haemus, i, m. a mountain of 
Thrace, from whose top, 
both the Euxine and Adri- 
atic seas can be seen. 

Halcyon, or Alcyon, onis, f. 
the halcyon or kingfisher. 
See Alcyone. 

Halicarnassus, i, f. a maritime 
city of Caria, the birth- 
place of Herodotus. 

Hamilcar, aris, m. a Cartha- 
ginian general. 

Hannibal, alis, m. a brave 
Carthaginian general, the 
son of Hamilcar. 



21 



242 



HANNO HESFERUS. 



Hanno, onis, m. a Carthagi- 
nian general. 

Harmonia, 83, f. the wife of 
Cadmus, and daughter of 
Mars and Venus. 

Harpyiae, arum, f. pi. the 
Harpies; winged monsters, 
having the faces of loomen, 
and the bodies of vultures. 

Haruspex, icis, m. (ara & 
specio,) a soothsayer; a di- 
viner; one who pretended 
to a knowledge of future 
events from inspecting the 
entrails of victims. 

Hasdrubal, alis, m. a Cartha- 
ginian general, the brother 
of Hannibal. 

Hasta, 33, f. a spear; a lance. 

Haud, adv. not. 

Haurio, haurire, hausi, haus- 
tum, tr. to draw out; to 
drink; to swallow. 

Haustus,us, m. (id.) a draught. 

Hebes, etis, adj.(comp.) blunt; 
obtuse; dim. 

Hebesco, ere, intr. inc. (hebeo ) 
to grow blunt, dim, or 
dull. 

Hebrus, i, m. a large river of 
Thrace. 

Hecuba, 83, f. the wife of Pri- 
am, king of Troy. 

He d era, 33, f. ivy. 

Hcgesias, 83, m. an eloquent 
philosopher of Cyrene. 

Helena, as, f. Helen, the daugh- 
ter of Jupiter and Leda, 
and wife of Menelaus. 

Helicon, onis, m. a mountain 
ofBcsotia, near Parnassus, 



and sacred to Apollo and 
the Muses. 

Helvetia, 83, f. a country in 
the eastern part of Gaul, 
now Switzerland. 

Helvetii, orum, m. pi. Helveti- 
ans; the inhabitants of Hel- 
vetia. 

Helleborum, i, n. or Hellebo- 
rus, i, m. the herb helle- 
bore. 

Hellespontus, i, m. a strait 
between Thrace and Asia 
Minor, now called the Dar- 
danelles. 

Heraclea, 83, f. the name of 
several cities in Magna 
Graida, in Pontus, in Sy- 
ria, &c. 

Herba, ae, f. an herb; grass; 
hence, 

Herbidus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
grassy; full of herbs or 
grass. 

Hercules, is, m. a celebrated 
hero, son of Jupiter and 
Alcmena. 

Hercynius, a, um, adj. Hercy- 
nian : Hercynia silva, a 
large forest in Germany, 
now the Black Forest. 

Heres, or Haeres, edis, c. an 
heir. 

Herennius, i, m. a general of 
the Samnites. 

Hero, us, (§15, 13,) f. a priest- 
ess of Venus, who resided 
at Sestos, and who was be- 
loved by Leander, a youth 
of Abydos. 

Hesperus, i, m. a son of Tape- 



HEU H0RR1DUS. 



243 



tus, who settled in Italy, 
and from whom that coun- 
try vjas called Hespcria; 
also the evening star. • 

Heu ! int. alas ! ah ! 

Hians, tis, part, (hio.) 

Hiatus, us, m. (hio,) an open- 
ing; a chasm; an aperture. 

Hibernicus, a, um, adj. Irish: 
(probably from Hiberna, 
the winter quarters of the 
Roman soldiers.) 

Hibernus, a, um, adj. (hiems,) 
of winier; ivi'ntry. 

Hie, adv. here; in this place. 

Hie, hasc, hoc, pro. § 31, 
this; he; she, &c. 

Hiempsal, alis, m. a king. of 
Numidia. 

Hiems, emis, f. winter. 

Hiero, onis, m. tyrant of Sy- 
racuse. 

Hiersolyma, ae, f. & Hiersoly- 
ma, drum, n. pi. Jerusalem, 
the capital of Judea. 

Hinc, adv. hence; from hence; 
from this; from this time. 

Hinnio, ire, Ivi, Hum, intr. to 
neigh; hence, 

Hinnltus, us, m. a neighing. 

Hinnuleus, i, m. (hinnus,) a 
jaw /i. 

I ' Lo, are, avi, atum, intr. gape; 
to yawn; to open the mouth; 
to long for. 

flipparchus, i, m. the son of 
Pisistratus, a tyrant of 
Athens. 

Hippolytus, i, m. the son of 
Theseus. 

Hippomenes, is, m. the son of 



Megareus, and husband of 
Atalanta. 

Hippopotamus, i, m. the hip- 
popotamus,or river-horse. 

Hispania, se, f. Spain. 

Hispanus,a,um, adj. Spanish: 
subs. m. a Spaniard. 

Hodie, adv. (i. e. hoc die,) to- 
day; at this time; now-a- 
days. 

Hodieque, (for hodie quoque,) 
adv. to this day; to this 
time. 

Hcedus, i, m. a kid; a young 
goat, 

Homerus, i, m. Homer, the 
most ancient and illustri- 
ous of the Greek poets. 

Homo, mis, c.(humus,) a man; 
a person; one. 

Honestas, atis, f. honor; vir- 
tue; dignity; from 

Honestus, a, um, adj. honora- 
ble; noble; from 

Honor & -os, oris, m. honor; re- 
spect; an honor: an office. 

Honorif ice, adv. (centius, cen- 
tissime, from honorificus, 
§26, 3,) honorably : parum 
honorif ice, slightingly ; 
with little respect. 

Hora, ae, f. an hour. 

Horatius, i, m., Horace; the 
name of several Romans : 
Horatii, pi. three Roman 
brothers, who fought ivith 
the three Curiatii. 

Hortensius, i, m. the name of 
several Romans. 

Horridus, a, um, adj. comp. 
(horreo, to bristle up;) 



244 



HORTATUS IDJEUS. 



rough; rugged; rude; un- 
polished; barbarous. 

Hortatus, us, m. an exhorta- 
tion; instigation; advice; fr. 

Hortor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
to exhort. 

Hortus, i, m. a garden. 

Hospes", itis, c. a stranger; a 
visitor; a guest; a host. 

Hospitium, i, n. (hospes,) hos- 
pitality : hospitio acci- 
pere, to entertain. 

Hostia, as, f. (hostis,) a victim. 

Hostilius, i, m. (Tullus,) the 
third king of Rome .* a cog- 
nomen among the Romans. 

Hostis, is, c. an enemy. 

Hue, adv. (hoc,) hither : hue 
— illuc, hither — thither; 
now here — now there. 

Hujusmodi, adj. hid. (gen. of 
hie & modus,) of this sort 
or hind. 

Humamtas, atis, f. humanity; 
kindness; gentleness; from 

Humanus, a, um, adj. comp. 
(homo,) human. 

Humerus, i, m. the shoulder. 

Humilis, e, adj. (humi,) (ior, 
limus, § 26, 1.) humble : hu- 
mili loco natum esse, to be 
born in a humble station, or 
of obscure parents. 

Humor, oris, m.(humeo,) mois- 
ture; pi. liquids; humors. 

Humus, i, f. the ground : hu- 
mi, on the ground. § 130, 
Obs. 7. 

Hyaena, as, f. the hyena. 

Hydrus, i, m. a water snake. 



Hymnus, i, m. a hymn; a song 
of praise. 

Hyperboreus, a, um, adj. (utfsp 
§6psa£,) properly, living be- 
yond the source of the north 
wind; northern : Hyper- 
borei, Drum, m. pi. people 
inhabiting the northern re- 
gions; beyond Scythia. 

Hystrix, icis, f. a porcupine. 



Iapetus, the son of Ccelus and 
Terra. 

Iberus, i, m. a river of Spain, 
now the Ebro. 

Ibi, adv. there; here; then. 

Ibidem, adv. in the same place. 

Ibis, idis, f. the ibis, the Egyp- 
tian stork. 

Icarus, i, m. thesonof Dceddlus. 

Icarius, a, um, adj. of Icdi-us, 
Icarian. 

Ichneumon, onis, m. the ich- 
neumon or Egyptian rat. 

Ichnusa, ae, f. an ancient Greek 
name of Sardinia. 

Ico, icere, ici, ictum, tr. to 
strike : foedus, to make, 
ratify or conclude a league 
or treaty. 

Ictus, a, um, part. 

Ictus, us, m. (ico,) a blow; a 
stroke. 

Ida, ae, f. a mountain of Troas, 
near Troy. 

Idaeus, a, um, adj. belonging 
to Ida : mons Idasus, mount 
Ida. 



IDEM IMMOLO. 



245 



Tdem, eadem, idem, pro. §31, 
the same. 

Idoneus,a,um,adj .fit; suitable. 

Igitur, conj. therefore; then. 

Ignarus, a, um, adj. (in & gna- 
rus,) ignorant. 

Ignavus, a, um, adj. comp. 
(in & gnavus,) inactive; idle; 
cowardly. 

Ignis, is, tci. fire; flame. 

Ignobilis, e, adj. (in Scnobllis,) 
unknown; ignoble; mean. 

Ignoro, are, avi, atum, tr. (ig- 
narus,) to be ignorant; not 
to know. 

Ignotus, a, um, part & adj. 
(in & notus,) unknown. 

Ilium, i, n. Ilium or Troy, 
the principal city of Troas. 

Hiatus, a, um, part, (from in- 
fero,) brought in; inferred. 

Ille, a, ud, pro. § 31 ; that; he; 
she; it; the former; pi. 
they, those. 

Illecebra, ae, f. (illicio,) an al- 
lurement; an enticement. 

Illico, adv. (in & loco,) in that 
place ; immediately ; in- 
stantly. 

Illuc, adv. (illoc,) thither : hue 
— illuc, now here — ?ww 
there. 

Illustris, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
illustrious; famous; cele- 
brated; from 

Illustro, are, avi, atum, tr. (in 
& lustro,) to enlighten; to 
illustrate; to render fa- 
mous; to celebrate; to make 
renowned. 

Ulyria, ae, f. a country opposite 



to Italy, and bordering on 
the Adriatic. 

Imago, inis, f. an image; a 
picture; a figure; a resem- 
blance. 

Imbecillis, e, adj. (in & bac- 
illus, as if leaning on a 
staff:) (lior, limus, ?26, 1,) 
weak; feeble. 

Imber,bris, m. a shower; a rain. 

Imitatio, onis, f. imitation : ad 
imitationem, in imitation; 
from 

Imitor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
to imitate; to copy. 

Immanis, e, adj. comp. (in & 
magnus,) very great; huge; 
monstrous; cruel; dreadful, 

Immensus, a, um, adj. (in & 
mensus,) immeasurable ; 
boundless ; immoderate. 

Immeritus, a, um, part, (in & 
meritus,) not deserving , 
undeserved. 

Immmens, tis, part, hanging 
over; threatening; from 

Immineo, ere, ui, intr. (in & 
mineo,) to hang over; to 
impend; to threaten; to be 
near. 

Immissus, a, um, part, admit- 
ted; sent in; darted in; from 

Immitto, -mittere, -misi, -mis- 
sum, tr. (in& mitto,) to lei 
in; to send to, into, against, 
or upon; to throw at. 

Immobilis, e, adj. comp. (in 
& mobilis,) immovable ; 
steadfast. 

Immolo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(in & mola,) properly, to 



246 



IMM0RTAL1S — IMPONO. 



sprinkle with the mola or 
salted cake; hence, to sa- 
crifice; to immolate. 

Immortalis, e, adj. (in &mor- 
talis,) immortal. 

Immotus, a, um, part, (in & 
motus,) unmoved; still; 
motionless. 

Immutatus, a, um, part, alter- 
ed; changed; (sometimes, 
exchanged;) from 

Immtito, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(in & muto,) to change; to 
alter. 

Impatiens, tis, adj. (in and pa- 
tiens,) impatient; not able 
to endure. 

Impedltus, a, um, part, im- 
peded; hindered; encum- 
bered; e?itangled; from 

Impedio, ire, Ivi, ltum, tr. (in 
& pes,) properly, to fetter; 
hence, to impede; to ob- 
struct; to check; to delay; 
to prevent; to disturb. 

Impendeo, -pendere, wants 
pret. & sup. intr. (in & pen- 
deo,) to hang over; to im- 
pend; to threaten. 

Impenetrabilis, e, adj. (in & 
penetrabilis,) impenetrable. 

Impense, adv. (ius, issime,) 
exceedingly; greatly; from 
impensus. 

Imperator, oris, m. (impero,) 
a commander; a general. 

Imperito, are, avi, atum, tr. 
freq. (impero,) to command; 
to rule; to govern. 

Imperitus, a, um, adj. (ior 
issimus, (in & peritus,) in- 



experienced; 'una cquaint ed 
ivith. 

Imperium, i, n. a command; 
government ; reign ; su- 
preme authority; power; 
(imperium, military com- 
mand; — potestas, civil au- 
thority;) from 

Impero, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
command; to order; to di- 
rect; to govern; to rule over. 

Impertiens, tis, part, from 

Impertio, ire, Ivi, ltum, tr. (in 
& partio,) to impart; to 
share; to give. • 

Impetro, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(in & patro,) to obtain; to 
finish. 

Impetus, us, m. (in & peto,) 
an attack; onset; force; vio- 
lence; impetuosity. 

Impius, a, um, adj. (in & pi- 
us,) impious; undutiful. 

Impleo, ere, evi, etum, tr. (in 
and pleo;) to fill; to ac- 
complish; to perform. 

Implicitus, a, um, part, en- 
tangled; attacked; from 

Implico, are, avi, or ui, atum 
or ltum, tr. (in & plico,) to 
infold; to entangle; to im- 
plicate. 

Implicor, ari, atus or ltus 
sum, pass, to be entangled : 
morbo, to be attacked ivith 
sickness. 

Imploro, are, avi, atum, tr. (in 
& ploro,) to implore; to be- 
seech; to beg. 

Impono, -ponere, -posui, -posi- 
tum, tr. (in &pono,) to lay 



IMPORTUNUS INCOLO. 



247 



or place upon; to impose; 
to put. 

Importunus, a, um, adj. comp. 
dangerous; perilous; trou- 
blesome; cruel; outrageous; 
restless; ungovernable. 

Impositus, a, um, part, (im- 
pono.) 

Imprimis, adv. (in & primis, 
from primus,) am.ong the 
first; especially; eminently. 

Improbatus, a, um, part, (im- 
probo,) disallowed; disap- 
proved. 

Improbo, are, avi, atum, tr 
(in & probo,) to disap- 
prove; to reject. 

Improbus, a, um, adj. comp. 
• (in & probus,) not good; 
wicked; bad. 

Imprudens, tis, adj. comp. (in 
& prudens,) imprudent; 
inconsiderate. 

Impugnaturus, a, um, part. fr. 

Impugno, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
fight against; to attack. 

Impune, adv. (in 6c poena,) 
with impunity ; ivithout 
hurt; without punishment. 

Imus, a, um, adj. (sup. of in- 
ferus, § 26, 2,) the lowest: 
the deepest. 

In, prep, with the accusative, 
signifies, into ; towards ; 
upon; until; for; against : 
with the ablative, in; up- 
on; among; at : in dies, 
from day to day : in eo 
esse, to be on the point of: 
in sublime, aloft. 



Inanis, e, adj. (comp.) empty; 
vain; ineffectual; foolish. 

Inaresco,-arescere, -arui, intr. 
inc. $ 83, 2, to grow dry. 

Incedo,-cedere,-cessi,-cessum, 
intr. (in & cedo,) to go on; 
to go; to walk; to come. 

Incendo, dere, di, sum, tr. (in 
& candeo,) to light; to 
kindle; to set fire to; to 
inflame. 

Incensus, a, um, part, lighted; 
kindled; burning; inflamed. 

Incertus, a, um, adj. (ior issi- 
mus,) (in & certus,) un- 
certain. 

Inchoo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
begin. 

Incidens, tis, part, from 

Incido,-cidere,-cidi, intr. (in 
& cado,) to fall into or 
upon; to chance to meet 
with. 

Incipio,~cipere,-cepi, -ceptum, 
tr. (in & capio,) to com- 
mence; to begin. 

Incito, are, avi, atum, tr. (in 
& cito,) to stir up; to in- 
stigate; to encourage; to 
animate. 

Includo, dere, si, sum, tr. (in 
& claudo,) to shut in; to 
include; to inclose; to en- 
circle; to encompass. 

Inclusus, a, um, part. (includo.) 

Inclytus, a, um, adj. (issimus, 
§ 26, 5,) famous; celebra- 
ted; re?wwned. 

Incola, SB, c. aninhabitant; fr. 

Incolo, colere, colui, cultum, 



248 



INCOLUMIS INERTIA. 



tr. (in & colo,) to dwell in 
a place; to inhabit. 

Incolumis, e, adj. comp. (in & 
columis,) unhurt; safe; un- 
punished. 

Incompertus, a, urn, adj. (in 
& compertus,) not found 
out; unknown; uncertain. 

Inconsiderate, adv. (ius, issi- 
me,) inconsiderately; rash- 

iy- 

Incredibilis, e, adj. comp. (in 
& credibilis,) incredible; 
wonderful; hence 

Incredibiliter, adv. (ius, issi- 
me,) incredibly. 

Incrementum, i, n. (incresco,) 
an increase. 

Increpo, are, ui, ltum, tr. (in 
& crepo,) to make a loud 
noise; to reprove; to chide; 
to blame. 

Incruentus, a, urn, adj. (in & 
cruor,) bloodless. 

Inculte, adv. (ius, issime,) 
rudely; plainly; from 

Incultus, a, um, part. & adj. 
comp. (in & colo,) unculti- 
vated; uninhabited; desert. 

Incumbo, -cumbere, -cubui, 
-cubitum, intr. (in & cubo,) 
to lean; to lie; to rest or 
recline upon; to apply to : 
gladio, to fall upon one's 
sword. 

Incursio, onis, f. (incurro,) a 
running against; an attack; 
an incursion; an inroad. 

Inde, adv. thence; from thence. 

Index, icis, d. (indico,) an in- 
dex; a mark; a sign. 



India, ae, f. a country of Asia, 
named from the river Indus. 

Indico, are, avi, atum, tr. (in 
& dico, are,) to shew; to 
discover'. 

Indico, cere, xi, ctum, tr. (in 
& dico,) to indicate; to an- 
nounce; to declare; to pro- 
claim; to appoint; hence, 

Indictus, a, um, part. 

Indicus. a, um. adj. of India, 
Indian. 

Indigena, ae, c. (in & geno,) 
one born in a certain place, 
a native. 

Indoles, is, f. (in & oleo, to 
grow,) the natural disposi- 
tion; nature; inherent qual- 
ity. See ingenium. 

Induco, cere, xi, ctum, tr. (in 
& duco,) to lead in; to in- 
duce; to persuade; hence, 

Inductus, a, um, part. 

Induo, -duere, -dui,-dutum, tr. 
to put on; to dress; to clothe. 

Indus, i, m. a large river in 
the western part of India. 

Industria, se, f. (industrius,) 
industry; diligence. 

Indtitus, a, um, part, (induo.) 

Inedia, 33, f. (in & edo,) want 
of food; fasting; hunger. 

Ineo, ire, ii, ltum, tr. & intr. 
irr. (in & eo,) to go or enter 
into; to enter upon; to 
make; to form. 

Inermis, e, adj. (in & arma,) 
unarmed; defenceless. % 

Inertia, ae, f. (iners,) want of 
art; laziness; sloth; idle- 
ness. 



INF AMIS INGRU0. 



249 



Infamis, e, adj. (in & fama,) 
ill spoken of; infamous; 
disgraceful. 

Infans, tis, c. (in & fans,) one 
who cannot speak; an in- 
fant; a child. 

Inferi, orum, m. pi. the infer- 
nal regions; Hades; Orcus; 
the infernal gods. 

Inferior, us, adj. See Inferus. 

Infero, inferre, intiili, illatum, 
tr. irr. (in & fero,) to bring 
in or against; to bring up- 
on; to inflict upon : bellum, 
to make war upon. 

Inferus, a, um, adj. (inferior, 
infimus, or imus, § 26, 2,) 
low; humble. 

Infesto, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
infest; to disturb; to mo- 
lest; to vex; to plague; to 
trouble; to annoy; from 

Infestus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) (in & festus,) not 
pleasant; hostile; inimical. 

Infigo, gere, xi, xum, tr. (in 
& figo,) to fix; to fasten; 
to drive in. 

Infinitus, a, um, adj. (in & 
finio,) infinite; unbounded; 
vast; immense: infinitum 
argenti, an immense quan- 
tity of silver : infinita no- 
bilitas, a vast number &c. 

Infirmus, a, um, adj. ior, issi- 
mus > (in & firrnus,) weak; 
infirm. 

Infixus, part, (infigo.) 

Inflammo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
to set on fire; to inflame; 
to excite; to animate. 



Inflatus, a, um, part, (inflo,) 
blown upon; puffed up, 

Infligo, gere, xi, ctum, tr. (in 
& fligo,) properly, to strike 
one thing against another; 
hence, to inflict. 

Jnflo, are, avi, atum, tr. (in & 
no,) to blow upon. 

Infra, prep, beneath; below. 

Infrendeo, ere, ui, intr. (in & 
frendeo,) to gnash with the 
teeth. 

Infringo,-fringere,-fregi,-frac- 
tum, tr. (in & frango,) to 
break or rend in pieces; to 
disannul; to make void. 

Infundo, -fundere, -fudi, -fu- 
sum, tr. (in & fundo,) to 
pour in : infunditur, it 
empties; (said of rivers.) 

Ingenium, i, n. (in & geno,) 
judgment; sagacity; pene- 
tration; natural disposi- 
tion; genius; talents; cha- 
racter. 

Ingens, tis, adj. (ior, §26, 6,) 
great; very great; huge; 
(in a much higher sense 
than magnus.) 

Ingenuus, a, um, adj. (ingeno,) 
natural ; free-born ; free ; 
noble; ingenuous. 

Ingredior,-gredi,-gressus sum, 
tr. & intr. dep. (in & gra- 
dior,) to go in; to enter; to 
come in; to walk; to walk 
upon; to go. 

Ingressus, a, um, part. 

Ingruo, -gruere, -grui, tr. to 
invade; to assail; to pour 
down; lofallupon suddenly. 



250 



INHjEKEO INSIDEO. 



Inhtereo, -haerere, -haesi, -hae- 
sum, intr. (in Schasreo,) to 
cleave or stick to or in : co- 
gitationibus, to be fixed or 
lost in thought. 

Inhio, are, avi, atum, tr. & 
intr. (in & hio,) to gape- 
for; to desire. 

Inimicus, a, nm, adj. comp. 
(in & amicus,) inimical; 
hostile. 

Inimicus, i, m. subs, an enemy. 

Inique, adv. ius, issime, (ini- 
quus, in & aequus, not 
equal;) unequally; unjustly. 

Initium, i, n. (ineo,) a com- 
mencement; a beginning. 

Initiirus, a, um, part, (ineo,) 
about to enter upon or begin. 

Injicio, -jicere, -jeci, -jectum, 
tr. (in & jacio,) to throw 
in or upon. 

Injuria, ae, f. (injurius, in & 
jus,) an injury; an insult. 

Innato, are, avi, atum, intr. 
(in & nato,) to swim or 
float upon. 

Innitor, -nlti, -nlsus or nixus 
sum, intr. dep. (in &nitor,) 
to lean or depend upon; to 
rest upon. 

Innocentia, as, f. (in & no- 
cens,) harmlessness; inno- 
cence. 

Innotesco, -notescere, -notui, 
intr. inc. (in & notesco,) 
to become known; to be 
known. 

Innoxius, a, um, adj. comp. 
(in & noxius,) harmless. 



Innumerabllis, e, adj. (in & 
numerabiiis,) innumerable. 

Innumerus, a, um, adj. (in & 
numerus,) without number. 

Inopia, ae, f. (mops,) want; 
scarcity. 

Inopus, i, m. a fountain or 
river of Delos, near which 
Apollo and Diana were 
said to have been born. 

Inprimis, and in primis, adv. 
same as imprimis. 

Inquam, or Inquio, def. I say; 
§ 84, 2. 

[nquino, are, avi,- atum, tr. to 
pollute; to stain; to soil. 

Inquiro,-quirere,-quisivi, -qui- 
situm, tr. (in & quasro,) to 
seek for; to inquire; to in~ 
vestigate. 

Insania, ae, f. (insanus,) mad- 
ness. 

Insanio, ire, Ivi, Itum, intr. (in- 
sanus,) to be mad. 

Inscribo, -scribere, -scripsi, 
-scriptum, tr. (in & scribo,) 
to write upon; to inscribe. 

Inscriptus, a, um, part. 

Insectum, i, n. (inseco,) an 
insect. 

Insequens, tis, part, succeed- 
ing; subsequent; following; 
from 

Insequor,-sequi,-secutus sum, 
tr. dep. (in & sequor,) to 
follow after; to follow. 

Insidens, tis, part, from 

Insideo, -sidere,-sedi,-sessum, 
intr. (in & sedeo,) to sit 
upon 



INSIDUE INTERCIPIO. 



251 



Insidiae, arum, f. pi. (insideo,) 
an ambush ; ambuscade ; 
treachery; deceit : per insi- 
dias, treacherously. 

Insidians, tis, part, from 

Insidior, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
(insidia?,) to lie in wait; to 
lie in ambush; to deceive. 

Insigne, is, n. a mark; a to- 
ken; an ensign; from 

Insignis, e, adj. comp. (in & 
signum,) distinguished {by 
some mark;) eminent. 

Insisto, -sistere, -stiti, -stitum, 
intr. (in & sis to,) to stand 
upon; to insist. 

Insolabiliter, adv. (in & solor,) 
inconsolably. 

Insolens, tis, adj. (in & so- 
lens,) (ior, issimus,) not 
usual; insolent; haughty; 

Insolenter, adv. (insolens,) 
(ius, issime,) haughtily; 
insolently. 

Inspectans, tis, part, from 

Inspecto, are, avi, atum, tr. 
freq. (in & specto,) to look 
upon; to inspect. 

Instaturus, a, um, part, (insto,) 

[nstituo,-stituere,-stitui,-stitu- 
tum, tr. (in & statuo,) to 
set, or put into; to appoint; 
to resolve; to make; to or- 
der. 

Institutum, i, n. an institution; 
a doctrine; from 

Institutus, a, um, part, (in- 
stituo.) 

Insto,-stare, stiti, intr. (in & 
sto,) to stand, near to; to 
urge; to persist; to ha- 



rass; to pursue closely; to 
beg earnestly. 

Instrumentum, i, n. (instruo,) 
an instrument; utensil; im- 
plement. 

Instruo, -struere,-struxi, -struc- 
tum, tr. (in & struo,) to 
put together, or in order; 
to arrange; to prepare; to 
supply with; to instruct. 

Insiibres, um, m. pi. a people 
living north of the Po, in 
Cisalpine Gaul. 

Insuesco,-suescere,-suevi,- sue- 
tum, intr. inc. (in & sues- 
co,) to groiv accustomed. 

Insula, se, f. an island. 

Insuper, adv. (in & super,) 
moreover. 

Integer, gra, grum, adj. (in& 
tago, whence tango,) (ri- 
or, emmus,) not touched; 
whole; entire; unhurt; just; 
uncorrupted. 

Intego, -tegere, -texi, -tectum, 
tr. (in & tego,) to cover. 

Integritas, atis, f. (integer,) 
integrity; probity; honesty. 

Intellectus, a, um, part, from 

Intelligo,-ligere,-lexi,-lectum, 
tr. (inter & lego,) to choose 
between; hence, to under- 
stand; to perceive; to dis- 
cern; to know; to learn. 

Inter, prep, between ; among : 
inter se, mutually : occur- 
rentes inter se, meeting 
each other. 

Intercipio, -cipere, -cepi, -cep- 
tum, tr. (inter & capio,) to 
seize by surprise; to inter- 



252 



INTERD1C0 IJSTREPIDUS. 



cept; to usurp; to take 
away fraudulently. 

Interdlco, -dicere, -dixi, -dic- 
tum, tr. (inter & dico,) to 
interpose a command; to 
forbid; to prohibit; 

Interdictus, a, urn, part. 

Interdiu, adv. (inter & diu,) 
by day; in the day-time. 

Interdum, adv. (inter & dum,) 
sometimes. 

Interea, adv. (inter & ea,) in 
the mean time. 

Interemptus, a, urn, part, (in- 
terfmo.) 

Intereo, ire, ii, ltum, intr. irr. 
(inter &eo,§ 83,3,) to perish. 

Interest, imp. (intersum,) it 
concerns : mea, it concerns 
me. 

Interfector, oris, m. a murder- 
er; a slayer; a destroyer. 

Interfectus, a, urn, part, killed. 

Interflcio, -flcere, -feci, -fec- 
tum, tr. (inter & facio,) to 
destroy; to kill; to slay. 

Interim, adv. (inter &im, the 
old ace. of is,) in the mean 
time. 

Interimo, -imere, -emi, -emp- 
tum, tr. (inter & emo,) to 
take from the midst; to kill; 
to put to death; to slay. 

Interior, us, adj. (sup. intimus, 
§ 26, 2,) inner; the interior. 

Interims,, adv. (intro,) fart her 
in the interior. 

Interjectus, a, um, part, cast 
between: anno interjecto, 
a year having intervened; 
a year after; from 



Interjicio, -jicere, -jeci, -jec- 
tum, tr. (inter & jacio,) to 
throw between. 

Internecio, onis, f. (interneco,) 
ruin; destruction: ad in- 
ternecionem, with a gene- 
ral massacre. 

Internodium, i, n. (inter & no- 
dus,) the space between two 
knots; a joint. 

Internus, a, um, adj. internal; 
mare internum, the Medi- 
terranean sea. 

lii\.QT^xes,Gi\s,c. aninterpreter. 

Interregnum, i, n. (inter &reg- 
num,) an interregnum: a 
vacancy of the throne. 

Interrogo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(inter & rogo,) to ask. 

Intersum, esse, fui, intr. irr. 
(inter & sum,) to be pre- 
sent at, between, with, or 
among. 

Intervallum, i, n. (inter & val- 
lus,) an interval; a space; 
a distance. 

Interveniens, tis, part, from 

Intervenio, venire, veni, ven- 
tum, intr. (inter & venio,) 
to come between; to inter- 
vene. 

Intexo, ere, ui, turn, tr. (in & 
texo,) to interweave. 

Intimus, a, um, adj. sup. (in- 
terus, interior, $ 26, 2,) in- 
nermost; inmost; intimate; 
familiar; much beloved. 

Intra, prep, within : — adv. in- 



Intrepidus, a, um, adj. (in & 
txeyidius,) fearless; intrepid. 



INTRO — IRE. 



253 



Intro, are, avi, atum, tr. (intro, 
<& eo,) to enter. 

Introduco,-ducere, -duxi, -duc- 
tum, tr. (intro & duco,) to 
lead in; to introduce. 

Introitus, us, m. (introeo,) an 
entrance. 

Intuens, tis, part, from 

Intueor, eri, ltus sum, tr. dep. 
(in & tueor,) to look upon; 
to co?isider; to behold; to 
gaze at. 

Intus, adv. within. 

Inusitatus, a, urn, adj. comp. 
(in & usitatus,) unaccus- 
tomed; unusual; extraor- 
dinary. 

Inutilis, e, adj. comp. (in & 
utilis,) useless. 

Invado, -vadere, -vasi, vasum, 
tr. (in & vado,) to invade; 
to attack; to assail. 

Invenio, -venire, veni,-ventum, 
tr. (in & venio,) to come to, 
or upon; to find; to get; to 
procure; to obtain; to in- 
vent; to discover. 

Inventus, a, um, part. 

Investigo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(in & vestigo,) to trace or 
find out; to investigate; to 
discover. 

Invicem, adv. (in & vicis,) mu- 
tually; in turn: se invi- 
cem occiderunt, they slew 
one another. 

Invictus, a, um, part, (in & 
victus,) unconquerable; im- 
penetrable; invulnerable. 

Invidia, as, f. (invidus,) envy; 
hatred. 



Invisus, a, um, adj. (in video,) 
envied; hated; hateful; ob- 
noxious : plebi, unpopular. 

Invitatus, a, um, part, invited, 
entertained: — subs, a guest. 

Invito, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
invite. 

Invius, a, um, adj. (in & via,) 
impassible; inaccessible; im- 
penetrable. 

Invoco, are, avi, atum, tr. (in 
& voco,) to call upon; to 
invoke. 

Iones, um, m. pi. Ionians; the 
inhabitants of Ionia. 

Ionia, a3, f. Ionia; a country on 
the western coast of Asia 
Minor. 

Ionius, a, um, adj. of Ionia; 
Ionian : mare, that part 
of the Mediterranean which 
lies between Greece and the 
south of Italy. 

Iphicrates, is, m. an Athenian 
general. 

Ipbigenla, ae, f. the daughter 
of Agamemnon and Cly- 
temnestra, and priestess of 
Diana. 

Ipse, a, um, pro. § 32, he him- 
self; she herself; itself; or 
simply he; she; it : et ipse, 
he also ; before a verb of 
the first or second person, 
/; thou : ego ipse, I myself : 
tu ipse, thou thyself, &c. 

Ira, aa, f. anger; rage, hence. 

Irascor, irasci, intr. den. to be 
angry, bence. 

Iratus, a, um, adj. angry. 

Ire. See Eo. 



22 



254 



IRREPAEABILIS JACTJLOR. 



Irreparabilis, e, adj. comp. (in 
& reparabilis,) irreparable; 
irrecoverable. 

Irretio, Ire, Ivi, Itum, tr. (in & 
rete,) to enclose in a net; to 
entangle; to ensnare. 

Irridens, tis, part, from 

Irrideo, dere, si, sum, tr. (in & 
rideo,) to laugh at; to de- 
ride. 

Irrigo, are, avi, atum, tr. (in & 
rigo,) to water; to bedeiv; 
to moisten. 

Irrito, are, avi, atum, tr. (hirrio, 
to snarl like a dog;) to irri- 
tate; to provoke; to incite. 

Irruens, tis, part, from 

Irruo, uere, ui, (in&ruo,) intr. 
to rush in, into, or upon; 
to rush; to attack. 

Is, ea, id. pro. § 31, this; he; 
she; it : in eo esse, i. e. in 
eo statu, to be in that state; 
to be upon the point. 

Issus, i, f. a maritime city of 
Cilicia. 

Issicus, a, um, adj. of or be- 
longing to Issus. 

Isocrates, is, m. a celebrated 
Athenian orator. 

Iste, a, ud, pro. §31, tha ; 
that person or thing; he; 
she, it. (The demonstra- 
tive of the second person, 
and used to indicate a thing 
near, relating to, or spoken 
of, by the person addressed. 
§ 2S. Obs. 3, 3d.) 

Ister, tri, m. the name of the 
Danube, after it enters U- 
lyricum. 



Isthmicus, a, um, adj. Isth- 
mian; belonging to the 
Isthmus of Corinth : ludi, 
games celebrated at that 
place. 

Isthmus, i, m. an isthmus. 

Ita, adv. (is,) so; in such a 
manner; even so; thus. 

Italia, as, f. Italy. 

Italus, a, um, adj. Italian. 

Itali, subs, the Italians. 

Italicus, a, um, adj. belonging 
to Italy; Italian. 

Itaque, adv. (ita & que,) and 
so; therefore. 

Iter, itineris, n. (eo,) a jour- 
ney; a road; a march. 

Iterum, adv. (iter,) again; once 
more; a second time. 

Ithaca, as, f. a rocky island in 
the Ionian sea, with a city 
of the same name. 

Itidem, adv. (ita & idem,) in 
like manner; likewise; also. 

Itiirus, a, um, part, (eo.) 

Ivi. See Eo. 



J. 



Jacens, tis, part, from 
Jaceo, ere,ui,itum,fo lie:'m\x.to 

be situated. 
Jacio, jacere, jeci, jactum, tr. 

to throw; to cast; to fling; 

to hurl. 
Jacto, are, avi, atum, freq. 

(jacio,) to throw often; to 

toss; to agitate. 
Jactus, a, um, part, (jacio,) 

cast; throion. 
Jaculor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 



JAM — JUS. 



255 



(jacialum, from jacio,) to 
hurl, to dart; to shoot. 

Jam, adv. (a stronger term 
than nunc,) now; already; 
'presently; even: jam nunc, 
even now : jam turn, even 
then : jam inde, ever since : 
jam primum, in the first 
place. 

Jamdudum, adv. (jam & du- 
dum, lately;) long ago. 

Janiculum, i, n. one of the se- 
ven hills of Rome. 

Jason, onis, m. the son of 
Mson, king of Thessaly, 
and leader of the Argo- 
nauts; also, an inhabitant 
of Lycia. 

Jejunus, a, um, adj. comp. 
fasting; hungry. 

Jovis. See Jupiter. 

Juba, ee, f. the mane. 

Jubeo, jubere, jussi, jussum, 
tr. to command; to bid; to 
order; to direct. 

Jucundus, a, um, adj. comp. 
(jocusj agreeable; delight- 
ful; pleasant; sweet. 

Judaea, ae, f. Judea. 

Judaeus, a, um, adj. belonging 
to Judea : — subs, a Jew. 

Judex,- icis, c. (judico,) a 
judge. 

Judicium, i, n. (judex,) a 
judgment; decisio?i. 

Judico, are, avi, atum, tr. (jus 
& dico,) to judge; to deem; 
to determine; to decide. 

Jugerum, i, n. § 18, 7, (the 
quantity ploughed by a 



yoke of oxen in one day;) 
an acre of land. 

Jugum, i, n. (jungo,) a yoke > 
a ridge or chain of moun- 
tains; in war, an instru- 
ment consisting of two 
spears placed erect, and a 
third laid transversely up- 
on them. 

Jugurtha, ae, m. a king of 
Numidia. 

Julius, i, m. a 7iame of C&sar, 
who belonged to the gens 
Julia. 

Junctus, a, um, part, (jungo.) 

Junior, adj. (comparative from 
juvenis,) younger; § 26, 6. 

Junius, i, m. the name of a 
Roman tribe which includ- 
ed the family of Brutus. 

Jungo, jungere, junxi, junc- 
tum, tr. to unite; to con- 
nect; to join: currui, to 
put in; to harness to. 

Juno, onis, f. the daughter of 
Saturn and wife of Jupi- 
ter. 

Jupiter, Jovis, m. § 15, 12, the 
son of Saturn and king of 
the gods. 

Jurgiosus. a, um, adj. (jurgi- 
um,) quarrelsome; brawl- 
ing. 

Jufo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
swear; from 

Jus, juris, n. right; justice; 
natural law: jus civitatis, 
the freedom of the city; citi- 
zenship: jure, with reason; 
rightly; deservedly. 



256 



JUSSI — LANATUS. 



Jussi, See Jubeo. 
Jussus, a, urn, part, (jubeo.) 
Jussu, abl. m. (jubeo,) a com- 
mand. 
Justitia, ae, f. justice; from 
Justus, a, um, adj. comp. (jus,) 

just; right; full; regular; 

ordinary; exact. 
Juvenca, as, f. (f. of juvencus, 

i. e. juvenicus, fr. juvenis,) 

a cow; a heifer. 
Juvencius, i, m. a Roman 

general, conquered by An- 

driscus. 
Juvenis, adj. junior, § 26, 6,) 

(fr. juvo,) young; youth- 
ful. 
Juvenis, is, c. a young man 

or woman; a youth; hence, 
Juventus, litis, f. youth. 
Juvo, juvare, juvi, jutum, tr. 

to help; to assist. 
Juxta, prep, (jungo,) near; 

hard by : — adv. alike ; 

even; equally. 

L. 

L., an abbreviation of Lucius. 

Labor, & Labos, oris, m. la- 
bor; toil. 

Labor, labi, lapsus, intr. dep. 
to fall; to glide; to glide 
away; to flow on. 

Laboriosus, a, urn, adj. comp. 
(labor,) laborious. 

Laboro, are, avi, atum, intr. 
to ivork or labor; to suffer 
with; to be distressed. 

Labyrinthus, i, m. a labyrinth. 

Lac, lactis, n. milk. 



Lacedaemon, onis, f. Lacedae- 
mon, or Sparta, the capitol 
of Laconia. 

Lacedaemonius, a, um, adj. 
belonging to Lacedcemon; 
Lacedaemonian; Spar tan. 

Laceratus, a, um, part, from 

Lacero, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(lacer, mangled;)' to tear 
in pieces. 

Lacessitus, a, um, part, from 

Lacesso, ere, ivi, Itum, tr. 
(lacio,) to provoke; to stir 
up; to disturb; to trouble. 

Lacryma, ae, f. a tear. 

Lacus, us, m. a lake. 

Lacomcus, a, um, adj. Lacon- 
ic; Spartan; Lacedaemonian. 

Laedo, laedere, laesi, laesum, 
tr. to injure; to hurt. 

Lsetatus, a, um, part, laetor.) 

Laetitia, ae, f. (laetus,) joy. 

Laetor, ari, atus sum, intr. 
dep. to rejoice; to be glad; 
to be delighted with. 

Laetus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) glad; joyful; full of 
joy; fortunate; prosperous; 
fruitful; abundant. 

Laevinus, i, m. the name of a 
Roman family; (P. Vale- 
rius,) a Roman consul. 

Laevor, oris, m. (laevis or le- 
vis,) smoothness. 

Lagus, i, m. a Macedonian, 
who adopted as his son that 
Ptolemy who afterwards 
became king of Egypt. 

Lana, ae, f. wool. 

Lanatus, a, um, adj. bearing 
wool; woolly. 



LANIATUS LEGATIO. 



257 



Laniatus, a, um, part, from 

Lanio, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
tear in pieces. 

Lapicidlna, ae, f. (lapis & cae- 
do,) a quarry. 

Lapideus, a, um, adj. stony; 
from 

Lapis, idis, m. a stone. 

Lapsus, a, um, part, (labor.) 

La.queus, i, m. a noose; a 
snare. 

Largitio, onis, f. (largior, from 
largus,) a present. 

Late, adv. (ius, issime,) wide- 
ly; extensively; from latus. 

Latebra, as, f. (lateo,) a lurk- 
ing-place; a hiding-place; 
a retreat. 

Latens, tis, part, from 

Lateo, ere, ui, intr. to be hid- 
den; to be conceale'd; to be 
unknown , to be unknown to. 

Later, eris, m. a brick. 

Laterciilus, i, m. dim. (later,) 
a little brick; a brick. 

Latinus, i, m. an ancient king 
of the Laurentes, a people 
of Italy. 

Latinus, a, um, adj. Latin; of 
Latium : Latini, subs, the 
Latins. 

Lalitudo,Inis, f,(latus) breadth. 

Latium, i, n. Latium. 

Latmus, i, m. a mountain in 
Caria, near the borders of 
Ionia. 

Latona, 33, f. the daughter of 
the giant Ccsus, and mo- 
ther of Apollo and Diana. 
Latro are, avi, atum, intr & 
tr. to bark; to bark at. 



Latro. onis, m. properly, a 
mercenary soldier ; com- 
monly, a robber. 

Latrocinium, i, n. (latrocin- 
or,) robbery; piracy. 

Latvirus, a, um, part, (fero.) 

Latus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) broad; wide. 

Latus, eris, n. a side. 

Laudatus, a, um, part, from 

Laudo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
praise; to extol; to commend. 

Laurentia, ae, f. See Acca. 

Laus, dis, f. praise; glory; hon- 
or; fame; repute; estima- 
tion; value. 

Laute, adv. ius, issime, (lau- 
tus, fr. lavo,) sumptuously; 
magnificently. 

Lavinia, ae, f. the daughter of 
Latinus, and the second 
wife of Mnlas. 

Lavinium, i, n. a city in Italy, 
luilt by 2Eneas. 

Lavo, lavare, & lavere, lavi 
lotum, lautum, & lavatum, 
tr. to wash; to bathe. 

Leaena, as, f. a lioness. 

Leander, ScLeandrus, dri, m 
a youth of Abydos, distin- 
guished for his attachment 
to Hero. 

Lebes, etis, m. a kettle; a cal- 
dron. 

Lectus, a, um, part, (lego,) 
read; chosen. 

Leda, ae, f. the wife of Tynda- 
rus, king of Sparta, and the 
mother of Helena. 

Legatio, onis, f. (lego, are,) 
an embassy. 



258 



LEGATUS — LIGO. 



Legatus, i, m. (lego, are,) a 
deputy; a lieutenant ; an 
ambassador. 

Legio, onis, f. (lego, ere,) ale- 
gion; ten cohorts of soldiers. 

Legislator, oris, m.(lex&fero,) 
a legislator; a law giver. 

Lego, legere, legi, lectum, tr. 
to gather; to collect; to 
choose; to read. 

Lemanus, i, m. the name of a 
lake in Gaul, bordering up- 
on the country of the Helve- 
tii, now the lake of Geneva. 

Leo, onis, m. a lion. 

Leonidas, ae, m. a brave king 
of Sparta, who fell in the 
battle of Thermopylae. 

Leontmus, a, um, adj. belong- 
ing to Leontini, a city and 
a people of the same name, 
on the eastern coast of Sicily. 

Lepidus, i, m. the name of an 
illustrious family of the 
Mmilian clan. 

Lepus, oris, m. a hare. 

Letalis, e, &&]. fatal; deadly; 
from 

Letum, and lethum, i, n. death. 

Levis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
light; trivial; inconsidera- 
ble; smooth; hence, 

Levitas, atis, f. lightness. 

Levo, are, avi, atum, tr. (le- 
vis,) to make light; to ease; 
to relieve; to lighten; to al- 
leviate. 

Lex, gis, f. (lego,) statute or 
written law ; a law; a condi- 
tion. Legem ferre, or ro- 
gar e, to propose alaw. See]us. 



Libens, tis, part. (Kbet,) wil- 
ling. 

Libenter, adv. (ius, issime, fr. 
libens,) willingly. 

Libet, or Lubet, libuit, imp. it 
pleases. 

Liber,libera,liberum.adji/ree; 
(liberior, libemmus.) 

Liber, libri, m. the inner bark 
of a tree; a writing on 
bark; a leaf; a book. 

Liberaliter, adv. (liberalis,) 
liberally: kindly. 

Liberatus, a, um, part, (libe- 
ro,) liberated; set at liberty. 

Libere, adv. ius, rime, (li- 
ber,) freely; without re- 
straint. 

Liberi, drum, m. pi. (liber,) 
persons free born; children. 

Libero, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
free; to liberate; to deliver. 

Libertas, atis,f.(liber,) liberty. 

Libya, se, f. properly Libya, a 

kingdom of Africa, lying 

■ west of Egypt; sometimes 

it comprehends the whole 

of Africa. 

Licinius, i, m. a name common 
among the Romans. 

Licet, uit, Itum est, imp. §85, 4. 
it is lawful; it is permitted: 
tibi, you may: oyie may. 

Licet, conj. although. 

Lienosus, a, um, adj. (lien, 
the spleen,) splenetic. 

Ligneus, a, um, adj. wooden.fr. 

Lignum, i, n. wood; a log of 
wood ; timber : ligna, pie- 
ces of wood; sticks. 

Ligo, are, avi, atum, tr. tobind. 



LIGTJRIA LUCULLUS 



259 



Liguria, 33, f. Liguria, a coun- 
try in the west of Italy. 

Ligiis, uris, m. a Ligurian. 

Ligusticus, a, um, adj. Ligu- 
rian : mare, the gulf of 
Genoa. 

Lilybaeum, i, n. a promontory 
on the western coast of Sic- 

. *%" 

Limpidus, a, um, adj. (ior, is- 

simus,) (lympha or limpa,) 
traiisparent ; limpid; clear. 

Limns, i, m. mud; clay. 

Lingua, se, f. (lingo,) the 
tongue; a language. 

Linum. i, n.fax; linen. 

Liquidus, a, um, adj. (liqueo, 
to melt;) (ior, issimus,) li- 
quid; clear; pure; limpid. 

Lis, litis, f. a strife; a conten- 
tion; a controversy. 

Littera, or Litera, ae, f. (lino,) 
a letter of the alphabet : 
(pi.) letters; literature; 
learning; a letter; an epis- 
tle; hence, 

Litterarius, a, um, adj. belong- 
ing to letters; literary. 

Littus, or Litus, oris, n. the 
shore. 

Loco, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
place, set, dispose, or ar- 
range; to give or dispose 
of in marriage; from 

Locus, i, m. in sing. ; loci & 
loca, m. & n. in pi. a 
place. 

Locusta, 33, f. a locust. 

Longe, adv. (ius, issime,) (lon- 
gns,)far; far off. _ 

Longinquus,a,um, adj. (comp. 



ior,) far; distant; long; 
foreign. 

Longitudo,mis,f. length; from 

Longus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) long; applied both 
to time and spa*ce ; last- 
ing. 

Locutus, a, um,part. (loquor,) 
having spoken. 

Locuturus, a, um, part, about 
to speak; from 

Loquor, loqui, locutus sum, 
intr. dep. to sp%ak; to con- 
verse, tr. to say. 

Lorica, a?, f. a coat of mail; 
corselet; breast-plate; cui- 
rass; (anciently made of 
thongs ;) from 

Lorum, i, n. a thong. 

Lubens, tis, part, (lubet.) 

Lubenter, adv. (ius, issime.) 
See Libenter. 

Lubet. See Libet. 

Lubido, or Libido, mis, f. lust; 
desire. 

Lubrlcus, a, um, adj. (labor,) 
to slip; slippery. 

Luceo, lucere, luxi, intr. to 
shine. 

Lucius, i, m. a Roman pra> 
nomen. 

Lucretia, vs, f. a Roman mat- 
ron, the wife of Collattnus. 

Lucretius, i, m. the father of 
Lucretia. 

Luctus, us, m. (lugeo,) mourn- 
ing; sorrow. 

Lucullus, i, m. a Roman cele- 
brated for his luxury, his 
patronage of learned men, 
and his military talents. 



260 



LUCUS MACRO BIT. 



Lucus, i, m. a ivood, consecra- 
ted to some deity; a grove. 

Ludo, ludere, lusi, lusum, tr. 
to play; to be in sport; to 
deceive; from 

Ludus, i, m. a game; a play; 
a place of exercise; a school; 
gladiatorius, a school for 
gladiators. 

Lugeo, lugere, luxi, intr. to 
mourn: to lament. 

Lumen, mis, n. (luceo,) light; 
an eye. 

Luna, as, f. the moon. 

Lupa, ae, f. a she-wolf. 

Lupus, i, m. a wolf. 

Luscinia, 33, f. a nightingale. 

Lusitania, ae, f. a part o/His- 
pania, now Portugal. 

Lustro, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
purify; to appease; to ex- 
piate: exercitum, to re- 
view; to muster; from 

Lustrum, i, n. (luo or lavo,) 
purification; a sacrifice of 
purification offered at the 
conclusion of the census eve- 
ry five years; a period of 
five years; a place for bath- 
ing; hence the place where 
swine wallow; a den or 
lair of ivild beasts. 

Lusus, us, m. (ludo,) a game; 
a play per lusum, in sport; 
sportively. 

Lutatius, i, m. the name of a 
Roman tribe : C. Lutatius 
Catulus, a Roman consul 
in the Punic war. 

Lutetia, ae, f. a city of Gaul, 
now Paris. 



Lutum, i, n. (luo,) clay. 

Lux, lucis, f. light. 

Luxuria, 33, f. (luxus, fr. luo,) 
that which dissolves or loos- 
ens the energies of body and 
mind; hence luxury; excess; 
voluptuousness. 

Lycius, a, um, adj. Lycian; 
ofLycia, a country of Asia 
Minor. 

Lycomedes, is, m. a king of 
Scyros. 

Lycurgus, i, m. the Spartan 
law giver. 

Lydia, ae, f. a country of Asia 
Minor. 

Lysander, dri, m. a celebrated 
Lacedcemonian general. 

Lysimachus, i, m. one of Alex- 
anders generals, who was 
aftemuards king of a part 
of Thrace. 

M. 

M., an abbreviation o/*Marcus. 

Macedo,onis,m. a Macedonian. 

Macedonia, ae, f. a country of 
Europe, lying west of 
Thrace, and north of Thes- 
saly and Epirus. 

Macedonicus, a, um, adj. of 
Macedonia, Macedonian : 
also, an agnomen, or sur- 
name of Q. Metellus. 

Macies, ei, f. (maceo,) lean- 
ness; decay. 

Macrobii,6rum m. pi. {a Greek 
word signifying long- 
lived;) a name given to cer- 
tain tribes of Ethiopians, 



MACTATUS MALUM. 



261 



who were distinguished for 
their longevity. 

Mactatus,, a, urn, part, from 

Macto, are, avi, atum, tr. (ma- 
gis aucto, from augeo,) to 
increase with honors; to 
enrich; to honor with sa- 
crifices; hence, to sacrifice; 
to slay. 

Macula, as, f. a spot; a slain. 

Madeo, ere, ui, intr; to be 
moist; to be wet. 

Maenades, um, f. pi. priestesses 
of Bacchus; bacchants; bac- 
chanals. 

Maeotis, idis, adj. Mceotian : 
palus Maeotis, a lake or 
gulf lying north of the 
Euxine, now called the sea 
of Azoph. 

Magis, adv. (sup. maxime, 
§ 89,111.) more; rather; 
better. 

Magister, tri, m. (magis,) a 
teacher; a master : magis- 
ter equltum, the command- 
er of the cavalry, and the 
dictator's lieutenant; hence 

Magistratus, us, m. a magis- 
tracy; a civil office; a ma- 
gistrate. 

Magnesia, ae, f. a town of 
Ionia. 

Magnifice, adv. (entius, entis- 
sime,) (magnificus,) mag- 
nificently; splendidly. 

Magnificentia, ae, f, (id.) mag- 
nificence; splendor; gran- 
deur; from 

Magnificus, a, um, adj. (en- 
tior, entissimus,) (magnus 



and facio,) magnificent ; 
splendid. 

Magnitiido, mis, f. (magnus,) 
greatness; magnitude; size; 
(applied chiefly to material 
objects.) 

Magnopere, adv. sometimes 
magno opere, (magnus & 
opus,) greatly; very; ear- 
nestly. 

Magnus, a um, adj. (major, 
maximus, § 26,) {the gene- 
ral term applied to great- 
ness of every kind;) great; 
large. 

Major, comp. (magnus,) great- 
er: the elder; hence, 

Majores, um, m. ^[.forefath- 
ers; ancestors. 

Male, adv. (pejus, pessTme,) 
(malus,) badly; ill; hurt- 

f ull v- 

Maledico, -dicere, -dixi, -dic- 
tum, intr. (male & dico,) to 
revile; to rail at; to abuse; 
to reproach. 

Maledicus, a, um, adj. (en- 
tior, entissimus, § 26, 3,) 
reviling; railing; scurri- 
lous; abusive. 

Maleficus, a, um, adj. (en- 
tior, entissimus,) § 26, 3,) 
(male & facio,) wicked ; 
hurtful; mischievous; i"j"- 
rious : — subs, an evil doe* . 

Malo, malle, malui, tr. in. 
(magis & volo,) $ 83, 6, lo 
prefer; to be more willing: 
to wish. 

Malum, i, n. an apple. 

Malum, i, n. (malus,) evil; 



262 



MALUS MARS. 



misfortune; calamity; suf- 
ferings; evil deeds. 

Malus, a, um, adj. (pejor, pes- 
smius, § 26,) bad; wicked : 
mali, bad men. 

Manclnus, i, m. a Roman con- 
sul who made a disgraceful 
peace with the Numantians. 

Mando, mandere, mandi, man- 
sum, tr. to chew; to eat. 

Mando, are, avi, atum,tr.(man- 
ui & do,) to give into one's 
hand; hence to command; 
to intrust; to commit; to 
bid; to enjoin: mandare 
marmoribus, toengraveup- 
on marble. 

Mane, ind. n. the morning ; 
adv. early in the morning. 

Maneo, ere, si, sum, intr. to 
remain; to continue. 

Manes, ium, m. pi. the manes; 
ghosts or shades of the dead. 

Manlius, i, m. a Roman -pro- 
per name. 

Mano, are, avi, atum, intr. to 
flow. 

Mansuefacio, -facere, -feci, 
-factum, tr. (mansues & fa- 
cio,) to tame; to make tame. 

Mansuef 10, -fieri, factus sum, 
irr. § 83. Obs. 3, to be made 
tame. 

Mansuefactus, a, um, part. 

Mantinea, ae, f. a city of Ar- 
cadia. 

Manubiae, arum, f. pi. (ma- 
nus,) booty; spoils; plun- 
der. 

Manumissus, a, um, part. fr. 

Manumitto, -mittere, -mlsi, 



-missum, tr. (manus &mit- 
to,) to set free; at liberty; 
to free; to manumit. 

Manus, us, f. a hand; the 
trunk of an elephant; a 
band or body of soldiers. 

Mapale, is, n. a hut or cottage 
of the Numidians. 

Marcellus, i, m. the name of 
a Roman family which pro- 
duced many illustrious 
men. 

Marcius, i, m. a Roman name 
and cognomen or surname. 

Marcus, i, m. a Roman prse- 
nomen. 

Mare, is, n. the sea; (a gene- 
ral term : eaquor, a level 
surface : pontus, the sea, 
so called from Pontus, an 
ancient god of the sea : pe- 
lagus, the deep sea.) 

Margarita, 33, f. a pearl. 

Mariandyni, orum, m. pi. a 
people of Bitfajnia. 

Marinus, a, um, adj. (mare,) 
marine; pertaining to the 
sea : aqua marina, sea- 
water. 

Maritimus, a, um, adj. (id.) 
maritime; on the sea-coast : 
copige, naval forces. . 

Maritus, i, m. (mas,) a hus- 
band. 

Marius, i, m. (C.) a distin- 
gushed Roman general, 
who ivas seven times elect- 
ed consul. 

Marmor, oris, n. marble 

Mars, tis, m. the son of Jupiter 
and Juno, and god of ivar. 



MARSI MEGASTHENES. 



263 



rJarsi, orum, in. pi. a people 
of Latium, upon the borders 
of lake Ticlnus. 

Marsyas, ae, m. a celebrated 
. Phrygian musician.- also, 
a brother of Antigonus, 
the king of Macedonia. 

Massa, se, f. a mass; a lump. 

Massicus, a, um, adj. Massic, 
of Massicus, a mountain 
in Campania, famous for 
its wine : vinum, Massic 
wine. 

Massilia, se, f. a maritime 
town of Gallia Narbonen- 
sis, now Marseilles. 

Mater, tris, f. a mother; a ma- 
tron; hence, 

Materia, se,f. a material; mat- 
ter; stuff; timber. 

Matrimonium, i, n. (id.) ma- 
trimony; marriage. 

Matrona, ae, f. a river of Gaul, 

Matrona, 02, f. a matron, 

Maturesco, maturescere, ma- 
turui, intr. inc. to ripen; to 
grow ripe; from 

Maturus, a, um, adj. (ior, ri- 
mus or issimus,) ripe; ma- 
ture; perfect. 

Mauritania, 03, f. a country in 
the western part of Africa, 
extending from Numidia to 
the Atlantic ocean. 

Mausolus, i, m. a king of Ca- 
ria. 

Maxilla, as, f. a jaw; a jaw- 
bone. 

Maxime, adv. (sup. of magis,) 
most of all; especially; 
greatly. 



Maximus, i, f m. a Roman sur- 
name : Qu. Fabius Maxi- 
mus, a distinguished Ro- 
man general. 

Maximus, a, um, adj. (sup. 
of magnus,) greatest; eld- 
est : maximus natu, oldest. 
See Natu. 

Mecum, (me & cum,) ivith me. 

Medeor, eri, intr. dep. to cure; 
to heal. 

Medicma, 89, f. (medicus,) 
medicine. 

Medico, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(id.) to heal; to admiriisler 
medicine; to medicate; to 
prepare medically; to em- 
balm. 

Medicus, i, m. a physician. 

Meditatus, a, um, part, de- 
signed; practised; from 

Meditor, ari, atus sum,tr.dep. 
to meditate; to reflect; to 
practise. 

Mediomatrici, orum, m. pi. a 
people of Belgic Gaul. 

Medius, a, um, adj. middle; 
the midst : medium, the 
middle. 

Medusa, 33, f. one of the three 
Gorgons. 

Megara, 33, f. the capital of 
Megaris. 

Megarenses, ium, m. pi. Me- 
garensians; the inhabitants 
of Megara. 

Megaris, idis, f. a small coun- 
try of Greece. 

Megasthenes, is, m. a Greek 
historian, whose works have 
been lost. 



264 



MEHERCULE MERITUM. 



Mehercule, adv. by Hercules; 
truly; certainly. 

Mel, lis, n. honey. 

Meleagrus & -ager, gri, m. a 
king of Calydonia. 

Melior, us, adj. (comp. of bo- 
nus, § 26,) better. 

Melius, adv. (comp. of bene,- 
§ 89, III,) better. 

Membrana, se, f. a thin skin; 
a membrane; 'parchment. 

Membrum, i, n. a limb; a 
member. 

Memini, def. pret. § 84, 2, I 
remember; I relate. 

Mem or, oris, adj. mindful. 

Memorabilis, e, adj. comp. 
(memor,) memorable; re- 
markable; worthy of being 
mentioned. 

Memoria, se, f. (id.) memory. 

Memoro, are, avi, atum, tr. 
to remember; to call to one's 
memory; to say; to men- 
tion. 

Memphis, is, f. a large city of 
Egypt. 

Mendacium, i, n. a falsehood; 
from 

Mendax, acis, adj. (mentior,) 
false; lying. 

Menelaus, i, m. a king of 
Sparta, the son of Atreus, 
and husband of Helen. 

Menenius, i, m. (Agrippa,) a 
Roman, distinguished for 
his success in reconciling 
the plebeians to the patri- 
cians. 

Mens, tis, f. the mind; the 
understanding ; {the rea- 



soning faculty as distin- 
guished from animus, the 
seat of feelings and pas- 
sions.) Ammo et mente, 
xoith the whole soul. 

Mensis, is, m. a month. 

Mentio, onis, f. (memini, ) a 
mention or a speaking of. 

Mentior, iri, Itus sum, tr. dep. 
to lie; to assert falsely; to 
feign; to deceive. 

Mercator, oris, m. (mercor,) a 
merchant; a trader. 

Mercatura, se, f. (id.) merchan- 
dise; trade. 

Mercatus, us, m. (id.) a mar- 
ket; a mart; a fair; an 
emporium; a sale. 

Merces, edis, f. (mereo,) wa- 
ges; a reward; a 'price. 

Mercurius, i, m. Mercury, the 
son of Jupiter and Maia. 
He was the messenger of 
the gods. 

Mereo, ere, ui, ltum, intr. & 
tr. to deserve; to gain; to 
acquire. 

Mereor, eri, itus sum, intr. 
& tr.dep.fo deserve; to earn. ■ 

Mergo, mergere, mersi, mer- 
sum, tr. to sink; to dip in, 
or under. 

Meridianus, a, um, adj. south- 
ern; south; at noon-day; 
from 

Meridies, iei, m. (medius & 
dies,) noon; mid-day; south. 

Merito, adv. with reason; with 
good reason; deservedly. 

Merit um, i, n. (mereo,) merit, 
desert. 



MERSI MINIMUS. 



265 



Mersi. See Mergo. 

Mersus, a, urn, part, (mergo.) 

Merula, as, f. a blackbird. 

Merx, cis, f. merchandise. 

Messis, is, f. (meto,) the har- 
vest; a reaping. 

Meta, ae, f. (meto, -are,) a pil- 
lar in the form of a cone; 
a goal; a limit. 

Metagonium, i, n. a promon- 
tory in the northern part 
of Africa. 

Metallum, i, n. metal; a mine. 

Metanlra, ae, f. the wife of Ce- 
leus, king of Eleusis. 

Metellus, i, m. the name of 
an illustrious family at 
Rome. 

Metior, metiri, mensus sum, 
tr. dep. to measure. 

Metius, i, m. (Suffetius,) an 
Alban general, put to death 
by Tullus Hostilius. 

Meto, metere, messui, mes- 
sum, tr. to reap; to moio. 

Metuo, metuere, metui, tr. & 
intr. to fear; from 

Metus, us, m. fear. 

Meus, a, um, pro. § 30; (ego,) 
my; mine. 

Micipsa, ae, m. a king of Nu- 
midia. 

Mico, are, ui, intr. to move 
quickly or with a quiver- 
ing, tremulous motion, as 
the tongue of a serpent; to 
glance; to shine; to glitter. 
See dimtco. 

Midas, ae, m. a king of Phry- 
gia, distinguished for his 
wealth. 



Migro, are, avi, atum, intr. to 
remove; to migrate; to wan- 
der. 

Mihi. See Ego. 

Miles, itis, c. (mille, proper- 
ly, one of a thousand;) a 
soldier; the soldiery. 

Miletus, i, f. the capital of 
Ionia, near the borders of 
Caria. 

Militia, ae, f. (miles,) war; 
military service. 

Milito, are, avi, atum, intr. 
(id.) to serve in war. 

Mille, n. ind. (in sing.) a thou- 
sand: millia, um, pi. — mil- 
le, adj. ind. § 24, 5. 

Milliarium, i, n. (mille sc. pas- 
suum, App. VI. 5,) a mile- 
stone; a mile, or 5000 feet : 
ad quintum milliarium ur- 
bis, to the fifth milestone 
of the city, i. e. ivithinfive 
miles of the city. 

Miltiades, is, m. a celebrated 
Athenian general, who con- 
quered the Persians. 

Milvius, i> m. a kite. 

Minae, arum, f. pi. (mineo, 
to hang over ;) projecting 
points; battlements; com- 
monly, threats. 

Minatus, a, um, part, (minor.) 

Minerva, ae, f. the daughter 
of Jupiter, and goddess of 
war and wisdom. 

Minime, adv. (sup. of parum,) 
least; at least; not at all. 

Minimus, a, um, adj. (sup. of 
parvus, § 26,) the least; the 
smallest. 



23 



266 



MINISTER1UM MODUS 



Minister! um, i, n. (minister,) 
service; labor. 

Minium, i, n. red lead; ver- 
milion. 

Minor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
& intr. to project; to reach 
upwards; to threaten; to 
menace. 

Minor, oris, adj. (comp. of 
parvus, § 26,) less; small- 
er; iveaker. 

Minos, ois, a son of Ewopa, 
and king of Crete. 

Minuo, minuere, minui,minu- 
tum, tr. (minus,) to dimi- 
nish. 

Minus, adv. (minor,) (comp. 
of parum,) less: quo minus, 
or quommus, that — not. 

Miraculum, i, n. (miror,) a 
miracle; a wonder. 

Mirabilis, e, adj. (id.) wonder- 
ful; astonishing. 

Miratus, a, urn, part, (miror,) 
wondering at. 

Mire, adv. (mirus,) wonder- 
fully; remarkably. 

Miror, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
to wonder at; to admire; 
from 

Mirus, a, urn, adj. wonderful; 
surprising. 

Misceo, miscere, miscui, mis- 
tum or mixtum, tr. to min- 
gle; to mix. 

Miser, era, erum, adj. (erior, 
errimus,) miserable; unhap- 
py; wretched; sad. 

Miseratus, a, urn, part, (mise- 
ror.) 

Misereor, misereri, miseritus, 



or misertus sum, tr. dep. 
(miser,) to have compassion } 
to pity. 

Miseret, miseruit, miseritum 
est, imp. (misereo, fr. mi- 
ser,) it pitieth : me mise- 
ret, I pity. 

Misericordia, ae, f. (misericors 
from misereo & cor,) pity; 
compassion. 

Miseror, ari, atus sum, tr. 
dep. (miser,) to pity. 

Misi. See Mitto. 

Mistus & mixtus, a, um, part, 
(misceo.) 

Mithridates, is, m. a celebra- 
ted king of Pontus. 

Mithridaticus, a, um, adj. be- 
longing to Mithridates ; 
Mithridatic. 

Mitis, e, adj. § 21, II., (ior issi- 
mus,) mild; meek; kind; 
humane. 

Mitto, mittere, misi, missum, 
tr. to send; to throw; to 
bring forth; to produce: to 
afford : mittere se in 
aquam, to plunge into the 
water. 

Mixtus. See Mistus. 

Modicus, a, um, adj. (modus,) 
moderate; of moderate size; 
small. 

Modius, i, m. a measure; a 
half bushel. App. VI. 4. 

Modo, adv. now; only; but : 
modd — modo, sometimes — 
sometimes : con j . [for si 
modo or dummodo,) pro- 
vided that; if only. 

Modus, i, m. a measure; 



MCENIA MUCIITS. 



267 



(App. VI. 4,) a manner; a 
way; degree; limit; mode- 
ration. 

Maenia, um, n. pi. (munio,) 
the walls of a city, fur- 
nished with towers and bat- 
tlements for defence. 

Mcenus, i, m. the Maine, a riv- 
er of Germany, and a 
branch of the Rhine. 

Mcerens, tis, part, from 

Mcereo, mcerere, intr. to be 
sad; to mourn. 

Moeris, is, m. a lake in Egypt. 

Moles, is, f. a mass; a bulk; a 
burden; a iveight; a pile. 

Molestus, a, um, adj. (moles,) 
(ior, issimus,) irksome; se- 
vere; troublesome; oppres- 
sive; unwelcome. 

Mollio, ire, ivi, Itum, tr. to 
soften; to moderate; from 

Mollis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
soft; tender. 

Molossi, orum, m. pi. the Mo- 
lossians, a people of Epims. 

Momordi. See Mordeo. 

Monens, tis, part, from 

Moneo, ere, ui, itum, tr. to 
advise; to remind; to warn; 
to admonish: hence, 

Monimentum or -umentum, i, 
n. (moneo,) a monument; a 
memorial; a record; and 

Monitor, oris, m. a monitor. 

Mons, tis, in. a mountain; a 
mount. 

Monstro, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(moneo,) to show; point out. 

Mora, ae, f. delay. 

Morbus, i, in. a disease. 



Mordax, acis, adj. (comp.) bi- 
ting; sharp: snappish; from 

Mordeo, mordere, momordi, 
morsum, tr. to bite. 

Mores. See Mos. 

Moriens, tis, part, from 

Morior, mori & moriri, mor- 
tuus sum, intr. dep. § 82 ; 
to die. 

Moror, ari, atus sum, intr. dep. 
to delay; to tarry; to stay; 
to remain :tr.nihilmoror; i" 
care not for; I value not. 

Morosus, a, um, adj. comp. 
(mos,) morose; peevish; 
fretful. 

Mors, tis, f. death. 

Morsus, us, m. (mordeo,) bite; 
biting. 

Mortalis, e, adj. (mors,) mortal, 

Mortuus, a, um, part, (mori- 
or,) dead. 

Mos, moris, m. a manner; a 
way; a custom : more, af- 
ter the manner of; like : 
mores, conduct; deportment; 
manners; customs. 

Mossy ni, orum, m. pi. a people 
of Asia Minor, near the 
Euxine. 

Motus, us, m. (moveo,) mo- 
tion: terras motus, an earth- 
quake. 

Motus, a, um, part, from 

Moveo, movere, movi, motum, 
tr. to move; to stir; to euicite. 

Mox, adv. soon; soon after; by 
and by. 

Mucius, i. m. (Scaevola,) a 
Roman, celebrated for his 
fortitude. 



26S 



MULIEBRIS — NARBONENSIS. 



Muliebris, e, adj. womanly; 
female; from 

Mulier, eris, f. a woman. 

Multitude*, mis, f. (multus,) a 
multitude. 

Multo, or -eto, are, avi, atum, 
tr. (multa, or mulcta, fr. 
mulgeo,) to 'punish by de- 
privation; to fine; to im- 
pose a fine; to sentence to 
pay a fine. 

Multo, & Multum, adv. much: 
multo, by far. 

Multus, a, um, adj. much; 
many. 

Mummius, i,m. a Roman gen- 
eral. 

Mundus, i, m. (mundus, neat, 
orderly,) the world; the 
universe. 

Muniendus, a, um, part, from 

Munio, ire, ivi, ltum, tr. to 
build a wall or fortress; to 
fortify : viam, to open or 
prepare a road. 

Munus, eris, n. an office; ser- 
vice; duty; a gift; a pre- 
sent; a favor; a reward for 
service; (distinguished from 
donum, a free gift.) 

Muralis, e, adj. pertaining to 
a wall : corona, the mural 
crown, given to him who 
first mounted the wall of a 
besieged town; from 

Murus, i, m. a wall, a xoall of 
a town, garden, or other 
enclosed place. 

Mus, muris, m. a mouse. 

Musa, as, f. a muse; a song. 
Musca, ae, f. a fly. 



Musculus, i, m. dim. (mus,) a 
little mouse. 

Musice, es, & Musica, oe, f. 
(musa,) music; the art of 
music; hence, 

Muslcus, a, um, adj. musical. 

Muto, are, avi, atum, tr. (mo- 
veo,) to change; to trans- 
form. 

Mygdonia, se, f. a small coun- 
try of Phrygia. 

Myrmecides, is, m. an ingen- 
ious artist of Miletus. 

Myndius, i, m. a Myndian; an 
inhabitant of Myndus. 

Myndus, i, f. a city in Caria, 
near Halicarnassus. 

Mysia, as, f. a country of Asia 
Minor, having the Pro- 
pontis on the north, and the 
Mgean sea on the west. 

N. 

Nabis, idis, m. a tyra7it of 
Lacedcemon. 

Na3, adv. verily; truly. 

Nactus, a, um, part, (nancis- 
cor,) having found. 

Nam, conj. for; but. 

Nanciscor, nancisci, nactus 
sum, tr. dep. (nancio, not 
used,) to get; to find; to 
meet with. 

Narbonensis, e, adj. Narbo- 
nensis Gallia, one of the 
four divisions of Gaul, in 
the south-eastern part, de- 
riving its name from the 
city of Narbo, now Ifar- 
bonne. 



NARIS NEMO 



269 



Naris, is, f. the nostril. 

Narro, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
relate; to tell; to say. 

Nascor, nasci, natus sum, intr. 
dep. to be born; to grow; to 
be 'produced. 

Naslca, as, m. a surname of 
Publius Cornelius Scipio. 

Nasus, i, m. a nose. 

Natalis, e, adj. (nascor,) na- 
tal : dies natalis, a birth- 
day. 

Natans, tis, part, from 

Nato,are, avi, atum, intr. freq. 
(no,) to swim; to float. 

Natu, abl. sing. m. by birth : 
natu minor, the younger : 
minimus, the youngest : 
major, the elder; : maxi- 
mus, the oldest; § 26, 6. 

Natura, as, f. (nascor,) na- 
ture ; creation ; power ; 
hence 

Naturalis, e, adj. natural. 

Natus, a, um, part, (nascor,) 
born : octoginta annos na- 
tus, born eighty years; i. e. 
eighty years old; hence, 

Natus, i, m. a son. 

Naufragium, i, n. (navis & 
frango,) a shipwreck. 

Nauta, ae, and navita, 33, (na- 
vis,) m. a sailor. 

Navalis, e, adj. (navis,) naval; 
belonging to ships. 

Navigabilis, e, adj. (navigo,) 
navigable. 

Navigatio, cmis, f. (id.) navi- 
gation, and 

Navigium, i, n. a ship; a ves- 
sel; from 



Navigo, are, avi, atum, tr. (na- 
vis & ago,) to steer, navi- 
gate, or direct a ship; to 
navigate; to sail. : naviga- 
tur, imp. navigation is car- 
ried on; they sail. 

Navis, is, f. a ship. 

Ne, conj. not; lest; lest that; 
that — not : ne quidem, not 
even; § 121. 

Ne, conj. enclitic : whether; 
or; (In direct questions the 
translation is commonly 
omitted, t 56, 3d.) 

Nee, conj. (ne & que,) and 
not; but not; neither; nor. 

Necessarius, a, um, adj. (ne- 
cesse,) necessary: — subs, 
a friend. 

Necessitas, atis, f. (id.) neces- 
sity; duty. 

Neco, are, avi, or ui, atum, 
tr. to hill; to destroy; to slay. 

Nefas, n. ind. (ne & fas,) im- 
piety; wrong; wickedness. 

Neglectus, a, um, part, from 

Negligo,-ligere,-lexi, -lectum, 
tr. (nee & lego,) to neglect; 
not to care for; to disre- 
gard. 

Nego, are, avi, atum, tr. {pro- 
bably, ne & aio,) to deny; to 
refuse : equal to dico ut 
non, to declare that not. 

Negotium, i, n. (nee & oti- 
um,) business; labor; pains; 
difficulty : facili or nullo 
negotio, with little, or no 
trouble; easily. 

Nemo, mis, c. (ne & homo,) 
no one; no man. 



270 



NEMUS NOCEO. 



Nemus, oris, n. a forest; a 

grove; {but not consecrated 

as lucus.) 
Nepos, otis, m. a grandson. 
Neptunus, i, m. the god of the 

sea, son of Saturn and Ops. 
Nequaquam, adv. (ne & qua- 

quam,) by no means. 
Neque, conj. (ne & que,) and 

— not; neither; nor. 
Nequeo, ire, ivi, ltum, intr. 

irr. (ne & queo, § 83, 3,) 

I cannot; I am not able. 
Nequis, -qua, -quod or -quid, 

pro. (ne & quis,) § 3-5; lest 

any one; that no one or no 

thing. 
Nereis, idis, f. a Nereid; a 

sea-nymph. The Nereids 

were the daughters of Ne- 

reus and Doris. 
Nescio, ire, Ivi, ltum, tr.(ne.& 

scio,) to be ignorant of; not 

to know; can not. 
Nestus, i. m. a river in the 

western part of Thrace. 
Neuter, tra, trum, adj. (ne & 

uter,) neither of the two; 
' neither. 
Nicomedes, is, m. a king of 

Bithynia. 
Nidifico, are,avi, atum, intr. 

(nidus and facio,) to build 

a nest. 
Nidus, i, m. a nest. 
Niger, gra, grum, adj. (nigri- 

or, nigerrimus,) black. 
Nihil, n. ind. or Nihilum, i, n. 
(ne & hilum,) nothing : ni- 
hil haheo quod, I have no- 



thing on account of ivhich, 
i. e. I have no reason why. 

Nihilommus, adv. (nihilo mi- 
nus, less by nothing;) nev- 
ertheless. 

Nilus, i, m. the Nile; the larg» 
est river of Africa. 

Nimius, a, urn, adj. (nimis, 
too much;) too great; ex- 
cesive; immoderate. 

Nimium, & Nimio, adv. (id.) 
too much. 

Ninus, i, m. a king of Assyria. 

Niobe, es, f. the wife of Am- 
phlon, king of Thebes. 

Nisi, conj. (ne & si,) unless; 
except; if not. 

Nisus, i, m. a king of Mega- 
ris, and the father of Sylla. 

Nitidus, a, um, adj. comp. (ni- 
teo,) shining; bright; clear. 

Nitor, oris, m. (niteo,) splen- 
dor; gloss; brilliancy. 

Nitor, niti, nisus &nixus sum, 
dep. to strive. 

Nix, nivis, f. snow. 

No, nare, navi, natum, intr. 
to swim. 

Nobilis, e, adj. (ior,issimus,) 
(nosco,) known; noted; no- 
ble; celebrated; famous; of 
high rank; hence, 

Nobilitas, atis, f. nobility; the 
nobility; the nobles; a no- 
ble spirit; nobleness. 

Nobilito, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(id.) to ennoble; to make 
famous. 

Noceo, ere, ui, itum, intr. to 
injure; to harm. 



NOCTU — NUMA.NTIA. 



271 



Noctu, abl. sing, monoptot, 
by night; in the night 
time. 

Nocturnus, a, um, adj. (noc- 
tu,) nightly; nocturnal. 

Nodus, i, m. a knot; a tumor. 

Nola, se, f. a city of Campa- 
nia. 

Nolo, nolle, .nolui, intr. irr. 
(non & Wo, § 83, 5,) to be 
umvilling : noli facere, do 
not : noli esse, be not; t 87. 

Nomades, um, m. pi. a name 
given to those tribes who 
wander from place to place, 
with their flocks and herds, 
having no fixed residence. 

Nomen, mis, n. a name; fame. 

Non, adv. not. 

Nonageslmus, a, um, adj. ord. 
the ninetieth. 

Nonne, adv. (non and ne, 
a negative interrogative^) 
not ? as, nonne fecit ? has 
he not done it ? 

Nonnlhil, n. ind. (non nihil, 
not nothing; i. e.) some- 
thing. 

Nonnisi, adv. (non & nisi,) 
only; not; except. 

Nonnullus, a, um, adj. (non& 
nullus,) some. 

Nonus, a, um, num. adj. the 
ninth. 

Nos. See Ego. 

Nosco, noscere, novi, notum, 
tr. to know; to understand; 
to learn. 

Noster, tra, trum, pro. our; 
$30. 

Nota, ae, f. (nosco,) a mark. 



Notans, tis, part, from 

Noto, are, avi, atum, tr. (no- 
ta,) to mark; to stigma- 
tize; to observe. 

Notus, a, um, part. (fr. nos- 
co,) known. 

Novem, ind. num. adj. pi. 
nine. 

Novus, a, um, adj. (sup. issi- 
mus, § 26, 5,) new; recent; 
fresh. 

Nox, noctis, f. night : de noc- 
te, by night. 

Noxius, a, um, adj. (noceo,) 
hurtful; injurious. 

Nubes, is, f. a cloud. 

Nubo, nubere, nupsi & nup- 
ta sum, nuptum, intr. to 
cover with a veil; to mar- 
ry; to be married; (used 
only of the wife.) 

Nudatus, a, um, part, laid 
open; stripped; deprived; 
from 

Nudo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
make naked; to lay open; 
from 

Nudus,a,um, adj. naked; bare. 

Nullus, a, um, gen. ius, adj. 
(non ullus,) no; no one. 

Num, interrog. adv. in indi- 
rect questions, whether ? in 
direct questions, commonly 
omitted. See Ne, and t 
56, 3d. 

Numa, ae, m. (Pompilius,) the 
second king of Rome, and 
the successor of Romulus. 

Numantia, ae, f. a city of Spain 
besieged by the Romans for 
twenty years. 



272 



NUMANTINI OBLIGO. 



NumantTni, Orum, m. pi. Nu- 
mantines; the people ofNu- 
mantia. 

Nuraen, mis, n. (nuo,) a deity; 



a god. 



Numero, are, avi, atum, tr. to 

count; to number; to reckon; 

from 
Numerus, i, m. a number. 
Numidas, arum, m. pi. the Nu- 

midians. 
Numidia, se, f. a country of 

Africa. 
Numitor, oris, m. the father 

of Rhea Silvia, and grand- 
father of Romulus and 

Remus. 
Nummus, i, m. money. 
Nunc, adv. now ; nunc etiam, 

even now; still. 
Nunciipo, are, avi, atum, tr. 

(nomen & capio,) to name; 

to call. 
Nunquam, (ne & unquam,) 

adv. never. 
Nuntiatus, a, um, part, from 
Nuntio, or -cio, are, avi, atum, 

tr. (nuntius,) to announce; 

to tell. 
Nuptiae, arum, f. pi. (nubo,) 

nuptials; marriage; a wed- 
ding. 
Nusquam, adv. (ne & us- 

quam,) no ichere; in no 

place. 
Nutriendus, a, um, part, to be 

nourished. 
Nutrio, Ire, ivi, ltum, tr. to 

nourish. 
Nutritus, a, um, part. 
Nutrix, icis, f. (nutrio,) a nurse. 



Nympha, ae, f. a nymph; a 
goddess presiding over foun- 
tains, groves, or rivers, &c 



O. 



! int. O ! ah ! 

Ob, prep, for; on account cf; 
before. 

Obdormisco, -dormiscere,-dor- 
mivi, intr. inc. (ob & dor- 
misco,) to fall asleep; to 
sleep. 

Obduco, -ducere, -duxi, -duc- 
tum, tr. (ob & duco,) to 
draw over; to cover over. 

Obductus, a, um, part, spread 
over; covered over. 

Obedio, Ire, Ivi, ltum, intr. 
(ob & audio,) to give ear 
to; to obey; to comply with; 
to be subject to. 

Obeo, ire, Ivi & ii, ltum, tr. & 
intr. (ob & eo,) to go to; to 
discharge; to execute; to 
die; (i. e. mortem or su- 
premum, diemoblre.) 

Oberro, are, avi, atum, (ob & 
erro,) to wander; to wander 
about. 

Obitus, us, m. (obeo,) death. 

Objaceo, ere, ui, ltum, intr. 
(ob & jaceo,) to lie against 
or before; to be opposite. 

Objectus, a, um, part, thrown 
to or in the way; exposed. 

Objicio, -jieere, -jeci,-jectum, 
tr. (ob & jacio,) to throw 
before; to throw to; to give; 
to object; to expose. 

Obligo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ob 



OBLIQUE OCCIDO. 



273 



& ligo,) to bind to; to 
oblige; to obligate. 

Oblique, adv. indirectly; ob- 
liquely; from 

Obliquus, a, um, adj. (ob & 
liquis,) oblique; indirect; 
sidewise. 

Oblitus, a, um, part, forget- 
ting; having forgotten; fr. 

Obliviscor, oblivisci, oblitus 
sum, tr. dep. (ob & lino,) 
to forget. 

Obnoxius, a, um, adj. (ob & 
noxius,) obnoxious; subject; 
exposed to; liable. 

Obruo, -ruere, -rui, -riitum, tr. 
(ob & ruo,) to rush down 
headlong against; to over- 
whelm; to cover; to bury. 

Obrutus, a, um, part, buried; 
covered; overwhelmed. 

Obscuro, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(obscurus,) to obscure; to 
darken. 

Obsecro, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(ob & sacro,) to beseech; to 
conjure. 

Obsequor, seqni, secutus sum, 
intr. dep. (ob & sequor,) to 
follow; to serve; to obey; to 
humor. 

Observo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ob 
& servo,) to keep before the 
mind; to observe; to ivatch. 

Obses, idis, c. (obsideo,) a 
hostage. 

Obsessus. a, um, part, besieg- 
ed; from 

Obsideo, -sidere, -sedi, -ses- 
sum, tr. (ob & sedeo,) to 



sit before or opposite; 
hence, to besiege; to in- 
vest; to blockade, hence. 

Obsidio, onis f. a siege. 

Obsidionalis, e, adj. belonging 
to a siege; obsidional : co- 
rona, a crown given to him 
who had raised a siege. 

Obstetrix, icis, f. a midwife. 

Obtestatus, a, um, part, from 

Obtestor, ari, atus sum, tr. 
dep. (ob & testor,) to call 
solemnly to witness; to con- 
jure; to beseech; to entreat. 

Obtineo, -tinere, -tinui, -ten- 
turn, tr. (ob & teneo,) to 
hold; to retain; to obtain : 
obtinet sententia, the opi- 
nion prevails. 

Obtiilit. See Offero. 

Obviam, adv. (ob & viam,) in 
the way; meeting; to meet : 
fio or eo obviam, I meet; 1 
go to meet. 

Occasio, onis, f. (ob & cado,) 
an occasion; a good oppor- 
tunity. 

Occasus, us, m. (id.) the de- 
scent; the setting of the 
heavenly bodies; evening; 
the west. 

Occidens, tis, m. (id.) the set- 
ting sun; evening; theivest. 

Occidentalis, e, adj. (id.) 
ivestern; occidental. 

Occido, occidere, occldi, occi- 
sum, tr. (ob 6c caedo,) to 
beat; to kill; to slay; to put 
to death. 

Occido, occidere, occidi, occa- 



274 



OCCISURUS OLYMPICTTS, 



sum, intr. (ob & cado,) to 
fall; to fall down; to set. 

Occisurus, a, um, part, (oc- 
cido.) 

Occlsus, a, um, part, (occido.) 

Occoecatus, a, um, part, from 

Occoeco, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(ob & cceco,) to Hind; to 
dazzle. 

Occulto, are, avi, atum, tr. 
freq. (occulo,) to conceal; 
to hide. 

Occultor, ari, atus sum, pass. 
to be concealed; to hide 
one's self 

Occiipo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(ob & capio,) to occupy; to 
seize upon; to take posses- 
sion of before another. 

Occurro,-currere,-curri & -cu- 
curri, -cursum, intr. (ob & 
curro,) to meet; to go to 
meet; to run to meet; to 
encounter. 

Oceanus, i, m. the ocean; the 
sea. 

Octavianus, i, m. (Cassar,) the 
nephew and adopted son of 
Julius CcBsar, called, after 
the battle of Actium, Au- 
gustus. 

Octavus, a, um, num. adj. 
(octo,) eighth. 

Octingenti, 33, a, num. adj. 
pi. (octo & centum,) eight 
hundred. 

Octo, ind. num. adj. pi. eight. 

Octoginta, ind. num, adj. pi. 
(octo,) eighty. 

Oculus, i, m. an eye. 



Odi, odisse, def. pret. $84, 1, 
Obs. 2, to hate; to detest. 

Odium, i, n. haired. 

Odor, oris, m. a smell: pi. 
odores, odors; perfumes. 

Odoror, ari, atus sum, tr. 
dep. (odor,).Zo smell. 

CEneus, ei & eos,. m. a king 
of Calydon, and father of 
Meleager and Dejamra. 

CEnomaus, i, m. the name of 
a celebrated gladiator. 

(Eta, se m. a mountain in 
Thessaly, on the borders of 
Doris. 

Offero, offerre, obtuli, obla- 
tum, tr. irr. (ob & fero,) 
to bring before; to offer; to 
present. 

Oiricina, 33, (opificina, from 
opifex,) a work-shop; an 
office. 

Officio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum, 
tr. (ob & facio,) to act in 
opposition; to stand in the 
way of; to injure; to hurt. 

Officium, i, n. (i. e. opiflcium, 
fr. ops & facio,) a kind- 
ness ; duty; an obligation; 
politeness; civility; atten- 
tion. 

Olea, 33, f. an olive-tree. 

Oleum, i, n. oil. 

Olim, ad y. formerly; sometime. 

Olor, oris, m. a swan. 

Olus, eris, n. herbs; pot-herbs. 

Olympia, 33, f. a town and dis- 
trict of the Peloponnesus, 
upon the Alpheus. 

Olympicus, a, um, adj. Olym- 



OLYMPIUS ORANS. 



275 



pic; pertaining to Olym- 
pics 

OJympius a, urn, adj. Olym- 
pian; pertaining to Olym- 
pus or to Olympia. 

Olympus, i, m. a high moun- 
tain between Thessaly and 
Macedon. 

Omen, mis, n. an omen; a 
sign. 

Omnis, e, adj. all; every; ev- 
ery one : omnes, all : om- 
nia, all things : 'sine om- 
ni discordia, without any 
discord. 

Onus, eris, n. a burden; a 
load. 

Onustus, a, um, adj. comp. 
(onus,) laden; full of. 

Opera, as, f. (opus,) labor; 
pains: dare operam, to do 
ontfs endeavor; to devote 
one's self to. 

Operor, ari, atus sum, intr. 
dep. (opera,) to labor; to 
work. 

Oplmus, a, um, adj. (ops, is,) 
(ior, sup. wanting; § 26, 6,) 
fat; rich; fruitful; dainty. 

Oportet, ere, uit, imp. it be- 
hoves; it is meet, fit, or 
proper; it is a duty; we 
ought. 

Oppidum, i, n. a walled town; 
a town. 

Oppono,-ponere,-posui, -posi- 
tion, tr. (ob & pono,) to 
place opposite; to oppose; 
to set against. 

Opportunus, a, um, adj. (ior, 
issimus,) (ob and portus, 



with a harbor near, or op- 
posite, hence,) seasonable; 
commodious ; convenient ; 
favorable. 

Oppositus, a, um, part, op- 
posite; opposed. 

Opprimo, -primere, -pressi, 
-pressum, tr. (ob & pre- 
mo,) to press down, or 
against; to oppress; to over- 
power; to subdue. 

Oppugnatus, a, um, part, from 

Oppugno, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(ob & pugno,) to fight 
against; to assault; to be- 
siege; to attempt to take 
by force; to storm. 

(Ops, norm, not in use, § 18, 
12,) opis, gen. f. aid; help; 
means; assistance: opes, pi. 
wealth; riches; resources; 
power. 

Optime, adv (sup. of bene,) 
very well; excellently; best. 

Optimus, a, um, adj. (sup of 
bonus,) (opto,) most desi- 
rable; best; most worthy. 

Optio, onis, f. a choice; an op- 
tion; from 

Opto, are, avi, atum, tr. to de- 
sire. 

Opulens, & opulentus, a, um, 
adj. (ior, issimus,) rich; 
opulent; wealthy; fr. ops. 

Opus, eris, n. a work; a labour; 

Opus, subs. &adj. ind. need. 

Ora, ce, f. a coast; a shore. 

Ora, pi. See Os. 

Oraculum, i, n. (oro,) an ora- 
cle; a response. 

Orans, tis, part, (oro.) 



276 



ORATIO PABULUM. 



Oratio, onis, f. (oro,) a dis- 
course; an oration. 

Orator, oris, m. (oro,) an ora- 
tor; an ambassador. 

Orbatus, a, um, part, (orbo,) 
bereaved or deprived of. 

Orbelus, i, m. a mountain of 
Thrace or Macedonia. 

Orbis, is, m. an orb; a circle: 
in orbem jacere, to lie 
round in a circle: orbis, or 
orbis terrarum, the world. 

Orbo, are, avi, atum, tr. (or- 
bus,) to deprive; to be- 
reave of. 

Orcus, i, m. Pluto, the god of 
the lower world; the infer- 
nal regions. 

Ordino, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
set in order; to arrange; to 
ordain. 

Ordo, mis, m. order; arrange- 
ment; a row : ordines re- 
morum, banks of oars. 

Oriens, tis, m. (orior,) sc. sol, 
the place of sun-rising; the 
east; the morning. 

Oriens, part, (orior.) 

Orientalis, e, adj. (id.) eastern. 

Origo, mis, f. source; origin : 
origmem ducere, to derive 
one's origin; from 

Orior, oriri, ortus sum, intr. 
dep. §82, 8 ; to arise; to 
begin; to appear. 

Ornamentum, i, n. (orno,) an 
ornament. 

Ornatus, us, m.an ornament; fr. 

Orno, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
adorn; to deck; to furnish; 
to equip. 



Oro, are, avi, atum, tr. (os,) 
to beg; to entreat. 

Orodes, is, m. a king of Par- 
thia, who took and destroy- 
ed Crassus. 

Orpheus, el & eos, m. a cele- 
brated poet and musician 
of Thrace; § 15, 13. 

Ortus, a, um, part, (orior,) 
having arisen; risen; born; 
begun. 

Ortus, us, m. (id.) a rising; 
east. 

Os, oris, n. the mouth; the face. 

Os, ossis, n. a bone. 

Ossa, ae, m. a high mountain 
in Thessaly. 

Ostendo,-tendere, -tendi, -ten- 
sum & -tentum, tr. (ob & 
tendo,) to stretch or hold 
before; to show; to point 
out; to exhibit. 

Ostia, ae, f. a town, built by 
Ancus Marcius, at the 
mouth of the Tiber; from 

Ostium, i, n. a mouth of a 
river. 

Ostrea, 83, f. ostrea, orum, pi. 
n. an oyster. 

Otium, i, n. leisure; quiet, 
ease; idleness. 

Otos, i, m. a son of Neptune, 
or of Aloeus. 

Ovis, is, f. a sheep. 

Ovum, i, n. an egg. 



P. an abbreviation of Tublius. 
Pabulum, i, n. (pasco,) food 
for cattle; fodder. 



PACISCOR PAROPAMISUS. 



277 



Paciscor, pacisci, pactns sum, 
tr. & intr. (pango, to fix or 
settle; hence,) to make a 
compact; to form a treaty; 
to bargain; to agree. 

Paclolus, i, m. a river of Ly- 
dia, famous for its golden 
sands. 

Pactum, i, n. (paciscor,) an 



agreement 



a contract : 



quo pacto, in what man- 
ner; hov). 

Pactus, a, um, part, (paciscor.) 

Pad as, i, m. the largest river 
of Italy, now the Po. 

Paene, (SeePene,) adv. almost, 

Palea, ae, f. chaff. 

Palma, 33, f. the palm of the 
hand ; a palm-tree. 

Palpebra, ae, f. (palpo) the eye- 
lid : pi. the eyelashes. 

Palus, udis, f. a marsh; a 
swamp; a lake ; hence, 

Paluster, palustris, palustre, 
adj. marshy. 

Pan, Panis, m. (Ace. Pana) 
the god of shepherds. 

Pando, pandere, pandi, pan- 
sum and passum, tr. to open; 
to expand; to spread out. 

Panionium, i, n. a sacred place 
near mou,nt Mycdle in Io- 
nia. 

Panis, is, m. bread. 

Panthera, as, f. a panther. 

Papirius, i, m. the name of 
several Romans. 

Papyrus, d. and Papyrum, i, n. 
an Egyptian plant or reed, 
of which paper taas made ; 
the papyrus 



Par, paris, adj, equal; even, 
suitable. 

Paratus, a, um, part, and adj. 
(ior, issimus,) (paro,) pre- 
pared ; ready. 

Parcag, arum, f. pi. the Fates. 

Parco, parcere, peperci or par- 
si, parsum, or pareitum, 
intr. to spare. 

Pardus, i, m. a male panther. 

Parens, tis,c. (pario,) a parent; 
father ; mother ; creator : 
author ; inventor. 

Pareo, ere, ui, intr. to come 
near; to beat hand; hence, 
to obey; to be subject to. 

Paries, etis, m. a wall, (of a 
house.) 

Pario, parere, peperi, partum, 
tr. to bear; to bring forth; 
to cause; to produce; to ob- 
tain ; to gain : ovum, to 
lay an egg. 

Paris, idis or idos, m. (§ 15, 13) 
a son of Priam, king of 
Troy, and brother of Hector. 

Par iter, adv. (par.) in like 
manner ; equally ; at the 
same time. 

Parnassus, i, m. a mountain of 
Phocis, whose two summits 
were sacred to Apollo and 
Bacchus, and upon which 
the Muses ivcre fabled to 
reside. 

Paro, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
prepare; to provide; to pro- 
cure ; to obtain; to equip : 
parare insidias, to lay plots 
agai?ist. 

Paropamlsus. i, m. a ridge of 



24 



278 



PARS— PATRIMONIUM. 



mountains in the north of 
India. 

Pars, tis, f. a 'part; a share; a 
portion; a region; a party: 
in utraque parte, on each 
side : magna ex parte, in 
a great measure; for the 
most part. 

Parsimonia, ae, f. (parco,)/rw- 
gality. 

Parthus, i, m. an inhabitant 
of Parthia; a Parthian. 

Particula, se, f. dim. (pars,) a 
particle ; a small part. 

Partiendus, a, urn, part, (par- 
tior.) 

Partim, adv. (pars.) partly; 
in part. 

Partior, iri, Itus sum, tr. dep. 
(pars,) to divide ; to share. 

Partus, a, urn, part, (pario.) 

Partus, us, m. (id.) a birth; off- 
spring. 

Parum. adv. (minus, minime, 
§ 89, III.,) little; too little. 

Parvulus, a, um, dim. adj. 
small ; very small ; from 

Parvus, a, um, adj. (minor, 
minimus, § 26,) small or 
little ; less ; the least. 

Pasco, pascere, pavi, pastum, 
tr. & intr. to give food to; 
to feed ; to graze. 

Pascor, pasci, pastus sum, tr. & 
intr. dep. to feed; to graze; 
to feed upon. 

Passer, eris, m. a sparrow. 

Passim, adv. (passus fr. pan- 
do,) here and there; every 
where ; in every direction. 

Passurus, a, um, part, (patior.) 



Passus, a, um, part, (patior,) 
having suffered. 

Passus, a, um, part, (pando,) 
stretched out ; hung up ; 
dried : uva passa, a raisin. 

Passus, us, m. (id.) a pace; a 
measure of 5 feet : mille 
passuum, a mile or 5000 
feet. App. VI. 5. 

Pastor, oris, m. (pasco,) a 
shepherd. 

Patefacio, facere, feci, factum, 
tr. (pateo & facio,) to open ; 
to disclose ; to discover ; to 
detect. 

Patef lo, fieri, factus sum, pass, 
irr. § 83, Obs. 3, to be laid 
open or discovered. 

Patefactus, a, um, part, open- 
ed ; discovered. 

Patens, tis, part. & adj. lying 
open; open; clear; from 

Pateo, ere, ui, intr. to be open; 
to stand open ; to extend. 

Pater, tris, m. a father : pa- 
tres, fathers; senators: pa- 
terfamilias, patrisfamilias, 
§ 18, 9, the master of a 
family ; a housekeeper ; 
hence, 

Paternus, a, um, adj. paternal. 

Patientia, 83, f. patience ; har- 
diness; from 

Patior, pati, passus sum, tr. 
dep. to suffer ; to endure; 
to let ; to allow. 

Patria, 33, f. (patrius, fr. pater,^ 
one's native country ; one's 
birthplace. 

Patrimonium, i, n. (pater,) pa- 
trimony ; inheritance. 



PATROCINIUM PENINSULA. 



279 



Patrocinium, i, n. patronage ; 
from 

Patronus, i, m. (pater,) a pa- 
tron ; protector. 

Patruelis, is, c. (patruus,) a 
cousin {by the father's side.) 

Pauci, se, a, adj. pi. (paucus 
sing, seldom used,) few; a 
few. 

Paulatim, adv. (paulus,) gra- 
dually ; little by little. 

Paulo, or Paullo, adv. (id.) a 
little. 

Paululum, adv. a little. 

Paullus, or Paulus, i, m. a 
cognomen or surname in 
the JEmilian tribe. 

Pauper, eris, adj. (ior, rimus,) 
poor; hence, 

Pauperies, ei, f. poverty; and 

Paupertas, atis, f. poverty; in- 
digence. 

Paveo, pavere, pavi, intr. to 
fear; to be afraid. 

Pavo, onis, c. a peacock. 

Pax, pacis, f. peace. 

Pecco, are, avi, atum, intr. to 
do wrong; to commit a fault; 
to sin. 

Pecto, pectere, pexi & pexui, 
pexum, tr. to comb; to 
dress. 

Pectus, oris, 11. the breast. 

Pecunia, se, f. (pecus, the first 
coin in Rome being stamped 
with a sheep;) money; a sum 
of moriey. 

Pecus, iidis, f. a sheep; a beast. 

Pecus, oris, n. cattle(ofa large 
size;) a herd; a flock. 

Pedes, itis, c. (pes & eo,) one 



who goes on foot; a foot- 
soldier. 
Pelagus, i, n. the sea. 
Peleus, i, m. a king of Thes- 

saly, the son of JEdcus, and 

father of Achilles. 
Pelias, se, m. a king of Thes- 

saly, and son of Neptune. 
Peligni, orum, m. pi. a people 

of Italy ', whose country lay 

between the At emus and 

the Sagrus. 
Pelion, i, n. a lofty mountain 

in Thessaly. 
Pellicio, -licere,-lexi,-lectum, 

tr. (per & lacio,) to allure; 

to entice; to invite. 
Pellis, is, f. the skin. 
Pello, pellere, pepiili, pulsum, 

tr. to drive away; to banish; 

to expel ; to dispossess ; to 

beat. 
Peloponnesus, i, f. a peninsula 

of Greece, now called the 

Morea. 
Pelusium, i,n. a townof Egypt. 
Pendens, tis, part, hanging ; 

impending. 
Pendeo, pendere, pependi, 

pensum, intr. to hang. 
Pene, adv. almost; nearly. 
Penetrale, is, n. the inner part 

of a house, fr. penetralis fr. 
Penetro, are, avi, atum, (pe- 

nitus,) tr. to go within; to 

penetrate; to enter. 
Pene us, i, m. the principal 

river of Thessaly, flowing 

between Ossa and Olympus. 
Peninsula, ae, f. (pene ^insu- 
la,) a peninsula. 



280 



PENNA PERICTJLtTM. 



Penna, 3d, f. a feather; a quill; 
a wing. 

Pensilis,e,adj.(pendeo,)/to°- 
ing; 'pendent. 

Penuria, se, f. want; scarcity. 

Peperci. See Parco. 

Pepuli. See Pello. 

Peperi. See Pario. 

Per, prep, by ; through; for; 
during; along. 

Pera, se, f. a wallet; a bag. 

Peragro, are, avi, atum, intr. 
(per & ager,) to travel 
through; to go through or 
over, (sc. the field or coun- 
try.) 

Percontor&-cunctor, ari,atus 
sum, tr. dep. (per and con- 
tor,) to ask; to inquire. 

Percunctatus, a, urn, part, 
(percunctor.) 

Percussor, oris, m. one who 
wounds; a murderer; an 
assassin; from 

Percutio, -cutere, cussi, -cus- 
sum, tr. (per & quatio,) to 
strike; to wound: securi, 
to behead. 

Perdite, adv. very; vehement- 
ly; exceedingly: desperate- 
ly; from 

Perditus, a, urn, part. & adj. 
(perdo,) ruined; lost; un- 
done; desperate. 

Perdix, icis, f. a partridge. 

Perdo, -dere, -didi, -ditum, tr. 
(per & do,) to ruin; to lose; 
to destroy. 

Perdiico, -ducere, -duxi, -duc- 
tum, tr. (per & duco,) to 
lead to, or through to. 



Perductus, a, um, part. 
brought; led; conducted. 

Peregrinatio, onis, f. foreign 
travel ; a residence in a 
foreign country; from 

Peregrinus, a, um, adj. (pere- 
gre,and that from per & 
ager,) foreign. 

Perennis, e, adj. (per & an- 
nus,) lasting through the 
year; continual ; lasting; 
unceasing; everlasting; pe- 
rennial. 

Pereo, -ire, -ii.-itum, intr. irr. 
(per & eo,) to perish; to be 
slain; to be lost. 

Perfidia, se, f. perfidy; from 

Perfidus, a, um, adj. (per & 
fides,) breaking faith; per- 
fidious. 

Pergamum, i, n., & -us, i, f., 
-a, Brum, pi. n. the citadel 
of Troy; also, a city of 
Mysia, situated upon the 
river Caicus, where parch- 
ment was first made, hence 
called Pergamena. 

Pergo, pergere, perrexi, per- 
rectum, intr. (per & rego,) 
to go straight on; to ad- 
vance; to continue. 

Pericles, is, m. an eminent ora- 
tor and statesman of Athens. . 

Periculosus,a,um,adj.(comp.) 
full of dariger; dangerous; 
perilous; hazardous; from 

Periciilum, & Perlclum, i, n. 
(perior, obsol. whence ex- 
perior, to try; hence,) an 
experiment; a trial; dan- 
ger; peril. 



PERITURUS — PERTINEO. 



281 



Periturus, a, um, part, (pereo.) 

Perltus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) (perior,) experienced; 
skilful. 

Permeo are, avi, atum, intr. 
(per & meo.) to go through; 
to flow through; to pene- 
trate; to permeate. 

Permisceo, -miscere, -miscui 
-mistum & -mixtum, tr. 
(per & misceo,) to mix 
thoroughly; to mirigle. 

Permistus, a, um, part, mixed; 
mingled; confused. 

Permitto, -mittere, -mlsi, -mis- 
sum, tr. (per & mitto,) to 
grant; to allow; to permit; 
to commit; to intrust; to 
give leave to; to grant. 

Permutatio, orris, f. exchange; 
change; from 

Permuto. are, avi, atum, tr. 
(per & muto,) to change; 
to exchange. 

Pernicies, ei, f. (perneco,) de- 
struction ; extermination ; 
hence, 

Perniciosus, a, um, adj. (ior, 
issimus,) pernicious; hurt- 
fid. 

Perpendo, -pendere, -pendi, 
-pensum, tr. (per & pendo,) 
to weigh; to ponder; to con- 
sider. 

Perperam, adv. wrong; amiss; 
rashly; unjustly; absurd- 
ly; falsely. 

Perpetior, -peti, -pessus sum, 
tr. dep. (per & patior,) to 
endure; to bear; to suffer. 



Perpetuus, a, um, adj. (per- 
pes,) perpetual; constant 

Perrexi. See Pergo. 

Persa, as, m. a Persian; an 
inhabitant of Persia. 

Persectitus, a, um, part, from 

Persequor, -sequi, -secutus 
sum, tr. dep. (per & se- 
quor,) to follow closely; to 
pursue; to follow; to con- 
tinue; to persevere in; to 
persecute. 

Perseus, ei & eos, m. the son 
of Jupiter and Danae; al- 
so, the last king of Mace- 
don. 

Persicus, a, um, adj. of Per- 
sia; Persian. 

Perspicio, -spicere, -spexi, 
-spectum, tr. (per & spe- 
cio,) to see through; to dis- 
cern; to become acquainted 
with; to discover. 

Persuadeo, -saudere, -suasi, 
-suasum, tr. (per & sua- 
deo,) to persuade. 

Perterreo,-terrere,-terrui,-ter- 
ritum, tr. (per & terreo,) to 
frighten greatly. 

Perterritus, a, um, part, af 
frighted; discouraged. 

Pertinaciter, adv. (ius, issi- 
me,) obstinately; constant- 
ly; per sever ingly ; from 

Pertinax, acis, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) (per & tenax,) obsti 
nate; wilful. 

Pertineo, -tinere, -tinui, intr. 
(per & teneo,) to extend, 
to reach to. 



282 



>£rve:nio PHOCjBI. 



Pervenio, -venire, -veni, -ven- 
tum, intr. (per & venio,) to 
come to; to arrive at; to 
reach. 

Pervenitur, pass. imp. one 
comes; they come; ice come, 
&c. t 67, Note. 

Pervius, a, um, adj. (per & 
via,) pervious; which may 
be passed through; passable. 

Pes, pedis, m. afoot. 

Pessum, adv. down; under 
foot; to the bottom : ire 
pessum, to sink. 

Pestilentia, ae, f. (pestilens, fr. 
pestis,) a pestilence ; a 
plague. 

Petens, tis, part, (peto.) 

Petitio, onis, f. a petition; a 
canvassing or soliciting for 
an office; from 

Peto, ere, ivi, Itum, tr. to ask; 
to request; to attack; to as- 
sail; to go to; to seek; to 
go for; to bring. 

Petra, ae, f. the metropolis of 
Arabia Petrcea. 

Petraea, ae, f. (Arabia,) Arabia 
Petraajhe northern part of 
Arabia, south of Palestine. 

Petulantia. ae, f. (petulans, 
forward, fr. peto,) petu- 
lance ; insolence ; mischie- 
vousness; wantonness. 

Phaeax, acis, in. a Phaacian 
or inhabitant of Phaacia, 
now Corfu. ThePhceacians 
were famous for luxury. 

Phalerae, arum, f. pi. the trap- 
pings of a horse ; habili- 
ments. 



Pharos, i, f. a small island at 
the western mouth- of the 
Nile, on ivhich zoas a tower 
or light-house, esteemed one 
of the seven wonders of the 
world. 

Pharsalus, i, m. a city of 
Thessaly. 

Pharnaces, is, m. a son of 
Mithridates, king of Pon- 
tus. 

Phasis, idis & is, f. a town and 
river of Colchis, on the east 
side of the Euxine. 

Phidias, 83, m. a celebrated 
Athenian statuary. 

Philasni, orum, m. pi. two 
Carthaginian brothers, who 
suffered themselves to be bu- 
ried alive, for the purpose 
of establishing the contro- 
verted boundary of their 
country. 

Philippi, orum, m. pi. a city 
of Macedon, on the confines 
of Thrace. 

Philippicus, a, um, adj. belong- 
ing to Philippi. 

Philippides, ae, m. a comic poet. 

Philippus, i, m. Philip; the 
father of Alexander; also 
the son of Demetrius. 

Philomela, 83, f. a nightingale. 

Philosophia, ae, f. philosophy. 

Philosophus, i, m. a philoso- 
pher; a lover of learning 
and wisdom. 

Phineus, i, m. a king of Arca- 
dia, and priest of Apollo. 

Phocaei, orum, m. pi. the Pho- 
cmans; inhabitants ofPho- 



PHOCIS PLECTO. 



283 



ccea, a maritime city of Io- 
nia. 

Phocis, Idis, f. a country of 
Greece. 

Phcenice, es, f. Phcenicia, a 
maritime country of Syria, 
north of Palestine. 

Phoenix, icis, m. a Phoenician. 

Phryx, ygis, m. a Phrygian; 
an inhabitant of Phrygia. 

Picentes, ium, m. pi. the in- 
habitants of Picenum. 

Picenum, i, n. a country of 
Italy. 

Pictus, a, urn, part, (pingo,) 
-painted; embroidered: picta 
tabula, a -picture; a paint- 

Pietas, atis, f. (pius,) piety; 

filial duty. 
Pignus, oris, n. a pledge ; a 

pawn; security; assurance. 
Pila, ae, f. a ball. 
Pileus, i, m. a hat; a cap. 
Pilus, i, m. the hair. 
Pindarus, i,m. Pindar, a The- 

ban, the most eminent of 

the Greek lyric poets. 
Pingo, pingere, pinxi, pictum, 

tr. to represent by lines and 

colors; to paint; to depict; 

to delineate; to draw; acu, 

to embroider. 
Pinguis, e, adj. (ior, issunus,) 

fat; fertile; rich. 
Pinna, ae, f. a wing; a fin. 
Piraeeus, m. the principal port 

and arsenal of Athens. 
Pirata, ae, m. a pirate; 
Piscator, oris, m. (piscor, from 

piscis,) a fisherman. 



Piscis, is, m. a fish. 
Pisistratus, i, m. an Atheniari 

tyrant, distinguished for 

his eloquence. 
Pistrlnum, i, n. (pinso, to 

bruise;) a mill. 
Pius, i, m. an agnomen, or 

surname of Metellus. 
Pius, a, um, adj. dutiful, or 

affectionate to parents; pi- 
ous. 
Placeo, ere, ui, ltum, intr. to 

please : sibi, to be vain or 

proud of, to plume one's 

self. 
Placet, placuit, or placitum 

est, imp. it pleases; it is 

determined; it seems good 

to. 
Placldus, a, um, adj. (ior, is- 
simus,) (placeo,) placid ; 

quiet; still; tranquil; mild; 

gentle. 
Plaga, ae, f. a blow; a wound : 

plagae, pi. nets; toils. 
Plane, adv. (planus,) entirely; 

totally; plainly; clearly. 
Planta, ae, f. a plant. 
Platanus, i, f. the plane-tree. 
Platea, f. a species of bird, 

the spoonbill, the heron. 
Plato, onis, m. an Athenian, 

one of the most celebrated 

of the Grecian philosophers. 
Plaustrum,i,n.a cart; a wagon. 
Plebs, and Plebes, is, f. the 

people; the common people; 

the plebeians 
Plecto, plectere, tr. to strike; 

to punish. 
Plecto, plectere, plexui and 



284 



PLERUSQUE POPULOK. 



plexi, plexum, tr. to plait; 
to twist; to weave. 

Plerusque, pleraque, plerum- 
que, adj. (mostly used in 
the pi.) most; the most; 
many. 

Plerumque, adv. commonly; 
generally ; for the most 
part; sometimes. 

Plinius, i, m. Pliny; the name 
of two distinguished Ro- 
man authors. 

Plotinius, i, m. See Catienus. 

Plumbeus, a, urn, adj. of lead; 
leaden; from 

Plumbum, i. n. lead. 

Pluo, pluere, plui or pluvi, 
intr. to rain; pluit, it rains. 

Plurimus, a, um, adj. (sup. of 
multus,) very much; most; 
very many. 

Plus, uris, adj. (n. in sing., 
comparative of multus, § 21, 
4 Exc.) more : pi. many. 

Plus, adv. (comparative of 
multum,) more; longer. 

Pluto, onis, m. a son of Sa- 
turn, and king of the in- 
fernal regions. 

Poculum, i, n. a cup. 

Poema, atis, n. a poem. 

Poena, ce, f. satisfaction given 
or. taken for a crime; pun- 
ishment; a punishment. 

Pcemtet ere, uit, imp. (poeni- 
teo, and that from poena,) 
it repents : pcenitet me, i" 
repent. 

Paenus, a, um, adj. belonging 
to Carthage; Carthaginian: 
subs, a Carthaginian. 



Poeta, se, m. a poet. 

Pol, adv. by Pollux; truly. 

Pollex, icis, m. (polleo.) the 
thumb; the great toe. 

Polliceor, eri, ltus sum, tr. 
dep. (liceor,) to promise; 
hence, 

Pollicitus, a, um, part. 

Pollux, ucis, m. a son ofLeda, 
and twin brother of Castor. 

Polyxena, se, f. a daughter of 
Priam and Hecuba. 

Pormfer, era, erum, adj. (po- 
rn um & fero,) bearing fruit: 
pomiferae arbores, fruit- 
trees. 

Pompa, se, f. a procession; 
pomp; parade. 

Pompeianus, a, um, adj. be- 
longing to Pompey. 

Pompeius, i, m, Pompey; the 
name of a Roman gens, or 
clan. 

Pompilius, i,m. SeeNuma. 

Pomum, i, n. an apple; any 
fruit fit for eating grow- 
ing upon a tree. 

Pondus, eris, n. (pendo,) a 
weight. 

Pono, ponere, posui, positum, 
tr. to place; to put; to set. 

Pons, tis, m, a bridge. 

Pontius, i, m. (Thelesmus,) a 
general of the Samnites. 

Pontus, i, m. a sea; the deep 
sea: by synecdoche, the 
Euxine or Black sea; also, 
the kingdom of Pontus, on 
the south side of the Euxine. 

Poposci. See Posco. 

Populor, ari,atus sum, tr. dcp. 



POPULUS POTIOR. 



285 



(popiilo for depopiilo, fr. 
populus,) to lay waste; to 
depopulate; from 

Populus, i, m. the people; a 
nation; a tribe: pi. nations; 
tribes. 

Porrectus, a, um, part, from 

Porrigo, igere, exi, ectum, tr. 
(porro or pro & rego,) to 
reach or spread out; to ex- 
tend; to offer. 

Porsena, as, m. a king ofEtru- 
ria. 

Porta, aa, f. (porto,) a gate. 

Portans, tis, part, (porto.) 

Portendo,-tendere,-tendi,-ten- 
tum, tr. (porro or pro & 
tendo,) to show what will 
be hereafter; to presage; to 
forbode; to portend; to be- 
token. 

Porticus, us, f. (porta,) a por- 
tico; a gallery; a porch. 

Porto, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
carry; to bear; hence, 

Portus, us, m. a port; a har- 
bor. 

Posco, poscere, poposci, tr. to 
demand; to request earnest- 
ly; to ask as wages. 

Posltus, a, urn, part, (pono,) 
situated. 

Possessio, onis, f. possession; & 

Possessor, oris, m. a possessor; 
an occupant; from 

Possideo,-sidere,-sedi-sessum, 
tr. (potis & sedeo,) to pos- 
sess. 

Possum, posse, potui, intr. irr. 
""(potis & sum, § 83. 2,) to 
be able; I can. 



Post, prep, after : — adv. after, 
after that; afterwards. 

Postea, adv. (post & ea, after 
these things;) afterwards. 

Posterus, (m. not used,) era, 
erum, adj. § 26, 2, (erior, 
• remus,) (post,) succeeding; 
subsequent; next: in pos- 
terum, (supply tempus,) for 
the future: posteri, orum, 
posterity. 

Postis, is, m, (positus, fr. po- 
no,) a thing set up; a post. 

Postquam, adv. (post & quam,) 
after; after that; since. 

Postremo, & -um, adv. at last; 
filially; from 

Postremus, a, um, adj. (sup. 
of posterus,) the last : ad 
postremum, at last. 

Postiilo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(posco,) to ask; to ask for; 
to demand, (as a right.) 

Postumius, i, m. the name of 
a Roman gens or clan. 

Posui. See Pono. 

Potens, tis, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
being able; poiperful; (pos- 
sum.) 

Potentia, ae, f. (potens,) pow- 
er; authority; government. 

Potestas, atis, f. (potis,) poiu- 
er; (civil power, as distin- 
guished from imperium, 
military command.) 

Potio, onis, f. (poto,) a drink; 
a draught. 

Potior, in", Itus sum, intr. dep 
(potis,) to get; to possess, 
to obtain; to enjoy; to gain 
possession of. 



286 



POTISSIMUM PR FLATUS . 



Potissimum, adv. (sup. of po- 
tius,) principally; chiefly; 
especially. 

Potltus, a, um, part, (potior,) 
having obtained. 

Potius, adv. comp. (sup. po- 
tissimum,) rather. 

Poto, potare, potavi, potatum 
or potum, tr. to drink; to 
drink hard; (see bibo.) 

Potuisse. See Possum. 

Potus, us, m. (poto,) drink. 

Prae, prep, before; for; in com- 
parison of or with. 

Praealtus, a, um, adj. comp. 
(prae & altus,) very high; 
very deep, (comparatively.) 

Praebeo, ere, ui, ltum, tr. (prae 
& habeo,) to offer; to sup- 
ply; to give; to afford : spe- 
ciem, to exhibit the appear- 
ance of: usum, to serve for. 

Prsecedens, tis, part, from 

Praecedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces- 
sum,intr.(praB & cedo,). to 
go before; to precede. 

Prasceptor, oris, m. (praeci- 
pio,) a preceptor, master, 
or teacher. 

Praeceptum, i, n. (praecipio,) a 
precept; a doctrine; advice. 

Prsecido, -cidere, -cidi, -cisum, 
tr. (prae & caedo,) to cut off. 

Praecipio, -cipere, -cepi, -cep- 
tura, tr. (prae & capio,) to 
seize or take before; hence, 
to prescribe; to command. 

Praecipito, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(praeceps,) to throw down 
headlong; to precipitate; 
to throvj. 



Praecipue adv. especially; par- 
ticularly; from 

Praecipuus, a, um, adj. (praeci- 
pio,) especial; distinguish- 
ed; the chief; the princi- 
pal. 

Praeclare, adv. excellently; fa- 
mously; gloriously; from 

Praeclarus, a, um, adj. (prae 
& clarus,) very clear, or 
bright; famous. 

Prascludo,-cludere,-clusi, -clii- 
sum, tr. (prae & claudo,) to 
close beforehand; to stop; to 
shut up. 

Praeco, onis, m. a herald. 

Praeda, as, f. booty; the prey. 

Praedico, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(prae & dico,) to tell openly; 
to publish; to declare; to 
assert; to affirm; to praise. 

Praedico, cere, .xi, ctum, tr. 
(prae & dico,) to predict; to 
foretell. 

Praed ictus, a, um, part, fore- 
told. 

Praedor,ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
(prasda,) to plunder. 

Praefans, tis, part, from 

Praefari, f atus, def. § 84, 4, 
to tell before, ox foretell; to 
announce; to predict. 

Praefero, -ferre, -tiili, -latum, 
tr. irr. (prse & fero,) to bear 
before; to shew; to prefer. 

Praefmio, ire, ivi, ltum, tr. 
(prae & finio,) to appoint 
beforehand; to determine. 

Prasfinltus, a, um, part. 

Praelatus, a, um, part, (prae- 
fero,) 



PKiELIANS PRAVITAS 



287 



Praslians, tis, part, (prselior.) 

Prseliatus, a, um, part, from 

Praelior, ari, atus sum, intr. 
dep. to give battle; to en- 
gage; to fight. 

Praelium, i, n. a battle. 

Praemium, i, n. a reward; a 
price; a recompense. 

Praemitto,-mittere,-mIsi, -mis- 
sum, tr. (praa & mitto,) to 
send before. 

Prseneste, is, n. a city of La- 
tium. 

Praenuntio, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(prae & nuntio,) to tell be- 
forehand; to announce; to 
signify; to give notice. 

Praeparo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(prae & paro,) to get before- 
hand;' to make ready; to 
prepare; to make. 

Pra3pono,-ponere,-posui, -posi- 
tum, tr, (prae & pono,) to 
set before; to value more; 
to place over; to prefer. 

Prassens, tis, adj. present; im- 
minent; part, of praesum. 

Praesepe, is, n. praesepes & 
praesepis, is, f. (praesepio,) 
a manger; a crib. 

Praesidium, i, n. (praesideo,) 
a garrison; defence. 

Praastans. tis, part. & adj. (ior, 
issimus,) (praesto,) stand- 
ing before; hence, excel- 
lent; distinguished; hence, 

Prasstantia, ae, f. superiority; 
an advantage; a preemi- 
nence. 

Praesto, stare, stiti, stltum and 
statum, intr. & tr. (prae & 



sto,) to stand before: to ex- 
cel; to be superior; to sur- 
pass; to perform; to pay; 
to grant; to give; to ren- 
der; to execute; to cause: se, 
to show or prove one's self: 
praestat, imp. it is better. 

Praasum, -esse, -fui, -intr. irr. 
(prae & sum,) to 'be over; to 
preside over; to have the 
charge or command of; to 
rule over. 

Praetendo, -tendere, -tendi, 
-tensum or turn, tr.. (prae & 
tendo,) to hold before; to 
stretch or extend before; to 
be opposite to; to pretend. 

Praeter, prep, besides; except; 
contrary to. 

Praeterea, adv. (praeter & ea,) 
besides; moreover. 

Praetereo, ire, ii, ltum, tr. irr. 
§ 83, 3, (praeter & eo,) to 
to pass over or by; to go 
beyond; to omit; not to men 
Hon. 

Praetereundus, a, um, part, 
(praetereo.) 

Prceteriens, euntis, part, (prae- 
tereo.) 

Praeteritus, a, um, part, (proe- 
tereo.) past. 

Praeterquam, adv. except; be- 
sides : praeterquam si, ex- 
cept in case. 

Praetorius, i, m. (vir.) a man 
who has been a prator; one 
of prcetorian dignity. 

Pratum, i, n. a meadow; a 
pasture. 

Pra vitas, ru is, f. depravity; fr. 



283 



PRAVUS — PROCURO. 



Pravus, a, urn, adj. (ior, issi- 
mu3,j depraved; bad. 

Precatus,a, um, part, (precor.) 

Preci, -em, -e, f. (prex not 
used, § 18, 12,) a prayer : 
pi. preces, (entire.) 

Precor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
(preci,) to pray; to entreat. 

Premo, premere, pressi, pres- 
sure, tr. to press; to urge; 
to grieve. 

Pretiosus, a, um, adj. (ior, is- 
simus,) precious; valuable; 
costly; from 

Pretium, i, n. a price; a ran- 
som; a reward: in pretio 
esse, to be valued; to be in 
estimation : pretium ope- 
rae, worth while. 

Priamus, i, m. Priam, the last 
king of Troy. 

Pridie, adv. (pri for priori and 
die,) the day before. 

Priene, es, f . a maritime town 
of Ionia. 

Prime- & -um, adv. (sup. of 
prius, § 89, III,) first; at 
first : quam primum, as 
soon as possible. 

Primoris, e, adj. (primus,) the 
first; the foremost : dentes, 
the front teeth. 

Primus, a, um, num. adj. 
(sup. of prior.) the first. 

Princeps, Ipis, adj. (primus & 
capio,) the chief; the first : 
principes, the princes; the 
chiefs; chief men; hence, 

Principatus, us, m. a govern- 
ment; principality. 

Prior, us, adj. (sup. primus, 



§ 26, 4,) the former; prior; 
first. 
Priscus, i, m. a cognomen o? 

surname of the elder Tar- 

quin. 
Prius, adv. (prior,) before; 

first. 
Priusquam, adv. (prius and 

quam,) sooner than; before 

that; before. 
Pri vat us, a, um, adj. (privo,) 

private; secret : — subs, a 

private man. 
Pro, prep, for; instead. 
Probabilis, e, adj. comp. (pro- 
bo,) that may be proved; 

probable; commendable. 
Proboscis, id is, f. proboscis; 

the trunk of an elephant. 
Procas, as, m. See Silvius. 
Procedens, tis, part, from 
Procedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces- 

sum, intr. (pro & cede,) to 

go forth; to proceed; to go 

forward; to advance; to go 

out. 
Proceritas, atis, f. stature; 

height; tallness; length • 

from 
Procerus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 

tall; long. 
Proclamo, are, avi, atum, tr. 

(pro & clamo,) to cry out; 

to proclaim. 
Proconsul, iilis, m. (pro & con- 
sul,) a proconsul. 
Procreo, are, avi, atum, tr. 

(pro & creo,) to beget. 
Procu], adv. far. 
Procuro, are, avi, atum, tr. 

(pro & euro,) to take care 



PR0CURR0 PROPAGO. 



of; to manage; (viz. for 
another. 
Procurro, currere, curri & cu- 
curri, cursum, intr. (pro & 
curro,) to run forward; to 
extend. 
Prodigium, i, n. (prodico,) a 

prodigy. 
Proditor, oris, m. (prodo,) a 

traitor. 
Proditus, a, um, part, from 
Prodo, -dere, -didi, ditum, tr. 
(pro & do,) to give out; to 
betray; to relate; to discov- 
er; to disclose; to manifest. 
Prcelior. See Praelior, 
Proslium, i, n. See Praelium. 
Profectus, a, um, part, also, 
Proficiscens, tis, part, from 
Proficiscor, icisci, ectus sum, 
intr. dep. (pro & faciscor, 
from facio,) to go forward; 
to march; to travel; to de- 



Profiteor, -fiteri, -fessus sum, 
tr. dep. (pro & fateor,) to 
declare; to avow •publicly; 
to profess; sapientiam, to 
profess wisdom; to profess 
to be a philosopher. 

Profugio, -fugere, -fugi, -fugi- 
tum, intr. (pro & fugio,) to 
flee (scil. before or from.); 
to escape; hence, 

Pro fug us, a, um, adj. fleeing; 
escaping: — subs, a fugi- 
tive; an exile. 

Progredior, -gre'di, -gressus 
sum, intr. dep. (pro & gra- 
dior,) to go forward; to 
proceed; to advance. 



Progressus, a, um, part, hav- 
ing advanced. 

Prohibeo, ere, ui, ltum, tr. 
(pro & habeo,) to keep off, 
or away; to prohibit; to 
hinder; to forbid; hence, 

Prohibitus, a, um, part. 

Projicio,-jicere, -jeci, -jectum. 
tr. (pro & jacio,) to throw 
away; to throw dovm; to 
throw. 

Prolabor, -labi, -lapsus sum, 
intr. dep. (pro & labor,) to 
fall down; to fall forward, 
hence, 

Prolapsus, a, um, part, having 
fallen. 

Proiato, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(profero,) to carryforward, 
to enlarge; to exte?id; to am- 
plify. 

Proles, is, f. a race; offspring. 

Prometheus, i. m. the son of 
Iapetus and Clymene. 

Promittens, tis, part, from 

Prommitto, -mittere, -misi, 
missum, tr. (pro & mitto,) 
to let go y or send forward; 
to promise; to offer. 

Promontorium, i. n. (pro &; 
mons,) a promontory; a 
headland; a cape. 

Promoveo, -movere, -mbvi, 
motum, intr. & tr. (pro & 
moveo,) to move forward; 
to enlarge. 

Pronus, a, um, adj. inclined; 
beading forward. 

Propago, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(pro & pago,) to propagate; 
to prolong; to continue. 

25 



290 



PROFE PROVENIO. 



Prope, adv. & prep, (propius, 
proximo,) near; near to; 
nigh. 

Propero, are, avi, atum, intr. 
(properus,) to hasten. 

Propinquus, a, urn, adj.comp. 
(prope,) near; related : pro- 
pinqui, subs, relations; 
kinsmen. 

Propior, us, adj. comp. § 2Q, 4 
(sup. proximus,) nearer. 

Propius, adv. nearer; comp. 
of prope. 

Propono, -ponere, posui, -pos- 
ltum, tr. (pro & pono,) to set 
before; to propose; to offer. 

Proponor, -poni, -positus sum, 
pass, to be set before: pro- 
positum est mihi, It is pro- 
posed by me; i. e, I intend 
or purpose. 

Propontis, idis, f. the sea of 
Marmora. 

Propositus, a, um, part, pro- 
posed; put. 

Proprie. adv. particularly; 
properly; strictly; from 

Proprius, a, um, adj. peculiar; 
proper; one's own; special. 

Propter, prep./or;o?2 account of. 

Propulso, are, avi, atum, tr. 
freq. (propello,) to drive a- 
way; to ward off; to repel. 

Propylaeum, i, n, the porch of 
a temple; an entrance; the 
rows of columns leading 
to the Acropolis at Athens. 

Prora, ae, f, the prow of a ship. 

Proscribo, -scribere, scripsi, 
-script um, tr. (pro&scribo,) 
to publish by writing; to 



proscribe; to outlaw; to 
doom to death and confisca- 
tion of goods. 

Prosecutus, a, um, pait. hav- 
ing accompanied. 

Prosequor, -sequi, -seciitus 
sum, tr. dep. (pro & se- 
quor,) to folloiu after; to 
accompany; to attend; to 
follow; to celebrate; hono- 
ribus, to heap or load with 
honors; to honor. 

Proserpina, ae, f. the daughter 
of Ceres and Jupiter, and 
wife of Pluto. 

Prospectus, us, m. (prospicio,) 
a prospect; a distant view. 

Prospere, adv. (prosper,) pros- 
perously; successfully. 

Prostemo, -sternere, -stravi, 
stratum, tr. (pro & sterno,) 
to prostrate; to throw down. 

Prostratus, a, um, part, (pros- 
terno.) 

Prosum, prodesse, profui, intr. 
irr. (pro & sum, § 83, 1,) 
to do good; to profit. 

Protagoras, 83, m. a Greek 
philosopher. 

Protenus, adv. (pro & tenus,) 
immediately; directly. 

Protero, -terere, -trivi, -tritum, 
tr. (pro & tero,) to trample 
upon; to tread down; to 
crush. 

Protractus, a, um, part, from 

Protraho,-trahere,-traxi, -trac- 
tum, tr. (pro & traho,) to 
protract; to prolong 

Proveniens, tis, part, from 

Provenio, -venire, -veni, -ven- 



PROViNCIA PUNIO. 



29] 



turn, intr. (pro & veruo,) to 
wme forth. 

Provincia, ae, f. (pro & vinco,) 
a province. 

Provocatio, onis, f. a calling 
forth; a challenge; a 'provo- 
cation; from 

Provoco, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(pro & voco,) to call forth; 
to call out; to defy or chal- 
lenge; to appeal. 

Proxime, adv. (sup. of prope,) 
nearest; very near; next to. 

Proximus, a, um, adj. (sup. of 
propior,) nearest; next. 

Prudens, tis, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) (providers, fr. pro- 
video, ) foreseeing; prudent; 
wise; expert; hence, 

Prudentia, se, f. prudence; 
knovjledge. 

Pseudophilippus, i, m. a false 
or pretended Philip, a name 
given to Andriscus. 

Psittacus, i, m. a parrot. 

Psophidius, a, um, adj. of or 
belonging to Psophis; Pso- 
phidian. 

Psophis, idis, f. a city of Ar- 
cadia. 

Ptolemaeus, i, m. Ptolemy; 
the name of several Egyp- 
tian kings. 

Publico, adv. (publicus,) pub- 
licly; at the public expense; 
by public authority. 

Publicola, se, m. (populus & 
colo, ) a surname given to 
P. Valerius, on account of 
his love of popularity. 

Publicus, a, um, adj. (popu- 



lus,) public: in publicum 
procedens, going abroad or 
appearing in public: subs, 
publicum, the public trea- 
sury. 

Publius, i, m. the prsenomen 
of several Romans. 

Pudibundus, a, um, adj. (pu~ 
deo,) ashamed; bashful; 
modest. 

Puer, eri, m. a boy; a servant. 

Puerilis, e, adj. (puer,) puer- 
ile; childish : set as, boy- 
hood; childhood. 

Pueritia, se, f. (id.) boyhood; 
childhood. 

Pugna, se, f. (pugnus, the fist;) 
a battle with fists; a close 
fight; a battle. 

Pugnans, tis, part, (pugno.) 

Pugnatus, a, um, part, from 

Pugno, are, avi, atum, intr. 
(pugna,) to fight : pugna- 
tur, pass. imp. a battle is 
fought; they fight. 

Pulcher, ra, rum, adj. (chrior, 
cherrimus,) fair , beauti- 
ful; glorious; hence, 

Pulchritudo, inis, f. fairness; 
beauty. 

Pullus, i, m. the young of any 
animal. 

Pulsus, a, um, part, (pello.) 

Pulvillus, i, m. (Horatius,) a 
Roman consul in the first 
year of the republic. 

Punic us, a, um, adj. Punic, 
belonging to Carthage, ; 
Carthaginian. 

Punio, ire, ivi, ltum, tr. (poe- 
na,) to punish. 



292 



PUNITUS QUiESTOK. 



Punitus, a, urn, part, (punio.) 
Pupillus, i, m. (dim. fr. pupu- 

lus and that fr. pupus,) a 

young boy ; a pupil ; a 

ward; an orphan. 
Puppis, is, f. the stern of a 

ship. 
Purgo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 

purge; to purify; to clear; 

to clean; to excuse. 
Purpura, as, f. the purple 

muscle; purple; hence, 
Purpuratus, a, um, adj. clad 

in purple: purpurati, pi. 

courtiers; nobles. 
Purpureus, a, um, adj. (id.) 

purple. 
Purus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 

mus,) pure; clear. 
Pusillus, a, um, adj. (dim. fr. 

pusus,) small; weak; little; 

very small. 
Puteus, i, m. a well; a pit. 
Puto, are, avi, atum, tr. to 

think. 
Putresco, putrescere, putrui, 

intr. inc. (putreo,) to rot; to 



Pydna, ae, f. a townof Macedon. 

Pygmasi, orum, m. the Pyg- 
mies, a race of dwarfs in- 
habiting a remote part of 
India or Ethiopia. 

Pyra, as, f. a funeral pile. 

Pyramis, idis, f. a pijramid. 

Pyrenasus, i, m., & Pyrenaei, 
orum, m. pi. Pyrenees, 
mountains dividing France 
and Spain. 

Pyrrhus, i, m. a king of Epl- 
rus. 



Pythagoras, 33, m. a Grecian 
philosopher, born at Sarnos. 

Pythagoreus, i, m. a Pytha- 
gorean; a follower or disci- 
ple of Pythagoras. 

Pythia, as, f. the priestess of 
Apollo at Delphi. 

Pythias, as, m. a soldier of 
Philip, king of Macedon. 

Q. 

Q., or Qu., an abbreviation of 
Quintus. 

Quadragesimus, a, um, num. 
adj. ord. the fortieth; from 

Quadraginta, num. adj. pi. 
ind. forty. 

Quadriennium, 1, n. (quatuor 
& annus,) the space of four 
years. 

Quadriga, ae, & pi. as, arum, 
f. (quadrijugas, quatuor & 
jugum,) a four horse cha- 
riot; a team of four horses. 

Quadringentesimus, a, um, 
num. adj. pi. the four hun- 
dreth. 

Quadringenti, as, a, num. adj. 
pi. four hundred. 

Quadrupes, pedis, adj. (qua- 
tuor & pes,) having four 
feet; four-footed. 

Quaerens, tis, part, from 

Quasro, quasrere, quasslvi, 
quassitum, tr. to ask; to seek 
for ' to inquire; to search; 
quasritur, it is asked; the 
inquiry is made; hence 

Quasstio, onis, f. a question. 

Quaestor, oris, m. (quassitor 



QUJESTUS QUINGENTESIMUS. 



id.) a qucestor; a treasurer; 
an inferior military officer 
who attended the consuls. 

Quaestus, us, m. (id.) gain; a 
trade. 

Qualis, e, adj. of what kind; 
as; such as; what. 

Quam, conj. & adv, as; how; 
after comparatives, than. 

Quamdiu, or Quandiu, adv. 
(quam & din,) as long as. 

Quamquam, or Quanquam, 
conj. though; although. 

Quamvis, conj. (quam & vis, 
fr. volo,) although. 

Quando, adv. when; since. 

Quant6,adv. by how much; as. 

Quantopere, adv. (quanto & 
opere,) how greatly; how 
much. 

Quantum, adv. how much; as 
much as. 

Quantus, a, urn, adj. how 
great; as great; how admi- 
rable; how striking. 

Quantuslibet, quantalibet, 
quantumlibet, adj. (quan- 
tus & libet,) how great so- 
ever; ever so great. 

Quapropter, adv. (qua and 
propter,) ivherefore; why. 

Quare, adv. (qua & re,) where- 
fore; for which reason; 
whence; therefore. 

Quartus, a, um, num. adj. ord. 
the fourth. 

Quasi, adv. {for quamsi,) as 
if; as. 

Quatriduum, i, n. (quatuor & 
dies,) a space of four days. 

Quatuor, num. adj. pl.ind. four 



Quatuordecim, num. adj. pi. 
ind. (quatuor and decern,) 
fourteen. 

Que, enclitic conj. (always 
joined to another word and 
draws the accent to the 
syllable preceding it,) and; 
also; 

Queo, ire, ivi, itum, intr. irr. 
§ 83, 3 ; to be able ; I can. 

Quercus, us, f. an oak. 

Queror, queri, questus sum, 
tr. dep. to complain. 

Questus, a, um, part, complain- 
ing ; having complained. 

Qui, quae, quod,r'el. pro. y 33 ; 
who ; which; what; used in- 
terrogatively, who ? which ? 
what ? 

Qui, adv. how; in what man- 
ner. 

Quia. conj. because. 

Quicunque, quaecunque, quod- 
cunque, rel. pro. y 37. 1. 
whosoever; whatsoever; every 
one. 

Quidam, quaedam, quoddam 
and quiddam, pro. y 37, 1, 
a certain one; a certainper- 
son or thing: quidam hom- 
ines, certain men. 

Quidem, adv. indeed; truly; 
at least. 

Quin, conj. but; but that. 

Quinctius, i, m. (Titus,) a Ro- 
man general. 

Quindecim, num. adj. pi. ind. 
(quinque & decern) fifteen. 

Quingentesimus, a, um, num. 
adj. ord. the five hundredth, 
from. 



2'J4 



QUINGENTI RAPTOR. 



Quingenti, se, a, num. adj. pi. 
(quinque and centum, )five 
hundred. 

Quiuquageni, ae, a, num. adj. 
pi. dist. (quinquaginta,) ev- 
ery fifty; fifty. 

Quinquagesimus, a,um,num. 
adj. (id.) fiftieth. 

Quinquaginta, num, adj. pi. 
ind. fifty. 

Quinque, num. adj.pl. ind.^e. 

Quinquies, num. adv. five 
times. 

Quinto, adv. the fifth time. 

Quintus,a, um, ord. num, adj. 
the fifth. 

Quintus, or Quinctius, i, m. a 
Roman surname. 

Quippe, conj. /or; since. 

Quis, quae, quod, or quid, in- 
terrog. pro. who ? what ? 
quid? why? 

Quisnam, or Quinam, quae- 
nam, quodnam,0?* quidnam 
pro. § 37, 2, who; what. 

Quisquam, quaequam, quod- 
quam, or quidquam,or quic- 
quam,pro. any one; any 
thing: nee quisquam, and 
no one. 

Quisque, quaeque, quodque, or 
quidque, pro. each; every; 
whosoever; whatsoever. 

Quisquis, quidquid, or quic- 
quid, rel. pro. § 37, Obs. 1, 
whoever; whatever. 

Quivis, quaevis, quodvis, or 

quidvis, pro. (qui and vis) 

whosoever; whatsoever; any 

one. 

Qu6, adv. that, to the end that; 



w hit her : quo— eo, for 
quanto — tanto, by how 
much; by so much; or the 
more — the more. 

Quod, conj. that; because. 

Quominus, adv. (quo and mi- 
nus,) that — not. 

Quomodo, adv. (quo and mo- 
do.) how; by what means. 

Quondam, adv. formerly; once. 

Quoniam, conj. (quum arid 
jam,) since; because. 

Quoque, conj. also. 

Quot, adj. ind. pi. hovjmany. 

Quotannis, adv. (quot & an- 
nus,) annually; yearly. 

Quotidie, adv. (quot & dies,) 
every day; daily. 

Quoties, adv. as often as; how 
often. 

Quum, or Cum, adv. when : 
quum jam, as soon as : — 
conj. since; although. 

R. 

Radius, i, m. a staff; a ray; 
a rod. 

Radix, icis, f. a root; the foot 
or base of a mountain. 

Ramus, i, m. a branch ; a 
bough. 

Ran a, ae, f. a frog. 

Rapina, ae, f. rapine; plun- 
der; from 

Rapio, rapere, rapui, raptum, 
tr. to hurry away by force; 
to rob; to seize; to plunder. 

Raptor, oris, m. (rapio,) one 
who seizes or takes away 
by violence; a robber. 



RAPTUKUS — REDIMENDUS. 



295 



Raptdrus, a,um, part, (rapio.) ' 

Raptus, a, um, part, (rapio,) 
seized; robbed; carried off. 

Raritas, atis, f. (rarus,) rarity. 

Raro, adv. rarely; seldom; fr. 

Rarus, a, um, adj. rare; few. 

Ratio, on is, f. (reor,) a reason. 

Ratis, is, f. a raft; a ship; a 
boat. 

Ratus, a, um, part, (reor,) 
thinking; having thought. 

Rebello, are, avi, atum, intr. 
(re & bello,) to renew a 
war; to rebel; to revolt. 

Recedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces- 
sum, intr. (re & cedo,) to 
recede; to yield; to retire; 
to withdraw. 

Recens, tis, adj. comp. new; 
recent ; fresh : — adv. re- 
cently; lately; newly : re- 
cens nati, new-born chil- 
dren. 

Receptus, a, um, part, (reci- 
pio.) 

Receptiirus, a, um, part, (re- 
cipio.) 

Recessus, us, m. (recedo,) a 
recess; a corner. 

Recipio,-cipere,-cepi,-ceptum, 
tr. (re & capio,) to take 
back; to receive; to take; 
to recover : animam, to 
come to one's self again; to 
recover one's senses : se, to 
return. 

Recognosco, -noscere, -novi, 
-mtum, tr. (re & cognos- 
co,) to recognize; to knoiv 
again; to betake one's self. 

RecollTgo, -ligere, -legi, -lec- 



tum, tr. (re, con, & lego,) 
to gather up again; to re- 
collect; to recover. 

Reconditus, a, tun, part, from 

Recondo, dere, aidi, ditum, tr. 
(re & condo,) to put toge- 
ther again; to lay up; to 
hide; to conceal. 

Recordor, an, atus. tr. dep. 
(re & cor,) to call back to 
mind; to recollect; to re- 
member. 

Recreo, are avi, atum, tr. 
(re & creo,) to bring to life 
again; to restore; to refresh. 

Recte, adv.) iiis, issime,) 
right; rightly; from 

Rectus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) (rego,) straight; up- 
right; right; direct. 

Recupero, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(recipio,) to recover; to re- 
gain. 

Redditus, a, um, part, from 

Reddo,-dere, -didi, -ditum, tr. 
(re & do,) to give back; to 
return; to give; to make, 
to render; to restore; to 
cause : verba, to repeat : 
animam, to die : voces, to 
imitate. 

Redeo,-Ire,-ii,-itum, intr. irr. 
(re & eo,) to go back; to 
return. 

Rediens, euntis, part, return- 
ing. 

RedIgo,-igere,-egi,-actum, tr. 
(re & ago,) to bring back; 
to reduce: in potestatem, 
to bring into one's power. 

Redimendus, a, um, part, from 



296 



HEDIMO REMITTO. 



Redimo, -imere, -emi, -emp- 
tum, tr. (re & erao,) to lake 
lack; to buy back; to re- 
deem; to ra?iso?n. 

Reducendusf a, um, part, from 

Reduco, -ducere, -duxi, -duc- 
tum, tr. (re & duco,) to 
lead or bring back : in gra- 
tiam, to reconcile. 

Ref erens, tis, part, requiting; 
returning; referring; from 

Refero,-ferre, -tub*, -latum, tr. 
irr. (re & fero,) to bring 
back ; gratiam, or gratias, 
to requite a favor; to show 
gratitude : beneficium, to 
requite a benefit: victori- 
am, to bring back victory, 
i. e. to return victorious : 
imagmem, to reflect the 
image; to resemble. 

Refluens, tis, part, from 

RenuOj-fluere, -fluxi, -fluxum, 
intr. (re & fluo,) to flow 
lack. 

Refugio, -fugere, -fugi, -fugi- 
tum, intr. (re & fugio,) to 
fly back; to flee; to retreat. 

Regia, ae, f. (sc. domus, from 
regius,) a 'palace. 

Regina, a?, f. (rex.) a queen. 

Regio, onis, f. (rego,) a region; 
a district; a, country. 

Regius, a, um, adj. (rex,) roy- 
al; regal; the king^s. 

Regnaturus, a, um, part, from 

Regno, are, avi, atum, intr. 
regnum,) torule; to govern. 

Regnatur, pass. imp. it is ruled 
by kings. 

Regnum, i, n. (rex,) a king- 



dom ; empire ; dominion ; 
reign; government; rule. 

Rego, regere, rexi, rectum, tr. 
to direct or lead in a 
straight course; to rule. 

Regredior, -gredi, -gressns 
sum, intr. dep. (re & gra- 
dior,) to turn back; to re- 
turn. 

Regressus, a, um, part, hav- 
ing returned, 

Regulus, i, m. a distinguished 
Roman general in the first 
Punic war. 

Relatus, a, um, part, (refero.) 

Relicttirus, a, um, part, (relin- 
quo.) 

Relictus, a, um, part, (id.) 

Religio, onis, f. (religo,) what 
is binding or obligatory; 
religious scruple or hin- 
drance; hence, religion; 
sacredness; sanctity; rev~ 
erence; religious rites. 

Relinquo,-linqueie,-liqui, -lic- 
tum, tr. (re & linquo,) to 
leave behind; to desert; to 
quit; to abandon. 

Reliquiae, arum, f. pi. the rel- 
ics; the remains; from 

Reliquus,a, um,adj.(relinquo,) 
the rest; the remainder; the 
other. 

Remaneo, -manere, -mansi, 
-mansum, intr. (re & ma- 
neo,) to remain behind. 

Remedium, i, n. (re & me- 
deor,) a remedy. 

Remitto, -mittere, -misi, -mis- 
sum, tr. (re & mitto,) to 
send lack; to remit. 



REM0VE0 RESPONDEO. 



297 



RL'moveo,-movere,-movi,-rri6- 
tum, tr. (re & moveo,) to 
move back, or away; to re- 
move. 

Remus, i, m. an oar. 

Remus, i, m. the twin brother 
of Romulus. 

Renovatus, a, um, part, from 

Renovo, are, avi, atum, tr. (re 
and novo,) to make anew; 
to renew. 

Renuntio, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(re & nuntio,) to bring back 
word; to inform; to report; 
to declare; to announce. 

Reor, reri, ratus sum, intr. 
dep. to think, to suppose; 
to believe. 

Reparo, are, avi, atum, tr. (re 
& paro,) to get or procure 
again; to renew; to repair. 

Repente, adv. (repens fr. repo) 
suddenly. 

Reperio, -pcrire, -peri, -per- 
tum, tr. (re &pario,) to find; 
to discover; to invent. 

Repeto, -petere, -petlvi, -peti- 
tum, tr. (re & peto,) to de- 
mand back. 

Repleo, ere, evi, etum, tr. (re 
6c pleo,) to fill again; to fill 
up; to replenish. 

Repono, -ponere, -posui, -po- 
situm, tr. (re & pono,) to 
place back or again; to re- 
store; to replace. 

Reporto, are, avi, atum, tr (re 
& porto,) to bring back; to 
gain ox obtain. 

Repraesento, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(re & prasento,) to make 



present again; to represent; 
to paint; to depict, 

Repudio, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(repudium) to repudiate; to 
reject; to slight; to dis- 
regard : uxorem, to di- 
vorce. 

Requlro, -quirere, -quislvi, 
-quisitum, tr. (re& quasro,) 
to seek again; to demand; 
to require; to need. 

Res, rei, f. a thing; an affair; 
a way; a kingdom; a gov- 
ernment; a subject : res 
gestae, actions; exploits : 
res familiaris or domesti- 
ca, domestic affairs; prop- 
erty. 

Reservo, are, avi, atum, tr. (re 
& servo,) to keep back; to 
reserve; to keep for a future 
time. 

Resideo, -sidere, -sedi, intr. 
(re & sedeo,) to sit; to sit 
down; to remain. 

Reslmus, a, um, adj. (re & si- 
mus,) bent back; crooked, 

Resisto, -sistere, -stiti, -stitum, 
intr. (re & sisto,) to hold or 
keep back; to resist; to 
withstand. 

Resolvo, -solvere, -solvi, -so- 
lutum, tr. (re & solvo,) to 
untie again; to loosen; to 
unbirid; to unloose; to dis- 
solve. 

Respondeo, -spondere, -spon- 
di,-sponsum,tr. (re &spon- 
deo,) to answer again; to 
answer; to reply; to cor- 
respond: respondetur,pass. 



298 



RESPONSUM — RIGEO. 



imp. it is answered, or the 
reply is made. 

Responsum, i, n. (respondeo,) 
an answer.; a reply. 

Respublica, reipublica?, f, 
§ 18, 9, (res publica,) the 
state; the government; the 
commonwealth. 

Respuo, -spuere, -spui, tr. (re 
& spuo,)?o spit out; to reject. 

Restituo, -stituere, -stitui, -sti- 
tutum, tr. (re & statue-,) to 
put or set up again; to re- 
store; to replace; to re- 
build: aciem, to cause the 
army to rally. 

Retineo, -tinere, -tinui, -ten- 
turn, tr. (re & teneo,) to hold 
back; to retain; to detain; 
to hinder. 

Revera, adv. (res & verus,) 
truly; in very deed; in re- 
ality; in good earnest. 

Reverentia, ae, f. (revereor,) 
reverence. 

Reversus, a, um, part, having 
returned: from 

Reverto, -vertere, -verti, -ver- 
sum, intr. (re & verto,) to 
turn back; to return. 

Revertor, -verti, -versus sum, 
intr.'dep. to return. 

Reviresco, -virescere, virui, 
intr. inc. (revireo,) to grow 
green again. 

Revoco, are, avi, atum, tr. (re 
& voco,) to call back; to re- 
call. 

Revolo, are, avi, atum, intr. 
(re & volo,) tojly back; to 
flV °ff again. 



Rex, regis, m. (rcgo.j a king. 

Rhadamanthus, i, m. a law- 
giver, of Crete, and subse- 
quently one of the three 
judges of the infernal re- 
gions. 

Rhaeti, orum, m. pi. the in- 
habitants of Rhatia, ?wiv 
the Grisons. 

Rhea, ae, f. (Silvia,) the mother 
of Romulus and Remus. 

Rhenus, i. m. the river Rhine. 

Rhinoceros, Otis, m. a Rhino- 
ceros. 

Rhipaeus, a, um, adj. Rhipa- 
an or Riphcean: montes, 
mountains, which, accord- 
ing to the ancients, were 
found in the north of Scy- 
thia. 

Rhodanus, i, m. the river 
Rhone. 

Rhodius, i, m. an inhabitant 
of Rhodes; a Rhodian. 

Rhodope, es, f. a high moun- 
tain in the western part of 
Thrace. > 

Rhodus, i, f. Rhodes; a cele- 
brated town, and island in 
the Mediterranean sea. 

Rhceteum, i, n. a city and 
promontory of Troas. 

Rhyndacus, i, m. a river of 
Mysia. 

Ridens, tis, part, smiling; 
laughing at; from 

Rideo, dere, si, sum, intr. & 
tr. to laugh; to laugh at; 
to mock; to deride. 

Rigeo, ere, ui, intr. to be 
cold. 



RIG1DUS SACRA. 



299 



Rigidus, a, urn, adj.(comp.) 
(rigeo,) stiff icith cold; ri- 
gid; severe. 

Rigo, are, avi, atum, tr. tov;a- 
ter; to irrigate; to bedeic; 
to wet. 

Ripa, as, f, a bank, (of a river.) 

Risi. See Rideo. 

Risus, us, m. (rideo, )laughing; 
laughter. 

Rixor, ari, atus sum,intr. dep. 
(rixa,) to quanel. 

Robur, oris, n. oakofthe hard- 
est kind, hence, strength : 
robur militum, the flower 
of the soldiers. 

Rogatus, a, um, part, being 
asked; from 

Rogo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
ask; to request; to beg; to 
entreat. 

Rogus, i, m. a funeral pile. 

Roma, ae, f. Rome, the chief 
city of Italy, situated up- 
on the Tiber; hence, 

Romanus, a, um, adj. Roman. 

Romanus, i, m. a Roman. 

Romulus, i, m. the founder 
and first king of Rome : 
Romulus Silvius, a king 
of Alba. 

Rostrum, i, n. (rodo,) a beak; 
a bill; a snout; also, the 
beak of a ship; a stage, or 
pulpit. 

Rota, a?, f. a wheel. 

Rotundus, a, um, adj. (rota,) 
round. 

Ruber, rubra, rubrum, adj. 
(rior, errimus,) red. 

Rudis, e, adj.(ior, issunus,) 



rude, uuwrouglit; unculti- 
vated; new; uncivilized. 

Rulna, as, f. (ruo,) a ruin; a 
downfall; a fall. 

Rullianus, i, m. a Roman gen- 
eral, who commanded the 
cavalry in a war with the 
Sam/iit es. 

Rumpo, rumpere, rupi, rup- 
tum, tr. to break or burst 
asunder; to break off; to 
break down; to violate. 

Ruo, uere, ui, utum, intr. & 
tr. to run headlong; to fall; 
to be ruined; to hasten 
down; to rush; to throw 
down; to tear up. 

Rupes, is, f. a rock; a cliff. 

Ruptus, a, um, part, (rumpo,) 
broken; violated. 

Rursus, adv. again. 

Rus, ruris, n. the country; a 
farm; hence, 

Rusticus, a, um, adj. rustic; 
belonging to the country. 

Rusticus, i, m. a countryman. 

Rutilius, i, m. a Roman con- 
sul. 

S. 

Sabini, Drum, m. the Sabines, 
a people of Italy. 

Sacer, sacra, sacrum, ndj. 
(sup. errimus, § 26, 5,) 
sacred; holy; divine; conse- 
crated. 

Sacerdos, Otis, c. (sacer,) a 
priest; a priestess. 

Sacra, orum, n. pi. (id.) reli- 
gious service; sacrifice; sa- 



300 



SACRIFICANS SATIS. 



cred rites; religious ob- 
servances. 

Sacnf icans, tis, part, (sacrif 1- 
co,) sacrificing; offering sa- 
crifices. 

Sacrificium, i, n. a sacrifice; 
from. 

Sacrif ico, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(sacer & facio,) to sacrifice. 

Saepe, adv. (ius issime,) of- 
ten; frequently. 

Saevio, ire, ii, Itum, intr. (ssb- 
vus,) to rage; to be cruel. 

Soevitas, atis, f. cruelty; seve- 
rity; savageness; barbarity; 
from 

Saevus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) cruel; severe; fierce; 
inhuman; violent. 

Saginatus, a, um, part, from 

Saglno, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
fatten. 

Sagitta, ae, f. an arrow. 

Saguntlni, Drum, m. pi. the 
Saguntines; the inhabit- 
ants of Saguntum. 

Saguntum, i, n. a town of 
Spain. 

Salio, salire, salui & salii, 
intr. to spring; to leap. 

Salsus, a. um, adj. (sallo, to 
salt; Obsol. from sal,) salt; 
sharp. 

Salto, are, avi, atum, intr. 
freq. (salio,) to dance. 

Saluber,-bris,-bre, adj. (brior, 
berrimus,) (salus,) whole- 
some; salubrious; healthy; 
hence, 

Salubritas, atis, f. salubrity; 
healthfulness. 



Salum, i, n. properly, the agi- 
tated motion of the sea: 
hence, the sea. 

Salus, utis, f. safety; salva- 
tion; health; hence, 

Saluto, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
wish health to; hence, to 
salute; to call. 

Salvus, a, um, adj. (salus,) 
safe; preserved ;unpunished. 

Samnites, ium, m. pi. the Sam- 
nites, a people of Italy. 

Sanctus, a, um, adj. comp. 
(sancio,) holy; blameless. 

Sanguis, inis, m. blood. 

Sapiens, tis, (part, sapio, pro- 
perly, tasting; knowing by 
the taste; hence,) adj. (ior, 
issimus,) wise : — subs, a 
sage; a wise man; hence, 

Sapientia, se, f. wisdom, philo- 
sophy. 

Sapio, ere, ui, intr. [to taste; to 
discern; hence,) to be vnse. 

Sarcina, ae, f. (sarcio,) a pack; 
a bundle. 

Sardinia, ae, f. a large island 
in the Mediterranean sea, 
west of Italy. 

Sarmatse, arum, m. the Sar- 
matians, a people inhabit- 
ing the north of Europe 
and Asia, 

Sarpedon, onis, m. a son of 
Jupiter and Europa. 

Satelles, itis, m. a satellite; a 
guard; a body-guard. 

Satiatus, a, um, part, from 

Satio, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
satiate; to satisfy; from 

Satis, adj. & adv. (comp. sa- 



SATUR — SECTOR. 



301 



tins, better;) enough; suf- 
ficient; sufficiently; very; 
quite. 

Satur, lira, ur urn, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) (satio,) satiated; full. 

Saturnia, ae, f. a name given 
to Italy; also, a citadel and 
town near Janiculum. 

Satumus;i, m. the father of 
Jupiter. 

Saucio, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(saucius,) to wound. 

Saxum, i, n. a rock; a stone. 

Scaevola, a?, m. (Mucius,) a 
brave Roman soldier. 

Scateo, ere intr. to gush forth 
like water from a spring; 
hence, to be full; to abound. 

Scamander, dri, m. a river of 
Troas, xohich flows from 
Mount Ida into the Helles- 
pont. 

Scaurus, i, m. the surname of 
several Romans. 

Scelestus, a, urn, adj. (ior, is- 
simus,) ivicked; from 

Scelus, eris, n. an impious ac- 
tion; a crime; wickedness : 
by metonymy, a wicked 
person. See facinus. 

Scena, 33, f. a scene; a stage. 

Schoeneus, i, m. a king of 
Arcadia, or Scyros, and 
father of Atalanta. 

Scheria, ae, f. an ancient name 
of the island Co?~cyra, or 
Corfu. 

Scientia, ce, f. knowledge; from 

Scio, Ire, ivi, Itum, tr. to 
know; to understand. 

Scipio. on is, m. a distinguish- 



ed Roman family : Scipio- 
nes, the Scipios. 

Scopiilus, i, m. a high rock; a 
cliff. 

Scorpio, onis, m. a scorpion. 

Scotia, £e, f. Scotland. 

Scriba, se, m. a writer; a se- 
cretary; a scribe; from 

Scribo, scribere, scripsi, scrip- 
turn, tr. to write: scribere 
leges, to prepare laics. 

Scriptor, oris. m. a writer; an 
author. 

Scripturus, a,um, part. (scribo.) 

Scriptus, a, urn, part, (scribo.) 

Scrutor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
(scruta,) to search into; to 
trace out. 

Scutum, i, n. a shield. 

Scylla, se, f. the daughter of 
Nisus. 

Scyros, i, f. an island in the 
JEgean sea. 

Scythes, ae, m. an inhabitant 
of Scythia; a Scythian. 

Scythia, 33, f. a vast country 
in the north of Europe and 
Asia. 

Scythicus,a, urn, adj. Scythian. 

Seco, secare, secui, sectum, tr. 
to cut. 

Secedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces- 
sum, intr. (se & cedo,) to go 
aside; to secede ;to luithdraw. 

Sectatus, a, um, part, having 
followed or attended; from 

Sector, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
freq. (sequor, § 88, Obs. 1.) 
to follow; to pursue; to ac- 
company; to attend; to 
strive after. 



26 



302 



SECULUM SEPES. 



Seculum and Saeculum, i, n. 
an age; a period of time. 

Secum, (se & cum, § 90, 2,) 
with himself ; ivith herself; 
luithitself; with themselves. 

Secundus, a, um, adj. comp. 
(sequor,) the second; pros- 
perous : res secundae, pros- 
perity. 

SecGris, is, f. (seco,) an axe. 

Secutus. a um, part, (sequor.) 

Sed, conj. hut. 

Sedecim, num. adj. ind. pi. 
(sex & decern,) sixteen. 

Sedeo, sedere, sedi, sessum, 
intr. to sit ; to light upon. 

Sedes, is, f. (sedes) a seat ; a 
residence; a settlement; reg- 
ni, the seat of government. 

Seditio, onis, f. (se aside, and 
eo,) sedition; a rebellion; 
an insurrection. 

Sedulus, a, um, adj. (sedeo) 
diligent. 

Seges, etis, f. a crop; a harvest. 

Segnis, e, adj. (ior, issimus.) 
dull; slow; slothful; slug- 
gish. 

Sejungo, -jungere, -junxi, 
-junctum, tr. (se & jungo,) 
to divide ; to separate. 

Seleucia, ae, f. a town of Sy- 
ria, near the Orontes. 

Semel, adv. once: plus semel, 
more than once. 

Semele, es, f. a daughter of 
Cadmus and Hermione, and 
mother of Bacchus. 

Semen, mis, n. seed. 

Semiramis, idis, f. a queen of 
Assyria, and wife of Ninus. 



Semper, jadv. always ; hence 
Sempiterrms, a, um, adj. ev- 
er lasting. 
Sempronius, i, m, the name of 

a Roman gens or clan; 

Sempronius Gracchus, a 

Roman general. 
Sena, se, f. a town of Picenum. 
Senator, oris, m. ^senex,) a 

Senator. 
Senatus, us, & i, m. (senex,) 

a senate. 
Senecta, se, or Senectus, litis, 

f. (senex,) old age. 
Senescens, tis, part, from 
Senesco, senescere, senui, 

intr. inc. to grow old ; to 

wane; from seneo, and 

that from 
Senex, is, c. an old man or 

woman: — adj. old : (comp. 

senior, sometimes major 

natu,) 9 26, 6. 
Senones, um, m. pi. a people 

of Gaul. 
Sensi. See Sentio. 
Sensus, us, m. (sentio.) sense; 

feeling. 
Sententia, se-, f. an opinion; a 

proposition; a sentiment; 

from 
Sentio, sentire, sensi, sensum, 

tr. to feel ; to perceive ; to 

be sensible of; to observe ; 

to suppose. 
Separo, are, avi, atum, tr. (se 
& paro) to separate; to di- 
vide. 
Sepelio, sepelire, sepelivi, se- 

pultum,tr. to bury; to inter. 
Sepes, is, f. a hedge; a fence. 



SEPTEM SEXAGESIMUS. 



30K 



Sepr.em, num. adj. ind. pi. 

seven. 
Septentrio, onis, m. the North- 
ern Bear; the north. 
Septies, num. adv. seven times. 
Septimus, a, urn, num. adj. 

ord. (septem,) the seventh. 
Septingentesimus,a, um, num. 

adj. the seven hundredth. 
Septuagesimus, a, um, num. 

adj. the seventieth; from 
Septuaginta, num. adj. ind. 

pi. seventy. 
Sepulcrum, i, n. (sepelio,) a 

sepulchre; a tomb. 
Sepultura, ae, f. (id.) burial; 

interment. 
Sepultus, a, um, part. (sepelio,) 

buried. 
Sequana, ae, m. the Seine, a 

river in France. 
Sequens, tis, part, from 
Sequor, sequi, secutus sum, tr. 

dep. to follow; to pursue. 
Secutus, a,um, part, (sequor.) 
Serenus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 

serene; tranquil; clear; 

fair; bright. 
Sergius, i, m. the name of se- 
veral Romans. 
Sermo, 6nis,rn. (sero,) speech; 

a discourse; conversation. 
Ser6,(serius,)adv./^e; too late. 
Sero, serere, sevi, salum, tr. 

to sou); to plant. 
Serpens, tis, c. (serpo, to 

creep,) a serpent; a snake. 
Sertorius, i, m. a Rojnan gen- 
eral. 
Serus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 

late. 



Servilius, i, m. the name of a 
Roman family : Servilius 
Casca, one of the murder- 
ers of Ccesar. 

Servio, ire, ivi, Itum, intr. 
(servus,) to be a slave; to 
serve, (as a slave.) 

Servitium, i, n. or Servitus, 
tit is, f. (id.) slavery; bond- 
age. 

Servius, i, m. (Tullius,) the 
sixth king of Rome. 

Servo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
preserve ; to guard ; to 
watch; to keep; hence, 

Servus, i, m. a slave; a ser- 
vant. 

Sese, pro. ace. & abl. § 28, 
Obs. 4-; himself; herself , 
themselves. 

Sestertium, i, n. a sestertium, 
or a thousand serterces. 
App. VI. 

Sestertius, i, m. a sesterce, or 
two and a half asses. App. 

Sestos, i, or -us, i, f. a town 
of Thrace, on the shores of 
the Hellespont, opposite to 
Abydos. 

Seta, as, f. a bristle. 

Setinus, a, um, adj. Setine; 
belonging to Setia, a city 
of Campania, near the 
Pontine Marshes, famous 
for its wine. 

Setosus, a, um, adj. (seta,) 
full of bristles; bristly. 

Sex, num. adj. ind. pi. six. 

Sexagesimus, a, um, num. 
adj. ord. (sex,) the sixtieth. 



304 



SEXAGINTA SINGULARS. 



Sexaginta, num. adj. ind. pi. 
(sex,) sixty. 

Sexcenteslmus, a, um, num. 
adj. ord. (sex & centum,) 
the six hundredth. 

Sextus, a, um, num. adj. ord. 
(sex,) the sixth. 

Si, conj. if; whether : si quan- 
do, if at any time. 

Sic, adv. so; thus; in such a 
manner. 

Siccius, i, m. (Dentatus,) the 
name of a brave Roman 
soldier. 

Siccus, a, um, adj. dry; sic- 
cum, dry land: in sicco, 
(loco,) in a dry place: 
(aridus, thoroughly dry; 
parched.) 

Sicilia, ae, f. Sicily, the larg- 
est island- in the Mediter- 
ranean. A 

Siculus, a, um, adj. Sicilian: 
fretum,,YAe straits of Mes- 
sina. 

Sicut, & Siciiti, adv. (sic ut,) 
as; as if. 

Sidon, onis, f. a maritime city 
of Phoenicia. 

Sidonius, a, um, adj. belong- 
ing to Sidon; Sidonian. 

Sidus, eris, n. a star. 

Siguifico, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(signum & facio,) to make 
or give a sign; to desig- 
nate; to mark; to express; 
to signify; to give notice; 
to imply or mean. 

Signum, i, n. a sign; a token; 
a statue; a standard; co- 
lors. 



Silens, tis, part, (sileo,) silent; 
keeping silence. 

Silentium, i, n. (sileo,) silence. 

Silenus, i. m. the foster-father 
and instructor of Bacchus. 

Sileo, ere, ui, intr. to be silent; 
to conceal. 

Silva, or Sylva, se, f. a forest; 
a wood. 

Silvia, as, f. (Rhea,) the mother 
of Romulus. 

Silvius, i, m. a son of Mneas, 
the second king of Alba: 
Silvius Procas, a king of 
Alba, the father of Numi- 
tor and Amulius. 

Sirnia, as, f. (simus,) an ape. 

Similis, e, adj. (ior, limus, 
§ 26, 1,) similar; like: 
hence, 

Similiter, adv. (similius simi- 
lime,) in like manner. 

Simplex, icis, adj. comp. (si- 
ne plica, without a fold; 
open; plain; hence,) simple; 
artless; open; plain; single. 

Simois, entis, m. a river of 
Troas, flowing into the 
Scamaiider. 

Simomdes, is, m. a Greek po- 
et, born in the island of 
Cca. 

Simul, adv. at the same time; 
at once; together; as soon 
as: simul — simul — as soon 
as, or no sooner than. 

Simulacrum, i, n. (simulo,) an 
image; a statue. 

Sin, conj. but if. 

Sine, prep, without. 

Singularis, e, adj. single, sin- 



SJNG-ULI— SOLVO. 



305 



gular; distinguished; ex- 
traordinary: certamen sin- 
gulare, a single combat; 
from 

Singuli, £e, a, num. adj. pi. 
each; one by one; every : 
singulis mensibus, every 
month. 

Sinister,tra,trum, adj. (comp. 
irr, $ 26, 2,.) left; from 

Sino, sinere, sivi, situm, tr. 
(for sio. obsol.) to permit. 

Sinus, us, m. a bosom; a bay; 
. a gulf. 

Siquis, siqua, siquod or si- 
quid, pro, if any one; if 
any thing. 

Siquando, adv. (si & quando,) 
if at any time; if ever. 

Sitio, ire, ii, intr. & tr. to thirst; 
to be thirsty; to desire ear- 
nestly. 

Sitis, is, f. thirst. 

Situs, a, um. part. & adj. (si- 
no,) placed; set; situated; 
permitted. 

Sive, conj. or; or if; whether. 

Soboles, is, f. (subbles, sub & 
oleo,) a sprig or shoot; off- 
spring. 

Sobrius, a, um, adj. sober; 
temperate. . 

Socer, eri, m. a father-in-law. 

Socialis, e, adj. (socius,) per- 
taining to allies; social; 
confederate. 

Societas, atis, f. society; alli- 
ance; intercourse; partner- 
ship; from 

Socius, i, m. an ally; a com- 
panion. 



Socordia, se, f. (socors, fr. se 
& cor,) negligence; sloth. 

Socrates, is, m. the most emi- 
nent of the Athenian phi- 
losophers. 

Sol, solis, m. the sun. 

Soleo, ere, ltus sum, n. pass, 
§ 78, to be wont; to be ac- 
customed : solebat, used. 

Solidus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) whole; solid; entire. 

Solittido, mis, f. (solus,) a des- 
ert; a wilderness; a solita- 
ry place. 

Solitus, a, um, part, (soleo,) 
accustomed; usual. 

Sollers, tis, adj. (sollus whole, 
not used, & ars,) ingenious, 
inventive; cunning; skil- 
ful; shrewd. 

Sollertia, as, f. (sollers,) saga- 
city; skill; shrewdness. 

Solon, onis, m. the lawgiver 
of the Athenians, and one 
of the seven wise men of 
Greece. 

Solstitium, i, n. (sol & sisto,) 
the solstice, particularly 
the summer solstice^in dis- 
tinction from brum a, the 
winter solstice; the longest 
day. 

Solum, i, n. the earth; the 
soil; land. 

Solum, adv. alone; only; fr. 

Solus, a, um, adj. §20,4; 
alone. 

Solutus, a, um, part, from 

Solvo, solvere, solvi, solutum, 
tr. to loose; to dissolve; to 
melt; to ansioer. 



306 



SOMNIO SPONSA. 



Sommo, are, avi, atum, intr. 

to dream; from 
Somnium, i, n, a dream; fr. 
Somnus, i, m. sleep. 
Sonitus, us, m. a sound; a 

noise; from 
Sono, are, ui, itum, intr. to 

sound; to resound; from 
Sonus, i, m. a sound. 
Sorbeo, -ere, -ui, tr. to suck in; 

to absorb. 
Soror, oris, f. a sister. 
Sp., an abbreviation of Spuri- 

us. 
Spargo, spargere, sparsi, spar- 
sum, tr. to sprinkle; to 

strew; to scatter; to soiv. 
Sparsi. See Spargo. 
Sparsus, a, um, part. 
Sparta, se, f. Sparta or Lace- 

damon, the capital of La- 

conia. 
Spartacus, i, m. the name of 

a celebrated gladiator. 
Spartanus, i, m. a Spartan. 
Sparti, drum, m. pi. a race of 

men said to have sprung 

from the dragon's teeth 

sowed by Cadmus. 
Spartum, i, n. Spanish broom, 

a plant of which ropes were 

made. 
Spatiosus, a, um, adj. large; 

spacious; from 
Spatium, i, n, a race ground; 

(stadium,) a space; room; 

distance. 
Species, ei, f. (specio,) an ap- 
pearance. 
Spectaculum, i,n. a spectacle; 

a show; from 



Specto, are, avi, atum, tr. 
freq. (specio,) to behold; to 
see; to consider; to regard; 
to relate; to refer. 

Specus, us, m. f. & n. a cave. 

Spelunca, se, f. a cave. 

Spero, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
hope; to expect. 

Spes, ei, f. hope; expectation; 
■ promise. 

Speusippus, i, m. the nephew 
and successor of Plato. 

Sphinx, gis, f. a Sphinx. The 
Egyptian Sphinx is repre- 
sented as a monster, having 
a woman *s head on the body 
of a lion. 

Spina, as, f. a thorn; a sting; 
a quill; a spine; a back- 
bone. 

Spintus, us, m. a breath; fr. 

Spiro, are, avi, atum, intr. to 
breathe. 

Splendeo, ere, ui, intr, to 
shine; to be conspicuous; 
hence 

Splendidus, a, um, adj.(comp.) 
splendid; illustrious; and 

Splendor, oris, m. brightness; 
splendor. 

Spolio, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
despoil; to strip; to de- 
prive- from 

Spolium, i, n. the skin of an 
animal; spoils; booty. 

Spondeo, spondere, spopondi, 
sponsum, tr. to pledge one's 
word; to promise; to en- 
gage. 

Sponsa, 83, f. (spondeo,) a 
bride. 



SPONTIS STUDKO. 



307 



Spontis, gen., sponte, abl. 
sing.,f. § 18, 11; of one's 
own accord; voluntary; 
spontaneously; of himself; 
of itself 

Spurius, i, m. a prasnomen 
among the Romans. 

Squama, se, f. the scale of a 
fish. 

Stabiilum, i. n. (sto,) a stall; 
a stable. 

Stadium, i, n. a stadium; a 
furlong; a measure of 125 
paces; the race ground. 

Stannum, i, n. tin. 

Stans, stantis, part, (sto.) 

Statim, adv. (sto) immediately. 

Statio, Onis, f. (sto,) a station; 
a picket or watch; (by day) 
navium, roadstead; an an- 
choring place. • 

Statua, a?, f. (statuo,) astatue. 

Statuarius, i, m. a statuary; 
a scupltor. 

Statuo, uere, ui, iitum, tr. 
(statum, fr. sisto,) to cause 
tp stand; to set up; to de- 
termine; to resolve; to fix; 
to judge; to decide; to be- 
lieve. 

Status, a, um, adj. (sto,) fix- 
ed; stated; appointed; cer- 
tain. 

Statutus, a, um,part. (statuo,) 
placed; resolved; fixed; set- 
tled. 

Stella, oe, f. (sto,) a star; a 
fixed star. 

Sterllis, e, adj.(comp!)w?z/rz«£- 
ful; sterile, barren. 

Sterto, ere, ui, intr. to snore. 



Stipes, itis, m. a stake; the 
trunk of a tree. 

Stirps, is, f. root; a stock; a 
race; a family. 

Sto, stare, steti, statum, intr. 
to stand; to be stationary : 
stare a partibus, to favor 
the party. 

Stoicus, i, m. a Stoic, one of a 
sect of Grecian philoso- 
phers, whose founder was 
Ze?w. 

Stoliditas, atis, f. stupidity; fr. 

Stolldus, a, um. adj. (ior, is- 
simus,) foolish; silly; stu- 
pid. 

Strages, is, f. (sterno,) an 
overthrow; slaughter. 

Strangulo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
to strangle. 

Strenue, adv. (iiis issime,) 
bravely; actively; vigo- 
rously; strenuously ; from 

Strenuus, a, um, adj.(comp.) 
bold; strenuous; brave; va- 
liant. 

Strophades, um, f. pi. two 
small islands in the Ionian 
sea. 

Struo, struere, struxi, struo 
turn, tr. to put together; to 
construct; to build : insidi- 
as, to prepare an ambus- 
cade; to lay snares. 

Struthiocamelus, i, m. an os- 
trich. 

Strymon, onis, m. a river 
which was anciently the 
boundary between Macedo- 
nia and Thrace. 

Studeo. ere, ui intr. to fa- 



308 



STUDIOSE SUCCEDO. 



vor; to study; to endeavor; 
to attend to; to pursue. 

Studiose, adv. (studiosus, fr. 
studium,) studiously; dili- 
gently. 

Studium, i, n. zeal; study; 
diligence; eagerness. 

Stultitia, sb, f. folly; from 

Stultus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) foolish : stulti, fools. 

Stupeo, ere, ui, intr. to he tor- 
pid or benumbed; to be as- 
tonished at; to be amazed. 

Sturnus, i, m. a starling. 

Suadendus, a, um, part, (sua- 
deo.) 

Suadens, tis, part, from 

Suadeo, suadere, suasi, sua- 
sum, tr. & intr. to advise; 
to persuade; to urge. 

Suavitas, atis, f. (suavis,) 
sweetness; grace; melody. 

Suaviter, adv. (vius vissime,) 
(id.) siveetly; agreeably. 

Sub, prep, under; near to; 
near the time of; just be- 
fore; at; in the time of. 

Subdtico, -ducere, -duxi, -due- 
turn, tr. (sub & duco,) to 
withdraw; to take away; to 
withhold; hence, 

Subductus, a, um, part. 

Subeo, Ire, ivi, & ii, itum, 
intr. irr. (sub & eo, § 83, 
3,) to go under; to submit 
to : onus, to take up or sus- 
tain a burden. 

Subigo,-igere,-egi, -actum, tr. 
(sub & ago,) to subject; to 
subdue; to conquer. 

Subitd, adv. suddenly; from 



Subitus, a, um, adj. (subeo,) 
sudden ; unexpected. 

Sublatus, a, um, part, (suffe- 
ro,) taken away; lifted up. 

Sublevo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(sub & levo,) to lighten; 
to relieve; to raise up; to 
assist. 

Sublimis, e, adj. comp. (sub. 
for supra & limus,) sub- 
lime; high in the air : in 
sublime, aloft; hence, 

Sublime, adv. aloft; in the air. 

Submergo, -mergere, -mersi, 
mersum, tr. (sub & mer- 
go,) to sink; to overwhelm. 

Submergor, -mergi, -mersus 
sum, pass, to be overwhelm- 
ed; to sink; hence, 

Submersus, a, um. part. 

Subridens, tis, part, smiling at. 

Subrideo, -rid ere, -risi, -ri- 
sum, intr. (sub & rideo,) to 
smile. 

Subsilio, -silire, -silui & silii, 
intr. (sub & salio,) to leap 
up; to jump. 

Substituo, -stituere, -stitui, 
stittitum, tr. (sub & statuo,) 
to put in the place of ano- 
ther: to substitute. 

Subter, prep, under. 

Subterraneus, um, adj. (sub & 
terra,) subterranean. 

Subvenio, -venire, -veni, -ven- 
tum, intr. (sub & venio,) 
to come to one's assistance, 
to succor; to help. 

Subvolo* are, avi, atum, intr. 
(sub & volo,) to fly up. 

Succedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces- 



SUCCESSOR— SUPERVACUUS. 



309 



sum. intr. (sub & cede-,) to 
succeed; to follow; hence, 

Successor, oris, m. a successor. 

Succus, i, m. (sucus fr. sugo,) 
juice; sap; liquid. 

Surlero, sufFerre, susttili, sub- 
latum, tr. irr. (sub & fero,) 
to take away; to under- 
take; to bear. 

SufTetius, i, m. (Metius,) an 
Alban general, put to death 
by Tullus Hostilius. 

Sufficio, -flcere, -feci, -fectum, 
intr. (sub & facio,) to suf- 
fice; to be sufficient. 

SufTodio, -fodere, -fodi, -fos- 
sum, tr. (sub & fodio,) to 
dig und.er; to undermine. 

SufTossus, a, um, part. 

SufFragium, i, n. (sub & fran- 
go,) a broken piece; a shred; 
a ballet ; suffrage ; vote ; 
choice. 

Sui, pro. gen. § 28, of himself ; 
of herself; of itself : duas 
sibi similes, two like one 
another. 

Sulla, or Sylla, as, m. a dis- 
tinguished Roman general. 

Sulpicius, i, m. (Gallus,) a 
Roman, celebrated for his 
learning and eloquence, and 
for his skill in astrology. 

Sum, esse, fui, intr. irr. § 54, 
to be; to exist : terrori es- 
se, to excite terror. 

Summus, a, um, adj. (see Su- 
perus,) the highest; great- 
est ; perfect: in tf summa 
aqua, on the surface of the 
water. 



Sumo, sumere, sumpsi, sump- 
tum, tr. to take. 

Sumptus, a, um, part, (sumo.) 

Sumptus, us, m. (id.) expense. 

Supellex, supellectilis, f, fur- 
niture; household goods. 

Super, prep, above; upon. 

Superbe, ad v ius, issime,(fr. su- 
perbus,) proudly; haugh- 
tily. 

Superbia, ae, f. (superbus,) 
pride; haughtiness. 

Superbio, ire, ivi, ltum, intr. 
to be proud; to be proud of; 
from 

Superbus, a, um, adj. comp. 
proud; the Proud, a sur- 
name of Tarquin, the last 
king of Rome. 

Superfluus, a, um, adj. (su- 
perfluo,) superfluous. 

Superjacio, -jacere,-jeci, -jac- 
tum, tr. (super & jacio,) 
to throw upon; to shoot over. 

Superjacior,-jaci, -j actus sum, 
pass, to be shot over. 

Supero, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(super,) to surpass; to con- 
quer; to excel; to vanquish. 

Superstitiosus, a, um, adj. 
(superstitio fr. supersto,) 
superstitious. 

Supersum,-esse, fni, intr. irr. 
(super & sum,) to be over; 
to remain; to survive. 

Superus, a, um, adj. (supe- 
rior ; supremus or sum- 
mus, § 26, 2,) above; high; 
upper. 

Supervacuus, a, um, adj. (su- 
per & vacuus,) superfluous. 



310 



SUPERVENIO TABESCO. 



Supervenio, -venire, -veni, 
-ventum, intr. (super & 
venio,) to come upon; to 
come; to surprise suddenly. 

Supervolo, are, avi, atum, 
intr. (super & volo,) to fly 
over. 

Suppeto, ere, ivi, ltnm, intr. 
(sub & peto,)fo come to; to 
be at hand; hence to suf- 
fice; to remain; to serve; 
to be sufficient. 

Supplex, icis, adj. (sub & pli- 
co,) suppliant. 

Supplicium. i, n, (id.) a pun- 
ishment. 

Suppono, -ponere, -posui, -po- 
sltum, tr. (sub. & pono,) 
to put under; to substitute. 

Supra, prep. & adv. above; be- 
fore. 

Surena, se, m. the title of a 
Parthian officer, and next 
in authority to the king. 

Surgo, surgere, surrexi, sur- 

rectum, intr. (surrego, fr. sub, 
& rego,) to rise. 

Sus, uis, c. swine; a hog. 

Suscipio, -cipere, -cepi, -cep- 
tum, tr. (sub & capio,) to 
take or lift up; to under- 
take; to take upon; to en- 
gage in; to receive. 

Suspectus, a, um. part, & adj. 
(suspicio,) suspected; mis- 
trusted. 

Suspendo, -pendere, -pendi, 
-pensum,tr. (sub &pendo,) 
to suspend; to hang; to 
hang up. 

Suspensus, a, um, part. 



Suspicio, -spicere, -spexi, 
-spectum, tr. (sub & spe- 
cio,) to look at secretly; to 
look up; to suspect, 

SuspTcor, ari, atus sura, tr. 
dep. to suspect; to surmise. 

Sustento, are, avi, atum, tr. 
freq. to sustain; to support : 
sustentare vitam, to sup- 
port one's self; from 

Sustineo, -tinere, -tinui, -ten- 
tum, tr. (sub & teneo,) to 
bear up; to carry; to sus- 
tain; to support. 

Sustollo, sustollere, sustuli, 
sublatum, tr. to lift up; to 
take away; to raise. 

Suus, a, um, pro. his; hers; 
its; theirs; § 28, Obs. 3, 
Exc. 

Sylla. See Sulla. 

Syllaba, as, f. a syllable. 

Sylva. See Silva. 

Syphax, acis, m. a king of 
Numidia. 

Syracusae, arum, f. pi. Syra- 
cuse, a celebrated city of 
Sicily. 

Syria, 33, f. a large country of 
Asia, at the eastern extre- 
mity of the Mediterranean 
sea. 

Syriacus, a, um, adj. Syrian; 
belonging to Syria. 

T. 

T., an abbreviation of Titus. 
Tabesco, tabescere, tabui, inc. 

(tabeo,) to consume; to pine 

away. 



TABULA TAURICA. 



311 



Tabula, a?, f. a table; a tablet; 
a picture; a painting; 
plumbea tabula, a plate or 
sheet of lead. 

Taceo, ere, ui, ltum, intr. to 
be silent. 

Tactus, us, m. (tango,) the 
touch. 

Tsedet, tasduit, taesum est or 
pertaesum est, imp. to be 
weary of: vitas eos taedet, 
they are weary of life. 

Tasnarus, i, m. & um, i, n. a 
promontory in Laconia, now 
cape Matapan. 

Talentum, i, n. a talent; a 
sum variously estimated 
from $860 to $1020. 

Talis, e, adj. such. 

Talpa, ae, c. a mole. 

Tarn, adv. so; so much. 

Tarnen, conj. yet; notwith- 
standing; still; nevertheless. 

Tanais, is, m. a river between 
Europe and Asia, now the 
Don. 

Tanaquil, ilis, f. the ivife of 
Tarquinius Priscus. 

Tandem, adv. (turn &demum,) 
at length; at last; finally. 

Tango, tangere, tetigi, tac- 
tum, tr. to touch. 

Tanquam, or Tamquam, adv. 
(tarn & quam,) as well as; 
as if; like. 

Tantalus, i, m. a son of Jupi- 
ter; the father of Pelops, 
and king of Phrygia. 

Tanto adv. (tanius,) so much. 

Tantopere, adv. (tantus & 
opus.) so much; so greatly. 



Tantum, adv. only; so much; 
from 

Tantus, a, um, adj. so great; 
such : tanti. of so much 
value : tanti est, it is worth 
the pains; it makes am-ends. 

Tarde, adv. (ius, issime,) (tar- 
dus,) slowly. 

Tarditas, atis, f. (tardus,) slow- 
ness; dulness; heaviness. 

Tardo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
make slow; to retard; to 
check; to stop; from 

Tardus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) slow; dull. 

Tarentinus, a, um, adj. Tar- 
entine; of or belonging to 
Tarentum : Tarentini, Ta- 
rentines; the inhabitants 
of Tarentum. 

Tarentum, i, n. a celebrated 
city in the south of Italy. 

Tarpeia, 33, f. the daughter of 
Sp. Tarpeius : she betrayed 
the Roman citadel to the 
Sabines. 

Tarpeius, a, um, adj. Taipei- 
an : mons, the Tarpcian 01 
Capitoline mount. 

Tarquinii, drum, m. pi. a city 
of Etruria, whence the fa- 
mily of Tarquin derived 
their name. 

Tarquinius, i, m. Tarquin; 
the name of an illustrious 
Roman family; Tarquinii, 
orum, pi. the Tar quins. 

Tartarus, i, m., & -a, orum, 
pi. n. Tartarus; the infer- 
nal regions. 

Tauriea, a, f. a large penittsu- 



312 



TAURUS TERRA. 



la of the Black sea, now 
called the Crimea, or Tau- 
rida. 

Taurus, i, m. a high range of 
mountains in Asia. 

Taurus, i, m. a hull. 

Taygetus, i, m. & -a, drum, 
pi. a mountain of Laconia, 
near Sparta. 

Tectum, i, n. (tego,) a cover- 
ing; a roof; a house. 

Tectus, a, um, part, (tego,) 
covered; defended. 

Teges, etis, f. a mat; a rug; 
a coverlet; from 

Tego, gere, xi, ctum, tr. to co- 
ver; to defend; hence, 

Tegumentum, i, n. a covering. 

Telum, i, n. a missile; a wea- 
pon; a dart; an arrow. 

Temere, adv. at random; ac- 
cidentally; rashly. 

Tempe, n, pi. indec. a beauti- 
ful vale in Thessaly. thro'' 
which the river Peneus 
flows. 

Temperies, iei, f. a season or 
space of time; temperate- 
ness ; mildness; tempera- 
ture. 

Tempestas, atis, f. (tempus,) 
a storm; a tempest. 

Templum, i, n. a consecrated 
place; a temple. 

Tempus, oris, n. time; a sea- 
son : ad tempus, at the 
time appointed : ex tempo- 
re, without premeditation. 

Temulentus, a, um, adj. (tem- 
etum,) drunken ; intoxi- 
cated. 



Tendo, tendere, tetendi, ten- 
sum, tr. to stretch; to stretch 
out; to extend; intr. to 
advance; to go. 

Tenebrse, arum, f. pi. dark- 
ness. 

Teneo, tenere, tenui, tentum, 
tr. to hold; to have; to keep; 
to possess; to know; to hold 
by a garrison : portum, to 
reach the harbor. 

Tentatus, a, um, part, from 

Tento, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. 
(teneo,) to attempt; to 
try. 

Tentyrltae, arum, c. pi. the in- 
habitants of Tentyra, a 
town and island in Upper 
Egypt. 

Tenuis, e. adj. (comp.) thin; 
slender; light; rare. 

Tenus, prep, up to; as far as. 

Tepesco, escere, ui, intr. inc. 
(tepeo,) to grow warm or 
cool; to become tepid. 

Ter, num. adv. thrice. 

Terentius, i. m. a Roman pro- 
per name. 

Tergum, i, n. the back; the 
farther side : a teigo,from 
behind: ad terga, behind. 

Termmo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
to bound; to limit; to ter- 
minate; from 

Terminus, i, m. a boundary; 
limit; an end; bounds. 

Terni, as, a, num, adj. pl.(tres,) 
three by three; three. 

Terra, as, f. the earth; a coun- 
try; the land : omnes ter- 
ras, the lohole world. 



TERREO — THRASYBULUS. 



313 



Terreo, ere, ui, ltum, tr. to ter- 
rify; to scare; to frighten. 

Terrester, terrestris, terrestre, 
adj. (terra,) terrestrial: 
animal terrestre, a land 
animal. 

Terribilis, e, adj. comp. (ter- 
reo,) terrible. 

Territo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
freq. (id.) to terrify; to af- 
fright. 

Territorium, i, n. (terra,) ter- 
ritory. 

Territus, a, um, part, (terreo,) 

Terror, oris, m. (id.) terror; 
consternation; fear. 

Tertius, a, um, num. adj. ord. 
(tres.) the third; hence, 

Tertio, num. adv. the third 
time. 

Testa, ae, f. (tosta fr. torreo,) 
an earthen vessel; a shell. 

Testamentum, i, n. (testor,) a 
will; a testament. 

Testudo, mis, f. (testa,) a tor- 
toise. 

Tetlgi. See Tango. 

Teutones, um, &; Teutoni, 
Drum, m. pi. a nation in 
the northern part of Germa- 
ny, near the Cimbri. 

Texo, texere, texui, textum, 
tr. to iveave; to plait; to 
form; to construct. 

Thalamus, i, m. a bed-cham- 
ber; a: dwelling. 

T hales, is & etis, m. a Mile- 
sian, one of the seven wise 
men of Greece. 

Thasus. i, f. an island on the 
coast of Thrace. 

27 



Theatrum, i, n. a theatre. 

Thebae, arum, f. pi. Thebes, 
the capital of Bceotia: 
hence, 

Thebanus, a, um, adj. The- 
ban; belonging to Thebes. 

Theleslnus, i, m. a Roman 
proper name. 

Themistocles, is, m. a cele- 
brated Athenian general in 
the Persian wax. 

Theodorus, i, m. a philosoher 
of Cyrence. 

Thermodon, ontis, m. a river 
of Pontics. 

Theseus, i,. m. a king of 
Athens, and son of JEgeus, 
and one of the most cele- 
brated heroes of antiquity. 

Thessalia, ae, f. Thessaly; a 
country of Greece, south of 
Macedonia; hence, 

Thessalus, a, um, adj. belong- 
ing to Thessaly ; Thessa- 
lian. 

Thestius, i, m. the father of 
Althaea. 

Thetis, idis & idos, f. one of 
the sea nymphs; the wife 
of Peleus, and mother of 
Achilles. 

Theutobochus, i, m. a king 
of the Cimbri. 

Thracia, as. f. Thrace; a large 
country east of Macedonia. 

Thracius, a, um, adj. belong- 
ing to Thrace; Thracian. 

Thrasybulus, i, m. an Atheni- 
an general, celebrated for 
freeing his country from 
the thirty tyrants. 



314 



THUS TRAHO. 



Thus, thuris, n. frankincense. 

Tiberis, is, m. § 15, 2, the 
Tiber, a famous river of 
Italy. 

Tibi. See Tu. 

Tibicen, inis, m. (tibia & ca- 
rlo,) one who plays upon the 
flute; a piper. 

Ticinum, i, n. a town of Cis- 
alpine Gaul, where the Ro- 
mans were defeated by Han- 
nibal. 

Tigranes, is, m. aking of Ar- 
menia Major. 

Tigranocerta, 6mm, n. a city 
of Armenia Major, found- 
ed by Tigranes. 

Tigris, idis, {seldom is,) c. a 
tiger. 

Tigris, idis & is, m. a river in 
Asia. 

Timens, tis, part, from 

Timeo, ere, ui, intr. & tr. to 
fear; to dreid; to be afraid. 

Timidus, a, urn, adj. comp. 
(timeo,) timid; cowardly. 

Timor, oris, m. (id.) fear. 

Tinnitus, us, m. (tinnio,) a 
tinkling. 

Tintinnabulum, i. n. (tintinno 
same as tinnio,) a bell. 

Titio, onis, m. a brand; afire- 
brand. 

Titus, i, m. a Roman praeno- 
men. 

Tolero, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
bear; to endure; to admit of. 

Tollo, tollere, sustuli, subla- 
tum, tr. to raise; to pick 
up; to remove; to do aivay 
with. 



Tondeo, tondere, totondi, ton- 
sum, tr. to clip; to shave; 
to shear. 

Tonitru, u, n. thunder: from 

Tono, are, ui, ltum, intr. to 
thunder: tonat, imp. it 
thunders. 

Tormentum, i, n. (torqueo,) 
an engine for throwing 
stones and darts. 

Torquatus, i, m., a surname 
given to T. Manlius and 
his descendants. 

Torquis, is, d. (torqueo,) a col- 
lar; a chain. 

Tot, ind. adj. so many. 

Totidem, ind. adj. (tot itidem,) 
the same number; as many. 

Totus, a, urn, adj. § 20, 4, 
whole; entire; all. 

Trabs, is, f. a beam. 

Tractatus, a, um, part, from 

Tracto,are, avi, atum, tr. freq. 
(traho,) to treat; to handle. 

Tractus, us, m. (traho,) a tract; 
a country; a region. 

Tractus, a, um, part, (traho.) 

Traditus, a, um, part, from 

Trado, -dere, -didi, -ditum, tr. 
(trans & do,) to give over, 
or up; to deliver; to give; 
to relate; to teach: tradunt, 
they report : traditur, it is 
related; it is reported : tra- 
duntur, they are reported. 

Tragicus, a, um, adj. tragic. 

Tragcedia, a3, f. a tragedy. 

Traho, trahere, traxi, tractum, 
tr. io drag; to draw : hel- 
ium, to protract or pro- 
long the war: liquidas 



TRAJ1CI0 TRIBUTUM 



315 



aquas trahere, to draw 
along clear waters; to flow 
with a clear stream. 

Trajicio, -jicere, -jeci, -jec- 
tum, tr. (trans & jacio,) to 
convey over; to pass or cross 
over. 

Trames, itis, m. (trameo, i. e. 
trans meo, to go over or 
along;) a path; a way. 

Trano, are, avi, atum, intr. 
(trans & no,) to swim over. 

Tranquillus, a, um, adj. 
(comp.) tranquil; calm; se- 
rene. 

Trans, prep, over; beyond; on 
the other side. 

Transactus,a, um, part (trans- 
igo.) 

Transeo, ire, ii, Ttum, intr. 
irr. (trans & eo,) to pass or 
go over. 

Transf ero,-ferre, -tuli, -latum, 
tr. irr. (trans & fero,) to 
transfer; to carry over: se 
acl aliquem, to go over to. 

Transf Igo,-figere.,-fixi, -fixum, 
(trans & figo,) to run 
through; to pierce; to 
stab. 

Transftiga, ae. c. (transfugio,) 
a deserter. 

Transgredior, -gredi, -gressus 
sum, intr. dep. (trans & 
gradior,) to go or pass over. 

Transigo, -igere, -egi, -actum, 
tr. (trans & ago,) to trans- 
act; to finish; to spend. 

Transilio, -siiire, -silui & sill- 
vi, intr. (trans & salio,) to 
leap over. 



Transitiirus, a, um, part. 

(transeo,) about to pass 

over; to pass on. 
Translatus, a, um, part, (trans- 

fero.) 
Transmarmus, a, um, adj. 

(trans & mare,) beyond the 

sea; foreign; transmarine. 
Transno. See Trano. 
Transveho,-vehere,-vexi,-vec- 

tum, tr. (trans & veho,) to 

carry over; to convey; to 

transport. 
Transvolo^are, avi, atum, intr. 

(trans & volo,) to fly over. 
Trasimenus.«i, m. a lake in 

Etruria, near which the 

consul Flaminius was de- 
feated by Hannibal. 
Trebia, ae, f. a river of Cisal- 
pine Gaul, emptying into 

the Po. 
Trecenti, ae, a, num. adj. pL 

three hundred; hence, 
Trecentesimus, a, um, num. 

adj. the three hundredth. 
Tredecim, num. adj. pi. ind. 

(tres & decern,) thirteen. 
Tres, tria, num. adj. pi. § 24, 

Obs. 3, thre\ 
Treviri, orum, m. pi. a people 

of Belgium. 
Triangularis, e, adj. (triangu- 

lum,) triangular; three- 
cornered. 
Tribunus, i, m. (tribus,) a 

tribune. 
Tribuo, uere, ui, utum, tr. to 

attribute; to give; to grant; 

to bestoiu; to commit. 
Tributum, i,n (tribuo,) a tri- 



310 



TRICESIMUS TURBATUS. 



bate; a tax; a contribution; 
an assessment. 

Tricesimus, a, um, num. adj. 
(triginta,) the thirtieth. 

Triduum, i, n. (tres & dies,) the 
space of three days : per 
triduum, for three days. 

Triennium, i, n. (tres & an- 
nus,) the space of three 
years. 

Trigemini, orum, m. pi. (tres 
& gemini,) three brothers 
born at one birth. 

Triginta, num. adj. pi. ind. 
thirty. 

Trinacria, ec, f. one of the 
the names of Sicily. 

Triptolemus, i, m. the son of 
Celcus, king of Eleusis. 

Tristitia, a?, f. (tristis, sad,) 
sorroiv; grief. 

Triumphalis, e, adj. (triumph- 
us,) triumphal. 

Triumphans, tis, part. from 

Triumpho,are,avi, atum, intr. 
to triumph; from 

Triumphus, i, m. a triumph; a 
triumphal procession. 

Triumvir, vlri, m. (tres & vir,) 
one of three joint public 
officers; a triumvir. 

Troas, adis, f. a country of 
Asia Minor, bordering up- 
on the Hellespont. 

Trochllus, i, m. a wren. 

Troglodyt3B,arum,c. pi. Trog- 
lodytes, a people of Ethio- 
pia, who dwelt in caves. 

Troja, <b, f. Troy, the capital 
of Troas; hence, 

Trojanus, a, um, adj. Trojan. 



Trucldo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(trux & caedo,) to kilt in a 
cruel manner; to butcher; to 
murder; to slay; to massa- 
cre. 

Trux, ucis, adj. savage; cru- 
el; fierce; stern; grim. 

Tu, subs. pro. thou; § 28. 

Tuba, se, f. (tubus, a tube,) 
a trumpet. 

Tuber, eris, n. (tumeo,) a 
bunch; a tumor; a protu- 
berance. 

Tubicen, in is, m. (tuba & ca- 
no,) a trumpeter. 

Tueo'-, tueri, tuitus sum, tr. 
to see; to look to; to care 
for; to defend; to protec$. 

Tugurium i, n. (tego,) a hut; 
a shed. 

Tuli. See Fero. 

Tullia, 33, f. the daughter of 
Servius Tullius 

Tullius, i, m. a Roman. 

Tullus, i, m. (Hostilius,) the 
third Roman king. 

Turn, adv. then; and; so; also : 
turn — turn, as well — as; 
both — and: turn demum, 
then at length. 

Tumultus, us, m, (tumeo,) a 
noise; a tumult. 

Tumulus, i, m. (id.) abound; 
a tomb. 

Tunc, adv. then. 

Tunica, 33, f. a tunic; a close 
woollen garment, worn un- 
der the toga. 

Turbatus, a, um, part, dis- 
turbed; confused; troubled; 
from 



TUHBO UNDEVICESIMUS. 



317 



Turbo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(turba,) to disturb; to trou- 
ble; to put into confusion. 

Turma, £e, f. a division of Ro- 
man cavalry consisting of 
thirty men; a troop. 

Turpis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
base; disgraceful. 

Turpitudo, Inis, f. (turpis,) 
baseness; ugliness. 

Turris, is, f. a tower. 

Tuscia, ae, f. a country of Ita- 
ly, the same as Etruria. 

Tusculum, i, n. a city of La- 
tium. • 

Tuscus, a, um, adj. Tuscan; 
belonging to Tuscany ; 
Etrurian. 

Tutor, oris, m. (tueor,) a guar- 
dian; a tutor. 

Tutus, a, um, adj. (ior issi- 
mus,) (tueor,) safe. 

Tuus, a, um, adj. pro. § 30, 
(tu.,) thy; thine. 

Tyrannis, idis & idos, f. ty- 
ranny; arbitrary power; fr. 

Tyrannus, i, m. a king; a ty- 
rant; a usurper. 

Tyrius, a, um, adj. Tyrian: 
Tyrii, Tyrians ; inhabit- 
ants of Tyre. 

Tyrrhenus, a, um, adj. Tyr- 
rhenian or Tuscan; belong- 
ing to Tuscany. 

Tyrus, i, f. a celebrated mari- 
time city of Phcsnicia. 

u. 

Uber, eris, n. an udder; a teat. 
Ubertas, atis, f. (uber, rich, 



fertile,) fertility , fruitful- 

ness. 
Ubi, adv. where; when; as 

soon as. 
Ubique, adv. every v:here. 
Ulcisor, ulcisci, ultus sum. tr. 

dep. to take revenge; to 

avenge. 
Ullus, a, um, adj. § 20, 4, any; 

any one. 
Ulterior, us, (ultimus,) § 26, 

4 ; further; hence, 
Ulter iiis, adv. farther; beyond; 

longer. 
Ultimus, a, um, adj. (sup. of 

ulterior,) the last. 
Ultra, prep, beyond ; more 

than: — adv. besides; more- 
over; further. 
Ultus, a, um, part, (ulciscor,) 

having avenged. 
Ulysses, is, m. a distinguished 

king of Ithaca. 
Umbra, as, f. a shade; a shadow. 
Umbro, are, avi, atum, tr. 

(umbra,) to shade; to darken. 
Una, adv. (unus,) together. 
Unde, adv. whence; from 

which. 
Undecim, num. adj. pi. incL 

(unus & decern,) eleven. 
Undenonagesimus, a, um, 

num. adj. (unus, de, & 

nonagessimus,) the eighty- 
ninth. 
Undequinquaginta, num, adj. 

pi. ind. forty-nine. 
Undetricesimus, a, um, num. 

adj. twenty-ninth. 
Undevicesimus, a, um, num. 

adj. nineteenth. 



318 



UNDEVIGINTI VALERIUS. 



Undeviginti, num. adj. nine- 
teen. 
Undique, adv. on all sides. 
Unguis, is, in. a claw; a ta- 
lon; a nail. 
Ungula, 3d, f. a claw; a talon; 
a hoof: binis ungiilis, clo- 
ven-footed. 
Unicus, a, um, adj. (unus,) 

one alone; sole; only. 
Unio, onis, m. a pearl. 
Universus, a, um, adj. (unus 
& versus,) whole; universal; 

all. 
Unquam, adv. ever: nee un- 

quam, and never. 
Unus, a, um. num. adj. § 20, 

4 ; one; only; alone. 
Unusquisque,unaquasque,un- 

numquodque, adj. each one; 

each; § 37, Obs. 2. 
Urbs, is, f. a city; the chief 

city; Rome. 
Uro, urere, ussi, ustum, tr. to 

burn. 
Ursus, i, m. a bear. 
Usque, adv. even; as far as; 

till; until. 
Usus, a, um, part, (utor.) 
Usus, us, m. (id.) use; custom; 

profit; advantage. 
Ut, conj. that; in order that; 

so that : adv. as; as soon 

as; when. 
Utcunque,adv. (ut & cunque,) 

hoivsoever; somewhat ; in 

some degree. 
Uter, tra, trum, adj. § 20, 4, 

which? which of the two? 
Uterque,traque, trumque,adj. 

$ 20, 4, (uter & que), both; 



(taken separately, see am- 

bo,) each; each of the two. 
Utilis, e, adj. comp. (utor,) 

useful. 
Utica, se, f. a maritime city 

of Africa, near Carthage. 
Utor, uti, usus sum, intr. dep. 

to use; to make use of 
Utrinque, adv. on both sides. 
Utrum, adv. whether. 
Uva, se, f. a grape; a bunch 

of grapes : passa, a raisin. 
Uxor, oris, f. (ungo,) a wife. 

V. 

Vaco, are, avi, atum, intr. to 
be free from; hence, 

Vacuus, a, um, adj. empty; 
unoccupied; vacant ; free; 
exempt: vacuus viator, the 
destitute traveller. 

Vadosus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
fordable; shallow; from 

Vadum, i, n. (probably from 
vado, to go;) a ford; a 
shallow. 

Vagans, tis, part, (vagor.) 

Vagina, as, f. a scabbard; a 
sheath. 

Vagltus,us,m. weeping; crying 

Vagor, ari,atus sum, intr. dep. 
to wander about; to stray. 

Valeo, ere, ui, intr. to be 
well, or in health; to be 
strong; to avail; to be dis- 
tinguished; to be eminent : 
multum valere, to be very 
powerful: vale, farewell. 

Valerius, i, m. a Roman pro- 
per name. 



VA.LLIS VENOR. 



319 



Vallis, is, f, a valley; a vale. 

Varietas, atis, f. (varius,) va- 
riety; cha?ige. 

Vario, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
change; to vary; from 

Varius, a, um, adj. various; 
diverse. 

Varro,onis,m. (Marcus,) a very 
learned Roman: P. Te- 
rentius, a consul, who was 
defeated by Hannibal. 

Vasto, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
lay waste; to ravage; from 

Vastus, a, um, adj. waste; 
desert; hence, wide; vast; 
great. 

Vates, is, m. a poet; a bard. 

Ve, conj. (enclitic, § 39, Obs. 
2.) or; also, intensive or 
negative inseparable par- 
ticle, § 91, Obs. 2. 

Vecordia, ae, f. (vecors, mad;) 
madness; folly. 

Vectus, a, um, part, (veho.) 

Vehemens, tis, adj. (ior issi- 
mus,) (ve intens. & mens,) 
vehement ; immoderate ; 
hence, 

Vehementer, adv. (ius, issi- 
me,) vehemently; greatly; 
very; much; violently. 

Veho, vehere, vexi, vectum, 
tr. to bear; to carry; to 
convey. 

Veiens, tis, & Veientanus, i, 
m. an inhabitant of Veii. 

Veii, orum, m. pi. a city of 
Tuscany, memorable for 
the defeat of the Fabian 
family. 

Vel, conj. or; also; even: vel 



lecta, even when read : vel 
— vel, either — or. 

Velio, vellere, velli, or vulsi, 
vulsum, tr. to pluck. 

Vellus, eris n, (vello,) a fleece. 

Velox, ocis, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
(volo, are,) swift; rapid; 
active. 

Velum, i, n. (vexillum,) a 
sail. 

Velut, & Veluti, adv. (vel & 
ut,) as; as if. 

Venalis, e, adj. (venus, sale,) 
venal; mercenary. 

Venans, tis, part, (venor.) 

Venaticus, a, um, adj. (id.) 
belonging to the chase : ca- 
m's, a hound. 

Venator, oris, m. (venor,) a 
huntsman. 

Vendito, are, avi, atum, freq. 
to sell; from 

Vendo, vendere, vendidi, ven- 
ditum, tr. (venum & do,) 
to sell. 

Venenatus, a, um, adj. poi- 
soned; poisonous; from ve- 
neno, and that from 

Venenum, i, n. poison. 

Veneo, ire, ii, intr. irr. (for 
venum eo,) to be exposed 
for sale; to be sold. 

Venetus, i, m., or Brigantl- 
nus, a lake between Germa- 
ny and Switzerland, called 
the Boden sea, or lake of 
Constance. 

Venio, venire, veni, ventum, 
intr. to come; to advance. 

Venor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
to hunt. 



320 



VENTER — VETUS. 



Venter, tris, m. the belly; the 
stomach. 

Vent us, i, m. a wind. 

Venus, us, or i, m. (used only 
in the dat. ace. & abl.) sale. 

Venus, eris, f. the goddess of 
love and beauty. 

Ver, veris, n. the spring. 

Verber, eris, n. a whip; a rod; 
a blow; a stripe; hence, 

Verbero, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
strike. 

Verbum, i, n. a word. 

Vere adv. (ius, issime,) (ve- 
rus,) truly. 

Vereor, eri, ltus sum, intr. dep. 
to fear; to be concerned for. 

Vergo, vergere, versi, intr. 
(also tr.) to tend to; to in- 
cline; to verge towards; to 
bend; to look. 

Verisimilis, e, adj. comp. (ve- 
rum & simllis,) like the 
truth; probable. 

Veritus, a, um, part. (vereor.) 

Vero, conj. but : — adv. (ve- 
rus,) indeed; truly. 

Verona, as, f. Verona, a city 
in the north of Italy. 

Versatus, a, um, part, from 

Versor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
freq. (verto,) to turn; to re- 
volve; to dwell; to live; to 
reside; to be employed. 

Versus, a, um, part, (vertor.) 

Versus, prep, towards. 

Vertex, Icis, m. (verto,) the 
top; the summit; the crown 
of the head. 

Verto, tere, ti, sum, tr. to 
turn; to change. 



Veru, u, n. § 16, a spit. 

Verum, conj. but; but yet; fr. 

Verus, n, um, adj. (comp.) true. 

Vescor, i, intr. dep. (esca,) to 
live upon; to feed upon; to 
eat; to subsist upon. 

Vesperi, or ;t, adv. at even- 
ing : tarn vesperi, so late 
at evening. 

Vesta, aa, f. a goddess; the 
mother of Saturn; hence 

Vestalis, is, f. (virgo,) a Ves- 
tal virgin; a priestess con- 
secrated to the service of 
Vesta, and 

Vestibiilum, i, n. the porch; 
the vestibule. 

Vestigium, i, n. a footstep; a 
vestige; a trace; a mark; 
a track. 

Vestio, ire, ivi, Itum, tr. to 
clothe; from 

Vestis, is, f. a garment; 
clothes. 

Vesiilus, i, m. a high moun- 
tain of Liguria, and a part 
of the Cottian Alps. 

Veteranus, a, um, adj. (vetus,) 
old; subs, a veteran. 

Veto, are, ui, Itum, tr. to for- 
bid; to prohibit. 

Veturia, ae, f. the mother of 
Corioldnus. 

Veturius, i. m. (Titus,) a Ro- 
man consul, who was de- 
feated by the Samnites at 
the Caudine Forks. 

Vetus, eris, adj. (veterior ve- 
terrimus,§ 26, 2,) ancient; 
old : veteres, the ancients: 
hence 



VETUSTAS VINUM. 



321 



Vetustas, atis, f. antiquity; 
age. 

Vetustus, a, um, adj. comp. 
(id.) old; ancient. 

Vexi. See Velio. 

Via, as, f. a way; a course; a 
path; a journey; hence 

Viator, oris, m. a traveller. 

Viceni, 33, a, distrib. num. adj. 
pi. (viginti,) every twenty; 
twenty. 

Vicesimus, a, um. num. adj. 
(id.) the twentieth. 

Vici. See Vinco. 

Vicies, num. adv. twenty 
times. 

Vicinitas, atis, f. the neighlor- 
hood; vicinity; from 

Vicinus, a, um, (vicus,) adj. 
near; neighboring. 

Vicinus, i, m. (vicus,) a neigh- 
bor. 

Vicis, gen. f. § 18, 13, change; 
reverse; a place; a turn : 
in vicem, in turn; in place 
of; instead. 

Victima as, f. (vinco,) a vic- 
tim; a sacrifice. 

Victor, oris, m. (vinco.) a vic- 
tor; a conqueror : — adj . vic- 
torious; hence, 

Victoria, as, f. a victory. 

Victurus, a, um. part, (from 
vivo.) 

Victus, a, um, part, (vinco.) 

Vicus, i, m. a village. 

Video, videre, vidi. visum, tr. 
to see; to behold. 

Videor, videri, visus sum, pass. 
to be seen; to seem; to ap- 
pear; to seem proper. 



Viduus, a, um, adj. (viduo, to 
bereave;) bereaved; widow- 
ed : mulier vidua, a widow. 

Vigil, ilis, m. (vigeo,) a watch- 
man. 

Vigilans, tis, adj. (ior issi- 
raus,) (vigilo,) watchful; 
vigilant. 

Vigilia, as, f. (vigil,) a watch- 
ing : — pi. the watch, (by 

Viginti, num, adj. pi. ind. 

twenty. 
Vilis, e, adj. cheap; vile; bad; 

mean. 
Villa, as, f. (vicus,) a country- 
house; a country-seat; a 

villa; hence, 
Villicus, i, m. an overseer of 

an estate; a steward. 
Villus, i, m. long hair; coarse 

hair. 
Vincio, vincire, vinxi, vinc- 

tum, tr. to bind. 
Vinco, vincere, vici, victum, 

tr. to conquer; to vanquish; 

to surpass. 
Vinctus, a. um, part, (vincio.) 
Vinculum, i, n. (id.) a chain: 

in vinciila conjicere, to 

throw into prison. 
Vindex, icis, c. an avenger; a 

protector; a defender; an 

asserter; from 
Vindico, are, avi, atum, tr. to 

claim; to avenge : in liber- 

tatem, to rescue from slave- 

Vindicta, as, f. (vindico,) ven- 
geance; punishment. 
Vinum, i. n. wine. 



322 



VIOLA VOLUCER. 



Viola, se, f. a violet. 

Violo, are, avi, atum, tr. (vis,) 
to violate; to pollute; to 
corrupt. 

Vir, viri, m. (vis,) a man. 

Vireo, ere, ui, intr. to be green; 
to be verdant; to flourish. 

Vires. See Vis. 

Virga, a3, f. (vireo,) a rod; a 
small staff; a switch. 

Virgilius, i, m. Virgil, a very 
celebrated Latin poet. 

Virginia, ae, f. the daughter 
of Virginius. 

Virginius, i, m. the name of a 
distinguished Roman cen- 
turion. 

Virgo, mis, f. (vireo,) a vir- 
gin; a girl; a maid. 

Virgula, as, f, (dim. from vir- 
ga,) a small rod. 

Viriathus, i, m. a Lusitanian 
general who was original- 
ly a shepherd, a?id after- 
wards a leader of robbers. 

Viridomarus, i, m. a king of 
the Gauls, slain by Marcel- 
lus. 

Virtus, utis, f. (vir,) virtue; 
merit; excellence; power; 
valor; faculty. 

Vis, vis, f. § 15, 12, poiver; 
strength; force : vis homi- 
num, a multitude of men : 
vim facere, to do violence : 
— pi. vires, ium, power; 
strength. 

Viscus, eris, n. an entrail : 
viscera, pi. the bowels; the 
flesh. 

Vistula as, f. a river of Prus- 



sia, which still bears the 
same name, and which was 
anciently the eastern boun- 
dary of Germany. 

Visurgis, is, m. the Weser, a 
large river of Germany. 

Visus, a, um, part, (video.) 

Visus, us, m. (video,) the 
sight. 

Vita, as, f. life. 

Vitandus, a, um, part, (vito.) 

Vitifer, era, erum, adj. (vitis 
& fero,) vine-bearing. 

Vitis, is, f, (vieo,) a vine. 

Vitium, i, n. a crime. 

Vito, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
shun; to avoid. 

Vitupero, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(vitium paro,) to find fault 
with; to blame. 

Vividus, a. um, adj. (comp.) 
lively; vivid; from. 



Vivo, 



vivere, vixi, victum, 



intr. to live; to fare; to live 

upon; hence 
Vivus, a, um, adj. living; 

alive. 
Vix, adv. scarcely. 
Vixi. See vivo. 
Voco, are, avi, atum, tr. (vox,) 

to call; to invite; to name. 
Volo, are, avi, atum, intr. to 

fly. 

Volo, velle, volui, tr. irr. § S3, 

4, to wish; to desire; to be 

willing. 
Volsci, orum, m. pi. a people 

of Latium. 
Voliicer, -cris, -ere, adj. (volo, 

are,) winged ; — subs, a 

bird. 



VOLUMNIA ZONE. 



323 



Volumnia, se, f. the wife of 

Corioldnus. 
Voluntas, atis, f. (volo,) the 

will. 
Voluptas, atis, f. (volupe, fr. 

volo,) -pleasure; sensual 

pleasure. 
Volutatus, a, urn, part, from 
Voluto, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. 

(volvo,) to roll. 
Volvo, vere, vi, utum, tr. to 

roll; to turn. 
Votum, i, n. (voveo,) a wish; 

a vow, 
Vox, vocis, f. a voice; a word; 

an expression; an exclama- 
tion. 
Vulcanus, i, m. Vulcan, the 

God of fire, the son of Ju- 
piter and Juno. 
Vulgus, i, m. or n. the common 

people; the populace; the 

vulgar. 
Vulneratus, a, urn, part, from 
Vulnero, are, avi, atum, tr. to 

icound; from 
Vulnus, eris, n. a wound. 
Vulpecula, ae, f. dim. (vulpes,) 

a little fox. 
Vulpes, is, f. a fox. 
Vultur, uris, m. a vulture. 
Vultus, us, m. (volo,) the 



countenance; the expression; 
the look. 



Xanthippe, es, f. the wife of 
Socrates. 

Xanthippus, i, m. a Lacedae- 
monian general, who was 
sent to assist the Carthagi- 
nians in the first Punic 
ivar. 

Xenocrates, is, m. a philoso- 
pher of Chalcldon; the suc- 
cessor of Speusippus in the 
Academia. 

Xerxes, is, m. a celebrated 
king of Persia. 

z. 

Zama, ae, f. a city of Africa. 

Zeno, onis, m. a philosopher 
of Citium, a town of Cy- 
prus, and founder of the 
sect of the Stoics. 

Zetes, is, m. a son of Boreas. 

Zona, 93, f. a girdle; a zone. 

Zone, es, f. a city and pro- 
montory in the western part 
of Thrace, opposite to the 
island of Thasus. 



EXERCISES 

IN LATIN COMPOSITION. 



Exercises in Latin composition for beginners cannot be too sim- 
ple, nor can they be too soon commenced They are capable, also, 
under proper management, of being made one of the most excit- 
ing and pleasing, as well as profitable parts of study, even to 
young pupils. Exercises in considerable variety, and in the sim- 
plest form, are furnished in the Grammar under each part of speech. 
As soon as the pupil begins to read and translate, suitable exercises 
in Syntax may be drawn from every lesson, and even from every 
sentence in which he maybe drilled orally with great advantage, by 
simply changing the subject from the singular to the plural, or from 
the plural to the singular, and again by changing the mood or tense of 
the verb, or the active form for the passive, and vice versa. These 
may be still farther varied by expressing the same idea in the inter- 
rogative or negative form, through all the varieties of mood, tense 
number or person, as before. 

When the learner has become expert in this exercise, he may ad- 
vance a step farther, and select from several sentences of his les- 
son, or from the stock now laid up in his memory, such words as 
are capable of forming a new sentence; and this again may be va- 
ried ad libitum, as before. To illustrate this — Suppose that the les- 
son of the day contains the following simple sentence, " Terra parit 
Jlores," " The earth produces flowers," and the class has become 
familiar with the inflection of the words in every part, then let them 
change the words to correspond to such English sentences as the fol- 
lowing: 

The earth produced flowers; the earth has produced — had pro- 
duced — will produce — may produce — might produce See. flowers, — 
a flower. Flowers are produced — were produced — have been pro- 
duced, k.c. The earth does not — did not — will not — can not &c. 
produce flowers. Flowers are not — were not &c. produced by the 
earth. Are flowers produced — were flowers produced — have flow- 
ers been produced Stc. by the earth? Are not flowers produced — 

28 



326 EXERCISES IN 

were not flowers produced by the earth? &c, (as before.) Then 
again it may be noticed to the pupil that tcrrce, in the plural means 
" lands" or " countries." and so may have a plural adjective and a 
plural verb, thus; Omnes, multce, qucedam terra pariunt fiores, 
"All," "many," "some, lands produce flowers," &c, through 
a similar variety as before. In this manner, and in many other 
ways which will occur to the mind of an active teacher, a class may 
be kept actively and even intensely, as well as profitably occupied 
for ten or fifteen minutes, with a few words which, in their various 
forms and uses will be indelibly impressed on the mind, while the. 
memory and judgment are trained to prompt and accurate exercise, 
and more real progress made in the study of the language than by 
a careless reading of many pages extended through a drawling re- 
citation of several days. . 

As a weekly, semi- weekly, or even daily exercise, pupils might 
be encouraged at a very early period to furnish an exercise in writ- 
ing, framed by themselves from the lesson of the preceding day; or 
they may be supplied with English sentences framed from the lesson 
by the teacher or some of the more advanced scholars, to be render- 
ed into Latin. In doing this they require no dictionary, and are not 
perplexed to know what words to choose, as the words are all be- 
fore them in the lesson fiom which the exercise is drawn, and they 
have only to make the necessary changes in number, mood, tense, 
voice, Sec, requisite to express the ideas contained in the exercise 
to be turned into Latin, in which also they are assisted by the mo- 
del before them in the lesson, and the knowledge obtained in its 
previous study and recitation. 

The following are framed from the reading lessons at the places 
indicated, as specimens of the kind of exercises here intended. The} 
rise in gradation from simple unconnected sentences to those of the 
nature of a continued narrative, and are sufficient to furnish a 
short semi-weekly exercise of this kind during the time necessary 
to go through the Reader. They will also form a good prepara- 
tion for a systematic work on Latin composition. 



LATIN COMPOSITION. 



327 



EXERCISES IN SIMPLE SENTENCES. 

Change the Latin words in the following sentences so as to cor- 
respond to the English following. 

1. Fortes laudabuntur, igndvi vituperabu?itur. 
" Brave men will be praised, cowardly men will be blamed." 

Brave men are praised, the cowardly are blamed. Brave 
men have always [semper) been praised, cowardly men 
blamed. Men praise the brave and blame the cowardly. 
Do not (nonne' A ) men praise the brave and blame the cow- 
ardly ? A cowardly man will not be praised. A brave man 
will not be blamed. We will praise the good. You should 
blame the cowardly. Let us praise b the brave and blame 
the cowardly. Let the brave be praised. Blame the cowardly. 
2. Honos est pr osmium virtutis. 
" Honor is the reward of virtue." 

Honor will be the reward of virtue. Honor was, (has been, 
had been,) the reward of virtue. Is not honor a the reward 
of virtue ? Honors will be the rewards of virtue. Will not 
honor always be a the reward of virtue ? Let honor always 
be :i the reward of virtue. 

3. Victi Persce in naves confugerunt. 
" The Persians being conquered fled to their ships." 
The Persians were conquered and fled c to their ships. 
When the Persians were conquered d they fled to their ships. 
We have conquered the Persians and they have fled to their 
ships. If we conquer 6 the Persians they will flee to their 
ships. If the Persians should be conquered f they will flee 
to their ships. They say that the Persians were conquered 
and fled to their ships. 

4. D elect averunt me epistolce tucs. 
" Your letters have delighted me." 
Your letters delight me. I am delighted with your let- 
cers. Have I not a always been delighted with your letters. 
Do my (mecz) letters delight you (te). His (ejus) letters will 
always give us pleasure. Our (nostrce) letters do not delight 
him. He will be delighted with our letters. 

a 56, 3. « 115, 1. e § 140, 2. 

°§ 45, I, 1. *§ 140. Obs. 4. f § 77, 3. 



328 EXERCISES IN 

The words of Ihe following sentences selected from the Introduc- 
tory Exercises, pp. 60 — 79, will be found in the paragraphs indica- 
ted by the numbers prefixed. As a further exercise these may be 
varied as in the preceding. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4. 

5. (1.) There are many kings in Europe. Europe has 
many kings. There have been many good kings. There 
are many suns and more stars. Cicero was a good man 
and a distinguished consul. (2.) A brave soldier is to be 
praised. (3.) An elephant walks. Many sparrows build 
nests. The partridge runs. (4.) Black sheep are not found 
every where. Africa produces lions. The Romans often 
burned their dead. A brave man is not always praised. 
The Romans overthrew Carthage and Corinth. 

6. (5.) The bear wanders in the forest. A parrot imi- 
tates the human voice. (6.) A day has been lost. Flow- 
ers are produced by the earth. Athens was liberated by 
Miltiades. (7.) Herds of wild asses roam (erro) in the forests 
(sylva) of Asia and Africa. The tracks of wild beasts are 
diligently traced out by dogs. The variety of languages in 
the army of Cyrus was very great. (8.) Animals covered 
with wool are stupid, but (sed) they are capable of bearing 
cold. Foolish people are not happy. The Gauls were very 
brave . a The lion is the bravest of animals. 4 

7. (9.) Plato and Socrates were highly esteemed. It is 
our custom b to value the good. c Good men forget inju- 
ries and remember kindnesses. It is the custom of foolish 
men to forget kindnesses. (10.) Good men are an honor 
to their country; they are just and benevolent to all. c Nero 
was an enemy to the human race. A good man (vir) will 
be dear to all, a wicked man (homo) to no one. 

8. (11.) Various coverings have been given to animals. 
Nature has given avarice and ambition to man alone. 
(12.) The Romans for the most part burned their dead. 
Homer mentions embroidered garments. (13.) We some- 
times find stags of a white color. We have need of phi- 
losophy. Men of noble birth are not always of a noble dis- 
position. Men of depraved disposition are never happy 
(nunquam felix). Be content with few things and thou wilt 
be free from cares. 

» 24. b § 108. R XII. « 19 i § 107, R. X. 



LATIN COMPOSITION. 329 

9. (14.) Lions eat flesh. Silver and gold are found in 
Spain. Men easily want gold and silver, but (sed) not food. 
Africa abounds in lions. (16.) The Komans were sent un- 
der the yoke. The year was divided into twelve months by 
Numa Pompilius. (17.) Hunger and blows tame wild 
beasts. Nightingales change their color in autumn. One 
oration of Socrates was sold for twenty talents. (18.) Mi- 
thridates, king of Pontus, was received by Tigranes, king 
of Armenia. 

• 10. (19.) I desire to live with you. They wished to 
sleep. Why do men desire to change their fortune ? We 
ought to learn to despise wealth. We cannot (we are not 
able) to suffer poverty. All men a desire to be loved. (20.) 
Men must die. b They had to fight. 5 The art of writing c 
was invented by the Phoenicians. Paper is useful for wri- 
ting. (21.) Catiline entered into a scheme for raising an 
army and destroying the city. 

11. (22.) "The sun will set and the wolves will come 
forth [evenio) to plunder." 1 The civil wars were carried on 
by Marius and Sulla. Ail the nations of men have been 
and they will be carried off by the power of death. (23.) 
Your letters have often been read by me. e The crocodile 
lives many years. Glory is thought to follow virtue. Great 
things have been undertaken. Our strength will not always 
remain. 

12. (24.) The disposition of wild beasts is sometimes 
more gentle than that of men. (25.) This is the four-horse 
chariot which was made of ivory and covered with the wings 
of a fly. Fruits are not produced by every field that is sown. 
Words are repeated by the parrots e which are sent from In- 
dia. Men who are mindful of favors will receive (recipio) 
favors. (27.) The fig tree is so large that it conceals troops 
of horsemen under it. Do you know g (Num sets,) who 
painted f Alexander. Is it true 8 (Verumne est) that bulls 
are swallowed whole in India by serpents ? e Do you knows 
how many (quot) men there are f in the world? Tell us 
(Doce,) when the world was made f , and how many worlds 
there are/ 

a 19. d 102. i § 140, 5. 

b 113. • § 126. Obs. 2. s 56, 3. 

' 111 



330 EXERCISES IN 

13. (29.) There are some who live a happy; there are 
others who are never happy. Is there any one who has not 
reacl a Demosthenes? Who is there that has not heard* 
concerning Caesar ? (30.) It is related that in Latmos scor- 
pions do not hurt strangers, but that they kill the natives. 
They say {narrant) that Virgil in his will ordered his po- 
ems to be burned, and that Augustus forbade it to be done. 
(31.) The approaching day is announced by the crowing of 
the cock. The city built by Cecrops was called Cecropia. 
It is now called Athens. Many when dying are troubled 
with the care of burial. 

EXERCISES IN COMPOUND AND CONNECTED SENTENCES. 

As an example of the way in which compound and connected sen- 
tences may be varied, the first fable, p. 80 may be changed into the 
following forms and translated into Latin corresponding to the Eng- 
lish in each. 

14. Through fear of a kite a hawk was asked by the 
doves to defend b them. When he assented c and was re- 
ceived into the dove-cote greater havoc was made by him 
in one day than could have been done d by the kite in many 
(multis). 

15. The doves were led (ductce sunt) by fear of a kite to 
ask e a hawk that he would defend d them. It is said that 
he assented b and that, being received into the dove-cote he 
caused a much greater slaughter of the doves in one day 
than the kite could have caused d in a long time. 

16. The doves are said to have asked a hawk whether if 
received into the dove-cote he would defend g them from the 
kite. He assented and was received ; but the slaughter 
made in one day by the hawk was greater than could have 
been committed d by the kite in a long time. 

17. It is related (narrdtur) that when the doves through 
fear of a kite requested the hawk to defend b them, he as- 
sented ; and that being received into the dove-cote a great 
havoc was made of the doves in one day. 

» § 141, Obs. 1. c § 140, Obs. 4. { 97, 1. 

b § 140, l,3d& d 88. g§ 140. 5. 

84. • 86. h § 146. R. LX. 



LATIN COMPOSITION. 331 

18. (p. 99, &c.) 1. A serpent, the son a of Mars, the keep- 
er of a certain fountain in Bceotia, was killed by Cadmus, b 
the son of Agenor. For this reason (ob hoc,) all his offspring 
were put to death, and he himself was turned into a serpent. 
2. All who came into the kingdom of Amycus, the son of 
Neptune, were compelled to fight with him, and being con- 
quered were killed. 5. Life is said to have been restored 
to Hippolytus, the son of Theseus, by iEsculapius, the son 
of Apollo. 

19. (p. 101, &c.) 10. It is said that Tantalus d was the son 
of Jupiter; and that because he told to men the things which 
he heard among the gods, he was placed in water in the in- 
fernal regions, and always thirsts. Others say, that he is 
tormented with perpetual fear, dreading the fall of a stone 
which hangs over his head. 6 15. The first men are said to 
have been formed of clay by Prometheus, 5 the son a of Ja- 
petus. It is also said that fire was brought by him from 
heaven in a reed, and that he pointed out how it might be 
preserved by being covered f with ashes. 

20. (p. 105, &c.) 19. Europa, the daughter of Agenor, was 
carried by Jupiter from Sidon to Crete. When Agenor sent 
his sons to bring her back, g he told them that unless theii 
sister was found they should not return. h 21. Atalanta, the 
daughter of Schceneus, was very beautiful. When many 
sought her in marriage, the condition was proposed that he 
should take' 1 her who should first surpass 1 her in running. 
23. Niobe, the wife a of Amphion, the son a of Jupiter and 
Antiope, had seven sons and as many daughters, who were 
all slain by the arrows of Apollo and Diana; and Niobe her- 
self was changed into a stone. 

21. (p. 109, &c.) 1. Neither the actions nor the thoughts 
of men are concealed from the gods. 2. The laws of the 
Athenians are said to have been written by Solon. No man 
can be esteemed happy in this life, because even to his last 
day he is exposed to uncertain fortune. 5. It is said that 
Democritus, 1 to whom" 1 great riches had been left by his 
father, gave nearly all his patrimony to his fellow-citizens. 

a §97, R. e § 112, R. IV. . » § 141, Obs. 8. 

b § 126, Obs. 2. f § 146, Obs. 6. k § 111. 

* 92. e § 140, 1, 2d. i § 145, R. LVIII 

d § 145, Obs. 4. h § 140. 1, 3d. »§ 126. R. III. 



332 EXERCISES IN 

22. (p. 112, &c.) 20. They say that Socrates, who Was 
judged b}^ the oracle of Apollo to be the wisest of all men,* 
was the son of a midwife ; and the mother of Euripides, 
the tragic poet, is said to have sold herbs. 21. A question 
being proposed to Homer by a fisherman, which he could 
not answer, he is said to have died of vexation. 22. Si- 
monides when eighty years 5 old entered into a musical con- 
test, and obtained the victory. He afterwards (posted,) lived 
at Syracuse c on intimate terms with Hiero the king. 

23. (p. 116, &c.) 42. When certain persons warned 
Philip, king of Macedon, to beware d of one Pythias, a 
brave soldier, 6 but displeased with him/ he is said to have 
asked whether, (num) if a part of his body were diseased, g 
he should cut h itofFor take care of it. It is said that he ' then 
called Pythias to him, supplied him with money, and that 
after that, none of the king's soldiers were more faithful than 
Pythias. k 52. When Dionysius was banished from Syra- 
cuse, it is said that he went (eo) to Corinth, 1 where he taught 
boys their letters. 

24. (p. 120, &c.) 65. Corinth was taken by L. Mummius. 
All Italy w r as adorned with paintings and statues. It is said 
that of so great spoils he converted nothing to his own use ; 
and that when he died, his daughter received a dowry from 
the public treasury. 66. A statue of Ennius the poet w r as 
ordered by Scipio Africanus to be placed in the tomb of the 
Cornelian gens, because the exploits of the Scipios had 
been rendered famous by his poems. 

25. (123, &c.) 1. In ancient times Saturn came to Italy 
and taught the Italians agriculture. A fort built by him 
near Janiculum, was called Saturnia. 2. Troy being over- 
thrown, it is said that iEneas, the son of Anchises, came 
into Italy, and was kindly received"' byLatinus, king of those 
regions ; and that having received the daughter of Latinus 
in marriage, he built a city and called it Lavinia. Romu- 
lus and Remus, the sons of Rhea Sylvia having been ex- 
posed by the order of Amulius, were taken up by Faustulus, 
the king's shepherd, and given to his wife to be nursed. 



a § 107, R. X. 


e § 97, R. 


i § 145, LVIII. 


b § 131, R. XLI. 


f § HI, 


k § 120, R. 


' § 130, 1, Exc. 


g § 140, 2. 


1 § 130, 2. 


*§ 140, 1, 3d, &84. 


h § 140, 5. 


« 104 



LATIN COMPOSITION. 333 

26. (p. 126, &c.) 12. Rome was built by Romulus and 
divided into thirty curias called by the names of the Sabine 
women carried off by the Romans. 13. Numa Pompilius, 
the second king of Rome, was born at Cures. By him a 
laws were given to the state, b many sacred rites were insti- 
tuted and the manners of the people were softened. He 
reigned forty-three years. c 14. In the reign of Tullus Hos- 
tilius, who succeeded Numa, war was declared against the 
Sabines, which was terminated by the battle d of the Horatii 
and the Curiatii. 

27. (p. 129, &c.) 23. Rome was governed by kings two 
hundred and forty-three years. c 23. After that the peo- 
ple created two consuls, who should hold (teneo, e ) the gov- 
ernment for a year. Brutus, by whom the kings had been 
expelled, and Tarquinius Collatinus, were the first consuls. 
24. War f having been raised against the city by Tarquin, 
Brutus was killed in the first battle. 

28. (p. 132, &c.) 1. The bravest of the Romans 5 was 
challenged to single combat by a certain Gaul of extraor- 
dinary size h of body. The challenge was accepted by T. 
Manlius, a young man of noble family, (genus h ) who killed 
the Gaul and stripped' him of his golden chain. It is 
believed (creditur) that both he k and his posterity, from this 
circumstance, were called 1 Torquati.' 1 ' 2. In a new war 
with the Gauls it is related (narratur) that another Gaul k 
of remarkable strength h challenged the bravest of the Ro- 
mans s to fight with" hitn ; that M. Valerius, a tribune of 
the soldiers, offered himself, and advanced armed ; that a 
crow, which had perched on his right shoulder, struck at the 
eyes of the Gaul with his wings and talons, and that Vale- 
rius, the Gaul, g being killed, received the name of Corvinus. 

29. (p. 138, &c.) 2. Hannibal, the Carthaginian general, 
when nine years old was brought by his father to the altars " 
to swear" eternal hatred towards the Romans. 3. It is said 
that having left his brother f in Spain, he crossed the Alps 

* § 126, Obs. 2. * § 146, R. LX. k § 145, R. LVIII 

b § 126, R. III. e§107, R. X. ' 97,4. 

C §131.R. XLI, h § 106, R. VII. «§103, R. V. 

d § 129, R. i § 125, R. "§ 137,R.LIII. &84. 
*§ 141, R. II. 



334 EXERCISES IN 

with (aim) a large army and thirty elephants, and that the 
Ligurians joined themselves with him ; that he conquered 
Scipio, and afterwards Sempronius Gracchus. Soon after 
he advanced to Tuscia, where having engaged in battle a 
near the lake Trasimenus, he conquered Flaminius the con- 
sul, and slew twenty- five thousand of the Romans. 5 

30. (142, &c.) 3. After Philip, king of Macedonia, died, his 
son Perseus prepared great forces, renewed the war against 
the Romans, and conquered P. Licinius, the Roman gene- 
ral who had been sent against him. He was afterwards 
conquered by iEmilius Paulus, the consul, near Pydna, and 
twenty thousand of his infantry were slain. 5. Carthage, 
though bravely defended by its citizens, was taken and 
destroyed by Scipio, in the seven hundredth year after it 
was built, and in the six hundred and eighth year from the 
building of Rome. 

31. (p. 14«5, &:c.) 1. In the war carried on against Jugurtha, 
the Romans were in great fear that d the Gauls would again 
get possession of the city. For this reason Marius was 
made consul a third and a fourth time. In two battles two 
hundred thousand of the enemy were slain, and eighty thou- 
sand taken prisoners. For this meritorious conduct a fifth 
consulship was conferred on Marius, in his absence. C. 
Marius and Qu. Catulus fought against the Cimbri and the 
Teutones, who had passed over into Italy, slew forty thou- 
sand and took sixty thousand of his army near Verona. 

32. (150, &c.) 6. Lucius Sergius Catiline is said to have 
been a man of a very noble family, 6 but of a most depraved 
disposition. 6 It is related (tradttur) that he and certain il- 
lustrious, but daring men, entered f into a conspiracy for 
destroying their country ; s that he was driven from the city 
by Cicero, who was then consul, and his companions seized 
and strangled in prison. 7. Nearly all Gaul was conquered 
by Caesar in the space of nine years. The war was after- 
wards carried into Britain, and the Germans were conquered 
in great battles. 



a § 146, R. LX. * § 140, Obs. 6. ' § 102. R. I. 

b §107, R. X. «§106.R. VII. e§ 112.3. 

c § 146, Obs. 6. 



LATIN COMPOSITION. 335 

33. (p. 154, &c.) 1. The three parts into which the whole 
world was divided, are Europe, Asia, and Africa. The 
straits of Gibraltar separate Europe from Africa. 2. The 
boundary of Europe on the east is the river Tanais and the 
Euxine sea; on the south the Mediterranean sea, on the 
west the Atlantic ocean. 3. Spain lies towards the west. It 
is rich and fertile. In the region of Bastica, men, horses, 
iron, lead, brass, silver and gold abound. 4. The Pho- 
caei having left Asia, a sought new settlements in Europe. 

34. (p. 157, &c.) 11. The country beyond the Rhine, as 
far as the Vistula, is inhabited by the Germans, who are 
said to carry on war with their neighbors, not that they may 
extend b their limits, but from the love c of Avar. 12. It is 
said that the Germans' 1 do not pay much attention to Agri- 
culture. Their food (cibus) is milk, cheese, and flesh. They 
erect their houses near (ad) some spring, or plain, or forest ; 
and after a while they pass on to another place. Sometimes 
also they pass the winter in caves. 

35. (p. 161, &c.) 24. Greece is more celebrated than an- 
other nation in e the world, both for the genius of its people, 
and for their study f of the arts of peace and of war. Many 
colonies were led from it unto all parts of the world. 25. 
Macedonia was rendered illustrious by the reign of Philip 
and Alexander, by whom both Greece and Asia were sub- 
dued to a very great extent; and the government, taken 
from the Persians, 45 was transferred to the Macedonians. 

36. (p. 162, &c.) 29. No region in Greece is more re- 
nowned for the splendor f of its fame than Attica. 6 There 
Athens is built; a city h concerning which the gods are said 
to have contended. So many poets, orators, philosophers; 
so many men, illustrious in every species of excellence, 
were produced by no other city in the world. There the 
arts of peace were cultivated to such a degree, that her re- 
nown from these was even more conspicuous ' than (quam) 
her glory in war. The harbor of Piraeus, connected with 
the city by long walls, was fortified by Themistocles, and 
affords (prabet) a safe anchorage for ships. 



a § 104, &§ 146, 


* § 145 R. LVIII. 


e § 126, R. III. 


R. LX. 


■ § 120, R. 


h § 97, R. I. 


b § 140, 1. 


' § 128, R. 


1 § 140, 1, 1st. 


« § 129. R. 







336 EXERCISES. 

37. (163, &c.) 30. It is said that Thebes, a most celebra- 
ted city, was surrounded with walls by Amphion, by the 3 
aid a of music. It was rendered illustrious by the genius b 
of Pindar and the valor of Epaminondas. 31. The city or 
Delphi was renowned for the oracle of Apollo, which had 
great authority among all nations, and was enriched (made 
rich) with numerous and splendid presents from all parts of 
the world. It is said that the tops of Mount Parnassus, 
which hangs over the city c are inhabited by the Muses. 

38. (170, &c.) 48. It is believed that Troy, a city d re- 
nowned for the war b which it carried on with the whole of 
Greece for ten years, 6 was situated at the foot of Mount Ida. 
From this mountain, rendered illustrious by the judgment 
of Paris in the contest of the goddesses, flowed f the rivers 
Scamander and Simois. 49. The Carians are said to have 
been so fond of war, that they carried s on the wars of other 
people for hire. 50. The water of the river Cydnus is very 
clear h and very cold. h 

39. (172, &c.) 54. Babylon, the capital of the Chaldean 
nation, was built by Semiramis or Belus. It is said that 
its walls," built of burnt brick,' are thirty-two feet 1 broad, 
and that chariots n meeting each other pass without danger ; 
that the towers are ten feet" 1 higher than the walls. The 
tower of Babylon is said to have been twenty stadia in cir- 
cumference. 56. India produces very large animals. No 
dogs are so large as those which are produced there. The 
serpents are said to be so monstrous that elephants are 
killed g by their bite b and the coiling round of their bodies. 

a 1 § 126, Obs. 2. e § 131, R. XLT. « § 129, Obs. 2. 

b § 129, R. * § J02, R. I. » § 132, R. XLI. 

c§112, R. IV. e§ 140 1,1st. »§132, R. XLIIL 

o § 97, R. t 24. ■§ 155, R. LVIII. 



[the end.] 



H 8 8 8 ,*Mj 















.- /*> IIP 9 *\ : lll : ££ 

^ ^ *° • * * jfr <v> *' Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 








^ ^ *^ 

* A «<* J ^^™™^^ ° 

4- ^» *JJ( Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process 

^* ' Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
<*>> Treatment Date: July 2006 



O «o 9 .0 




•. ^ PreservationTechnologies 



v A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATION 
<a, 111 Thomson Park Drive 



^ 



Cranberry Township, PA 16066 
1724) 779-21 1 1 




V -S3-. V * v «£'% / ■• 1 " 









HECKMAN 

BINDERY INC. 

#1988 
N. MANCHESTER, 
INDIANA 46962 I 




